STEPHEN COONTS

CUBA

Cultivo una rosa blanca, Enjulio como en enero, Para el amigo sincere Que me da su mano franca. y para el cruel que me arranca El corazon con que vivo, Cardo ni oruga cultivo; Cultivo la rosa blanca. Jose Marti

I grow a white rose In July the same as January, For the sincere friend Who gives me his open hand. And for the cruel one who pulls me away from the dreams for which I live, I grow neither weeds nor thistles, I grow the white rose.

V8I9 PROLOGUE

His hair was white, close-cropped, and his skin deeply tanned. He wore only sandals, shorts, and a paper-thin rag of a shirt with three missing buttons that flapped loosely on his spare, bony frame. A piece of twine around his waist held up his shorts, which were also several sizes too large. His dark eyes were restless and bright behind his steelframed glasses, which rested on a large, fleshy nose. The walk between the house and barn winded him, so he sat on a large stone in a bit of shade cast by a cluster of palm trees and contemplated the gauzy blue mountains on the horizon and the puffy clouds floating along on the trade wind. A man couldn't have found a better place to live out his life, he thought. He loved this view, this serenity, this peace. When he had- come here as a young man in his twenties he had known then that he had found paradise. Nothing in the first twenty-six years of his life had prepared him for the pastel colors, the warmth and brilliance of the sun, the kiss of the eternal breeze, the aroma of tropical flowers that filled his head and caressed his soul. Cuba was everything that Russia wasn't. After a lifetime in Siberia, he had wanted to get down and kiss the earth when he first saw this land. He had actually done that, several times in fact, when he had had too much to drink. He drank a lot in those days, years and years ago, when he was very young. When the chance to stay came he had leaped at it, begged for it. "After a time you will regret your choiceea"...the colonel said. "You will miss Mother Russia, the sound of Russian voices, the young wife you left behind...." "She is young, intelligent, ambitious.;.."...he had replied, thinking of Olga's cold anger when informed she could not accompany him to Cuba. She was angry at him for having the good fortune to go, not angry at the state for sending him. She had never in her life been angry at the state for anything whatsoever, no matter how bleak her life or prospectsshe didn't have it in her. Olga was a good communist woman, communist to the core. "She will be told that you have died in an accident. You will be proclaimed a socialist hero. Of course, you may never write to her, to your parents, to your brother, tor anyone in the Soviet Union. All will believe you dead. For them, you will be dead." "I will have another life here." "These are not your peopleea"...the colonel observed pointedly a bit later in the discussion, but he didn't listen. "Olga is a patriotea"...he remembered telling the colonel. "She loves the state with all her soul. She will enjoy being a widow of a socialist hero. She will find another man and life will go on." So he stayed, and they told her that he was dead. Whether she remarried or stayed single, got that transfer to Moscow that she dreamed about, had the children she didn't want, he didn't know. Looking at the blue mountains, smelling the wind, he tried to conjure up the picture of her in his mind that he had carried all these years. Olga had been young then so he always remembered her that way. She wouldn't be young now, of course, if she still lived; she would be hefty, with iron gray hair which she would wear pulled back in a bun. His mind was blank. Try as he might, he couldn't remember what Olga looked like. comPerhaps that was just as well. He had found a woman here, a chocolate brown woman who cooked and washed for him, lived with him, slept with him and bore him two children. Their son died years ago before he reached manhood, and their daughter was married and had children of her own. His daughter cooked for him now, checked to make sure he was all right. Her face he could remember. Her smile, her touch, the warmth of her skin, her whisper in the night... She had been dead two years next month. He would join her soon. He knew that. He had lost seventy pounds in the last twelve months and knew that something was wrong with him, but he didn't know just what. The village doctor examined him and shook her head. "Your body is wearing out, my friendea"...the doctor said. "There is nothing I can do." He had had a wonderful life here, in this place in the sun in paradise. He coughed, spat in the dirt, waited for the spasms to pass. After a while he slowly levered himself erect and resumed his journey toward the barn. He opened the board door and stepped into the cool darkness within. Little puffs of dust arose from every footfall. The dirt on the floor had long ago turned to powder. The only light came from sunbeams shining through the cracks in the barn's siding. The siding was merely boards placed on the wooden frame of the building to keep out the wind and rain ... and prying eyes. In truth the building wasn't really a barn at all, though the corners were routinely used to store farm machinery and fodder for the animals and occasionally to get a sensitive animal in out of the sun. Primarily the building existed to hide the large, round concrete slab in the center of the floor. The building was constructed in such a way that there were no beams or wooden supports of any kind above the slab. The roof above the slab was merely boards can- tilevered upward until they touched at the apex of the building. The white-haired old man paused now to look upward at the pencil-thin shafts of sunlight which illuminated the dusty air like so many laser beams. The old man, however, knew nothing about lasers, had never even seen one: lasers came after he had completed hjs schooling and training. One corner of the building contained an enclosed room. The door to the room was locked. Now the old man fished in his pocket for a key, unlocked the door, and stepped inside. On the other side of the door he used the key to engage the lock, then thoughtfully placed the key in his pocket. He was the only living person with a key to that lock. If he collapsed in here, no one could get in to him. The door and the walls of this room were made of very hard steel, steel sheathed in rough, unfinished gray wood. Well, that was a risk he had agreed to run all those years ago. Thirty-five ... no, thirty-eight years ago. A long time. There was a light switch by the door, and the old man reached for it automatically. He snapped it on. Before him were stairs leading dewji. With one hand on the rail, he went down the stairs, now worn from the tread of his feet. This door, these stairs ... his whole life. Every day ... checking, greasing, testing, repairing ... Once rats got in down here. He had never found a hole that would grant them entrance, though he had looked carefully. Still, they had gotten in and eaten insulation off wiring, chewed holes in boards, gnawed at pipes and fittings. He managed to kill three with poison and carried the bodies out. Several others died in places he couldn't get to and stank up the place while their carcasses decomposed. God, when had that been? Years and years ago ... He checked the poison trays, made sure they were full. He checked consoles, visually inspected the conduits, turned on the electrical power and checked the warning lights, the circuits. Every week he ran a complete set of electrical checks on the circuitry, checking every wire in the place, all the connections and tubes, resistors and capacitors. Occasionally a tube would'be burned out, and he would have to replace it. The irony of burning up difficult-to-obtain electrical parts testing them had ceased to amuse him years ago. Now he only worried that the parts would not be available, somewhere, when he needed them. He wondered what they were going to do when he became unable to do this work. When he died. Someone was going to have to take care of this installation or it would go to rack and ruin. He had told the Cuban major that the last time he came around, which was last month, when the technicians came to install the new warhead. Lord, what a job that had been. He was the only one who knew how to remove the old nuclear warhead, and he had had to figure out how to install the new one. No one would tell him anything about it, but he had to figure out how it had to be installed. "You must let me train somebodyea"...he said to the major, "show someone how to take care of this thing. If you leave it sit without maintenance for just a few months in this climate, it will be junk." Yes, yes.-The major knew that. So did the people in Havana. "And I am a sick man. Cancer, the doctor says." The major understood. He had been told about the disease. He was sorry to hear it. "This thing should be in a museum nowea"...he told the major, who as usual acted very military, looked at this, tapped on that, told him to change a lightbulb that had just burned outhe always changed dead bulbs immediately if he had good bulbs to put inthen went away looking thoughtful. The major always looked thoughtful. He hadn't an idea about how the thing worked, about the labor and cunning required to keep it operational, and he never asked questions. Just nosed around pretending he knew what he was looking at, occasionally delivered spare parts, listened to what the old man had to say, then went away, not to reappear for another three months. Before the major there had been a colonel. Before the colonel another major... In truth, he didn't get to know these occasional visitors very well and soon forgot about them. Every now and then he would get a visitor that he could not forget. Fidel Castro had come three times. His first visit occurred while the Russians were still here, during construction. He looked at everything, asked many questions, didn't pretend to know anything. Castro returned when the site was operational. Several generals had accompanied him. The old man could still remember Castro's green uniform, the beard, the everpresent cigar. The last time he came was eight or ten years ago, after the Soviet Union collapsed, when spare parts were so difficult to obtain. That time he had asked questions, listened carefully to the answers, and the necessary parts and supplies had somehow been delivered. But official visits were rare events, even by the thoughtful major? Most of the time the old man was left in peace and solitude to do his job as he saw fit. Truly, the work was pleasanthe had had a good life, much better than anything he could have aspired to as a technician in the Soviet Rocket Forces, doomed to some lonely, godforsaken, windswept frozen patch of Central Asia. The old man left the power on to the consolehe would begin the tests in just a bit, but first he opened the fireproof stee] door to reveal a set of stairs leading downward. Thirty-two steps down to the bottom of the silo. The sight of the missile resting erect on its launcher always took his breath for a moment. There it sat, ready to be fired. He climbed the ladder to the platform adjacent to the guidance compartment. Took out the six screws that sealed the access plate, pried it off, and used a flashlight to inspect the wiring inside. Well, the internal wiring inside the guidance unit was getting old, no question about it. It would have to be replaced soon. Should he replace the guidance wiringwhich would take two weeks of intense, concentrated effortor should he leave it for his successor? He would think about the work involved for a few more weeks. If he didn't feel up to it then, it would have to wait. His health was deteriorating at a more or less steady pace, and he could only do so much. If they didn't send a replacement for him soon, he wouldn't have enough time to teach the new man what he needed to know. To expect them to find someone who already knew the nuts and bolts of a Scud I missile was ridiculous. These missiles hadn't been manufactured in thirty years, were inaccurate, obsolete artifacts of a bygone age. It was equally ridiculous to expect someone to remove this missile from the silo and install a new, modern one. Cuba was poor, even poorer than Russia had been when he was growing up. Cuba could not afford modern missiles and the new, postcommunist Russia certainly could not afford to give them away. Not even to aim at Atlanta. Those were the targeting coordinates. He wasn't supposed to know the target, of course, but that rule was another example of military stupidity. He took care of the missile, maintained it, tested it, and if necessary would someday fire it at the enemy. Yet the powers that be didn't want him to know where the missile was aimed. So when he was working on the guidance module he had checked the coordinates that were programmed in, STEPHEN COONTS compared them to a map in the village school. Atlanta! The gyros in the guidance module were 1950's technology, and Soviet to boot, with the usual large, forgiving military tolerances. No one ever claimed the guidance system in a Scud I was a precision instrument, but it was adequate. The guidance system would get the missile into the proper neighborhood, more or less, then the warhead would do the rest. The old warhead had an explosive force equal to one hundred thousand tons" equivalent of TNT. It wouldn't flatten all of AtlantaAtlanta was a mighty big place and getting biggerbut it would make a hell of a dent in Georgia. Somewhere in Georgia. With luck, the chances were pretty good that the missile would hit Georgia. The new warhead... well, he knew nothing about it. It was a completely different design than the old one, although it weighed exactly the same and also seemed to be rigged for an airburst, but of course there was no way for him to determine the altitude. Not that it mattered. The missile had never been fired and probably never would be. Its capabilities were mere speculation. The old man took a last look at the interior of the control module, replaced the inspection plate and inserted the screws, then carefully tightened each one. Then he inspected the cables that led to the missile and their connectors. From the platform he could also see the hydraulic pistons and arms that would lift the cap on the silo, if and when. No leaks today. Carefully, holding on with both hands, he climbed down the ladder to the floor of the silo, which was just a grate over a large hole, the fire tube, designed so the fiery rocket exhaust would not cook the missile before it rose from the silo. The rats may have got into the silo when he had the cap open, he thought. Yes, that was probably it. They got in- side, found nothing to eat, began chewing on wire insulation to stay alive. But the rats were dead. His woman was dead, and he soon would be. The missile... He patted the side of the missile, then began climbing the stairs to the control room to do his electrical checks. Nobody gave a damn about the missile, except him and maybe the major. The major didn't really care all that muchthe missile was just a job for him. The missile had been the old man's life. He had traded life in Russia as a slave in the Strategic Rocket Forces for a life in paradise as a slave to a missile that would never be fired. He thought about Russia as he climbed the stairs. You make your choices going through life, he told himself, or the state makes the choices for you. Or God does. Whichever, a man must accept life as it conies. He sat down at the console in the control room, ran his fingers over the buttons and switches. At least he had never had to fire the missile. After all these years taking care of it, that would be somewhat like committing suicide. Could he do it? Could he fire the missile if ordered to do so? When he first came to Cuba he had thought deeply about that question. Of course he had taken an oath to obey disand all that, but he never knew if he really could. Still didn't. And was going to die not knowing. The old man laughed aloud. He liked the sound so much he laughed again, louder. After all, the joke was really on the communists, who sent him here. Amazingly, after all the pain and suffering they caused tens of millions of people all over the planet, they had given him a good life. He laughed again because the joke was a good one. Guantanamo Bay, on the southeast coast of the island of Cuba, is the prettiest spot on the planet, thought Rear Admiral Jake Grafton, USN. He was leaning on the railing on top of the carrier United States's superstructure, her island, a place the sailors called Steel Beach. Here off-duty crew members gathered to soak up some rays and do a few calisthenics. Jake Grafton was not normally a sun worshiper; at sea he rarely visited Steel Beach, preferring to arrange his day so that he could spend at least a half hour running on the flight deck. Today he was dressed in gym shorts, T-shirt, and tennis shoes, but he had yet to make it to the flight deck. Gra bar ton was a trim, fit fifty-three years old, a trifle over six feet tall, with short hair turning gray, gray eyes, and a nose slightly too large for his face. On one temple was a scar, an old, faded white slash where a bullet had gouged him years ago. People who knew him regarded him as the epitome of a competent naval officer. Grafton always put his brain in gear before he opened his mouth, never lost his cool, and he never lost sight of the goals he wanted to accomplish. In short, he was one fine naval officer and his superiors knew it, which was why he was in charge of this carrier group lying in Guantanamo Bay. The carrier and her escorts had been running exercises in the Caribbean for the last week. Today the carrier was anchored in the mouth of the bay, with two of her larger consorts anchored nearby. To seaward three- destroyers steamed back and forth, their radars probing the skies. A set of top-secret orders had brought the carrier group here. Jake Grafton thought about those orders as he studied the two cargo ships lying against the pier through a set of navy binoculars. The ships were small, less than eight thousand tons each; larger ships drew too much water to get against the pier in this harbor. They were Nuestra Sefiora de Colon and Astarte. The order bringing those ships here had not come from some windowless Pentagon cubbyhole; it was no memo drafted by an anonymous civil servant or faceless staff weenie. Oh, no. The order that had brought those ships to this pier on the southern coast of Cuba had come from the White House, the top of the food chain. Jake Grafton looked past the cargo ships at the warehouses and barracks and administration buildings baking in the warm Cuban sun. A paradise, that was the word that described Cuba. A paradise inhabited by communists. And Guantanamo Bay was a lonely little American outpost adhering to the underside of this communist island, the asshole of Cuba some called it. Rear Admiral Grafton could see the cranes moving, the white containers being swung down to the pier from Astarte, which had arrived several hours ago. Forklifts took the steel boxes to a hurricane-proof warehouse, where no doubt the harbormaster was stacking them three or four deep in neat, tidy military rows. The containers were packages designed to hold chemical and biological weapons, artillery shells and bombs. A trained crew was here to load the weapons stored inside the hurricane-proof warehouse into the containers, which would then be loaded aboard the ship at the pier and transported to the United States, where the warheads would be destroyed. Loading the weapons into the containers and getting the containers stowed aboard the second ship was going to take at least a week, probably longer. The first ship, Nuestra Sefiora de Colon, Our Lady of Col less-than 5n, had been a week loading, and would be ready to sail this evening. Jake Grafton's job was to provide military cover for the loading operation with this carrier battle group. His orders raised more questions than they answered. The weapons had been stored in that warehouse for years why remove them now? Why did the removal operation require military cover? What was the threat? Admiral Grafton put down his binoculars and did fifty push-ups on the steel deck while he thought about chemical and biological weapons. Cheaper and even more lethal than atomic weapons, they were the weapons of choice for Third World nations seeking to acquire a credible military presence. Chemical weapons were easier to control than biological weapons, yet more expensive to deliver. Hands down, the cheapest and deadliest weapon known to man was the biological one. Almost any nation, indeed, almost anyone with a credit card and two thousand square feet of laboratory space, could construct a biological weapon hi a matter of weeks from inexpensive, off-the-shelf technology. Years ago Saddam Hussein got into the biological warfare business with anthrax cultures purchased from an American mail-order supply house and delivered via overnight mail. Ten grams of anthrax properly dispersed can kill as many people as a ton of the nerve gas Sarin. What was that estimate Jake saw recently"...one hundred kilograms of anthrax delivered by an efficient aerosol generator on a large urban target would kill from two to six times as many people as a one-megaton nuclear device. Of course, Jake Grafton reflected, anthrax was merely one of over one hundred and sixty known biological warfare agents. There were others far deadlier but equally cheap to manufacture and disperse. Still, obtaining a culture was merely a first step; the journey from culture dishes to a reliable weapon that could be safely stored and accurately employedanything other than a spray tankwas long, expensive, and fraught with engineering challenges. Jake Grafton had had a few classified briefings about CBW-WHICH stood for chemical and biological warfare but he knew little more than diswas available in the public press. These weren't the kinds of secrets that rank-and-file naval officers had a need to know. Since the Kennedy administration insisted on developing other military response capabilities besides nuclear warfare, the United States had researched, developed, and manufactured large stores of nerve gas, mustard gas, incapacitants, and defoliants. Research on biological agents went forward in tandem at Fort Detrick, Maryland, and ultimately led to the manufacture of weapons at Pine Bluff Arsenal in Arkansas. These highly classified programs were undertaken with little debate and almost no publicity. Of course the Soviets had their own classified programs. Only when accidents occurredlike the accidental slaughter of 6,000 sheep thirty miles from the Dugway Proving Ground in Utah during the late 1960's, or the deaths of sixty-six people at Sverdlovsk in 1979 did the public get a glimpse into this secret world. Nerve gases were loaded into missile and rocket warheads, bombs, land mines, and artillery shells. Biological agents were loaded into missile warheads, cluster bombs, and spray tanks and dispensers mounted on aircraft. Historically nations used chemical or biological weapons against an enemy only when the enemy lacked the means to retaliate in kind. The threat of massive American retaliation had deterred Saddam Hussein from the use of chemical and biological weapons in the 1991 Gulf War, yet these days deterrence was politically incorrect. In 1993 the United States signed the Chemical Weapons Convention, thereby agreeing to remove chemical and biological weapons from its stockpiles. The U.s. military had been in no hurry to comply with the treaty, of course, because without the threat of retalia- STEPHEN COONTS tion there was no way to prevent these weapons being used against American troops and civilians. The waiting was over, apparently. The politicians in Washington were getting their way: the United States would not retaliate against an enemy with chemical or biological weapons even if similar weapons were used to slaughter Americans. When Jake Grafton finished his push-ups and stood, the staff operations officer, Commander Toad Tarkington, was there with a towel. Toad was slightly above medium height, deeply tanned, and had a mouthful of perfect white teeth that were visible when he smiled or laughed, which he often did. The admiral wiped his face on the towel, then picked up the binoculars and once again focused them on the cargo ships. "Glad the decision to destroy those things wasn't one I had to makeea"...Toad Tarkington said. "There are a lot of things in this world that I'm glad I'm not responsible forea"...Jake replied. "Why now, Admiral? And why does the ordnance crowd need a battle group to guard them?" "What I'd like to knowea"...Jake Grafton mused, "is why those damned things were stored here in the first place. If we knew that, then maybe we would know why the brass sent us here to stand guard." "Think Castro has chemical or biological weapons, sir?" "I suspect he does, or someone with a lot of stars once thought he might. If so, our weapons were probably put here to discourage friend Castro from waving his about. But what is the threat to removing them?" "Got to be terrorists, sirea"...Toad said. "Castro would be delighted to see them go. An attack from the Cuban Army is the last thing on earth I would expect. But terrorists maybe they plan to do a raid into here, steal some of the darn things." "Maybeea"...Jake said, sighing. "I guess I don't understand why we are taking them home for destructionea"...Toad added. "The administration got the political credit for signing the Chemical Weapons Treaty. If we keep our weapons, we can still credibly threaten massive retaliation if someone threatens us." "Pretty hard to agree to destroy the things, not do it, and then fulminate against other countries who don't destroy theirs." "Hypocrisy never slowed down a politicianea"...Toad said sourly. "I guess I just never liked the idea of getting naked when everyone else at the party is fully dressed." "Who in Washington would ever authorize the use of CBW weapons"..."...Jake muttered. "Can you see a buttoneddown, blow-dried, politically correct American politician ever signing such an order?" Both men stood with their elbows on the railing looking at the cargo ships. After a bit the admiral passed Toad the binoculars. "Wonder if the National Security Agency is keeping this area under surveillance with satellites"..."...Toad mused. "No one in Washington is going to tell us," the admiral said matter-of-factly. He pointed to one of the two Aegis cruisers anchored nearby. "Leave that cruiser anchored here for the next few days. She can cover the base perimeter with her guns if push comes to shove. Have the cruiser keep her gun crews on five-minute alert, ammo on the trays, no liberty. After three days she can pull the hook and join us, and another cruiser can come anchor here." - "Yes, sir." "There's a marine battalion landing team aboard Kearsarge, which is supposed to rendezvous with us tomorrow. I want Kearsarge to stay with United States. We'll put both ships in a race-track pattern about fifty miles south of here, outside Cuban territorial waters, and get on with our exercises. But we'll keep a weather eye peeled on this base." "What about the base commander, sir? He may know more about this than we do." "Get on the ship-to-shore net and invite him to have dinner with me tonight. Send a helo in to pick him up." STEPHEN COONTS "Sir, your instructions specifically directed that you maintain a business-as-usual security posture." "I rememberea"...Jake said dryly. "Of course, "business as usual" is an ambiguous phraseea"...Toad mused. "If anything goes wrong you can be blamed for not doing enough or doing too much, whichever way the wind blows." Jake Grafton snorted. "If a bunch of wild-eyed terrorists lay hands on those warheads, Tarkington, you and I will be fried, screwed, and tattooed regardless of what we did or didn't do. We'll have to will our bodies to science." "What about the CO ef the cruiser, Admiral? What do we tell him?" "Draft a top-secret message directing him to keep his people ready to shoot." "Aye, aye, sir." "Nuestra Senora de Colon is sailing this evening for Norfolk. Have a destroyer accompany her until she is well out of Cuban waters." "Yo."...Toad was making notes on a small memo pad he kept in his hip pocket. "And have the weather people give me a cloud-cover prediction for the next five days, or as far out as they can. I want to try to figure out what, if anything, the satellites might be seeing." "You mean, are they keeping an eye on the Cuban military?" "Or terrorists. Whoever." "I'll take care of it, sir." "I'm going to run a couple laps around the deckea"...Jake Grafton added. "May I suggest putting a company of marines ashore to do a security survey of the base perimeter? Strictly routine." "That sounds feasibleea"...Jake Grafton said. "Tonight let's ask the base commander what he thinks." backslash CUBA 17 "Terrorists or the Cuban Armywanna bet ten bucks? Take your pick." "I only bet on sure things, sir, like prizefights and Super Bowls, occasionally a cockroach race." "You're wise beyond your years, Toadea"...the admiral tossed over his shoulder as he headed for the hatch. "That's what I tell Ritaea"...Toad shot back. Rita Moravia was his wife. Jake Grafton didn't hear the rest of Toad's comment. "And wisdom is a heavy burden, let me tell you. Real heavy. Sorta like biological warheads."...He put the binoculars to his eyes and carefully studied the naval base. The night was hot and sultry, with lightning playing on the horizon. From his seat on"...the top row of the stadium bleachers Hector Juan de Dios Sedano kept an eye on the lightning, but the storms seemed to be moving north. Everyone else in the stadium was watching the game. Hector's younger brother, Juan Manuel "Ocho"...Sedano, was the local team's star pitcher. The eighth child of his parents, the Cuban fans had long ago dubbed him El Ocho. The family reduced the name to "Ocho." Tonight his fastball seemed on fire and his curve exceptional. The crowd cheered with every pitch. Twice the umpire called for the ball to examine it. Each time he handed it back to the catcher, who tossed it back to the mound as the fans hooted delightedly. At the middle of the seventh inning Ocho had faced just twenty-two batters. Only one man had gotten to first base, and that on a bloop single just beyond the fingertips of the second baseman. The local team had scored four runs. Hector Sedano leaned against the board fence behind him and applauded his brother as he walked from the mound. Ocho looked happy, relaxedthe confident, honest gaze of a star athlete who knows what he can do. As Hector clapped, he spotted a woman coming through the crowd toward him. She smiled as she met his eyes, then took a seat beside him. Here on the back bench Hector was about ten feet fro'm the nearest fans. The board fence behind him was the wall of the stadium, fifteen feet aboveeathe ground. "Did your friends come with you"..."...he asked, scanning the crowd. "Oh, yes, the usual twoea"...she said, but didn't bother to point to them. Sedano found one of the men settling into a seat five rows down and over ab* thirty feet. A few seconds later he saw the other standing near the entrance where the woman had entered the stadium. These two were her bodyguards. Her name was Mercedes. She was the widow of one of Hector's brothers and the current mistress of Fidel Castro. "How is MimaThat' Tomorrow was Hector's mother's birthday, and the clan was gathering. "Fine. Looking forward to seeing everyone." "I used the birthday as an excuse. They don't want me to leave the residence these days." "How bad is he?" "Estd tojodio. He's done in. One doctor said two weeks, one three. The cancer is spreading rapidly." "What do you think?" "I think he will live a while longer, but every night is more difficult. I sit with him. When he is sleeping he stops breathing for as much as half a minute before he resumes. I watch the clock, counting the seconds, wondering if he will breathe again." The.home team's center fielder stepped up to the plate. Ocho was the second batter. Standing in the warm-up circle with a bat in his hands, he scanned the faces in the crowd. Finally he made eye contact with Hector, nodded his head just enough to be seen, then concentrated on his warm-up swings. "Who knows about this"..."...Hector asked Merc"...des. "Only a few people. Alejo is holding the lid on. The doctors are with him around the clock."...Alejo Vargas was the minister of the ulterior. His ministry's Department of STEPHEN COONTS State Securitythe secret policeinvestigated and suppressed opposition and dissent. "We have waited a long timeea"...Hector mused. "Ese cabron, we should have killed Vargas years"...agoea"...Mercedes said, and smiled at a woman who turned around to look at her. * "We cannot win with his blood on our hands." "Alejo suspects you, I think." "I am just a Jesuit priest, a teacher." Mercedes snorted. "He suspects everyoneea"...Hector added. "Don't be a fool." El Ocho stepped into the batter's box to the roar of the crowd. He waggled the bat, cocked it, waited expectantly. His stance was perfect, his weight balanced, he was tense and readywhen he batted Hector could see Ocho's magnificent talent. He looked so ... perfect. Ocho let the first ball go by ... outside. The second pitch was low. The opposing pitcher walked around the mound, examined the ball, toed the rubber. The fact was Ocho was a better batter than he was a pitcher. Oh, he was a great pitcher, but when he had a bat in his hands al caret his gifts were on display; the reflexes, the eyesight, the physique, the ability to wait for his pitch.... The third pitch was a strike, belt-high, and Ocho got around on it and connected solidly. The ball rose into the warm, humid air and flew as if it had wings until it cleared the center field fence by a good margin. "He caught it perfectlyea"...Mercedes said, admiration in her voice. Ocho trotted the bases while everyone in the bleachers applauded. The opposing pitcher stood on the mound shaking his head in disgust. Ocho's manager was the first to greet him as he trotted toward the dugout. He pounded his star on the back, pumped his hand, beamed proudly, almost like a father. "S CUBA 21 "What else is happening"..."...Hector asked. "The government has signed the casino agreement. Miramar, Havana, Varadero and Santiago. The consortium will provide fifty percent of the cost of an airport in Santiago." "They have been negotiating for whatthree years?" "Almost that." "Any sense of urgency on the part of the Cubans?" "I sense none. The Americans were happy with the deal, so they signed." "Who are these Americans?" "I thought they were Nevada casino people, but there were people in the background pulling strings, criminals, I think. They wanted assurances on prostitution and narcotics." The Cuban government had been negotiating agreements for foreign investment and development for years, mainly with Canadian and European companies. Tourism was now the largest industry in Cuba, bringing 1.5 million tourists a year to the island and keeping the economy afloat with hard currency. Now the Cuban government was openly negotiating with American companiesea.with all deals contingent upon the ending of the American economic embargo. Fidel Castro believed that he could put political pressure upon the American government to end the embargo by dangling development rights in front of American capitalists. Hector Sedano thought Fidel understood the Americans. "The tobacco negotiator, Chancehow is he progressing?" "He is talking to your brother Maximo. Then he is supposed to see Vargas. Tobacco will replace sugarcane as Cuba's big crop, he says. The cigarettes will be manufactured here and marketed worldwide under American brands. The Americans will finance everything; Cuba will get a fifty-percent share of the business, across the board." "Is this Chance serious?" "Apparently. The tobacco companies think their days are numbered in the United States. They want to move off- shore, escape the regulation that will eventually put them out of business." Hector sat silently, taking it all in as the uniformed players on the field played a game with rules. What a contrast with politics! Mercedes was a treasure, a person with access to the highest levels of the Cuban government. She brought Hector Sedano information that even Castro probably didn't have. The big question, of course, was how she learned it. Hector told himself repeatedly that he didn't want to know, but of course he did. He glanced at the woman sitting beside him. She was wearing a simple dress that did nothing to call attention to her figure, nor did it do anything to hide it. She was a beautiful woman who needed no makeup and never wore any. Every man she met was attracted to her, an unremarkable fact, like the summer heat, which she didn't seem to notice. Extraordinarily smart, with a nearphotographic memory, she had almost no opportunities to use her talent in Cuban society. Except as a spy. "Will Maximo be at Mima's party tomorrow?" "He said he would." "Should I be shocked if he acts possessive?" Mercedes glanced at him, raised an eyebrow. "He would not be so foolish." Well, just who was she sleeping with? Hector glanced at her repeatedly, wondering. She appeared to be concentrating on the ball game. The only thing he knew for sure was that she wasn't sleeping with him, and God knows he had thought about that far more than any priest ever should. Of course, priests were human and had to fight their urges, but still... Castro ... Of course she slept with himshe was his mistressthat was how she got access. But did she love liim? Or was she a cool, calculating tramp ready to change horses now that Castro was dying? No. He shook his head, refusing to believe that of her. Where did Maximo fit in? As he sat there contemplating that angle, he wondered how Maximo saw her? Mercedes left after watching Ocho pitch an inning. He faced three batters and struck them all out. When the game was over, Hector Sedano stayed in his seat and watched the crowd file out. He was still sitting there when someone shouted at him, "Hey, I turn out the lights now." The darkness that followed certainly wasn't total. Small lights were illuminated over the exits, the lights of Havana lit up the sky, and lightning continued to flash on the horizon. Sedano lit another cigar and smoked it slowly. After a few minutes he saw the shape of a man making his way along the aisle toward him. The man sagged down on the bench several feet away. "Good game tonight."...The man was the stadium keeper, Alfredo Garcia. "Yes." "Your brother, El Ocho, was magnificent. Such talent, such presence." "We are very proud of him." "Why do you call him El Ocho?" "He was the eighth child. He has the usual half dozen names, but his brothers and I just call him Ocho." "I saw that she was here, with her security guards circling. ... What did she say?" "What makes you think she tells me anything?" "Come, my friend. Someone whispers in your ear." "And someone is whispering to Alejo Vargas." "You suspect me?" "I think you are just stupid enough to take money from the Americans and money from Alejo Vargas and think neither of them will find out about the other." STEPHEN COONTS "My God, man! Think of what you are sayingff"...Alfredo moved closer. Sedano could see his face, which was almost as white as his shirt. "I am thinking." "You have my life in your hands. I had to (rust you with my life when I first approached you. Nothing has changed." Sedano puffed on the cigar in silence, studying Garcia's features. Born in America of Cuban parents, Garcia had been a priest. He couldn't leave the women alone, however, and ultimately got mixed up with some topless dancers running an "escort"...service in East St. Louis. After a few months the feds busted him for violation of the Mann Act, moving women across state lines for immoral purposes, i.e., prostitution. After the church canned him, he jumped bail and fled to Cuba. Garcia had been in Cuba several years when he was recruited by the CIA, which asked him to approach Sedano. Hector Sedano had no doubt that Garcia had the ear of the American governmentin the past four years he had supplied Sedano with almost a million dollars in cash and enough weapons to supply a small army. The money and weapons always arrived when and where Garcia said they would. Still, the question remained, who else did the man talk to? Who did his control talk to? Hector had stockpiled the weapons, hidden them praying they would never be needed. He used the money for travel expenses and bribes. Without money to bribe the little fish he would have landed in prison years ago. Hector Sedano shook his head to clear his thoughts. He was living on the naked edge, had been there for years. And life wasn't getting any easier. "Castro is dyingea"...he said. "It is a matter of weeks, or so the doctors say." Alfredo Garcia took a deep breath and exhaled audibly. "I tell you now man-to-man, Alfredo. The records of Alejo Vargas will soon be placed in my hands. If you have betrayed me or the people of Cuba, you had better find a way to get off this planet, because there is no place on it you can hide, hot from me, not from the CIA, not from the men and women you betrayed." "I have betrayed no one,".alfredo Garcia said. "God? Yes. But no rnan." He went away then, leaving Sedano to smoke in solitude. Fidel Castro dying! Hector Sedano could hear his heart beat as he tried to comprehend the reality of that fact. Millions of people were waiting for his death, some patiently, most impatiently, many with a feeling of impending . doom. Castro had ruled Cuba as an absolute dictator since 1959: the revolution that he led did nothing more than topple the old dictator and put a new one in his place. Castro jettisoned fledgling democracy, embraced communism and used raw demagoguery to consolidate his total, absolute power. He prosecuted and executed his enemies and confiscated the property of anyone who might be against him. Hundreds of thousands of Cubans fled, many to America. Castro's embrace of communism and seizure of the assets of the foreign corporations that had invested in Cuba, assets worth several billions of dollars, were almost preordained, inevitable. Predictably, most of those corporations were American. Also predictably, the United.states government retaliated with a diplomatic and economic blockade that continued to this day. After seizing the assets of the American corporations who owned most of Cuba, Castro had little choice: he had to have the assistance of a major power, so he substituted the Soviet Union for the United States as Cuba's patron. The only good thing about the substitution was that the Soviet Union was a lot farther away than Florida. Theirs was never a partnership of equals: the Soviets humiliated Fidel at almost every turn in the road. When communism collapsed in the Soviet Union in the early 1990's, Cuba was cut adrift as an expensive luxury that the newly democratic STEPHEN COONTS Russia could ill afford. That twist of fate was a cruel blow to Cuba, which despite Castro's best efforts still was a slave to sugarcane. Through it all, Castro survived. Never as popular as his supporters believed, he was never as unpopular as the exiles claimed. The truth of the matter was that Castro was Cuban to the core and fiercely independent, and he had kept Cuba that way. His demagoguery played well to poor peasants who had nothing but their pride. The trickle of refugees across the Florida Straits acted as a safety valve to rid the regime of its worst enemies, the vociferous critics with the will and tenacity to cause serious problems. In the Latin tradition, the Cubans who remained submitted to Castro, even respected him for thumbing his nose at the world. A dictator he might be, but he was "our"...dictator. A new day was about to dawn in Cuba, a day without Castro and the baggage of communism, ballistic missiles, and invasion, a new day without bitter enmity with the United States. Just what that day would bring remained to be seen, but it was coming. The exiles wanted justice, and revenge; the peons who lived in the'exiles' houses, now many families to a building, feared being dispossessed. The foreign corporations that Castro so cavalierly robbed wanted compensation. Everyone wanted food, and jobs, and a future. It seemed as if the bills for all the past mistakes were about to come due and payable at once. Hector Sedano would have a voice in that future, if he survived. He sat smoking, contemplating the coming storm. Mercedes was of course correct about the danger posed by Alejo Vargas. Mix Latin machismo and a willingness to do violence to gain one's own ends, add generous dollops of vainglory, egotism, and paranoia, stir well, and you have the makings of a truly fine Latin American dictator, selfrighteous, suspicious, trigger-happy, and absolutely ruthless. Fidel Alejandro Castro Ruz came out of that mold: Alejo Vargas, Hector knew, was merely another. He could not make this observation to Mercedes, whom Hector suspected of loving Fidelhe needed her cooperation. Alfredo Garcia found a seat near the ticket-taker's booth from where he could see the shadowy figure on the top row of the bleachers. He was so nervous he twitched. Like Hector Sedano, he too was in awe of the news he had just learned: Fidel Castro was dying. Alfredo Garcia trembled as he thought about it. That priest in the top row of the bleachers was one of the contenders for power in post-Castro Cuba. There were others of course, Alejo Vargas, the Minister of Interior and head of the secret police, prominently among them. Yes, Garcia talked to the secret police of Alejo Vargas he had to. No one could refuse the Department of State Security, least of all a fugitive from American justice seeking sanctuary. And of course he cooperated on an ongoing basis. Vargas's spies were everywhere, witnessed every conversation, every meal, every waking moment... or so it seemed. One could never be certain what the secret police knew from other sources, what they were just guessing at, what he was their only source for. Garcia had handled this reality the only way he could: he answered direct questions with a bit of the truthif he knew itand volunteered nothing. If the secret police knew Alfredo had a CIA contact they had never let on. They did know Hector Sedano was a power in the underground although they seemed to think he was a small fish. Garcia thought otherwise. He thought Hector Sedano was the most powerful man in Cuba after Fidel Castro, even more powerful than Alejo Vargas. Why didn't Hector understand the excruciating predicament that Alfredo Garcia found himself in? Certainly Hector knew what it was like to have few options, or none at all. Alfredo was a weak man. He had never been able to STEPHEN COONTS resist the temptations of the flesh. God had forgiven him, of that he was sure, but would Hector Sedano? As he sat in the darkness watching Hector, Alfredo Garcia smiled grimly. One of the contenders for power in po/castro Cuba would be Hector's own brother, Maximo Lufs Sedano, the finance minister. Maximo was Fidel's most trusted lieutenant, one of his inner circle. Three years older than Hector, he had lived and breathed Castro's revolution all his life, willingly standing in the great man's shadow. Those days were about over, and Maximo's friends whispered that he was readyhe wanted more. That was the general street gossip that Garcia heard, and like most gossip, he thought it probably had a kernel of truth inside. For his part, Maximo probably thought his only serious rival was Alejo Vargas. He was going to get a bad shock in the near future. And then there were the exiles. God only knew what those fools would do when Fidel breathed his last. Yes, indeed, when Fidel died the fireworks would begin. Hector Sedano was taking the last few puffs on his cigar when his youngest brother, El Ocho, climbed the bleachers. Ocho settled onto a bench in front of Hector and leaned back so that he could rest his feet on the bench in front of him. "You played well tonight. The home run was a thing of beauty." "It's just a game." "And you play it well." Ocho snorted. "Just a gameea"...he repeated. "All of life is a gameea"...his older brother told him, and ground out his cigar. . "Was that Mercedes I saw talking to you earlier?" "She is here for Mima's birthday." Ocho nodded. He seemed to gather himself before he spoke again. "My manager, Diego Coca, wants me to go to the United States." Hector let that statement lie there. Sometimes Ocho said outrageous things to get a reaction. Hector had quit playing that game years ago. "Diego says I could play in the major leagues." "Do you believe him?"" Ocho turned toward his older brother and closest friend. "Diego is a dreamer. I look good playing this game because the other players are not so good. The pitch I hit out tonight was a belt-high fastball right down the middle. American major league pitchers don't throw stuff like that because all those guys can hit it." "Could you pitch there?" "In Cuba my fastball is a little faster than everyone else's. My curve breaks a little more. In America all the pitchers have a good fastball and breaking ball. Everyone is better." Hector laughed. "So you aren't interested in going to America and getting rich, like your uncle Tomas"..."...Tomas had defected ten years ago while a team of baseball stars was on a trip to Mexico City. He now owned five drycleaning plants in metropolitan Miami. Oh, yes, Tomas was getting rich! "I'm not good enough to play in the big leagues. Diego tells me I am. I think he believes it. He wants me to go, take him with me, sign a big contract. I'm his chance." "He wants to go with you?" "That's right." "On a boat?" "He says he knows a man who has a boat. He can take us to Florida, where people will be waiting." "You believe that?" "Diego does. That is what is important." "You owe Diego a few hours of sweat on the baseball field, nothing else." STEPHEN COONTS Ocho didn't reply. He lay back on his elbows and wiggled his feet. "Why don't you tell me all of it"..."...Hector suggested gently. Ocho didn't look at him. After a bit he said, "I got Diego's daughter pregnant. Dora, the second one." "He knows this?" Ocho nodded affirmatively. "So marry the girl. This is an embarrassment, not dishonor. My God, Mima was pregnant when Papa married her! Welcome to the world, Ocho. And congratulations." "Diego is the girl's father." "I will talk to himea"...Hector said. "You are both young, with hot blood in your veins. Surely he will understand. I will promise him that you will do the right thing by this girl. You will stand up with her in church, love her, cherish her...." "Diego wants the best for her, for the baby, for me." "For himself." "And for himself, yes. He wants us to go on his friend's boat to America. I will play baseball and earn much money and we will live the good life in America. That is his dream." "I seeea"...sd Hector Sedano, and leaned back against the fence. "Is it yours?" "I haven't told anyone elseea"...Ocho said, meaning the family. "Are you going to tell Mimal" "Not on her birthday. I thought maybe you could tell her, after we get to America." "Estd loco, Ocho. This boat... you could all drown. Hundredsthousands of people have drowned out there. The sea swallows them. They leave here and are never heard from again." Ocho studied his toes. "If they catch you, the Americans will send you back. They don't want boat people." "Diego Coca says that" "Damn Diego Coca! The Cuban Navy will probably catch you before you get out of sight of Mima's house. Pray that they do, that you don't die out there in the Gulf Stream. And if you are lucky enough to survive the trip to Florida, the Americans will arrest you, put you in a camp at Guantanamo Bay. Even if you get back to Cuba, the government won't let you play baseball again. You'll spend your life in the fields chopping cane. Think about thatl" Ocho sat silently, listening to the insects. "Did you give Diego Coca money"..."...Hector asked. "Yes." "Want to tell me how much?" "No." "You're financing his dream, Ocho." "At least he's got one." "What's that mean?" "It means what I said. At least Diego Coca has a dream. He doesn't want to sit rotting on this goddamned island while life passes him by. He doesn't want that for his daughter or her kid." "He doesn't want that for himself." Ocho threw up his hands. Hector pressed on, relentlessly. "Diego Coca should get on that boat and follow his dream, if that is his dream. You and Dora should get married. Announce the wedding tomorrow at Mima's party^the people are your flesh and blood. Cuba is your country, your heritage. You owe these people and this country all that you are, all that you will ever be." "Cuba is your dream, Hector." "And what is yours? I ask you a second time." Ocho shook his head like a mighty bull. "I do not wish to spend my life plotting against the government, making speeches, waiting to be arrested, dreaming of a Utopia that will never be. That is life wasted." Hector thought before he answered. "What you say is true. Yet until things change in Cuba it is impossible to dream other dreams." Ocho Sedano got to his feet. He was a tall, lanky young man with long, ropy muscles. "Just wanted you to knowea"...he said. "A man must have a dream that is larger than he is or life has little meaning." "Didn't figure you would think it was a good idea." "I don't." "Or else you would have gone yourself." "Ocho, I ask you a personal favor. Wait two weeks. Don't go for two weeks. See how the world looks in two weeks before you get on that boat." Hector could see the pain etched on Ocho's face. The younger man looked him straight in the eye. "The boat won't wait." "I ask this as your brother, who has never asked you for anything. I ask you for Mima, who cherishes you, and for Papa, who watches you from heaven. Have the grace to say yes to my request. Two weeks." "The boat won't wait, Hector. Diego wants this. Dora wants this. I have no choice." With that Ocho turned and leaped lightly from bench to bench until he got to the field. He walked across the dark, deserted diamond and disappeared into the home team's dugout. Although he was born in Cuba, El Gate's parents took him to Miami when he was a toddler, before the Cuban revo* lution. He had absolutely no memory of Cuba. In fact, he thought of himself as an American. English was the language he knew best, the language he thought in. He had learned Spanish at home as a youngster, understood it well, and spoke it with a flavored accent. Still, hearing nothing but Cuban Spanish spoken around him for days gave him a bit of cultural shock. He and two of his bodyguards had flown to Mexico City, V CUBA

then to Havana. He had always kept His contacts with the Cuban government a deep, dark, jealously guarded secret, but rumors had reached him, rumors that Castro was sick, that important changes in Cuba were in the wind. The rumors had the feel of truth; his instincts told him. El Gato, the Cat, didn't get rich by ignoring his instincts. He decided to go to Cuba and take the risk of explaining it away later. If the exiles in Florida ever got the idea that he had double-crossed them, money or no money, they would take their revenge. Courage was one of El Gate's long suits. He didn't accumulate a fortune worth almost a half billion dollars by being timid. So he and his bodyguards boarded the plane. That was almost a week ago. He had been steadily losing money in the casinos every day since while waiting. Now the waiting was over. Tonight he was to see the man he came to meet, Alejo Vargas. In five minutes. He checked his watch, then pocketed his chips and walked for. the door of the club, the Tropicana, the jewel of Havana. His bodyguards joined him, like shadows. El Gato left the casino via the back entrance. The three men walked a block to a large black limousine sitting by the curb and climbed into the rear seats. Two men were sitting on the front-facing seats. "El Gato, welcome to Havana. I confess, I didn't think we would ever meet on Cuban comsoil." "Miracles never cease, Senor Vargas. The world turns, the sun rises and sets and we all get older day by day. Wise men change with the times." "Quite so. This is Colonel Santana, head of the Department of State Security:" El Gato nodded politely at Santana, then introduced his bodyguards, men Santana didn't even bother to look at. "I was hoping, Senor Vargas, that you and I might have a private conversation, perhaps while these gentlemen watched from a small distance?" Vargas nodded Ms assent, pushed a button, and spoke into an intercom to the driver. After about fifteen minutes of travel, during which nothing was said, the limo pulled up to a curb and all the men got out. The car was sitting on a breakwater near Morro Castle, with the dark battlements looming above them in the glare of Havana reflecting off the clouds. Vargas and El Gato began strolling. "The cargo is aboardea"...El Gato said, "and the ship has sailed. I presume you kept me waiting to see if that event would occur." "When you proposed this operation, I had my doubts. I still do." "I cannot guarantee successea"...El Gato said. "I do everything within my power to make success possible, but sometimes the world does not turn my way. I understand that, and I keep trying anyway." 'The waiting will soon be overea"...Vargas said. "Indeed. In many ways. I hear rumors that Fidel will not be with us much longer." Vargas didn't reply to that remark. "Change is rapidly coming to Cubaea"...El Gato began, "and the thought occurred to me that a man with friends in Cuba under the new order would be in an enviable position." "You have such friends?" "I am here to test the water, so to speak, to learn if I, do." "After your years of opposition to Castro, any friends you have will not be very vocal about it." "Noisy friends I have aplenty in Florida. No, the kind of friends I need are the kind who keep their friendship to themselves and help when help is needed, who give approvals when asked, who nod yes at the appropriate time." "How much money have you given the exiles" political movements over the years?" "You wish to know the figure?"

"Yes. I wish to learn if you will be honest with me. Obviously I have sources and some idea of the amount. Come now, impress me with your frankness and your honesty." "Over five million Americanea"...El Gato said. This was twice the figure Vargas expected, and he looked at the American sharply. If El Gato was lying, exaggerating the number to impress Vargas, it didn't show in his face. "Some of that money, a small amount it is true, came directly from the Cuban governmentea"...El Gato said. "I believe you authorized those payments." "You have a sense of the sardonic, I seeea"...Vargas said without humor. One got the impression he had not smiled in his lifetime, nor would he. El Gato nodded. "You had a commodity to sell, we wished to buy. We paid a fair price." "Come, come, Senor Vargas. Let's not pretend with each other. I arranged for you to acquire the equipmenteaand chemicals necessary to create a biological warfare program. What you have done with those chemicals and equipment 1 don't know, nor do I want to know. But you know as well as I that if the American government found out about the sale I would be ruined. And you know that I made no profit in the transaction." Vargas nodded, a dip of the head. "Nor have I asked for money for arranging to steal Nuestra Senora." "That is true, but if the operation succeeds, we would have paid a fair amount." "I do not want your money." "You want something. What?" El Gato walked a few paces with his hands in his pockets before he spoke. "After Castro I envision a Cuba much more friendly to American interests, more open to a free flow of capital in and out. A great many people in the United States have a great deal of money accumulated that they want to invest in Cuba, which they will do as soon as the United States government allows them to do so, and as soon as the Cuban government guarantees these investors that their investment will not be confiscated or stolen with hidden taxes or demands for graft. A man who could guarantee that his friends would be fairly treated in Cuba could make a lot of money. He would be a patron, if you will. And if he carefully screened his friends, Cuba would get a vetted flow of capable investors who would perform as promised." "Something for everyoneea"...Vargas said. "Precisely." "Just so that I understandare you suggesting that you want to be that man, el jefecitol" "I could do it, I believe." "The exiles expect to come to Cuba at Castro's death and take over the country. They want billions in repatriations! I tell you now, you have helped fuel their expectations with your five million dollars." What he failed to mention was the fact that the Cuban government had played to the fears of the peons who stayed, telling them they would be thrown from their homes"...if the exiles ever returned. El Gato smiled. "Like the exiles, you fail to clearly see the situation. They are Americans. They make more money in America than they ever could in Cuba. They will never return in significant numbers. In fact, if the borders are thrown open, the net human flow will be toward the United States, not back to Cuba. If the American government would allow it, a million Cubans a year would leave this island. You would be wise to let people go where they wish to go." "You are saying the exile problem will just disappear?" "Except for a few bitter old men, yes, I believe it will. The young ones have gotten on with their lives. They have no old scores to settle."

"So you betray these old ones for your own profit?" "Senor Vargas, if they wish to nurse old grudges and dream of a time which is long past and will never come again, who am I to tell them no? Most of these people are quite harmless. Those who aren't can be dealt with when they cause problems. A public apology to dispossessed old people, a plea for healing, a few pesos, and the exiles could be appeased." "Assassination plots against Castro and the like?" "Plots that never get off the ground are harmless. Let them have their meetings and their thunderous denunciations. These people will pass from the scene soon enough." Vargas made a gesture of irritation. He had his own opinions and didn't really wish to hear other people's. "Colonel Santana will take you and your men to your hotel." "Thank you." "I can promise you very little, El Gato. I understand that you cannot guarantee the future, but the North Koreans must fulfill their part of our bargain. If they do, there is a chance, just a chance, that I may rule after Castro." El Gato waited. Vargas continued: "I will not forget what you did for me, for Cuba. If the day ever comes when I am in a position to help you, feel free to ask. What I can do then will have to be decided upon that day." "That is more than I hoped forea"...El Gato said, genuine warmth obvious in his voice. "I thank you for that promise." The F-14 Tomcat hung suspended in an infinite blue sky, over an infinite blue sea. Or so it seemed to Jake Grafton, who sat in the front cockpit taking it all in. Behind him Toad Tarkington was working the radar, searching the sky ahead. The air was dead calm today, so without a visual reference there was no sensation of motion. The puffy clouds on the surface of the sea seemed to be marching uniformly toward the rear of the aircraft, almost as if the sky were spinning under the airplane. The fighter was cruising at 31,000 feet, heading northwestward parallel with the southern coast of Cuba, about a hundred and fifty miles offshore. "I sure am glad you got us off the ship, sirea"...Tarkington said cheerfully. "A little flying helps clean out the pipes, keeps everything in perspective." "That it doesea"...Jake agreed, and stretched. He had the best job in the navy, he thought. As a battle group commander he could still flyindeed, an occasional flight was part of the job description. Yet his flying days would soon be over: in just two months he was scheduled to turn over the command to another admiral and be on his way somewhere. He searched the empty sky automatically as he thought again about where the next set of orders might send him. If the people in the flag detailing office in the Pentagon had a clue, they certainly weren't talking. Ah, it would all work out. The powers that be would send him another set of orders or retire him, and it really 39 didn't matter much which way it went. Everyone has to move on sooner or later, so why not now? Maybe he should just submit his retirement papers, get on with the rest of his life. With his right hand he hit the emergency disconnect for the autopilot, which worked as it should. Without touching the throttles, Jake Grafton smoothly lifted the nose and began feeding in left stick. Nose climbing, wing dropping ... rolling smoothly through the in-- verted position, though with only seventy degrees of heading change. The nose continued downkeep the roll inffandthe G increased as the fighter came out of the dive and back to the original heading, only 1,400 below the entry altitude. Ta-ta! There you have ita sloppy barrel roll! Jake kept the stick back and started a barrel roll to the right. "Are you okay up there, sir"..."...Toad Tarkington asked anxiously. "You ask that of me? The world's fine'st acrobatic pilot? Have you no respect?" "These whifferdills are not quite up to your usual worldclass standards, so one wonders. Could it be illness, decrepitude, senility?" They were passing the inverted positon when Jake said, "Just for that, Tarkington, you can put us on the flight schedule every day so we can practice. An hour and a half of high-G maneuvers seven times a week will teach you to respect your elders." "You got that rightea"...Toad replied, and moaned as if he were in pain as Jake lifted the Tomcat into a loop. "War Ace One Oh Four, this is Sea Hawk. You have traffic to the northwest, one hundred miles, heading south at about 30,000." "Roger, Sea Hawk.", Coming down the back side of the loop, Jake turned to the northwest.

STEPHEN COONTS "Admiral, I know you think I was loafing back hereea"...Toad said obsequiously, "but I had that guy on the scope. Honest! I was just gonna say something when that E-2 guy beat me to the switch." "Sure, Toad. These things happen. If you're going to nap, next time bring a pillow." "This guy is coming south, like he's out of some base in central Cuba, about our altitude. Heck of a coincidence, huh?" The F-14 had an optical camera mounted in the nose that was slaved to the radar cross-hairs. "Tell me when you see himea"...Jake murmured. "Be a couple miles yet. Let's come right ten degrees just for grins and see what happens." Jake again had the fighter on autopilot. He pushed the stick right, then leveled on the new course. At fifty miles Toad had the other airplane on the screen of his monitor. A silver airplane, fighter size, with the sun glinting off its skin. The electronic conntermeasures (Ecm) panel lit up as the F-14's sensors picked up the emissions of the other plane's radar. "A MiGo-29ea"...Jake said. "What's he doing out here"..."...Toad wondered. "Same thing as we are. Out flying around seeing what is what." "I thought th@lCubans had retired their MiGo-29's. Couldn't keep paying the bills on "em.". "Well, at least one is still operational." . Even as they watched, the MiGo altered course to the left so that he would have a chance to turn in behind the F-14 when their flight paths converged. Jake Grafton was suddenly sure he didn't want the MiGo behind him. The Soviets specifically designed the MiGo-29 to be able to defeat the F-14, F-15, F-16 and FirstA-18 in close combat; it was, probably, the second-best fighter in the world (the best being the Sukhoi Su-27 Flanker). Jake altered course so the two planes would converge head-on.

What would the MiGo pilot do? If the Cuban pilot opened fire over the ocean, over a hundred miles from land, who would ever know? "Sea Hawk, One Oh Four, are you getting this on tape?" "Yes, sir. We're recording." "This bogey is a MiGo-29." "Roger that. We've been tracking him for twenty-five minutes now." The range was closing rapidly, but still Jake didn't see the MiG. He looked at the target dot in the heads-up display, but the sky was huge and the Cuban fighter too far away, although it was almost as large as the F-14. The MiGo was about four miles away when Jake finally saw it, a winged silver glint that shot by just under his right wing. Jake Grafton disconnected the autopilot and slammed the stick over. He pulled carefully, cleanly, craned his head and braced himself with his left hand as he kept the turning MiGo in sight. The Cuban fighter rolled out of his turn heading north. Jake leveled out on a parallel course. Careful not to point his nose at the Cuban, Jake let the Tomcat drift closer on a converging course. When the planes were less than a hundred yards apart, he slowed the closure rate but kept moving in. Finally the two planes were in formation with their wingtips about twenty yards apart. "Look at that thing, would you"..."...Toad enthused. "Have you ever seen a more gorgeous airplane?" "I hear it's a real dream machineea"...Jake agreed. "Oh, baby, the lines, the curves ... The Russians sure know how to design flying machines." "If this guy has to jump out of that thingea"...Jake asked Toad, "do you think Cuban Air-Sea Rescue is going to come pick him up?" "I doubt itea"...Toad replied. "And I suspect he knows that." "He's got a set of cojones on himea"...Jake said. "Bet he can fly the hell out of that thing, too." In the Cuban fighter, Major Carlos Corrado took his time looking over the American plane. This was the first time he had ever seen an F-14. Amazing how big they were, with the two men and the missiles under the wings. Carlos was lucky he had this hunk of hot Russian iron to fly, technical generations ahead of the MiGo-19's and 21's that equipped the bulk of Cuba's tactical squadrons, and he damn well knew it. Cuba owned three dozen MiGo-29's and had precisely one operationalthis onewhich Corrado kept flying by the simple expedient of cannibalizing parts from the others. He checked his fuel. He had enough, just enough, to get home. Sure, he had no business being out here over the ocean, but he wanted to fly today and the Cuban ground control intercept (Gci) controller said the American was here. One thing led to another and here he was. Now Carlos Corrado was on course to return to his base near the city of Cienfuegos, on Cuba's southern coast. He checked the compass, the engine instruments, then turned back to studying the American plane, which hung there on the end of his wing as if it were painted on the sky. A minute went by, then the man in the front seat of the American plane raised his hand and waved. Carlos returned the gesture as the big American fighter turned away to the right and immediately began falling behind. Carlos twisted his body in his seat to keep the F-14 in sight for as long as possible. Big as it was, the F-14 disappeared into the eastern sky with startling rapidity. Carlos Corrado turned in his seat and eased the position of his butt. The Americans were two or three technical generations beyond the Cubans, so far ahead that most Cuban military men regarded American capabilities as almost superhuman. They had read of the Gulf War, of the satellites and com-

puters and smart weapons. Unlike his colleagues, Corrado was not frightened by the Americans. Impressed by their military capability, but not frightened. If I were smarter, he thought now, still would be frightened. But the Americans and Cubans would never fight. They had not fought since the Bay of Pigs and doubtless never would. Castro would soon be gone and a new government would take over and Cuba would become a new American suburb, another little beach island baking in the sun south of Miami, Key Cuba. When that happy day came, Carlos Corrado told himself, he was going to America and get a decent flying job that paid real money. Dona Maria Vieuda de Sedano's daughters arrived first, in the early afternoon, tocom tidy up and do the cooking for the guests. They had married local men who worked the sugarcane and saw her every day. In truth, they looked after her, helped her dress, prepared her meals, cleaned and washed the clothes. It was infuriating to be disabled, to be unable to do backslash The arthritis that crippled her hands and feet made even simple tasks difficult and complex tasks out of the question. Dona Maria managed to shuffle to her favorite chair on the tiny porch without help. Her small house sat on the western edge of the village. From the porch she could see several of her neighbors" houses and a wide sweep of the road. Across the road was a huge field of cane. A canecooking factory stood about a half mile farther west. When the harvest began, the stacks belched smoke and the fumes of cooking sugar drifted for miles on the wind.- Beyond all this, almost lost in the'distance, was the blue of the ocean, a thin line just below the horizon, bluer than the distant sky. The wind coming in off the sea kept the temperature down and prevented insects from becoming a major nuisance. The porch was the only thing Dona Maria really liked about the house, though after fifty-two years in residence God knows she had some memories. Small, just four rooms, with a palm-leaf roof, this house had been the center of her adult life. Here she moved as a young bride with her husband, bore her children, raised them, cried and laughed with them, buried two of the ten, watched the others grow up and marry and move away. And here she watched her husband die of cancer. He had died... sixteen years ago, sixteen years in November. You never think about outliving your spouse when you are young. Never think about what comes afterward, after happiness, after love. Then, too soon, the never-thoughtab future arrives. She sat on the porch and looked at the clouds floating above the distant ocean, almost like ships, sailing someplace. ... She had lived her whole life upon this island, every day of it, had never been farther from this house than Havana, and that on just two occasions: once when she was a teenage girl, on a marvelous expedition with her older sister, and once when her son Maximo was sworn in as the minister of finance. She had met Fidel Castro on that visit to the capital, felt the power of his personality, like a fire that warmed everyone within range. Oh, what a man he was, tall, virile, comfull of life. No wonder Maximo orbited Fidel's star. His brother Jorge, her eldest, had been one of Castro's most dedicated disciples, espousing Marxism and Cuban nationalism, refusing to listen to the slightest criticism of his hero. Jorge, dead of heart failure at the age of forty-two, another dreamer. All the Sedanos were dreamers, she thought, povertystricken dreamers trapped on this sun-washed island in a sun-washed sea, isolated from the rest of humankind, the rest of the species.... She thought of Jorge when she saw Mercedes, his

widow, climb from the car. The men in the car glanced at her seated on the porch, didn't wave, merely drove on, leaving Mercedes standing in the road. "Hola, Mima." Jorge, cheated of life with this woman, whom he loved more than anything, more than Castro, more than his parents, more than anything, for the Sedanos were also great lovers. "Hola, my pretty one. Come sit beside me." As she stepped on the porch, Dona Maria said, "Thank you for coming." "It is nothing. We both loved Jorge...." "Jorge..." Mercedes looked at Maria's hands, took them in her own, as if they weren't twisted and crippled. She kissed the older woman, then sat on a bench beside her and looked at the sea. "It is still there. It never changes." "Not like we do." The emotions twisted Mercedes's insides, made her eyes tear. Here in this place she had had so much, then with no warning it was gone, as if a mighty tide had swept away all that she valued, leaving only sand and rock. Jorgeoh, what a man he was, a dreamer and lover and believer in social justice. A true believer, without a selfish bone in his body ... and of course he had died young, before he realized how much reality differed from his dreams. He lived and died a crusader for justice and Cuba and all of that... and left her to grow old alone ... lonely in the night, looking for someone who cared about something besides himself. She bit her lip and looked down at Dona Maria's hands, twisted and misshapen. On impulse leaned across and kissed the older woman on the cheek. "God bless you, dear childea"...Dona Maria said. Ocho came walking along the road, trailed by four of the neighborhood children who were skipping and laughing and trying to make him smile. When he turned in at his mother's gate, the children scampered away. Everyone on the porch turned and looked at him, called a greeting as he quickly covered the three or four paces of the path. Ocho was the Greek god, with the dark hair atop a perfect head1, a perfect face, a perfect body ... tall, with broad shoulders and impossibly narrow hips, he moved like a cat. He dominated a room, radiating masculinity like a beacon, drawing the eyes of every woman mere. Even his mother couldn't take her eyes from him, Mercedes noted, and grinned wryly. This last childshe bore Ocho when she was forty-foureven Dona Maria must wonder about the combination of genes that produced him. Normally an affable soul, Ocho had little to say this evening. He grunted monosyllables to everyone, kissed his mother and Mercedes and his sisters perfunctorily, then found a corner of the porch in which to sit. Women threw themselves at Ocho, and he never seemed to notice. It was almost as if he didn't want the women who wanted him. He was sufficiently different from most of the men Mercedes knew that she found him intriguing. And perhaps, she reflected, that was the essence of his charm. Maximo Lui's Sedano's sedan braked to a stop in a swirl of dust. He bounded from the car, strode toward the porch, shouting names, a wide grin on his face. He gently gathered his mother in his arms, kissed her on both her cheeks and forehead, kissed each hand, knelt to look into her face. Mercedes didn't hear what he said; he spoke only for his mother's ears. When she looked away from Maximo and his mother she was surprised to see Maximo's wife climbing the steps to the porch. Maximo's wifejust what was her name"...ccdemned forever to be invisible in the glare of the great man's spotlight. Another dominant personalitythe Sedanos certainly produced their share of thoseMaximo was a prisoner of his birth. Cuba was far too small for him. Amazingly, be-

cause life rarely works out just right, he had found one of the few occupations in Castro's Cuba that allowed him to travel, to play on a wider field. As finance minister he routinely visited the major capitals of Europe, Central and South America. Just now he gave his mother a gift, which he opened for her as his sisters leaned forward expectantly, trying to see. French chocolates! He opened the box and let his mother select one, then passed the rare delicacy around to all. The sisters stared at the box, rubbed their fingers across the metallic paper, sniffed the- delicious scent, then finally, reluctantly, selected one candy and passed the box on. One of the sisters' husbands whispered to the other, just loud enough for Mercedes to overhear: "Would you look at that? We ate potatoes and plantains last month, all month, and were lucky to get them." The other brother-in-law whispered back, "For three days last week we had absolutely nothing. My brother brought us a fish." "Well, the dons in government are doing all right. That's the main thing." Mercedes sat listening to the babble of voices, idly comparing Maximo's clean, white hands to those of the sisters' husbands, rough, callused, work-hardened. If the men were different, the women weren't. Maximo's wife wore a chic, fashionable French dress as she sat now with Dona Maria's daughters, whispering with them, but inside the clothes she was still one of them in a way that Maximo would never be again. He had traveled too far, grown too big.... Mercedes was thinking these thoughts when Hector arrived, walking along the road. Even Maximo stopped talking to one of his brothers, the doctor, when he saw Hector coming up the path to the porch. "Happy birthday, Mima." Hector, Jesuit priest, politician, revolutionary... he spoke softly to his mother, kissed her cheek, shook Maximo's hand, looked him in the eye as he ate a chocolate, kissed each of his sisters and touched the arms and hands of their husbands and his brothers, the doctor and the automobile mechanic. Ocho was watching Hector, waiting for him to reach for his hand, his lips quivering. Mercedes couldn't quite believe what she was seeing, Hector hugging Ocho, holding him and rocking back and forth, the young man near tears.v Then the moment passed. Hector refused to release his grip on his brother, led him to Dona Maria, gently made him sit at her feet and placed her hands in his. Ah, yes. Hector Sedano. If anyone could, it would be you. "They do not appreciate youea"...Maximo's wife told him as they rode back to Havana in his car. "They are so ignorantea"...she added, slightly embarrassed that she and her husband should'have to spend an evening with peasants in such squalid surroundings. Of course, they were his family and one had duties, but still... He had worked so hard to earn his standing and position, it was appalling that he should have to make a pilgrimage back to such squalor. And his relatives! The old woman, the sisters ... crippled, ignorant, dirty, uncouth ... it was all a bit much. And Hector, the priest who was a secret politician! A man who used the Church for counterrevolutionary treason. "Surely he must know that you are aware of his political activitiesea"...she remarked now to her husband, who frowned at the shacks and sugarcane fields they were driving past. "He knowsea"...Maximo murmured. "Europe was so niceea"...his wife said softly. "I don't mean to be uncharitable, but truly it is a shame that we must return to thisl" Maximo wasn't paying much attention. "I keep hoping that someday we shall go to Europe and never returnea"...she whispered. "I do love Madrid so." Maximo didn't hear that comment. He was wondering about Hector and Alejo Vargas. He couldn't imagine the two of them talking, but what if they had been? What if those two combined to plot against him? What could he do to guard against that possibility, to protect himself? Later that evening Hector and his sister-in-law, Mercedes, rode a bus into Havana. "It was good of you to stay for Mima's partyea"...Hector said. "I wanted to see her. She makes me think of Jorge." "Do you still miss him?" "I will miss him every day of my life." "Me tooea"...Hector murmured. "Vargas knows about youea"...she said, after glancing around to make sure no one else could hear her words. "What does he know?" "That you organize and attend political meetings, that you write to friends, that you speak to students, that most of the priests in Cuba are loyal to you, that many people all over this island look to you for leadership.... He knows that much and probably more." "It would be a miracle if none of that had reached the ears of the secret police." "He may arrest you." "He will do nothing without Fidel's approval. He is Fidel's dog." "And you think Fidel approves of your activities?" "I think he tolerates them. The man isn't immortal. Even he must wonder what will come after him." "You are playing with fire. Castro's hold on Vargas is weakening. Castro's death will give him a free hand. Do not underestimate him." "I do not. Believe me. But Cuba is more important than me, than Vargas, than Castro. If this country is ever going to be anything other than the barnyard of a tyrant, someone must plant seeds that have a chance of growing. Every per- son I talk to is a seed, an investment in the future." ""Barnyard of a tyrant." What a pretty phraseff"...Mercedes said acidly. The last few years, living with Fidel, she had developed a thick skin: people said the most vicious things about him and she had learned to ignore most of it. Still, she deeply admired Hector, so his words wounded her. "I'm sorry if I" She made sure her voice was under control, then said, "Dear Hector, Cuba is also the graveyard of a great many martyrs. There is room here for Vargas to bury us both." He was remembering the good days, the days when he had been young, under a bright sun, surrounded by happy, laughing comrades. All things had been possible back then. Bullets couldn't touch them, no one would betray them to Batista's men, they would save Cuba, save her people, make them prosperous and healthy and strong and happy. Oh, yes, when we were young ... As he tossed and turned, fighting the pain, snatches of scenes ran through his mind; student politics at the University of Havana, the assault on the Moncada Barracks in Santiago, guns banging and bullets spanging off steel, off masonry, singing as they whirled away.... He remembered the firelights on the roads, riding the trucks through the countryside, evenings making plans with Che and the others, how Jhey would set things right, kick out the capitalists who had enslaved Cuba for centuries. Che, he had been a true believer. And there were plenty more. True believers all. Ignorant as virgins, penniless and hungry, they thought they could fix the world. In his semiconscious state he could hear his own voice making speeches, explaining, promising to fix things," to heal the people, put them to work, give them jobs and houses and medical care and a future for their children.

Words. All words. Wind. He coughed, and the coughing brought him fully awake. The nurse was there in the chair watching him. "Leave me, woman." She left the room. He pulled himself higher in the bed, used a corner of the sheet to wipe the sweat from his face. The sheets were thin, worn out. Even el presidents"?, sheets were worn out! A sick joke, that. Everything in the whole damned country was broken or worn out, including Castro's sheets. You didn't have to be a high government official to be aware of that hard fact. On the dresser just out of reach was a box of cigars. He hitched himself around in bed, reached for one, then leaned far over and got his hand on the lighter. The pain made him gasp. Madre mia! When the pain subsided somewhat he lay back in the bed, wiped his face again on the sheet. He fumbled with the cigar, bit off the end and spat it on the floor. Got the lighter going, sucked on the cigar... the raw smoke was like a knife in his throat. He hacked and hacked. The doctors made him give up cigars ten years ago. He demanded this box two days ago, when they told him he was dying. "If I am dying, I can smoke. The cancer will kill me before the cigars, so why not?" When the coughing subsided, he took a tiny puff on the cigar, careful not to inhale. God, the smoke was delicious. Another puff. He lay back on the pillow, sniffed the aroma of the smoke wafting through the air, inhaled the tobacco essence and let it out slowly as the cigar smoldered in his hand. The truth was that he had made a hash of it. Cuba's problems had defeated him. Oh, he had done the best he could, but by any measure, his best hadn't been good enough. The average Cuban was worse off today than he had been those last few years under Batista. Food was in short supply, the economy was in tatters, the bureaucrats were openly corrupt, the social welfare system was falling apart, and the nation reeled under massive short-term foreign debt, for it had defaulted on its long-term international debt in the late 1980's. The short-term debt could not be repudiated, not if the nation ever expecte'd to borrow another peso abroad. He puffed on the cigar, savoring the smoke. Then he shifted, trying to make the ache in his bowels ease up. Of course he knew what had gone wrong. When he took over the nation he had played the cards he had ... evicted the hated Yanqui imperialistas and seized their property, and accepted the cheers and adulation of the people for delivering them from the oppressor. Unfortunately Cuba was a tiny, poor country, so he had had to replace the evicted patrdn with another, and the only one in sight had been the Soviet Union. He embraced communism, got down on his knees and swore fealty to the Soviet state. With that act he earned the undying hatred of the politicians who ruled the United Statesafter several assassination attempts and the ill-fated Bay of Pigs invasion debacle, they declared economic warfare on Cuba. Then the cruelest twist of the knifethe Soviet Union collapsed in 1990-91 and Cuba was cut adrift. Ah, he should have been wiser, should have realized that the United States would be the winning horse. The Spanish grandees had bled Cuba for centuries, worked the people as slaves, then as peons. After the Americans ran the Spanish off, American corporations put their men in the manor houses and life continued as before. The people were still slaves to the cane crop, living in abject poverty, unable to escape the company towns and the company stores. A few things did change under the Americans. The is-

land became America's red light district, the home of the vice that was illegal on the American mainland: gambling, prostitution, drugs, and, during Prohibition, alcohol. Poor Catholic families sent their daughters to the cities to whore for the Yanquis. The capitalists bled Cuba until there was no blood left they would keep exploiting people the world over until there were no more people. Or no more capitalists. Until then, the capitalists would have all the money. He should have realized that fundamental truth. He had grown up hating the United States, hating Yanquis who drank and gambled and whored the nights away in Havana. He hated their diplomats, then- base at Guantanamo Bay, their smugness, their money ... he despised them and all their works, which was unfortunate, because America was a fact of life, like shit, A man could not escape it because it smelled bad. God had never given him the opportunity to destroy the Yanquis, because if He had ... Fidel Castro was intensely, totally Cuban. He personified the resentment the Cuban people felt because they had spent their lives begging for the scraps that fell from the rich men's table. Resentment was a vile emotion, like hatred and envy. Wellea"he was dying. Weeks, they said. A few weeks, more or less. The cancer was eating him alive. The painkillers were doing their jobat least he could sit up, think rationally, smoke the forbidden cigars, plan for Cuba's future. Cuba had a future, even if he didn't. Of course, the United States would play a prominent role in that future. With the great devil Fidel dead, all things were possible. The economic embargo would probably perish with him, a new presidente could bring ... what? He thought about that question as he puffed gingerly on the cigar, letting the smoke trickle out between his lips. For years Americans had paraded through the govern- ment offices in Havana talking about what might be after the economic embargo was lifted by their government. Always they had an angle, wanted a special dispensation from the Cuban government... and were willing to pay for it, of course. Pay handsomely. Now. Paper promises ... He had enjoyed taking their money. He had made no plans for a successor, had anointed no one. Some people thought his brother, Raul, might take over after him, but Raul was impotente, a lightweight. He would have to have his say now, while he was very much alive. But what should the future of Cuba be? The pain in his bowels doubled him up. He curled up in the bed, groaning, holding tightly to the cigar. After a minute or so the pain eased somewhat and he puffed at the cigar, which was still smoldering. Whoever came after him was going to have to make his peace with the United States. They were going to have to be selective about America's gifts, rejecting the bad while learning to profit from the good things, the gifts America had to give to the world. That had been his worst failinghe himself had never learned how to safely handle the American elephant, make the beast do his bidding. His successors would have to for the sake of the Cuban people. Cuba would never be anything if it remained a long, narrow sugarcane field and way point for cocaine smugglers. If that was all there was, everyone on the island might as well set sail for Miami. Maybe he should have left, said good-bye, thrown up his hands and retired to the Costa del Sol. Next time. Next time he would retire young, let the Cubans make it on their own. Like every man who ever walked the earth, Castro had been trapped by his own mistakes. The choices he made early in the game were irreversible. He and the Cuban people had been forced to live with the consequences. Life is like that, he reflected. Everyone must make his choices,

wise or foolish, good or bad, and live with them; there is no going back. There is always the possibility of redemption, of course, but one cannot unmake the past. We have only the present. Only this moment. When the pain came this time, the cigar dropped from his fingers. He lay in the bed groaning, trying not to scream for the nurse. If he did, she would give him an injection, which would put him to sleep. The needle was going to give him peace during his final days, but he wasn't ready for it yet. The pain had eased somewhat when he felt a hand on his forehead. He opened his eyes. Mercedes. "You dropped your cigar on the floorea"...she whispered. "I know." "Shall I call the nurse?" "Not for a while." She used a damp cloth to wipe the perspiration from his face. The cloth felt good. "Light the cigar." She did so, put it in his hand. He managed one tiny puff. "You talked to Hector?" "Yes." "What did he say?" "He was surprised. He didn't know it would be so soon." "That was your impression?" "Yes." "And the tobacco deal with the Americans? What did Hector say when you told him about it?" "Just listened." "The birthday party, Maximo came?" "Yes. Brought a box of French chocolates and his wife, who wore a Paris frock." Fidel's lips twisted. He could imagine what the other people at the party thought of that. Maximo could charm foreign bankers and squeeze a peso until it squealed, but he was no politician. "Did you warn Hector about Alejo?" "Yes." "What did he say?" "He made light of it." Fidel thought about that. Remembered the cigar and took another puff. "He thinks the threat will be the generalsea"...he said finally, "but it won't. The generals don't know it, but the troops will follow Hector. Alejo Vargas is his most dangerous opponent, and if Hector Sedano doesn't understand that, they will bury him a few days after they bury me." "Admiral, next weekend when we're in the Virgin Islands, what say we put the barge in the water and go waterskiing?" The person asking the question was the admiral's aide, a young lieutenant who flew an FirstA-18 on her last cruise. Her boyfriend was still in one of the Hornet squadrons; the last time Jake Grafton approved the barge adventure, the boyfriend was invited to go along. Now Jake sighed. "I'm not sure where we're going to be next weekend, Beth."...He had no intention of getting very far from Guantanamo Bay while those warheads were still in that warehouse, but of course he couldn't say that. "Check with ops, Commander Tarkington." "Yes, sirea"...Beth said, trying to hide her disappointment. The new Chief of Staff, Captain Gil Pascal, Toad Tarkington, and the admiral had put their heads together, carefully listed the forces available should an emergency arise, and drafted a contingency plan. "Nothing's happened in all these yearsea"...Jake told them, "but Washington must have had a reason for telling us to keep an eye on the place. They must know something we don't." Gil Pascal met the admiral's gaze. He had reported to the staff just a week ago. "Sir, as I recall, the orders said to 'monitor" the loading of the weapons onto the container ship."

""Monitor""..."...muttered Jake Grafton. "What the hell does that mean? Is that some kind of New Age bureaucrat word? It doesn't mean anything." "I guess my question really is, how much force are you willing to use without authorization from Washington?" A faint smile crossed the lips of Toad Tarkington. Only a man who didn't know the admiral would ask that question. Anyone who started shooting in Jake Grafton's bailiwick had better be ready for a war, Toad, thought. He had managed to wipe off the smile by the time the admiral answered: "Whatever it takes to keep those warheads in American hands." Pascal took his time ordering his thoughts. "Shouldn't we be talking contingencies with Washington, Admiral?" Jake Grafton opened a top-secret message folder that lay on his desk in front of him. "I already sent a query to CNO. This is the answer." He passed the message to Pascal. "Monitor weapons onload diligently, using your best judgmentea"...the message read, "but do not deviate from normal routine. Revealing presence of chemical and biological weapons in Cuba not in the national interest. Risks of transfer have been carefully considered at the highest level. Should risk assessment change you will be informed."...The final sentence referred to the original message. "Five sentences"..."...Toad Tarkington asked when he had had his chance to read the message. "Only five sentences?" Reading naval messages was an art, of course. One had to consider the identity and personality of the sender, the receiver, the situation, any correspondence that had passed before.... The situation in Washington was the unknown here, Jake concluded. If the CNO had been at liberty to say more, he would have: Jake knew the CNO. The lack of guidance or illumination told Jake that the chief of naval operations wanted him to be ready for anything. "We'll have to do the best we can with what we have," the admiral said now to Pascal and Tarkington. "I want a plan: we need someone watching at all times, a quick reaction force that can meet any initial incursion with force, a reserve force to throw into the fray to absolutely deny access, and flash messages ready to go informing Washington of what we have done." Toad and Gil Pascal nodded. A plan like this with the forces that the admiral had at his disposal would be simple to construct. No surprises there. "There is always the possibility that we may not be able to prevent hostiles from getting to the warheads, if they choose to try. We also need a plan addressing that contingency." "Surely this nightmare won't come to passea"...Gil Pascal said. "Your assessment of the risk differs remarkedly from that of the National Security Council." "I'm sure the powers that be think it quite unlikely anybody will try to prevent us from removing the weapons from Cuba, and I agree. On the other hand, they must know something they can't share with us. If the risk were zero, they wouldn't have sent us here with orders to monitor, whatever the hell that is. Gentlemen, I just want to be ready if indeed we win the lottery and our number comes up." Toad thoughtfully put the message from Washington back into its red folder. He pursed his lips, then said thoughtfully, "One thing is for suresomething is up." Alejo Vargas thought he had the finest office in Havana, indeed, in all of Cuba, and perhaps he did. He had the whole corner of the top floor, with lots of glass. Through the large windows one got a fine view across the rooftops of Morro Castle and the channel leading into Havana Harbor from the sea. The desk was mahogany, the chairs leather, the carpet Persian. William Henry Chance paused to take in the view, then nodded appreciatively. He turned, saw the old United Fruit Company safe in the corner, now standing open, and the display of gold and silver coins from the Spanish Main under glass. He paused again, ran his eye over the coins just long enough to compliment his host. "Very niceea"...Chance said, and took the chair indicated by Alejo Vargas. At a nearby desk sat Vargas's Chief of Staff, Colonel Pablo Santafla, who nodded at Chance when he looked his way, but said nothing. Colonel Santana was dark, with coal black eyes and black hair combed straight back; he had some slave and Indian somewhere in his bloodline. He slit the throats and pulled the trigger for Alejo Vargas whenever those chores needed to be done. Chance forced himself to ignore Santana and look at his host. "I appreciate you taking the time from your busy day to see me, Generalea"...the American said, and gave Vargas a frank, winning smile. Chance was tall and angular, with craggy good looks, and dressed in a light gray suit of a quality one could not obtain in Cuba for love or money. He appeared perfectly at ease, as if he owned the building and were calling on a tenant. No wonder the Russians lost the race to the Americans, Vargas thought ruefully. A true Latin male, he was acutely aware of his own physical and social shortcomings, his lack of grace and self-assurance, so he was quick to appreciate the desired qualities in others. "I understand you have been discussing a business arrangement for the future with officials of several departmentsea"...Vargas began. "That is correct, General. As you probably know, I represent a consortium of stockholders in several of the major American caret tobacco companies. My errand is discreet, not for public discussion." Vargas certainly did know. He had a complete dossier on William Henry Chance in the upper right-hand drawer of his desk, a dossier decorated with a half dozen photos, photocopies of all the pages of Chance's passport, and one of his entry in Who's Who. A senior partner in a major New York law firm, Chance had represented tobacco companies for twenty-five years. That Chance was the man in Havana talking to the Cuban government was a sure signal that major money was behind him. Indeed, Chance was in Vargas's office today because Fidel Castro had asked Vargas to see him. "Alejoea"...Fidel had said, "our future depends on Cuba getting a piece of the world economy. The Americans have kept us isolated too long. If we can make it profitable for the Americans to lift the embargo, sooner or later they will. The Yankees can smell money for miles." If William Henry Chance knew that Castro had personally asked Vargas to see him, he gave no sign. The less he understands about our government, the better, Vargas thought. He cleared his throat, and said, "I am sure you understand our concern, Senor Chance. Cuba is a poor nation, dependent on sugarcane as the mainstay of the

economy, a crop that is, as usual, a glut on the world market. Your client's proposal, as I understand it, is to cultivate tobacco in Cuba instead of sugarcane." Chance gave the tiniest nod. A trace of a grin showed on his lips. He glanced at Santana, who was scrutinizing him with professional interest, the way a cat examines a mouse. "Your comprehension is perfect, General." "Through the years, senor, the price of tobacco on the world market has been even lower than that of sugar.", "This meeting shall be a great help to my clientsea"...Chance declared. "Here today I will show you the many benefits that will accrue in the future to the nation that keeps an open mind about tobacco. I am not talking about cigar leaf, you understand, which is a tiny percentage of the world market. I am talking about cigarette tobacco." "The price of which will collapse in America when the American government ends its subsidy to American tobacco farmers." "Indeedea"...sd William Henry Chance. "The United States government will soon cease supporting the price. But of greater interest to our clients, the government will increasingly regulate and tax the cigarette business. Plainly stated, the government is hostile to our industry. The current administration has stated that their eventual goal is to put the industry out of business." Chance moved his shoulders up and down a millimeter, settled deeper into his chair. "The American public is gradually giving up the cigarette habit. In a few years the only Americans smoking will be rebellious youth and addicted geriatrics." Chance leaned forward slightly in his chair and looked Alejo Vargas straight in the eye. "The future of the cigarette industry is to sell American brands to non-Americans. All over the world people in developing countries want the image American cigarettes present: prosperity, sex appeal, luxury, a rising status in the world. These images are no accident. They have been carefully created and nurtured at great expense by the American cigarette companies." Chance paused here to see if his host had anything to say. He didn't. Alejo Vargas sat silently with a blank, expressionless face. Not a single muscle revealed a clue about its owner's thoughts. Through the years Alejo had had a lot of experience listening to Castro's long-winded expositions. William Henry Chance summed up: "Minister, under the benevolent eye of a government that wants the industry to succeed, the prospects for profit are enormous. In the future the cigarette companies will grow the tobacco, process it, advertise, and sell the cigarettes. Cubans could own part of the companies, which would pay taxes and employ Cubans at a living wage. Here is a product that could be produced locally and sold worldwide. Cigarettes could be gold for Cuba in the twenty-first century." Now Alejo Vargas smiled. "I like you, Senor Chance. I like your style." "You can't fool meea"...Chance shot back. "You like my message," "Cuba needs industries in addition to sugar." "The key, General, is a stable government that will protect the industry. Let me be frank: my clients have a great deal of money to invest, but they will not do so without the clear, unequivocal prospect of a stable government that will guarantee their right to do business and earn a fair profit." "Any promises or guarantees must come from the proper ministries of our government, witheathe consent of our president, Seflor Castroea"...Alejo Vargas said from the depths of his padded leather chair. "It is the future of Cuba I wish to discuss with you, General. I state unequivocally that my clients will not invest a dime in Cuba until such time as the American, government lifts the economic embargo. Candidly, the embargo will not be lifted as long as Castro remains in office."

"Your candor deserves equal honesty on my partea"...General Vargas said. "Castro will remain in office until he chooses to leave of his own free will or until he dies. Do not be mistakenregardless of what drivel you hear from the exiles, Fidel Castro is universally admired, loved, revered as a great patriot by virtually everyone in Cuba. There is no opposition, no movement to remove him... disnone of that." "It is the distant future I wish to discuss with you." "Very distantea"...the general said. * "After Castro." "I do not have a crystal ball, Sefior Chance. I may not live so long." "Nor I, sir. But very likely the cigarette industry will still be in business and looking for new opportunities to grow." "Perhapsea"...Alejo Vargas admitted, and cocked his head slightly. He had seen transcripts of Chance's telephone calls to the. United States and a transcript of the conversations that had taken place in his room. The man hadn't said one word about Castro's health nor had anyone mentioned it to him. Still, it was a remarkable coincidence that he was here in Havana talking about post-Castro Cuba, and Castro was dying. Alejo Vargas didn't believe in coincidences. His instincts told him that William Henry Chance was not who he appeared to be. As he listened to Chance talk about cigarette marketing and demographics in the Third World, he removed the file on Chance from his desk drawer. Holding the file in his lap where Chance could not see it, he carefully reviewed the information it contained. The photographs he could not scrutinize closely but he was willing to accept them as genuine. Mr. William Henry Chance of New York City was probably a senior partner in a large law firmafter looking once more at the file Vargas would have been shocked if he weren't. All the right things were in the file. At least the file collectors were thorough, if nothing else, Vargas thought. Still, Chance's position and profession might be an elaborate cover. When he finished with the file Vargas returned it to the desk drawer just as Chance was summing up. The lawyer had charts and graphs. Vargas didn't even glance at them. He studied Chance's eyes, the way they focused, how they moved, how the muscles tensed and relaxed as he talked. It was possible, Vargas decided. William Henry Chance might be CIA.. plus Thirty minutes later when Chance was packing his charts and graphs to leave he pulled a small package from his briefcase and offered it to Vargas. "Here's something you might enjoy, General. Sort of an executive pacifier. These things are hot right now in the States so I picked up 'a few at the airport." Vargas unwrapped the tissue paper. He was looking at a small plastic frame from which three odd-shaped crystals dangled, suspended by strings. "These crystals are man-made and react to differential heatingea"...Chance explained. "You put this on the windowsill and the crystals dance around, refracting the sunlight. Very colorful." "Thank youea"...Vargas said mechanically, and sat the toy on his desk. When Chance was gone Colonel Santana called an aide, who examined the device visually, then took it away to be examined electronically. An hour later the aide returned with the toy in hand. "It is what it appears to be, sir, merely three lumps of oddly shaped crystal on strings. The crystals and frame are entirely solid; they contain nothing." "Americans! Executive pacifierff"...Vargas said contemptuously. Colonel Santana put the toy on a south-facing windowsill, watched the crystals dance in the sun for a moment, then forgot about it.

William Henry Chance took his time walking to his hotel, the Nacional, a classic 1930's masterpiece near Havana harbor. He left his locked briefcase in his room, then went downstairs to the hotel restaurant, which charged truly stupendous amounts of American dollars for very modest food. In fact, the only currency the hotel staff would accept was American dollars. Colorful wooden panels and ceramic accents, and peacocks wandering around like refugees from an aviary, gave the place an over-the-top Caribbean look, Chance thought, sort of South Miami Beach racheted one notch too tight. Chance ordered a sea bass, blackened and grilled, black beans and rice, avocados, and a mojito, a delicious concoction of lime juice, sugar, mint leaves, and rumjust what the doctor ordered to prevent scurvy. He savored the fish, sipped a second mojito, contemplated the state of the universe and his fellow diners. The hotel staff, he knew, were employees of the Cuban secret police. When they weren't rushing here and there with daiquiris and fruit drinks they worked for Yargas, spied on the guests, listened to their conversations,, searched their luggage, filled out written reports. Chance knew the routine. He also knew that the Cubans would learn nothing by watching him because there was nothing to learn. As he drank his second mojito he carefully reviewed everything Vargas had said during his interview. He thought about the general's face, the total lack of expression when the demise of Fidel Castro was discussed. Of course Alejo Vargas knew that Castro was dying. He must know. What Vargas didn't know was that the CIA was equally aware of Castro's medical condition. When Chance finished dinner he went out on the street for a walk. First he had to work his way through the crowd of Cubans loafing around the entrance to the hotel. Knots of poor, bored Cubans with nothing to do and nowhere to go thronged the sidewalks in front of every nightclub and casino listening to the music that floated out through open doors and windows. Occasionally people danced or sang, but mostly they just passed the time chatting and watching the tourists, and beggars and prostitutes trying to extract dollars from them. Several blocks away Chance stopped to buy bread. The man who sold him the bread gave him a peso in change. One peso meant yes, two meant no. Chance smiled, nodded his thanks, and walked on. The crystal device was working. The vibrations of human voices in the room changed the motion of the crystals in predictable, minute amounts. When a powerful optical device was focused on the crystals, the refracted light was processed through a computer into human speech. The crystals were a totally passive listening device. So far so good, Chance reflected, and walked on aimlessly, for the exercise, drinking in the sights, sounds, and smells of Havana. She was like a painted old whore, he thought, trying to keep up appearances. The tourist attractions were gay and lively, temples of hedonism set in a gray communist wasteland. Outside the tourist area the city reeked of destitution and decay. The crumbling, rotting buildings were choked to the rafters with people, often four families to every apartment. The people fought daily battles to get enough food and basics to sustain life. Away from the clubs and hotels, the faces of the people were gloomy, drawn, without hope. The poison of communism had done its work here, as it had in every nation that had ever embraced it. After the revolution the government expropriated almost all private property, from the vast estates of the rich to the corner grocery. Hopeless, grinding poverty became nearly universal. Forty years after the revolution the average wage was ten dollars a month, girls from all over Cuba flocked to Havana to prostitute themselves on the streets, everything necessary for a decent life was outrageously expensive or

unavailable at any price. The social justice that the communists had promised was as far away as ever: the pain and misery that blighted and made wretched millions of lives had not brought that goal one step closer. The tourist attractions were the supreme irony, of course. These monuments to greed and sins of the flesh were owned and operated by the socialist state to attract hard currency. The dollars were brought in and spent here by decadent capitalists who earned the money exploiting the workers of the world somewhere else. If Karl Marx only knew. With the banners of social justice flying in the blue tropic sky, the Cubans had joined the Pied Piper of the Sierra Maestra as he marched bravely down the road to hell. The crumbling buildings, decrepit old cars, hookers on every discorner, universal hopelessness it looked as if the whole parade had almost arrived. caret Very curious, William Henry Chance thought. Curious as hell. From this vantage point he could see all of it, his whole life, as if it were a play being performed before him. The memories came back vivid and clear, the scenes scrolling before his eyes. The mistakes and lost opportunities and petty vendettas played endlessly, inevitably, and he lived it all again, powerless to change a word or gesture. He was in pain these days, a lot of it, and the doctor this morning had given him a strong narcotic. Now he floated, half-asleep, the pain that had doubled him into the fetal position now a tolerable dull ache. Even as his mind raced, his body relaxed. Mercedes Sedano sat in a chair in the darkened room beside the bed, looking into the gloomy darkness and lost in her own thoughts. She reached for Fidel when he moaned and put her hand on his forehead. He had always liked the sensual coolness of her fingers. Her touch now seemed to quiet him. He relaxed again, then tossed restlessly as the ghosts of the past paraded through the recesses of his mind. An hour later, his eyes opened, though they didn't focus. Finally the head moved and the eyes sought her out. Fidel Castro said nothing, merely looked. He could feel the narcotic wearing off. The pain was coming back. He opened his mouth to ask for the doctor, then thought better of it. He licked his lips. "I want to make a videotapeea"...he whispered, barely audible. "Are you strong enough?" "For a little while, I could be, I think. It must be done." "What will you say?" "I don't know exactly. I need to think about it." "When do you wish to do this tape?" "Soon, I think, or never." "Tomorrow?" "Yes, tomorrow. Tell the doctor. I must be alert tomorrow, if only for a little while." "Why?" "I want-to dictate my political will." She leaned forward and put her face next to his. "Can you visit a moment with me?" "Te quiero, mujer." "y yo te adoro, me viejo." "We will talk for a little bit, then the doctor and the needle."...He was perspiring now, his body becoming tense. "I am being selfish. I will call the doctor now." "In a moment. I want to tell you... I love you. You have been the rock I have held on to the last few years." She wiped away her tears and kissed him. - Then he said, "I have made many mistakes in my life, but I have always tried to do what I thought best for Cuba. Always. Without fail." "Why do you think I love you so?" "I want the Cuban people to remember me well. They are my children." "They will never forget." "I must help them march into the future." He drew his knees to his chest. His eyes were bright, perspiration coursed from his forehead and soaked into the pillow. "Tomorrowea"...he whispered. "I will think. Get the doctor now." She squeezed his hand, then left the room. Maximo Sedano spent the evening on his yacht cruising in sight of Morro Castle. The breeze blew the tops off occasional waves under a deep blue sky. Maximo's two guests looked decidedly pale as they huddled with him around the small table near the galley. "If Castro dies, will the drug smugglers continue to do business with us"..."...asked Admiral Delgado, head of the Cuban Navy. For the last fifteen years he had limited his nautical activities to visiting patrol boats tied to piers. "If we can guarantee the continued safety of their products and their people, of courseea"...Maximo said. "We can't guarantee anythingea"...General Alba, Chief of Staff of the Cuban Army, said bitterly. "The whole thing is going to fall apart; we are going to lose something very sweet." It was typical of Delgado and Alba, Maximo thought, that their very first thought of the future was of their pocketbooks. Money. These small, petty men lived for the bribes. Truly, they were unable to see what lay outside of the tiny circle where they lived their miserable, corrupt lives. Alas, the best military man in Cuba under the age of eighty, the air force chief, died last month. Castro had yet to name a replacement, and probably would not. Maximo sighed. "Nothing lasts foreverea"...he said. "But change always presents opportunity, if one knows where to look for it. Gentlemen, it all boils down to this: Who will rule Cuba when the dust settles after the funeral?" " "It won't be youea"...General Alba said curtly. "Five of my regional commanders are in Hector Sedano's pocket, and there is little I can do about it unless I relieve them and put someone else in their place."...He gave a tiny shrug. "Castro must endorse the order. If I make a major move like that without his consent, he will sack me." "He is sick." "His aides will sack me, using his autiiority. I cannot disobey Fidel while he draws breath. You know that as well as I." "Perhaps you should shoot these disloyal subordinatesea"...the admiral said slowly, eyeing his colleague. "If you have some loyal men who will wait until the right momentea"...Maximo added. "When Castro dies?" "No. When I give the word. Not until then." "I have some loyal men, certainlyea"...the general said. "I have spread the money around, made sure it got all the way down the chain. Only a fool plays the pig or hands great wads of money to someone else to distribute. My men get their share. The devil of it is that the disloyal ones think Alejo Vargas puts it in their pockets. They think he is the good fairy." "Will they obey you without question?" "The loyal men will obey me, yes." "And will you obey me?" Maximo Sedano demanded. General Alba stared at Maximo impudently. "I will not lift a finger to put you on the throne as the new Fidel unless ..."...he said roughly, still looking Maximo straight in the eye, "unless you represent my interests, which are also the interests of my men, and you have a chance to win. I don't think that you have such a chance." "I hear you, Alba. We have worked together for years; there is enough sugar here for all of us."...Maximo glanced at the admiral. "Do you agree?" "Oh, there's enough. But money isn't everything. The fact is that Alejo Vargas is a blackmailer and has been gathering his filth for twenty years. His spies are everywhere; he sees and hears everything." The admiral picked up the thought. "Vargas has corrupted people you would not suspect, and those he can't corrupt, he blackmails. I give you my honest opinion: You have no chance against this man." "Without friends, I do not, that is true." "I tell you now, Maximo, you have no friends who wish to die with you. Few men do." "What I cannot understandea"...the soldier said, "is why Fidel tolerated your brother's antics. He has- been told repeatedly of Hector's activities, of the "meetings, the speeches, the subtle criticism of Fidel and the choices he made. Why does Fidel tolerate this?" "I asked him that question onceea"...Maximo said, "a year or so ago. Believe me, he has been carefully briefed on Hector Sedano." "What did he say?" "He said Hector was a barometer. The people's reactions to his message told Fidel how unhappy they were with him, with the government. People routinely lie to government clerks, but if they go out of their way to listen to Hector Sedano make a speech, that means something. For my part, I think Fidel wisely considers what the Church might think. Like it or not, Hector is a priest. Fidel has carefully reached out to the Vatican the last few yearshe cannot afford to antagonize the pope." "Are you saying he doesn't care what Hector says?" "Three or four years ago when Hector first came to his attention, I think Fidel found him extremely irritating. Believe me, I warned Hector repeatedly, tried to get him to use reason, to control his tongue. He ignored me. Flouted me. "I think Fidel intended to imprison Hector when he had said enough to convict himself with his own mouth. I told Hector he was playing with fire. But as Fidel got sicker, I think he lost interest. He just listens to the reports now, asks a few questions about the size of the crowds, who was there, and goes on to another subject." "Surely Fidel doesn't intend that Hector Sedano rule after him"..."...Admiral Delgado asked, his disapproval of Castro's attitude quite plain. "If we are to have a chance at the prize, we must strike when Fidel breathes his lastea"...Maximo said. "And quickly. Alejo Vargas must be assassinated within hours of Castro's death. Within minutes." "We would have to kill Santana tooea"...the general said. "I have trouble "sleeping nights knowing he is out there listening to everything, planning, scheming at Alejo's side." "Who is going to do this killing"..."...the admiral asked. "No one spoke. "Our problem is going to be staying aliveea"...the general said, "because Alejo Vargas and Santana will eliminate us at the slightest hint that we might be a threat." "What about Hector?" "Hector will have to dodge his own bullets." "You are sheepea"...Maximo muttered, loud enough for them to hear, "without the courage to take your fate in your own hands. The wolves will rip out your throats." Toad Tarkington and his wife, Lieutenant Commander Rita Moravia, were seated in the back corner of the main wardroom aboard United States, drinking after-dinner coffee and conversing in low tones. A naval test pilot, Rita was on an exchange tour with the Marine squadron aboard Kearsarge so that she could gain operational experience on the tiltrotor Osprey prior to its introduction into navy squadrons. As usual when he was around Rita, Toad Tarkington had a smile on his face. He felt good. Life is good, he thought as he watched her tell him what their son, Tyler, now four years old, had said in his most recent letter. She had received the missive earlier today. Of course Tyler wrote it with the help of Rita's parents, who looked after him when Rita and Toad were both at sea. Yes, life is good! It flows along, and if you surround yourself with interesting people and interesting problems, it's worth living. Toad grinned "broadly, vastly content. "May I join you"..."...Toad and Rita looked up, and saw the new chief of staff standing there with a cup of coffee in his hands. "Please do, Captain. Have you met my wife, Rita Moravia?" Gil Pascal hadn't. He and Rita shook hands, said all the usual getting-acquainted things. After they discussed the command that the captain had just left, Pascal said, "I understand that you two have known Admiral Grafton for some years." "Oh, yesea"...Toad agreed. "I was just a lieutenant in an F-14 outfit when I first met him. He was the air wing commander, aboard this very ship in fact. We went to the Med that time, had a run-in with El Hakim." "I remember the incidentea"...Pascal said. "The ship went to the yard for a year and a half when she got back to the States. And Admiral Grafton was awarded the Medal of Honor." Toad just nodded. "Rita met the admiral a few months later in Washington," Toad said, trying to move the conversation along. Conversations about El Hakim made him uncomfortable. That was long ago and far away, when he was single. Now, he realized with a jolt, things were much differenthe had Rita and Tyler. He was thinking about how being a family man changed his outlook when he heard Rita say, "Toad has served with Admiral Grafton ever since then. Somehow he's always found a billet that allowed him to do that." "You know Admiral Grafton pretty well thenea"...Pascal said to Toad. "He's the second best friend I have in this lifeea"...Toad replied lightly. He was smiling, and deadly serious. "Rita is numero uno, Jake Grafton is number two." From there the conversation turned to Rita's current as- signment, evaluation of the new V-22 Osprey. After a few minutes Toad asked Rita, "May I get you more coffee?" At her nod, Toad excused himself, took both cups and went toward the coffee urn on a side table. Normally a steward served the coffee, but just now they were cleaning up after the evening meal. Captain Pascal asked, "Have your husband's assignments hurt his career?" Rita knew what he meant. Toad had not followed the classic career path that was supposed to lead to major command, then flag rank. "Perhaps."...She gave a minute shrug. "He made his choice. Jake Grafton appeals to a different side of Toad's personality than I do." "Oh, of courseea"...sd the captain, feeling his way. "Spouses and friends, very different, quite understandable ..." "Jake Grafton can trade nuances with the best bureaucrats in the business, and he can attack a problem in a brutally direct manner."...Rita searched for words, then added, "He always tries to do the right thing, regardless of the personal consequences. I think that is the quality Toad admires the most." "I seeea"...sd the chief of staff, but it was obvious that he didn't. As Toad walked toward the table with a coffee cup in each hand, Rita Moravia took a last stab at explanation: "Jake Grafton and Toad Tarkington are not uniformed technocrats or clerks or button pushers. They are warriors: I think they sense that in one another." The shadows were dissipating to dusky twilight as Ocho Sedano walked the streets toward the dock area. Over each shoulder he carried a bag which he had stitched together from bedsheets. One contained a few changes of clothes, a baseball glove, several photos of his familyall that he wished to take with him into his new life in America. Truly, when you inventory the stuff that fills your life, you can do without most of it. Diego Coca said to travel light and Ocho took him literally. The other bag contained bottles of water. He had searched the trash for bottles, had washed them carefully, filled them with water, and corked them. Diego hadn't mentioned water or food, but Ocho remembered his conversation with his brother, Hector, and thought bringing water would be a wise precaution. He also had two baked potatoes in the bag. Diego would laugh at himthey were not going to be at sea long enough to get really hungry, or so he said. Please, God, let Diego be right. Let us be in America when the sun rises tomorrow. There would be a man waiting in the Keys, waiting on a certain beach. Diego showed Ocho a map with the beach clearly marked in ink. "He was a close friend of my wife's brotherea"...Diego said. "A man who can be trusted." The boat was fast enough, Diego said, to be in American waters at dawn. They would make their approach to the beach as the sun rose, when obstructions to navigation were visible, when they could check landmarks and buoys. Diego was confident. Dora believed her father, looked at him with shining eyes when he talked of America, of how it would be to live in an American house, go to the huge stadiums and watch Ocho play baseball while everyone cheered... to have a television, plenty to eat, nice clothes, a carl Dios mio, America did sound like a paradise! To hear Diego tell it America was heaven, lacking only the angel choir ... and it was just a boat ride away across the Florida Straits. Of course, Diego said they would probably get seasick, would probably vomit. That was inevitable, to be expected, a price to be paid. And they could get caught by the Cubans or Americans, get sent back here. "We'll be no worse off than we are now if that happensea"...Diego argued. "We can always try again to get to America. God knows, we can't get any poorer." Dora with the shining eyes ... she looked so expectant. She was the first, the very first woman he had ever made love to. And she got pregnant after that one time! When she first told him, he had doubted her. Didn't want to believe. She became angry, threw a tantrum. Then he had believed. He thought about her now as he walked the dark streets, past people sitting in doorways, couples holding hands, past bars with music coming through the doorways. He had spent his whole life here and now he was leaving, an event of the first order of magnitude. Surely they could see the transformation in his face, in the way he walked. Several people called to him, "El Ochoff"...Several fans wanted to shake his hand, but no more than usual. This was the way they always acted as he walked bythis was the way people had treated him since he was fifteen. He left the people behind and walked past the closed fish markets and warehouses. His footsteps echoed off the buildings. The boat was in a slip, Diego said, behind a certain boatyard. He rounded the corner, saw people. Men, women, and children standing in little knots. Hmm, they were right near the slip. They were standing around the slip. He saw Diego standing on the dock, and Dora. People stepped out of the way to let him by. "All these peopleea"...he said to Diego, "Did you announce our departure at the ballpark? I thought we were going to sneak out of here." Diego had a sick look on his face. "They're going with usea"...he said. "What?" "The captain brought his relatives, my brother heard we were leaving, talked to some of his friends...." Ocho stared at the boat. The boat's name on the stern was written in black paint, which was chipping and peeling off. Angel del Mar, Angel of the Sea. The boat was maybe forty feet long, with a little pilothouse. Fishing nets still hung from the aft mast. The crowdhe estimated there were close to fifty people standing here. "How many people, Diego? How many?" "Over eighty." "On that boat? In the Gulf Stream? Estd locot Diego was beside himself. "This is our chance, Ocho. We can make it. God is with us." "God? If the boat swamps, will He keep us from drowning?" "Ocho, listen to me. My friends are waiting in Florida. This is our chance to make it to America, to be something, to live decent.... This is our chance." People were staring at him, listening to Diego. Ocho looked into the faces locking at him. He tore his eyes away, finally, looked back at Diego, who had his hand on Ocho's arm. "No. I am not going."...He pulled his arm from Diego's grasp. "Go with one less, you will all have a little better chance." "You have to goea"...Diego pleaded, and grabbed his arm. "Ochoea"...Dora wailed. "You have to goea"...Diego snarled. "You got her pregnant! Be a man!" CHAPTER FIVE Eighty-four people were packed aboard Angel del Mar as she headed for the mouth of the small bay under a velvet black sky strewn with stars. A sliver of moon cast just enough light to see the sand on the bars at the entrance of the bay. The boat rode low in the water and seemed to react sluggishly to the small swells that swept down the channel. "This is insaneea"...Ocho said to Diego Coca, who was leaning against the wall of the small wheelhouse. "We'll make it. We'll reach the rendezvous in the Florida Keys an hour or two before dawn. Vamos con Dios." "God had better be with usea"...Ocho muttered, and reached for Dora. The baby didn't show yet. She was of medium height, with a trim, athletic frame. How well he knew her body. As far as he knew, he was the only one on the boat who had brought water or food. Oh, the other passengers had things, all right, sacks and boxes of things too precious to leave behind: clothes, pictures, silver, Bibles, rosaries, crucifixes that had decorated the walls of their homes and their parents" and grandparents' homes. Boxes and sacks were stacked around each person, who sat on the deck or on his pile. Men, women, children, some merely babies in arms... It appeared to Ocho as if the Saturday night crowd from an entire section of ballpark bleachers had been miraculously transported to the deck of this small boat. The breeze smelled of the sea, clean, tangy, crisp. He

took a deep breath, wondered if this were his last night of life. He pulled Dora closer to him, felt the warmth and promise of her body. Well, this boatload of people would make it to Florida or they wouldn't, as God willed it. He had never thought much about religion, merely accepted it as part of life, but through the years he had learned about God's will. He was not one of those athletes who crossed himself every time he went to the plate or prepared to make a crucial pitch, vainly asking God for assistance in trivial matters, but he knew to a certainty that most of the major events of life be you ballplayer, manager, father, husband, cane worker, whateverare beyond your control. Events take their own course and humans are swept along with them. Call it God's will or chance or fate or what have you, all a man could do was throw the ball as well as he could, with all the guile and skill he could muster. What happened ajfter the ball left your fingers was beyond your control. In God's hands, or so they said. If God cared. For the first time in his life Ocho wondered if God cared. He was still thinking along these lines when the boat buried its bow in the first big swell at the harbor entrance. Spray came flying back clear to the wheelhouse. People shrieked, some laughed, all tried to find some bit of shelter. People were moving, holding up clothing or pieces of cardboard when the next cloud of spray came flying back. The boat rose somewhat as she met each swell, but she was too heavily loaded. "We're not even out of the harborea"...muttered the man beside Ocho. His voice sounded infinitely weary. Dora hugged Ocho, clung to him as she stared into the night. She barely came to his armpit. He braced himself against the wall of the wheelhouse, held her close. The boat labored into the swells, flinging heavy sheets of spray back over the people huddled on the deck. The door to the wheelhouse opened. A bare head came out, shouted at Diego Coca: "The boat is overloaded, man! It is too dangerous to go on. We must turn back." Diego pulled a pistol from his pocket and placed the muzzle against the man's forehead. He pushed the man back through the door, followed him into the tiny shack and pulled the door shut behind him. The man next to Ocho said, "We may make it... if the sea gets no rougher. I was a fisherman once, I know of these things." The man was in his late sixties perhaps, with a deeply lined face and hair bleached by the sun. Ocho had studied his face in the twilight, before the light completely disappeared. Now the fisherman was merely a shape in the darkness, a remembered face. "Your father is crazyea"...Ocho told Dora, speaking in her ear over the noise of the wind and sea. She said nothing, mexgly held him tighter. R was then he realized she was as frightened as he. Angel del Mar smashed its way northward under a clear, starry sky. The wind seemed steady from the west at twelve or fifteen knots. Already drenched by spray, with no place to shelter themselves, the people on deck huddled where they were. From his position near the wheelhouse Ocho could just see the people between the showers of spray, dark shapes crowding the deck in the faint moonlight, for there were no other lights so that the boat might go unnoticed by Cuban naval patrols. "When we get to the Gulf Streamea"...the fisherman beside Ocho shouted' in his ear above the noise of the wind and laboring diesel engine, "... swells ... open the seams ... founder in this sea." In addition to heaving and pitching, the boat was also rolling heavily since there was so much weight on deck. The roll to starboard seemed most pronounced when the boat crested a swell, when it was naked to the wind. Ocho Sedano buried his face in Dora's hair and held her tightly as the boat plunged and reared, turned his body to shield her somewhat from the clouds of spray that swept over them. He could hear people retching; the vomit smell was swept away on the wind and he caught none of it. On the boat went into the darkness, bucking and writhing as it fought the sea. Late in the evening William Henry Chance met his associate at the mahogany bar hi El Floridita, one of the flashiest old nightclubs in Old Havana. This monstrosity was the dazzling heart of prerevolutionary Havana hi the bad old days; black-and-white photos of Ernest Hemingway, Gary Grant, and Ava Gardner still adorned the walls. The place was full of Americans who had traveled here in defiance of their government's ban on travel to Cuba. As bands belted out salsa and rhumba, the Americans drank, ate, and scrutinized voluptuous prostitutes clad in tight dresses and high heels. Chance's associate was Tommy Carmellini, a Stanford law school graduate in his late twenties. The baggy sportscoat and pleated trousers did nothing to show off Carmellini's wide shoulders and washboard stomach. Still, a thoughtful observer would conclude he was remarkably fit for a man who spent twelve hours a day at a desk. "Looks like the Cubans have come full circleea"...Chance said when Carmellini joined him at the bar. He had to speak up to be heard above the music coming through the open windows. "Goes around and comes aroundea"...Tommy Carmellini agreed. "I wonder just how many different social diseases are circulating in this building tonight." When they were outside on the sidewalk strolling along, William Henry Chance pulled a cigar from the pocket of his sports jacket, which was folded over his left arm. He bit off the end of the thing, then cupped his hands against the breeze and lit it with a paper match. The wind blew out the first two matches, but he got the cigar going with the third one. After a couple purr's, he sighed. "Smells deliciousea"...Carmellini said. "Cuban cigars are the real deal. Gonna be the new "in" thing. You should try one." "Naw. I just might like cigars. I've made it this far without smoking, I'm going to try to go all the way." They paused outside a nightclub and listened to the music pouring out. "That's a good band." "If you close your eyes, this sorta feels like Miami Beach." "Miami del Sud." They walked on. "So what do you hear?" "The pacifiers are working. All three of them. This afternoon Vargas talked to his subordinates about this and that, the minister of finance had phone sex with a girlfriend, and Castro's top aide talked to the doctors for an hour." "How is the old goat doing?" "Not good, the man said. The doctors talked about how much narcotics to administer to ensure he didn't suffer." "Any guesses when?" "No." "The Cuban exile, El Gato, where does he fit in?" "Don't know yet." "He's in the casino now with three Russian gangsters, people he knows apparently, playing for high stakes." "El Gato is supposed to be an influential and powerful enemy of the Castro regimeea"...Chance muttered. "Sure does make you wonder." "Yeahea"...sd Carmellini. He and Chance both knew that the FBI had an agent and three informers in El Gate's chemical supply business looking for evidence that it was the source of supply for some of the makings of Fidel Castro's biological warfare program. So far, nothing. Then El Gato unexpectedly comswanned off to Havana. Chance and Carmellini were coming anyway, but now they had a new item added to their agenda.

And Castro was dying. "I'd like to know what the Cat is going to tell all his exile friends when he gets back to Floridaea"...Tommy Carmellini said. "Maybe if he winds up in the right offices we'll find out, eh?" That reference to the executive pacifiers made Chance grin. He puffed the cigar a few times while holding it carefully between thumb and forefinger. "You don't really know much about smoking cigars, do you?" "Is it that obvious?" "Yes, sir." Chance put the cigar between his teeth at a jaunty angle and puffed fearlessly three or four times. Then he took the thing from his mouth and held it so he could see it. "Wish I could get the hang of itea"...he said. "Cuba seemed like a good place to learn about cigars." He tossed the stogie into a gutter on the street. "Makes me a little light-headed."...Chance grinned sheepishly and wiped a sheen of perspiration from his brow. He stood listening to the sounds of the crowd and the snatches of music floating from the bars and casinos, thinking about biological weapons. Angel del Mar was only a half hour past the mouth of the harbor when the fisherman beside Ocho Sedano pulled at his arm to attract his attention. Then he shouted, "We will reach the Gulf Stream soon. The swells will be larger. We are too deeply loaded- We must get rid of what weight we can." The boat was corkscrewing viciously. Ocho nodded, passed Dora to the fisherman, pulled open the wheelhouse door and carefully stepped inside. The captain worked the wheel with an eye on the compass. The faint glow from the binnacle and the engine RPM indicator were the only lightsthey cast a faint glow on the captain's face and that of Diego Coca, who was wedged in beside him, the gun still in his hand. Both men were facing forward, looking through the window at the sheets of spray being flung up when the bow smacked into a swell with an audible thud. The shock of those collisions could be felt through the deck and walls of the wheelhouse. "You are suicidalea"...the captain shouted at Diego. "The sea will get worse when we reach the Gulf Stream. We are only a mile or two from it!" Diego backed up, braced himself against the aft wall of the tiny compartment, pointed the pistol in the center of the captain's back. He held up his hand to hold off Ocho. "You took the moneyea"...Diego said accusingly to the captain. "Don't be a fool, man." "America! Or I shoot you, as God is my witness." "You want to dro'wn out here, in this watery hell?" "You took the moneyff"...Diego shouted. Ocho stepped forward and Diego pointed the pistol at him. "Backea"...he said. "Get back. I don't want to shoot you, but I will." Ocho Sedano leaned disforward. "I think they are right, what they say. You are crazy. You will kill every man and woman on this boat. Even the babies." "The boat is overloadedea"...the captain said without looking at Ocho. "We have to get some weight off. Throw the fishing gear over, the baggage, everything." Ocho pulled the door open and stepped out onto the pitching deck. He took Dora from the fisherman, pushed her into the wheelhouse, and pulled the door until it latched. "We must get rid of some weight. Everything goes overboard but the people." The fisherman nodded, took the bags near his feet and threw them into the white foam being thrown out by the bow. Then he grabbed Ocho's bag and tossed it disbbf the young man could stop him. Madre mia! Walking on that bucking deck was difficult. Ocho made

his way forward, picking up every sack and box in reach and throwing it into the sea. Some people protested, grabbed their belongings and tried to prevent their loss, but he was too strong. He tore the bags from the women's grasp and heaved heavy boxes as if they were empty. Up the deck he went toward the bow, drenched every time the bow went in, throwing everything he could get his hands on into the foam created by the bow's passage. Other people were throwing things too. Soon the deck contained only the people, who huddled in small groups, their backs to the spray. The nets- hanging on the mast were lowered to the deck, men put into the sea and cut loose. Near the bow the motion was vicious. The salt sea spray slamming back almost took him off his feet. He caught himself on a line that stabilized the mast, then worked his way aft holding on to the rail. He thought the boat was riding easier, but maybe it was only his imagination. Then they got into the Gulf Stream. The swells grew progressively larger, the motion of the boat even more vicious. How much of this could the boat take? People cried out, praying aloud, lifted their hands to heaven. He could hear the women wailing over the rumbling of the engine, the pounding of the sea. He tried the door to the wheelhouse. Locked! He rattled the knob, twisted it fiercely, pulled with all his strength. "Open up, Diego." He pounded futilely on the door. Six people were huddled in the lee of the tiny wheelhouse, blocking the door. One of them was Dora. He leaned over her, pounded futilely on the door with his fist. He looked down at Dora, who had her head down. Frustrated, drained, sick of himself and Diego and Dora, he found a spot against the aft wall of the wheelhouse and buried his head in his arms to keep the spray from his face. He was drifting, thinking of his mother, reviewing scenes from his childhood when Mercedes shook him awake. Still under the influence of the painkilling drugs, Fidel Castro opened his eyes to slits and blinked mightily against the dim light. "Maximo is here, Fidel, as you asked." He tried to chase away the past, to come back to the present. His mouth was dry, his tongue like cotton. "Time?" "Almost midnight." He nodded, looked around the room at the walls, the ceiling, the dark shapes of people and furniture. He couldn't see faces. "A light." She reached for the switch. When his eyes adjusted, he saw Maximo standing in the shadows. He motioned with a finger. Yes, it was Maximo: now he could see his features. "Mi amigo." "Senor Presidente," Maximo said. "Closer, in the light." Maximo Sedano knelt near the bed. "I don't have much time left to meea"...Castro explained. His mouth was so numb that he was having trouble enunciating his words. "I want the money brought back." "To Cuba?" "Yes. All of it." "You will have to sign and put your thumbprints on the transfer cards." "The money was never mine, you understand." "I had faith in you, Senor Presidente. We all had faith." "Faith..." "I will go to my office now, then return." "Mercedes will admit you."

Ocho Sedano was soaked to the skin, covered with vomit from the woman beside him, when he heard the cry. Holding onto the wheelhouse wall with one hand and the net boom mast with the other, he levered himself erect, braced himself against the motion of the boat. Waves were washing over the bow, which seemed to be lower in the water. The bow wasn't rising to the sea the way it did when he sat down an hour ago, or maybe the waves were just higher. Someone was against the rail, pointing aft. "Man overboard!" "Madre mia, have mercy!" Another swell came aboard and two people braced against the lee rail were swept into, the sea as the boat rolled. Ocho turned to the wheelhouse, pulled people from against the door and savagely twisted the latch handle. He pounded on the door with his left fist. "Let me in, Diego! So help me, I will kill you if you don't turn the boat around." The bow began turning to put the wind and swells more astern. A muffled report came from inside the wheelhouse. Ocho braced himself, then rammed his left fist against the upper panel of the door. The wood splintered, his fist went through almost to hisstelbow. He reached down, un less-than - latched the door, jerked it open. The captair caret lay on the floor. Diego Coca stood braced against the back wall, his hands discovering his face. The pistol was nowhere in sight. The wheel snapped back and forth as the seas slammed at the rudder. Ocho bent down to check the captain. He had a wet place in the middle of his back, right between his shoulder blades. No pulse. At least the boat seemed more stable with the, swells behind it.

STEPHEN COONTS For how long? How long would the engine keep running? The fisherman opened the door, saw Ocho at the wheel, the dark shape lying on die floor. "Is he dead"..."...the man shouted. "Yes." "We must put out a sea anchor in case the engine stops. If the boat turns broadside to the sea, it will be swamped." "Can you do it?" "I will get men to helpea"...the fisherman said, and closed what was left of the door. A great lassitude swept over Ocho Sedano. His sin with the girl had brought all of these people here to die, had brought them to this foundering boat in a rough, windswept night sea with a million cold stars looking down without pity. Then he realized that the forward deck was empty. Empty! The people were gone. Into the sea... that must be it! They were swept overboard. "Ocho." Diego put his hand on the young man's shoulder, gripped hard. "I didn't mean to shoot him. As God is my witness, I did not mean for this to happen. It was an accident." Ocho swept the hand away. He pointed through the glass"...at the forward deck. "They are gone! Look. The people are gone!" "I did not mean for this to happenea"...Diego repeated mechanically. "What"..."...Ocho demanded. "What disdid you not intend? For the captain to die? For your daughter to drown at sea? For all of those people on that deck to die? What did you not intend, Diego?" Oh, my God, that this should happen! "Answer me!" he roared at Diego Coca, who refused to look forward through the wheelhouse windshield.

"Look, you bastardea"...Ocho ordered through clenched teeth, and grabbed the smaller man by the neck. He rammed his head forward against the glass. "See what your greed and stupidity have cost." Then he threw Diego Coca to the floor. The impact of the disaster bowed Ocho's head, bent his back, emptied his heart. Diego's guilt did not lessen his, and oh, he knew that well. He, Ocho Sedano, was guilty. His lust had set this chain of events in motion. He felt as if he were trying to support the weight of the earth. Maximo Sedano's office in the finance ministry reflected his personal taste. The furniture was simple, deceptively so. The woods were hardwoods from the Amazon rain forest, crafted in Brazil by masters. Little souvenirs from his travels across Europe and Latin America sat on the desk and credenza and hung on the walls, small things of little value because expensive trinkets would be impolitic. He turned on the light, then walked to the huge floor safe, which he unlocked attd opened. He found the drawer he wanted, removed a stiff document envelope, took it to his desk and adjusted the light. With the contents of the envelope spread out on the highly polished mahogany, Maximo Sedano paused and looked around the room with unseeing eyes. He blinked several times, then leaned back in his chair and stretched. There were four bank accounts in Switzerland, all controlled by Fidel Castro. The last time Maximo computed the interest, the amount in the accounts totaled $53 million. Castro had been very specific when the accounts were opened years ago; the accounts were to be denominated in United States dollars. This choice had worked out extraordinarily well through the years as the currencies of every other major trading nation underwent major inflation or devaluation. The United States dollar was the modern-day equivalent of gold, although it would certainly be poor pol- COONTS itics for any member of the Castro regime to say so publicly. Fifty-three million dollars. Quite a sum. Enough to live extraordinarily well for a millennium or two. Fidel kept that little nest egg in Switzerland just in case things went wrong here in this communist paradise and he had to skedaddle. No sense living on government charity in some other squalid communist paradise, like Poland or Russia or the Ukraine, when a little prior planning could solve the whole problem. So Fidel rat-holed a fortune where only he could get at it and slept soundly at night. Now he wanted the money back in Cuba. Not that the money ever really belonged to the Cuban government. The money came from drug dealers, fees for using Cuban harbors for sanctuary, fees for being able to send shipments directly to Cuba, stockpile the drugs, then ship them on when the time was right. The money was really just Castro's personal share of the drug fees. An even larger chunk of the profits had gone to army, navy and law enforcement personnel, all of them, every man in the country who wore a uniform had been paid; another chunk went to Castro's lieutenants and political allies. Maximo had received almost a half million dollars himself. All in all, the deals with the drug syndicates had been good public policythe drug business was highly profitable, giving Castro money to buy loyalty and so remain in power, and the business corrupted America, which he hated. Ah, yes, the money came from the United States despite the best efforts of the American government to prevent it. Fidel had savored that irony too. Fifty-three million. Maximo pursed his. lips as he thought about the life of luxury and privilege that a fortune that size would buy. The money could be invested, some hotels, bank stock, invested to earn a nice income without touching the principal.

He could stay in the George V in Paris, ski in St. Moritz, shop in London and Rome and yacht all over the Mediterranean. God, it was tempting! Fifty-three million. All he had to do was get Castro's thumbprint on the transfer order. Without that thumbprint, the banks would not move a solitary dollar. Really, those Swiss banks ... Maximo had urged Castro to transfer the money to Spanish and Cuban banks for months, ever since the dictator was diagnosed with cancer. If he died with the money still in Switzerland, prying money out of those banks was going to be like peeling fresh paint from a wall with fingernails. And the drug dealers thought their racket was profitable! But why be a piker? Why settle for $53 million when there was a lot more, somewhere? From his pocket he removed a coin, a gold five-peso coin dated 1915. There was a portrait of Josd Marti on one side and the crest of Cuba on the other. Gold circulated in Cuba until the revolution, until Fidel and the communists declared it was no longer legal tender and called it in, allowing the peso to float on the world market. Maximo rubbed the gold coin with his fingers. By his calculations, based upon Ministry of Finance records, almost 1.2 million ounces of gold were surrendered to the government in return for paper money. One million, two hundred thousand ounces ... about thirty-seven tons of gold. On the world market, that thirtyseven tons of gold should be worth about $360 million. A man who could get his hands on that hoard would be on easy street for the rest of his life. Yes, indeed. The only problem was finding it. It wasn't in the Finance Ministry vaults, it wasn't in the vaults of the Bank of Cuba, on account at banks in Switzerland or London or New York or Mexico City ... it was gone! Thirty-seven tons of gold, vanished into thin air. If a man could lay hands on that gold... well, Alejo Vargas and Hector Sedano could fight over the presidency of Cuba, and may the better man win. Maximo would take the gold. If he could find it. He had a few ideas about where it might be. In fact, he had been quietly researching the problem since he took over the Finance Ministry. Eight years of ransacking files, talking to old employees, looking at clues, thinking about the problemthe gold had to be in Cuba, in Havana. Thirtyseven tons of gold. A-life of ease and luxury in the spas of Europe, mingling with the rich and famous, surrounded by beautiful women and the best of everything ... But first the $53 million. He would type the account numbers on the transfer orders and the accounts the money was to be transferred to. He would use the secretary's typewriter. He had the account numbers written in the notebook he removed from the safe. He flipped through the notebook now, found the page, stared at the numbers. How closely would Fidel check the order? The man is sick, drugged, dying. He is barely conscious. Unless he has the numbers of the accounts in the Bank of Cuba by his bedside, he 'II be none the wiser. But what if he does? What if he has the numbers written down in a book or diary and hands the transfer order to Mercedes to check? What then? Fifty-three million. More money than God has. He remembered the old days when he was young, when Castro walked the earth like Jesus Christ with a Cuban accent. Ah, the fire of the revolution, how the true believers were going to change the world! Instead, time changed them, America bled them, and life defeated them. Maximo had been loyal to Fidel and the revolution. No one could ever say he was not. He had been with Fidel since he was twenty-four years old, just back from the university in Spain. He had endured the good times and the bad, never uttered a single word of criticism. He had faith in Fidel, proclaimed it publicly and demanded it of others. Now Castro was dying. In just a few days he would be beyond regrets. Fifty-three million. The pounding the overloaded boat had taken buckjng the heavy Gulf Stream swells opened the seams somewhat, and now the fisherman was pumping out the water with the bilge pump, which received its power from the enginedriven generator. "As long as we can keep the engine running, as long as the seams don't open any more than they are, we'll be all right." "How much fuel do we have on board?" The fisherman went to check. Ocho was at the helm, steering almost due east. With the wind and sea behind her, the Angel del Mar rode better. Now the motion was a rocking as the swells swept under the stern. Very little roll from" side to side. Of the eighty-four people who had been aboard when the boat left the harbor in Cuba, twenty-six remained alive. The captain's body lay against the wheelhouse wall. Ocho found Diego's pistol and put it in his belt. He physically carried Diego from the wheelhouse and tossed him on the deck. Fifty-seven living human beings, men, women, and babies, had gone into the sea. There was no way in the world to go back to try to rescue them. Even if he and the fisherman could find those people in the water, in the darkness, in this sea, the pounding of heading back into the swells would probably cause the boat to take on more water, endangering the lives of those who remained aboard. No, the people swept overboard were lost to their fate, whatever that might be. The living twenty-six would soon join them, Ocho told himself. The boat was heading east, away from Florida. Perhaps if the sea calmed somewhat, they should bring the boat to a more southerly heading and return to Cuba. That, he decided, was their only chance. Cuba. They would have to return. Why wait? Every sea mile increased the likelihood of the engine quitting or the boat sinking. He turned the helm a bit, worked the boat's bow to a more southerly heading. The roll became, more pronounced. The wind came more over the right stern quarter. How long until dawn? An hour or two? The door to the wheelhouse opened. Diego was standing there, the whites of his eyes glistening in the dim light. "Turn back toward Florida! No one wants to go back to Cuba." "It's the only way. We'll all die trying to make it to Florida in this sea." "I was dead in Cuba all those yearsea"...Diego Coca shouted. "I refuse to go go back! I refuse." Ocho hit him in the mouth. One mighty jab with his left hand as he twisted his body, so all his weight was behind the punch. Diego went down backward, hit his head on the deck coaming, and lay still. Dora wailed, crawled toward her unconscious father. Ocho closed the door to the wheelhouse, brought the boat back to its southeast heading. Soon the door opened again and the fisherman stepped inside. "We have fuel for another ten or twelve hours. No more than that." "We'll be back hi Cuba then." caret That's our only chance." The stars in the east were fading when the engine quit. After trying for a minute to start the engine, the fisherman dashed below. Ocho abandoned the helm. The boat rolled sickeningly in the swells.

At least the swells were smaller than they were earlier in the night, m the middle of the Gulf Stream. The fisherman came up on deck after fifteen minutes, his clothes soaked in diesel fuel. "It's no useea"...he said. "The engine has had it." "What about the water in the bilges? Is it still coming in?" "We'll "have to take turns on the hand pump." "What are we going to do about the engine"..."...Ocho asked. The fisherman didn't reply, merely stood looking at the swells as the sky grew light in the east. The van drove up to the massive, 250-feet-tall extra-highvoltage tower beside the drainage canal on the southern outskirts of Havana and backed up toward it. The base of the tower was surrounded by a ten-foot-high-chain link fence with barbed wire on top. The access door in the fence was, of course, padlocked. The driver of the van and his passenger were both wearing one-piece overalls. They stretched, looked at the wires far above, and scratched their heads while they surveyed the ramshackle four-story apartment buildings that backed up to the canal. One of the men extracted a pack of cigarettes from his overalls and lit one. The nearest apartments were at least sixty meters away, although for safety reasons the distance should have been much more. Each of the extra-high-voltage (Ehv) lines overhead carried 500,000 volts. The driver of the van was Enrique Poveda. His passenger was Arquimidez Cabrera. Both men were citizens of the United States, sons of Cuban exiles, and bitter enemies of the Castro regime. Poveda had parked the van so that the rear doors, when open, almost touched the gate in the chain-link fence. Now he reached into the van, seized a set of bolt cutters, and applied the jaws to the padlock on the gate. One tremendous squeeze and the bar of the padlock snapped. Cabrera threw the remnants of the padlock into the back of the van. He opened the gate in the fence, set a new, open padlock on the hasp, and stood looking up at the tower.

The best way to cut the power lines the tower carried would be to climb the tower and set shaped charges around the insulators. Unfortunately, the lines carried so much juice that the hot zones around the wires were eleven feet in diameter, more in humid weather. No, the only practical way to cut the lines was to drop the towers, which would not be difficult. A shaped charge on each leg should do the job nicely. Cabrera looked at the angle of the wires leading into the tower, and the angle away. Yes, once the legs were severed, the weight and tension of the line should pull the tower down to the side away from the canal, into this open area, where the lines would either short out on the ground or break from the strain of carrying their own weight. Timing the explosions would be a problem. This close to all that energy, a radio-controlled electrical detonator was out of the question. Chemical timers would be best, ones that ignited the detonators after a preset time, although chemical timers were not as precise as mechanical ones. All that was for a later day, however. The decision on when the tower must come down had yet to be made, so today Cabrera and Poveda would merely set the charges. They would return later to set the timers and detonators. Poveda finished his cigarette and strapped on his tool belt. This was the fourth tower today. Only this one and one more to go. "You ready"..."...he asked Cabrera. "Let's do it." Ocho Sedano lived with his older brother Julio, Julio's wife, and their two children in a tiny apartment atop a garage just a few hundred yards from Dona Maria's house. Julio worked in the garage repairing American cars. The cars were antiques from the 1950's and there were no spare parts, so Julio made parts or cannibalized them from the carcasses behind the garage, cars too far gone for any mechanic to save. When he wasn't playing baseball, Ocho helped. Hector found his brother Julio working in the shop by the light of several naked bulbs. "Where is Ocho?" "Gone." "Gone where?" Julio was replacing the valves of an ancient straight eight under the hood of an Oldsmobile. The light was terrible, but he was working by feel so it didn't really matter. He straightened now, scowled at his older brother. "He has gone to try his luck in America." "You didn't try to stop him?" Julio looked about at the dimly lit shop, the dirt floor, the shabby old cars. He wiped his hands on a dirty rag that hung from his belt. "No, I didn't." "What if he drowns out there in the Gulf Stream?" "I have prayed for him." "That's it? Your little brother? A prayer?" "What do you think I should have done, Hector? Tell the boy that he was living smack in the middle of a communist paradise, that he should be happy here, happy with his labor and his crust? Bah! He wants something more from life, something for himself, for his children." "If he dies" "Look around you, Hector. Look at this squalid, filthy hovel. Look at the way we live! Most of Cuba lives this way, except for a precious few like dear Maximo, who eats the bread that other men earn. You saw him yesterday at Mima'snothing's too good for our dedicated revolutionary, Maximo Sedano, Fidel's right-hand ass-wipe man," Julio snorted scornfully, then leaned back under the hood of the Olds. "I told Ocho to go with God. I pfayed for him." "What if he dies out there?" "Everybody has to dieyou, me, Fidel, Ocho, all of usthat's just the way it is. They ought to teach you that in church. At least if Ocho dies he won't have to listen to any more of Fidel's bullshit. He won't have to listen to

yours, either. God knows, bullshit is the only thing on this island wecomh a lot of." "Have you told Mima that he left?" "I was going to keep my mouth shut until I had something to tell her."...Julio turned his head to look at Hector around the edge of the car's hood. "Ocho is a grown man. He has taken his life in his own two hands, which is his right. He'll live or die. He'll get to America or he won't." "He should have waited. I asked him to wait." "For what"..."...Julio demanded. Hector turned to leave the garage. "What are we waiting for, Hector? The second coming?" Julio came to the door and called after Hector as he walked away down the street: "How long do I have to wait to feed my sons? Tell me! I have waited all my life. I am sick and tired of waiting. I want to know nowhow much longer?" Hector turned in the road and walked back toward Julio. "Enough! Enough!" he roared, his voice carrying. "You squat here in this hovel waiting for life to get better, waiting for someone else to make it better! You have no courage you are not a man! If the future depends on rabbits like you Cuba will always be a sewer!" Then Hector turned and stalked away, his head down, his shoulders bent forward, as if he were walking into a great wind. The Officers' Club at Guantanamo Bay Naval Station was sited on a small hill overlooking the harbor. From the patio Toad Tarkington and Rita Moravia could see the carrier swinging on her anchor near the mouth of the bay. These days the O Club was usually sparsely populated. The base was now a military backwater, no longer a vital part of the U.s. military establishment. For the last few years the primary function of the base was to house Cuban refugees picked up at sea. Still, the deep blue Caribbean water and low yellow bills under a periwinkle sky packed picture-postcard charm. With cactus and palm trees and magnificent sunny days, the place reminded Toad of southern California. If the Cubans ever got their act together politically, he thought, this place would boom like southern California, with condos and high-tech industries sprouting like weeds. Hordes of people waving money would come here from Philly and New Jersey to retire. This place had Florida beat all to hell. He voiced this opinion to Rita, the only other person on the patio. It was early in the afternoon; the two of them had ridden the first liberty boat in after the ship anchored. Jake Grafton sent them packing because today was their anniversary. They had a room reserved at the BOQ for tonight. They intended to eat a relaxed dinner at the club, just the two of them, then retire for a private celebration. "The Cubans may not want hordes from Philly and Hoboken and Ashtabula moving inea"...Rita objected. "I wouldn't mind having a little place in one of these villages around here my own selfea"...Toad said, gesturing vaguely to the west or north. "Do some fishing, lay around getting old and fat and tan, let life flow by. Maybe build a golf course, spend my old age selling balls and watering greens. This looks like world-class golf country to me. Aaah, someday." "Someday, busterea"...Rita said, grinning. Toad liked to entertain her with talk about retirement, about loafing away the days reading novels and newspapers and playing golf, yet by ten o'clock on a lazy Sunday morning in the States he was bored stiff. He played golf once every other year, if it didn't rain. Now he sipped his beer and inhaled a few mighty lungfuls of this clean, clear, perfect air. "Feel that sun! Ain't life delicious, woman?" They had a nice dinner of Cuban cuisine, a fresh fish, beans and rice. By that time the club was filling up with junior officers from the squadrons aboard ship, in for lib- erty. The noise from the bars was becoming raucous when Toad and Rita finished their dinner and headed back to the patio with cups of coffee. "Maybe I better check on my chicksea"...Rita said, and detoured for the bar. Toad paused in the doorway, staring into the dark room, which was made darker by the brilliant sunlight shining outside the windows. "Commander Tarkingtonff"...Two of the young pilots came over to where Toad stood with his coffee cup. "Join us for a few minutes, won't you? We're drinking shooters. Have one with us." Rita was already standing by the table. Toad allowed himself to be persuaded. A trayful of brimming shot glasses sat on the small round table. As Toad watched, one of these fools set the liquor in the glasses on fire with a butane cigarette lighter. "Okay, Commander, show us how it's done!" Toad looked at Rita, who was studying him with a noncommittal raised eyebrow. He sat down, one of the youngsters placed a glass in front of him. The blue flame was burning nicely. It had been years since he did this. Was it Rota, that time he got so blind drunk he passed out while waiting for the taxi? Ah, but the navy was politically correct now. Nobody got drunk anymore. Toad steadied himself, took a deep breath, exhaled, and poured the burning brandy down his throat. It seemed to burn all the way down. Some of the liquid trickled from his lips, still on fire, but he licked it up with his tongue. Was he burning? He didn't think so. He wiped his mouth with the back of his hand just to make sure. The members of his audience were gazing at him with openmouthed astonishment. "Jesus, sir! We always blow the fire out before we drink it." Toad didn't know whether to laugh or cry. "You goddamn pussiesea"...he said, and tossed off another one. "Our anniversary, and you're drunk!" Toad Tarkington felt like he had been hit by a large truck, an eighteen wheeler, at least. He turned in the bathroom door and looked carefully at his spouse. He squinted to make his eyes focus better. "I am not drunk! A bit tipsy, I will grant you that. But not drunk."...He swelled his chest and tried to look sober. "Those puppies, thinking they could drink an old dog like me under the table."...He snorted his derision. ""We blow the fire out before we drink." Ha, ha, and ha!" Rita was sooo mad! "Oh, you" "Excuse me."...Toad held up a finger. "Just a minute or two, and we will continue this discussion until you have said everything that needs to be said. There is undoubtedly a lot of it and I am sure it will take a while. Just one little minute." He closed the bathroom door and retched into the commode. Then he swabbed his forehead with a wet washcloth. He felt better. He stared at himself in the mirror. You look like hell, you damned fool. He took a long drink of water, swabbed his face with a towel, then opened the door, and said, "Okay, you were saying?" She wasn't there. The room was empty. Even her bag was gone. He lay down in the bed. Oh, that felt gooood. Maybe he should just lie here for a few minutes until she cooled off and he sobered up completely, then he would find her and apologize. The room was whirling around, but whein he rolled on his side it steadied out somewhat and he drifted right off. Jake Grafton was alone at a table in the corner of the O Club dining room when Rita Moravia saw him and came over. He stood while she seated herself. "You're by yourself? Where's Toad?" "Sleeping it off. He was in the bar with your young studs and had four drinks. Four! He's whacked." Jake Grafton chuckled. "I don't think I've seen him drink more than an occasional beer or glass of wine with dinner in years." "He doesn'tea"...she said. "Poor guy can't handle it anymore." "Heck of an anniversary celebrationea"...Jake said, eyeing her. "I've been luckyea"...Rita said simply. "Toad Tarkmgton and I were made for each other. I don't know how the powers that rule the universe figure out who marries whom, but I sure got lucky." "I know what you meanea"...Jake said. Then he smiled, and Rita knew he was thinking of his wife, Callie. Jake Grafton always smiled when he thought of her. "So, maybe you should join me for dinnerea"...Jake said, "since Toad is temporarily indisposed and Callie is temporarily not here." "I've already eatenThat and tongues might wag, Admiralea"...she said with mock seriousness. "And probably will. Won't do me or thee any good." "I'm not going to live my life to please pinheadsea"...Rita replied. "I'll join you for a drink." After they gave their orders to the waiter, Jake said, "Tell me about the V-22. I've been wondering about that plane but haven't had the chance to talk to you." Away Rita went, talking about airplanes and flying, two subjects they both enjoyed immensely. The breeze coming through the open doors of the dining room stirred the curtains and made the candles on the tables flicker in the evening twilight. They were drinking after-dinner coffee when Rita remarked, "Toad says that you still haven't heard from Washington about your next set of orders." 'That's right." "I don't want to talk about something you would rather STEPHEN COONTS not discuss, but he says they may ask you to retire." "They might. I've thrown my weight around a few times in the past and made some enemies, in uniform and out."...He shrugged. "Every flag officer gets passed over for a promotion at some point and asked to retire. My turn will come sooner or later. Maybe sooner." "Are you looking forward to retirement?""...Haven't thought about it that muchea"...he said. "To be honest, the prospect of spending more time with Gallic has great appeal."...He rubbed his forehead, then grinned ruefully. "It'll hurt if they don't find me another job, give me another star next year. Yet even a CNO gets told it's time to go. When it happens to me, Gallic and I will get on with the rest of our lives. The tram is, when I decided to stay in the navy after Vietnam I never expected to get this far: thought it'd be terrific if I made commander or captain. Here I am with two stars in charge of a carrier battle group."...He snorted derisively. "Guess it all goes to prove I'm an ungrateful bastard, huh?""...It goes to prove you're human.""...ally are very kind, Rita.""...ally've really enjoyed the navy, haven't you?""...Every tour has been a challenge, an adventure. Every set of orders I've had, I've thought, Oh, wow, this will be fun. I can't say I've enjoyed every day of it, because I haven't, but it's been a good career. Like most people who have worn the uniform, I did the best I could wherever they needed me. I've worked with great people all along the way. I have no regrets." One of Jake's aides came over to the table, smiled at Rita, then whispered in the admiral's ear. "The ship that left here four days ago carrying biological warheads to Norfolk never arrived. It is overdue." "Civilization begins when the strong finally realize they have a duty to protect the weak. That duty is the foundation of civilization, the bedrock on which everything else rests." Hector Sedano stood in the pulpit and looked at the sea of sweating, glistening faces that packed the church to overflowing. He could feel the heat from their bodies. There must be close to two hundred people jammed in here. Hector continued: "For centuries we, the people, have abdicated our duty to a few strong men. Rule us, we said, and do not steal too much. Do not be too corrupt, do not betray us too much, do not shame us beyond endurance. Protect the weak, the elderly, the helpless, the sick, the very young, protect them from those who would prey upon them. And protect us. If you grant us protection you may steal a little, enough to become filthy rich, as long as you do not rub our faces in it. "We give unto you the strong one a great trust because the faith to face the evil in the world is not in us. "O strong one, protect us because we lack the courage to protect ourselves." The crowd was rapt, wanting more. Hector Sedano had given this very same speech more than a hundred times. Only the faces in the audience were different. He leaned forward, reached out as if to grab the people. They had to understand, to feel his passion, or Cuba would never change. Perspiration ran down his face, soaked his shirt. "I say to you here tonight that our duty can be ignored no longer. The hands that made the universe are delivering our destiny into our very own human hands. We must seize the day when it comes. We must acknowledge before God and before each other that the future of this nation is ours to write, ours to invent, ours to live, and ours to answer for before disthe throne of heaven on Judgment Day." A thunderous applause shook the tiny church. When it died, Hector continued, "I say to you that the future of our families is on our heads, that the fate of this people is our responsibility and our destiny. "We shall drink every drop that God pours for us, be it sweet or bitter, be it thin or full, be it a tiny trickle or a great river. We shall not turn aside from that righteous cup." The applause swelled and swelled and filled the room to overflowing; it spilled through the open doors and windows and rushed bravely away to do battle with the silence and darkness of the night. "We pulled it offea"...Admiral Delgado told Alejo Vargas. "Nuestra Senora de Colon is stranded on a rocky reef near the entrance to Bahia de Nipe. Santana is ready and waiting." "What took so long?" "When she left Guantanamo the Americans swit a destroyer to accompany her. The captain was beside himself he thought the destroyer would accompany them all the way to Norfolk. He faked an engineering casualty in the Windward Passage, crawled along at three knots. Of course, then the destroyer refused to leave. He finally had to announce that he had fixed the problem and steam off at twelve knots before the destroyer turned back." Vargas smiled. "If this works, I will be very grateful to you, Delgado." 'There are real problems, which we have discussed. I give this operation no more than a fifty percent chance of success." "Fifty percent is optimisticea"...Alejo Vargas replied. "I suspect the odds are a lot worse than that. Yet they are good enough to take a chance, and if we don't do that, we have only ourselves to blame, eh?" "Doing business with the North Koreans is an invitation to be double-crossed. How do you know they will perform?" "We need long-range ballistic missiles, the North Koreans want well-designed, well-made biological warheads. The exchange is fair." "I still do not trust themea"...Delgado countered. "This is a once-in-a-lifetime deal." Vargas changed the subject: Delgado was not a partner, he was the hired help. 'Tell me about your evening cruise with Maximo Sedano." "He wants political backing when Castro dies." "What did you promise him?" "I told him you buy people or blackmail them, that he has no chance." "And Alba?" "He agreed with my assessment." Vargas smiled. "Let us hope Maximo stifles his ambitions. For his sake. You told the man the honest truth; if he chooses to disregard it the consequences are on his head." Delgado said nothing. He suspected Vargas had already talked to Alba: the admiral hoped the general didn't try to dress up the tale. Telling Vargas the truth was the only way to stay alive. Toad Tarkington was sitting by the window in the BOQ room thinking about biological weapons and marines dug in around a warehouse when Rita unlocked the door and came in. She was still in uniform. His head was thumping like a toothache and he felt like hell. "Some anniversaryea"...he said. "1 feel like an ass." She came over to the chair, knelt and put her arms around him. "This wasn't the way the evening was supposed to go.. I'm sorry, Rita." "Our life together has been terrific, Toad-man. You're still the guy I want." He hugged her back. "Let's go to bedea"...she said. The emotional impact of what he had done didn't hit Maximo Sedano until the jet to Madrid leveled off after the climbout from Havana airport. He took the transfer cards bearing Castro's thumbprint from his inside left breast pocket, and holding them so no one else in first class could read them, studied them carefully. He was holding $53 million in his hands and he could feel the heat. Hoo, man! He had done it! He took a chance, a long chance. When he walked into Castro's bedroom he had had the real transfer cards in his left jacket pocket and the ones bearing his bank account numbers in his right. Mercedes wasn't there that second time he was admitted, which was a blessing. His former sister-in-law was too sharp, saw too much. She might have decided something was wrong merely from looking at his face. So it was just Fidel and a male nurse, a nobody who handled bedpans and urinals. There wasn't a notebook or ledger anywhere in sight, and Fidel certainly was in no condition to closely scrutinize the cards. He signed the cards, transferring die money to Maximo, then let Maximo put his thumb in an ink pad and press it on each of them. Fidel said little. He had obviously been given an injection for pain and was paying minimal attention to what went on around him. He merely grunted when Maximo said good-bye. The Maximo Sedano who walked into that bedroom was his the soon-to-be unemployed Cuban finance minister with a cloudy future. The Maximo Sedano who walked out was the richest Cuban south of Miami. Just like that backslash The icing on the cake was that the Swiss accounts should have perhaps a million more of those beautiful Yankee dollars as unpd interest. Every penny was going to be transferred to Maximo's accounts at another bank in Zurich. It wouldn't be there long, however. Tomorrow morning after he turned in these transfer cards to Fidel's banks, he would walk across the street and send the money from his accounts to those he had opened in Spain, Mexico, Germany, and Argentina. These were commercial accounts held by various shell corporations that Maximo had established years ago to launder money for Fidel and the drug syndicates, accounts'over which he had sole signature authority. The shell corporations would quickly write a variety of very large checks to a half dozen other companies Maximo owned. After a long, tortuous trail around the globe and back again, the money would eventually wind up in Maximo's personal accounts all over Europe. The scheme hinged on the bank secrecy laws in various nations, not the least of which was Switzerland, and the fact that anyone trying to trace the money would see only disorganized pieces of the puzzle, not the big picture. Maximo smiled to himself and sighed in contentment. "Would you care for a drink, sir"..."...the flight attendant asked. She was a beautiful slender woman, with dark eyes and clear white skin. "A glass of white wine, please, something from Cataluna." "I'll see what we have aboard, sir."...She smiled gently and left him. Maximo told himself that he would find a woman like that one of these days, a beautiful woman who appreciated the finer things in life and appreciated him for providing them. His wife was expecting him to return to Cuba in three days: "I must go to Europe in the morningea"...he had told her. "An urgent matter has arisen.". She wanted to go with him on this trip of courseanything to get off the island, even for a little while. "Darling, I wish you could, but there wasn't time to make reservations. I got the only empty seat on the airliner." She was not happy. Still, what could she say? He promised to bring her something expensive from a jeweler, and that promise pacified her. The flight attendant brought the glass of wine and he sipped it, then put his head back in the seat and closed his eyes. Ah, yes, He had a new identity hi his wallet: an Argentine passport, driver's license and identity papers, a birth certificate, several valid credit cards, a bank account and a real address in Buenos Aires, all in the name of Eduardo Jos6 Lopez, a nice common surname. This identity had been constructed years before and serviced regularly so that he might move money around the globe when drug smugglers sought to pay Fidel Castro. Becoming the good Senor Lopez would be as easy as presenting the passport when checking into a hotel. He had the papers for two other identities in a safe deposit box in Lausanne, across the lake from Geneva. Maxlmo Sedano fingered the bank transfer cards one more time, then reclined his seat. How does it feel to be rich? Damned good, thank you very much, Lord, it was tempting. Just walk away with the money as Senor Lopez, and poof! disappear into thin air. And yet, the gold was there for the taking. His plans were made, his allies ready... all he had to do was find the gold and get it out of the country. He reclined his seat, closed his eyes, and savored the feeling of being rich. * * * Dona Sedano was sitting on her porch, inhaling the gentle aroma of the tropical flowers that grew around her porch in profusion and watching the breeze stir the petals, when she saw Hector walking down the road. He turned in at her gate and came up to the porch. After he kissed her he sat on the top step, leaned back so he could see her face. "Why aren't you in school, teaching"..."...she asked. He made a gesture, looked away to the north, toward the sea. There was nothing out that way but a few treetops waving in the wind, with puffy clouds floating overhead. He turned back to look into her face, reached for her hand. "Ocho went on a boat.two nights ago. They were trying to reach the Florida Keys." "Did they make it?" "I don't know. If they make it we won't hear for days. Weeks perhaps. If they don't reach Florida we may never hear." Dona Maria leaned forward and touched her son's hair. Then she put her twisted hands back in her lap. 'Thank you for telling me." "Ocho should have told you." "Good-byes can be difficult." "I suppose." "You are the brightest of my sons, the one with the most promise. Why didn't you go to America, Hector? You had plenty of chances. Why did you stay hi this hopeless place?" "Cuba is my home."...He gestured helplessly. "This is the work God has given me to do." Dona Maria gently massaged her hands. Rubbing them seemed to ease the pain sometimes. "I might as well tell you the rest of itea"...Hector said. "Ocho got a girl pregnant. He went on the boat with the girl and her father. The father wants Ocho to play baseball in America." "Pregnant?" "Ocho told me, made me promise not to tell. He did not confess to me as a priest but as a brother, so I am exercising an older brother's prerogativeI am breaking that promise." She sighed, closed her eyes for a moment. "If God is with them, they may make it across the Straitsea"...Hector said. "There is always that hope." Tears ran down her cheeks. It was at that moment that Dona Maria saw the human condition more clearly than she ever had before. She and Hector were two very mortal people trapped by circumstance, by fate, between two vast eternities. The past was gone, lost to them. The people they loved who were dead were gone like smoke, and they had only memories of them. The future was ... well, the future was unknowable, hidden in the haze. Here there was only the present, this moment, these two mortal people with their memories of all that had been. Hector stroked his mother's hair, kissed her tears, then went down the walk to the road. When he looked back his mother was still sitting where he had left her, looking north toward the sea. Ocho was probably dead, Hector realized, another victim of the Cuban condition. When, O Lard, when will it stop? How many more people must drown in the sea? How many more lives must be blighted and ruined by the lack of opportunity here? How many more lives must be sacrificed on the altar of political ambition? As he walked toward the village bus stop, he lifted his hands and roared his rage, an angry shout mat was lost in the cathedral of the sky. The pain was there, definitely there, but it wasn't cutting at him, doubling him over. Fidel Castro made them get him up, had them put him in a chair behind his desk. He wanted the flag to his right Mercedes and the nurse helped him into his green fatigue shirt. He was perspiring then, gritting his teeth to get through this. "Do you know what you want to say"..."...Mercedes asked. "I think so." The camera crew was fiddling with the lights, arranging power cords. "I want to say something to you, right nowea"...she whispered, "while you are sharp and not heavily sedated." His eyes went to her. "I love you, Fidel. With all my heart." "And I you, woman. Would that we had more time." "Ah, time, what a whore she is. We had each other, and mat was enough." He bit his lip, reached for her hand. "If only we had met years ago, before" He winced again. "Better start the tapeea"...he said. "I haven't much time."...He straightened, gripped the arms of the chair so hard his knuckles turned white. With the lights on, Fidel Castro looked straight into the camera, and spoke: "Citizens of Cuba, I speak to you today for the last time. I am fatally ill and my days on this earth will soon be over. Before I leave you, however, I wish to spend a few minutes telling you of my dream for Cuba, my dream of what our nation can become in the years ahead...." The door opened and Alejo Vargas walked hi. Behind him was Colonel Pablo Santana. "Well, well, Senor Presidente. I heard you were making a speech to the video cameras this afternoon. Do not mind us; please continue. We will remain silent spectators, out of die sight of the camera, two loyal Cubans representing millions of others." "I did not invite you here, Vargas.""...'True, you did not, Senor Presidente. But things seem to be slipping away from you these daysimportant things. The world will not stop turning on its axis while you lie in bed taking drugs." "Get out! This is my office." Alejo Vargas settled into a chair. He turned to the camera crew. 'Turn that thing off. The lights too. Then you may take a short break. We will call you when we want you to return." The extinguishment of the television lights made the room seem very dark. Colonel Santana escorted the technicians" from the room and closed the door behind them. He stood with his back against the door, his arms crossed. "If you are pushing the button near your knee to summon the security staff, you are wasting your timeea"...Vargas said. "Members of my staff have replaced them." "Say what you want, then get outea"...Castro said. Vargas got out a cigarette, lit it, taking his time. "I am wondering about Maximo Sedano. The night before last he was here, you signed something for him, he left this morning on a plane to Madrid, with a continuation on to Zurich. What was that all about?" Fidel said nothing. Mercedes noticed that he was perspiring again. "I am in no rushea"...Vargas said. "I have all the time in the world." Fidel ground his teeth. "He went to move funds. On a matter of interest to the Finance Ministry." "The question is, where will the funds end up when their electronic journey is over? Tell me that, please." "In the government's accounts in the Bank of Cuba, in Havana." "I ask this question because the man who was here last night did not see you check the account numbers in any book or ledger. You have the account numbers memorized?" "No." "So in reality you don't know where Maximo Sedano will wire the money?" "He is a trustworthy man. Loyal. I cannot be everywhere, see everything, and must trust people. I have trusted people all my Me." "How much money are we talking about, Senor PresidenteThat "I don't know." "Millions?" "Yes." "Tens of millions?" "Yes." "Dios mio, our Maximo must be a saint! I wouldn't trust my own mother with that kind of money." "I wouldn't trust your mother with a drunken sailorea"...Mercedes said. "Not if he had two centavos in his pocket."...She handed some pills to Castro, who glanced down at them. "Water, pleaseea"...he whispered. He put the pills on the desk in front of him. Vargas continued: "If we ever see the face of Maximo Sedano again, Senor Presidente, you have me to thank. I am having one of my men meet the finance minister in Zurich. We will try to convince Maximo to do his duty to his country." Mercedes handed Fidel a glass of water. He picked up several of the pills, put them in his mouth, then swallowed some water. Then he put the last pill in his mouth and took another swig. Vargas was a moral nihilist, Castro thought, a man who believed in nothing. There were certainly plenty of those. He had known what Vargas was for many years and had used nun anyway because he was good at his job, which STEPHEN COONTS was a miserable one. We entrusted it to a swine so that we need not dirty our hands. Another mistake. "I need restea"...he said, and tried to rise. "Noea"...Vargas said fiercely. He leaned on the desk with both hands, lowered his face near Fidel. "You still have a statement to make before the cameras." "Nothing for you." "You think you have nothing to lose, do you not? You think, Alejo could kill me, but what is that? He merely speeds up the inevitable." Fidel looked Vargas square in the eye. "I should have killed you years and years agoea"...he said. He took his hands from the arms of his chair and wrapped them around his stomach. "There is no regret as bitter as the murder you didn't commit. How true that is! But you didn't kill me because you needed me, Fidel,. needed me to ferret out your enemies, find who was whispering against you and bring you then* names. Help you shut their mouths, cut out the rot without killing the tree. "Kill me? Without me how would you have kept your wretched subjects loyal? Who would have kept these miserable guajiros starving on this sandy rock in the sea's middle from cutting the flesh from your bones? Who would have provided the muscle to keep you in office when the Russians abandoned you and nothing went right? When everything you touched backfired? "Kill me? Ha! That would have been like killing yourself. "Now I have come for mine. Not centavos, like in the past. I want what is mine for keeping you in power all these years, for keeping the peasants from slicing your throat when in truth that was precisely what you deserved. You are a miserable failure, Fidel, as a man and as a servant of Cuba. And you are going to die a revered old manGod, what a joke! Hailed as the Cuban Washington for the next ten centuries...." Vargas sneered. "Now still have the power of life or death, Fidel. I think you will make your statement in front of the camera. You will name me, Alejo Vargas, your loyal, trusted minister of interior as your successor; you will plead with all loyal Cubans everywhere to recognize the wisdom of your choice." Sweat ran in rivulets from Fidel's face, dripped from his beard. His voice came out a hoarse whisper. "Forty years" service to my country, and you expect me to hand Cuba over to you? To rape tilde for your profit? Not on your life." "Don't be a fool. You have nothing to bargain with." "Kill me. See what you gamea"...Fidel said, his voice barely audible. "You'll die soon enough, never fear. But before you do Colonel Santana will butcher Mercedes on this table while you watch." "Have you no honor?" "Don't talk to me of honor. You have told so many lies you can't remember ever telling the truth. You have profaned the Church, denied God, sent loyal Cuban soldiers to die in Angola, demanded that generation after generation give their blood to fulfill your destiny as Cuba's savior. You have impoverished a nation, reduced them to beggary to salve your ego. I spit on you and all that you would have us become." And he did. Fidel brought a hand up to wipe away the spittle. "Fuck youff"...he whispered. "And you too, Lider Maximal" Vargas shot back. "I do not pretend to be God's other son, strutting in green fatigues and spouting platitudes while the people worship me. But enough of this. Before we get to the camera, tell me where the gold is." "The gold?" STEPHEN COONTS "The gold, Fidel. The gold from the peso coins that the Ministry of Finance melted down into ingots, the gold ingots that you and Che and Edis Lopez and Jos6 Otero carried away. How much gold was there? Forty or fifty tons? You certainly didn't spend it on the people of Cuba. Where is it?" A grimace twisted Castro's lips, "You'll never find it, that's for certain. Edis and Jos6 died within weeks of Che. I am the only living person who knows where mat gold is; I am taking the secret to my grave." "The gold isn't yours." "Nor is it yours, you son of a pig." "We will let you watch us cut up Mercedes. We will make a tiny incision on her abdomen, pull out a loop of small intestine. I will ask you questions, and every time you refuse to answer Colonel Santana will pull out more intestine. You will tell us everything we want-to know or we will see what her insides look like. Colonel?" Santana grabbed Mercedes by the arms. With one hand he grabbed the front of her dress and ripped it from her body. Fidel Castro's jaw moved. Then he went limp, slumping in his chair. "Fideir Mercedes screamed. Vargas leaped for Castro, pried open his jaw and raked a piece of celluloid from his mouth with his finger. "Poisonea"...he said disgustedly. He felt Castro's wrist for a pulse. "Stone cold dead."...He tossed down the wrist and turned toward Mercedes. "You gave him the poison! He had the capsule in his mouth." Alejo Vargas slapped her as hard as he could. "And this is for insulting my mother, puta backslash was He slapped her again so hard she went to her knees, the side of her face numb. "If you do it again I will cut your tongue outea"...he added, his voice almost a hiss. Then Vargas took a deep breath and steadied himself. The sight of Fidel Castro's corpse drained the rage from bun and filled him with adrenaline, ready for the race to his destiny. He had waited all his life for this moment and now it was here. "Listen to misea"...the technician said, and handed the earphones to William Henry Chance. They were crammed into a tiny van with the logo of the Communications Ministry on the side. The van was parked on a side street near Chance's hotel, but with an excellent view of the Interior Ministry. Chance put on the headphones. "We recorded this stuff early mis morningea"...the technician told Chance's associate, Tommy Carmeltini. "Getting to you without stirring up the Cubans was the trick. Wait until you hear this stuff." "What is it"..."...Cannellini asked. "Vargas and his thug, Santana, hi the minister's office. They're talking about a speech they want Castro to make in front of cameras. A political will, Vargas called it They are writing it, debating the wording." "What do they want it to sayour "They want Castro to name Vargas as his successor, his heir."* "Will he do that?"' "They seem to think he will." "Have we heard anything back from Washington about that ship referencethe Coldnl... Nuestra Senora de Co backslash 6nThat "No. Something like that will take days to percolate through the bureaucracy." "I was hoping the reference to North Koreans and biological warheads would light a fire under somebody." "It always takes a while before we smell the smoke of burning trousers." CarmelUni watched Chance's face as he listened to the STEPHEN COONTS tape. William Henry Chance, attorney and CIA agent, certainly didn't look like a man who would be at home in the shadow world of spies and espionage. But then appearances were often deceiving. Carmellini had been a burglarmore or less semi-retiredattending the Stanford University Law School when he was visited one day by a CIA recruiter, a woman who took him to lunch in the student union cafeteria and asked him about bis plans for the future. He still remembered the conversation. He was going into business, he said. Maybe politics. He thought that someday he might run for public office. "A prosecution for stealing the Peabody diamond from the Museum of Natural History in Washington would probably crimp your plans, wouldn't it?"' she said sweetly. He gaped. Sat there like a fool with his mouth hanging open, the brain completely stalled. He had seen her credentials, which certainly looked official enough. Central Intelligence Agency. The Government with a capital G. But there had never been the slightest hint that anyone was on his trail. Not even a sniff. "It would do thatea"...he managed. After a bit, the question of how she knew formed hi his mind, and he began trying to figure out how to ask it hi a nonincriminating way. "You're wondering, I supposeea"...she said matter-of-factly between sips of her coffee, "how we learned of your involvement." Unable to help himself, he nodded yes. "Your pal talked. The Miami PD got him on another burglary, so he threw you to the wolves to get a lighter sentence." Well, there it was. His very best friend in the whole world and the only guy who knew everything had sold him out. "You need some better friendsea"...she said. "Your friend is a pretty small-caliber guy. A real loser. He got eight years on the state charge. Moving stolen property across state lines is a federal crime of course, and Justice hasn't decided if they will prosecute." It quickly became plain that at that moment in his life, the CIA was his best career choice. After finishing law school, Carmellini spent a year in the covert operations section of the agency. Now he was an associate of William Henry Chance, who had been with the CIA ever since he left the army after the Vietnam War. The cover was impecca2oth men were really practicing attorneys and CIA operatives on the side. Carmellini remembered the first tune he met William Henry Chance. He was running a ten-kilometer race hi Virginia one weekend when Chance came galloping up beside him, barely sweating, and suggested they have lunch afterward. Chance mentioned a name, Carmellini's boss at the agency. "He said you were a pretty good runnerea"...Chance said, then began lengthening his stride. Tommy Carmellini managed to stay with Chance all the way to the tape but it was a hell of a workout Chance didn't work at running; he loped along, all lean meat, bone, and sinew, a natural long-distance runner. Carmellini, on the other hand, was built more like a running back or middle linebacker. About half of Carmellini's time was spent on agency matters, half on the firm's business. He was a better covert warrior than he was a lawyer, so he had to work hard to keep up with the bright young associates who had not the slightest idea that Carmellini or Chance were also employed by the CIA. Sitting in a telephone company van hi the middle of Havana listening to intercepted conversations, Tommy Carmellini wondered if he should have told the CIA to stick it. He would probably be getting out of prison about now, free and clear. And broke, of course. His friend had fenced the diamond and spent all the money, never intending to give Carmellini his share. On the table were a set of photos the technicians had taken of the University of Havana science building. They had had the place under surveillance for the last two days. Carmellini looked at the photos critically, as if he were going to burgle the joint. There were guards at every entrance, some electronic alarms: getting in would take some doing. After a while Chance handed the headphones to a technician. He sat looking at Carmellini with a frown on his face. "I think Vargas plans to kill Fidelea"...Chance said finally. "When?" "Soon. Very soon. Today or tomorrow, I would imagine." "And then?"' "Your guess is as good as mine." The men left alive aboard Angel del Mar were unable to get the engine restarted, so it drifted helplessly with the wind and swell. Ocho took his turn in the tiny, cramped engine compartment. Something down inside the engine was broken, perhaps the crankshaft. Rotating the propeller shaft by hand made a clunky noise; at a certain point in the shaft's rotation it became extremely difficult to turn. Admitting finally that repairing the motor was hopeless, Ocho backed out of the small compartment. His place was taken by someone else who wanted to satisfy himself personally that the engine was indeed beyond repair. After a while they all gave up and shut the door. Without the engine they had to work the bilge pump manually. Fifteen minutes of intense effort cleared the bilges of water. With daylight coming through the hatch one could just see the water seeping in between the planks where the sea had pounded the caulking loose. It took about fifteen minutes for the bilges to fill, then they had to be pumped again. A quarter hour of work, a quarter hour of rest. "If we can just keep pumpingea"...the old fisherman said, "we stay afloat." "If the water doesn't come in any fasterea"...Ocho added. He was young and strong, so he spent hours sitting here in the bilge working the pump, watching the water come in. Twenty-six people remained alive. The captain's body was still hi the wheelhouse, where he had fallen. No one wanted to take responsibility for moving bun. After a morning working the bilge pump, Ocho Sedano stood braced against the wheelhouse and, shading his eyes, looked carefully in all directions. The view was the same as it was yesterday, swells that ran off to the horizon, and above it all a sky crowded with puffy little clouds. At least the sea had subsided somewhat. The wind no longer tore whitecaps off the waves. The breeze seemed steady, maybe eight or ten knots out of the southwest. One suspected the boat was drifting northeast, riding the Gulf Stream. The nearest land in that direction was the Bahamas. The United States was north, or perhaps northwest-now. A whole continent was just over the horizon, with people, cities, restaurants, farms, mountains, rivers... if only they could get there. Well, someone would see this boat drifting before too long. Someone in a plane or fishing boat, perhaps an American coast guard cutter or navy ship looking for drug smugglers. They would see the Angel del Mar drifting helplessly, give the people stranded on her water and food, then take them to Guantinamo Bay and make them walk through the gate back to Cuba. Or maybe they would be taken to hospitals in America. Already some of these people needed hospitals. They had vomited too much, been without water for too long. They had become dehydrated, then- electrolytes dangerously out of balance, and if left unattended would die. Just like the people swept over me side last night. Of course, knowing all this, there was absolutely nothing Ocho Sedano could do. He too felt the ravages of thirst, felt the aching of the empty knot hi his stomach. Fortunately he had not been seasick, had not retched his guts out until he had only the dry heaves like so many of these others lying helpless in the sun. The wheelhouse cast a little shade, so he dragged several people in out of the sun. Maybe that would help a little. The sea seemed to keep the boat broadside to it, so the shade didn't move around too much, which was a blessing. There wasn't room in die shade for everyone. "The sailea"...sd the fisherman. "There is an old piece of canvas around the boom. Let's see if we can get it up." They worked with the canvas in the afternoon sun for over an hour, trying to rig it as a sail. It wasn't really a sail, but an awning. Finally die fisherman said maybe it was best used to catch rain and protect people from die sun, so they rigged it across die boom and tied it there. Ocho dragged as many people under it as he could, then lay exhausted on die board deck in die shade, his tongue a swollen, heavy, rough thing in his dry mouth. Sweating. He was going to have to stop sweating like this, stop wasting his bodily fluids. Stop this exertion. Nearby a child cried. She would stop soon, he thought, too tiiirsty to waste energy crying. He sat up, looked for Dora. She was sitting in die shade with her back against die wheelhouse. Her father, Diego Coca, lay on die deck beside her, his head in her lap. She looked at Ocho, then averted her gaze. "What should I have done"..."...he asked. She couldn't have heard him. He got up, went over to where she was. "What should I have done?" She said nothing, merely lowered her head. She was stroking her father's hair. His eyes were closed, he seemed oblivious to bis surroundings and die corkscrewing motion of the drifting boat. His body moved slackly as the boat rose and fell. Ocho Sedano went into the wheelhouse. Above the captain's swollen corpse the helm wheel kicked back and forth in rhythm to the pounding of the sea. Ocho held his breath, turned the body over, went through the pockets. A few pesos, a letter, a home-made pocketknife, a worn, rusty bolt, a stub of a pencil, a button ... not much to show for a lifetime of work. Already the body was swelling in the heat. The face was dark and mottled. He dragged the captain's stiff body from the wheelhouse, got it to the rail and hooked one of the arms across the railing. Then he lifted the feet. The dead man was very heavy. - Grunting, working alone since none of his audience lifted a hand to help, Ocho heaved the weight up onto the rail and balanced it there as the boat rolled. Timing the roll, he released the body and it fell into the sea. The corpse floated beside the boat face up. The lifeless eyes seemed to follow Ocho. He tore himself away, finally, and watched the top of the mast make circles against the gray-white clouds and patchy blue. When he looked again at the water the captain's corpse was still there, still face up. The sea water made a fan of his long hair, swirled and back and forth as if it were waving in a breeze. Water flowed into and out of his open mouth as the corpse bobbed up and down. The long nights, the sun, heat, and exhaustion caught up with Ocho Sedano and he could no longer remain upright. He lowered himself to the deck, wedged his body against the railing, and slept. "That freighter that left Gitmo last week, the one carrying the warheads?" "I rememberea"...Toad Tarkington said. "The Colon, or something like that." "Nuestra Senora de Coldn. She never made it to Norfolk." "What"..."...Toad stared at the admiral, who was holding the classified message. "She never arrived. Atlantic Fleet HQ is looking for her rightJiow." Toad took the message, scanned it, then handed it back. "We sent a destroyer with that shipea"...the admiral said. "Call the captain, find out everything you can. I want to know when he last saw that ship and where she was." In minutes Toad had the CO on the secure voice circuit "We went up through the Windward and Mayaguanan passagesea"...Toad was told. "They were creeping along at three Joiots, but they got their engineering plant rolling again and worked up to twelve knots, so we left her a hundred miles north of San Salvador, heading north."...The captain gave the date and time. "The Coldn never arrived in Norfolkea"...Toad said. "I'll be damned! Lost with all hands?" "I doubt that very muchea"...Toad replied. Toad got on the encrypted voice circuit, telling the computer technicians in Maryland what he wanted. Soon the computers began chattering. Rivers of digital, encrypted data from the National Security Agency's mainframe computers at Fort Meade, Maryland, were bounced off a satellite and routed into the computers aboard United States. On the screens before him he began seeing pictures, radar images from satellites in space looking down onto the earth. The blips that were the Coldn and her escorting destroyer were easily picked out as they left Guantdnamo Bay and made their way through the Windward Passage. The screens advanced hour by hour. The three-knot speed of advance made the blips look almost stationary, so Toad flipped quickly through the screens, then had to wait while the data feed caught up. Jake Grafton joined him, and they looked at the screens together. The two blips crawled north, past Mayaguana, past San Salvador, then they sped up. The destroyer turning back was obvious. As Jake and Toad watched, the blip that was the Colon turned southeast, back toward the Bahamas archipelago. Then the blip merged into a sea of white return. "Now what?" "It's rainea"...Jake said. "There was a storm. The blip is buried somewhere in that rain return. Call NSA. See if they can screen out the rain effect." He was right; the rain did obscure the blip. But NSA could not separate the ship's return from that caused by rain. "See if they can do a probability study, show us the most probable location of the Coldn in the middle of that mess." The computing the admiral requested took hours, and the results were inconclusive. As the intensity of the showers increased and decreased, the probable location of the ship expanded and contracted like a living circle. Jake and Toad drank coffee and ate sandwiches as they waited and watched the computer presentations. Jake wandered around the compartment looking at maps between glances at the computer screen and conversations over another encrypted circuit with the brass in the Pentagon. The White House was in the loop nowthe president wanted to know how in hell a shipload of chemical and biological warheads could disappear. "What do you think happened, Admiral"..."...Toad asked. 'Too many possibilities." "Do the people in Washington blame you for not having the Coldn escorted all the way to Norfolk?" "Of course. The national security adviser wants to know , why the destroyer left the Colon." Toad bristled. "You weren't told to escort that ship, you were told to guard the base. Escorting that ship out of the area wasn't your responsibility.""" "Somebody is going to second-guess every decision I makeea"...Jake Grafton said, "all of them. They're doing that right now. That comes with the stars and the job." "Hindsight is a wonderful thing." "I'll be out on the golf course soon enough, and the only person who will second-guess me then will be my wife." Despite the best efforts of the wizards in Maryland and aboard ship, the location of the Colon under the rain of the cold front could not be established. Jake gave up, finally. 'Tell them to move forward in time. Let's see where the ship was after the storm." But when the rain ceased, the computer could not identify the Colon from the other ship returns. There were thirty-two medium- to large-sized vessels in the vicinity of the Bahamas alone. Toad stayed on the encrypted circuit to the NSA wizards. Finally he hung up the handset and turned to the admiral. "They can assign track numbers to each blip, watch where they go, and by process of elimination come up with the most likely blips. There is a lot of computing Involved. The process will take hours, maybe a day of* two." Jake Grafton picked up the flight schedule, took a look, then handed it to Toad. "Put the air wing up in a surface search pattern. Let's see what we"...c find out there now." Toad turned to the chart on the bulkhead. "Where do you want them to look?" "From the north coast of Cuba north into the Bahamas. Look along the coast of Hispaniola, all the way to Puerto Rico. Do the Turks and Caicos. Have the crews photograph every ship they see. Have NSA establish current ship tracks, then match up what the air crews see with what the satellite sees. Then let's run the current plot backward." "Someone got a lucky break with the rain stormea"...Toad commented. "Maybe they were playing for the break, maybe it just happened." "Send a top secret message to the Gitmo base commander. Find out everything they know about die crew of that ship." Jake Grafton tapped the chart. "The president gave everyone in uniform their marching orders. Find that ship." Maximo Sedano flashed his diplomatic passport at the immigration officer in the Madrid airport and was waved through after a perfunctory glance. His suitcase was checked through to Zurich, and of course customs passed his attach@l case without inspection. Traveling as a diplomat certainly had its advantagesairport security did not even x-ray a diplomat's carry-on bags. - The Cuban minister of finance wandered the airport terminal luxuriating in the ambiance of Europe. The shops were full of delicacies, books, tobacco, clothes, liquor, the women were well turned out, the sights and smells were of civilization and prosperity and good living. In spite of himself, Maximo Sedano sighed deeply. Ah, yes... Spain or one of the Spanish islands would be his choice for retirement. With Europe at his feet, what more could a man want? And retirement seemed to Maximo to be almost within reach. What was the phrase? "Fire in the belly"? Some Yanqui politician said to win office one must have fire in the belly. After a morning of thinking about it, Maximo concluded he didn't have the fire. After Fidel died, Fidel's brother, Raiil or Maximo's brother Hector, or Alejo Vargas, or anyone else who could kill his rivals could rule CubaMaximo had given up trying for that prize. He'd take the money. And all the things money can buy: villas, beautiful women, yachts, gourmet food, fine wine, beautiful women ... Someone else could stand in the Plaza de la Revolution in Havana and revel in the cheers of the crowd. He filed aboard the plane to Zurich and settled cheerfully into his seat. He smiled at the flight attendant and beamed at the man across the aisle. Life is good, Maximo told himself, and unconsciously fingered his breast pocket, where the cards were that contained Fidel's signature and thumbprints. Why go back? Fifty-three or comfour million American dollars was more than enough. To hell with the gold! As the jet accelerated down the runway, Maximo told himself that the only smart thing was to take the money and retire. Now was the hour. Reel in the fish on the line don't let it off the hook to cast for another. He could transfer the money, spend three or four days shuffling it around, then leave Zurich on the Argentine passport as Eduardo Jos6 Lopez. Maximo Sedano would cease to exist. Off to Ibiza, buy a small cottage overlooking the sea, find a willing woman, not too young, not too old... Yes. He would do it. The sudden death of Fidel Castro caught Alejo Vargas off guard. The dictator's death was supposed to be days, even weeks, away. Unfortunately Vargas's political position was precarious, to say the least. He really could have used Fidel's endorsement, however obtained. At least now no one would get it. Although he had lived bis whole life in his brother's shadow, Raiil Castro nominally held the reins of government. Alejo Vargas thought that without Fidel, Raul was completely out on a limb, without a political constituency of his own. While he tried to analyze the moves on the board, Vargas had Colonel Santana lock Mercedes in a bedroom, seal the presidential palace, and put a security man on the telephone switchboard. He didn't want the news of Fidel's death to get out before he was ready. Vargas left Santana in charge of the palace and took his limo back to the ministry. Of course he refrained from using the telephone in his limo to issue orders. The Americans listened to every radio transmission on telephone frequencies and would soon know as much about his business as he did. He sat silently as the limo carried him through the afternoon traffic to the ministry. There he called his most trusted lieutenants to his office and issued orders. Bring Admiral Delgado and General Alba to this office immediately. Find and arrest Hector Sedano. Alejo Vargas stood at the window looking at Mono Castle and the sea beyond. Far out from shore he could just make out the deep blue of the Gulf Stream, which appeared as a thin blue line just under the horizon. An overcast layer was moving in from the southeast and a breeze was picking up. A historic day ... Fidel Castro, the towering giant of Cuban history was dead. The end of an era, Vargas thought, and the beginning of a new one, one he would dominate. Despite the timing surprise, Vargas really had no choice: he was going to have to go forward with his plan. He had concluded a month or so ago that the only course open to him upon the death of Castro was to create a situation that would induce the Cuban people to rally around him. He would need boldness and a fierce resolve if he were to have a chance of success, but he was just the man to risk everything on one roll of the dice. After he personally loaded them. Colonel Santana brought an American artillery shell to Havana yesterday, one removed

Nuestra Senora de Coldn. The thing was in the basement of the ministry now, under armed guard. The Cuban leadership had known for years that the Americans had CBW weapons stored at Guantanamo. Now the Americans were removing the things, but too late! Thanks to El Gato, Vargas had one he could show the world. Soon he hoped to have a great many more. Alejo Vargas took a deep breath, stretched mightily, helped himself to a'cigar. He lit it, inhaled the smoke, and blew it out through his nose. Then he laughed. "I want a little house with a garden. Every day food to eat. Children. A doctor to make them well when they get sick. A man who loves me. Is that so much?" Dora's mouth was so dry she didn't enunciate her words clearly, but Ocho knew what she meant. They lay head to head under the awning in the shade as the Angel del Mar pitched and rolled endlessly in the long sea swells. Surrounded by a universe of water they couldn't drink, the twenty-six humans aboard the boat were tortured by thirst and baked by the sun. Many had bad sunburns now, raw places where the skin had blistered and peeled off, leaving oozing sores. The old fisherman dipped buckets of water from the sea and poured salt water over the burns. He gently poured sea water on the small children, who had long ago ceased crying. Perhaps the water would be absorbed by their dehydrated tissues. If not, it would at least help keep them cool, ease their suffering somewhat. Near Dora a woman was repeating the Rosary, over and over, mumbling it. Now and then another woman joined in for a few minutes, then fell silent until the spirit moved her again. It seemed as if everyone left alive had lost someone to the sea that first night. The cries and grief were almost more than people could bear when they realized who had been lost, and that they were gone forever. Mothers cried, daughters were so distraught they shook, the hopelessness hit everyone like a hammer. The mother of the captain, who saw him dead, shot hi the back, could neither move nor speak. As Dora talked, Ocho watched the woman, who sat now at the foot of the mainmast, holding on to it with one hand and a daughter or daughter-in-law with the other. Every now and then Ocho sat or stood and searched the horizon. Nothing. Not a boat, not land, not a ship. Nothing. Oh, three airplanes had gone over, two jets way up high making contrails and a twin-engine plane perhaps two miles up mat had crossed the sky straight as a string, without the slightest waver as it passed within a half mile of Angel del Mar, rolling her guts out in die swells. To see the airplanes, with their people riding inside, safe, full of food and drink, on their way from someplace to somewhere else, while we poor creatures are trapped here on this miserable boat, condemned to die slowly of thirst and exposure... Surely the boat would be found soon... by somebody! Anybody! How can the Americans not see us? How? Do they see us and not care? Ocho was standing, watching for other ships and listening to Dora talk of the house she wanted, with the flowers by the door, when he realized that the dark place he could see to the west was a rain squall. "Rainea"...he whispered. "Rain." He shouted the word, pointed. The squall was upon them before anyone could muster the energy to do anything. The people stood with their mourns open as raindrops pounded them and soaked their clothes and ran off the awning and along the deck, to disappear into the scuppers. "The awning! Quickly. Make a container from the awning to trap the water!" Ocho untied one corner with fingers that were all thumbs, the old fisherman did another comer, and they held the corners up, trapping water. They had a few gallons when the rain ceased falling. Several of the men tried to lean over, drink from the awning. "No. Children first." Ocho managed to catch one man by the back of the neck and throw him to the deck. "Children first." One by one the children were allowed to drink all they could hold. Then the women. Several of the men got a swallow or two each, then the water was gone. Ocho sat down, wiped the sweat and water from his hair and sucked it from his fingers. The only water he had gotten had been from holding his mourn open. Dora had drunk her fill. Now she lay on the deck with her eyes closed. Diego Coca had even gotten a swallow. He looked about with venomous eyes, then lay down beside his daughter. "We must rig the awning so that it will catch water if die rain comes againea"...Ocho said to the old fisherman. They worked at it, cut a hole in the low place in the canvas and put a five-gallon bucket under die hole. If it will just rain again, Ocho thought, studying the clouds. Please God, hear our prayer. "Why are you here, on this boat"..."...the old fisherman asked Ocho, who stared at him in surprise. "Why are you here"..."...the fisherman repeated. "You aren't tike us." Ocho looked around at his fellow sufferers, unable to fathom the old man's meaning. "These people are all losersea"...the old man said, "including me. We came looking for something we will never find. Why are you with us?" "It's time for someone to relieve Lopez on the pump. I will do it for a while, then you relieve me, old man." "We are going to die soon, I thinkea"...the old man said. Ocho hissed, "There are children listening. Watch your mouth." "When we can pump no more we will swim. Then we will die. One by one people will drown, or sharks will come." % "Look for a shipea"...Ocho said harshly, and went below. Sharks! The old windbag, scaring the children like that Of course sharks were a possibility. Blood or people thrashing about in the water would attract them, or so he had always heard. Sharks would rip people apart, pull them under. He pumped for a bit over twenty minutes, then took a break. The water came in fast. After five minutes he began pumping again. Another twenty-one minutes of vigorous effort was required to empty the bilge. The water was coming in faster than it did yesterday. Pumping the handle manually seemed to require more effort too, though he knew he just had less energy. Pump, pump, pump, take a brief rest in the stinky bilge, then pump again.... The more tired he grew the more hopeless he felt. All of them were doomed. Dora, the baby growing within her, the baby that he had put in her womb ... It was his fault. If he had been man enough to say no, to not surrender to lust, all these people would still be in Cuba, they would have a future to look forward to, not watery death. All the people who had been swept to their death would still be alive. Alive! He had no idea of the horrible things he was setting in motion when he opened her dress, felt the ripeness of her body, felt the heat of her. The guilt weighed on him, made it hard to breathe. He must do what he could to save them all. That was the only honorable choice open to him. Save as many as possible and maybe God would forgive him. Maybe then he could forgive himself.... And he shouldn't give up hope yet. As he worked the pump handle he scolded himself for being so negative, for not having faith in God, in His plan for the twenty-six human beings still alive on Angel del Mar. Soon a ship would come. The sailors would see the boat and rescue them. Give them cool, clean water, all they could drink; and food. Let each of them eat their fill. Soon it would come. Any minute now. He pumped and pumped, sweat burned his eyes and dripped from his nose, though not so much as he sweated yesterday. He was very dehydrated. The salt had built up in his armpits, his groin, and it cut him. With his free hand he scratched, which only made the burning worse. Any minute now a ship will come over the horizon. Soon... Maximo Sedano took a taxi from the Zurich airport to an excellent hotel in the heart of the financial district where he had stayed on six or eight previous visits. The hotel was old, solid, substantial, almost banklike, yet it was not the primo hotel. This was the last time he stayed here, he told himself. Eduardo Jos6 Lopez would stay at the best hotel in town because by God he could afford it. And because the staff over there had never seen him as Maximo Sedano. He would have- to make many adjustments, avoid photographs, avoid places where prominent Cubans might see him, like the heart of Madrid or London or Paris. Of course, if Vargas was assassinated in the turmoil following Fidel's death, he could relax his vigilance somewhat. Vargas was a bloodhound, a humorless man with a profound capacity for revenge. Still, if Vargas came out on top after the succession struggle in Havana, he would have many things on bis mind, and a missing ex-finance minister would of necessity be far down on the list. Maximo would take his chances. He was hi Europe, the money was hi the banks just down the street, the loud and clear call of destiny was ringing hi bis ears. He was sipping a drink and thinking about where he might go for dinner when he heard a knock on the door. "Yes?" "Delivery." "I ordered nothing- There has been a mistake." "For the Honorable Maximo Sedano." Curious, he opened the door. The man standing in the hallway was European, with thinning hair and bulging muscles and a chiseled chin. And he was holding a pistol in his right hand, one pointed precisely at Maximo's solar plexus. The man backed Maximo into the room and closed the door. "Your passport, please"..."...A German accent. "I have little money. Take it and go." "Sit."...He gestured toward a chair by the bed with his pistol. Maximo obeyed, thankfully. His knees were turning to jelly and he had a powerful urge to urinate. "Now the passport." Maximo took the diplomatic passport from his inside pocket and passed it 'acr. Taking care to keep the pistol well away from Maximo and still pointed at his middle, the man reached for the passport with his left hand. He glanced at the photo and name, grinned, and tossed the passport on the bed. The man took a seat. "You look white as a sheet, man. Are you going to pass out?" He felt dizzy, light-headed. He put his hand to his forehead, which felt clammy. "Loosen your tieea"...the German ordered, "unbutton your collar button, then put your head between your knees." Maximo obeyed. "Don't breathe so fast. Get a grip on yourself. If you aren't careful you'll hyperventilate and pass out." Maximo concentrated on breathing slowly. After a few seconds he felt better. Finally he straightened up. The pistol was nowhere in sight. "Vargas said you were a jellyfish."...The German shook his head sadly. "Do you work for him"..."...He was shocked at the sound of his own voice, the pitch of which was surprisingly high. "I do errands from time to timeea"...the German replied. "He pays well and the work is congenial." "What do you want?" "Vargas wanted me to remind you that you were sent to do an errand. You are to transfer the money to the proper accounts tomorrow and return to Cuba. If you do not, I am to kill you." The German smiled warmly. "I will do it too. There is a side of my personality that I am not proud of, that I do not like to admit, but it is only fair that I should tell you the truth: I like to kill people. I enjoy it. I don't just shoot them, bang, bang, bang. I see how long I can keep them alive, how much I can make them suffer. I own a quiet little place, out of the way, isolated. It is perfect for my needs." The German's eyes narrowed speculatively. "You seem a miserable specimen, but I like a challenge. I think with a little prior planning I could probably make you scream for at least forty-eight hours before you died." Maximo's heart was hammering in his ears, thudding along like a race horse's hooves. The German picked up the telephone, told the operator he wished to place a call to Havana. He gave her the number. One minute passed, then, another. "Rail here. For Vargas." After a few seconds, Rail spoke again. "Buenos diets, senor. I have" given him your message." The German listened for a few more seconds, then passed the telephone to Maximo. The Cuban minister of finance managed to make a noise, and heard the voice of Alejo Vargas: "The money must arrive tomorrow, Maximo. You understand?" "Your thug has threatened me." "I hope Senor Rail has made the situation clear. It would be a tragedy for you to die because you did not understand your duty." The line went dead before Maximo could answer. He sat with the instrument in his hand, trying to keep control of his stomach. Rail gestured, so he handed the phone to him. The German listened to make sure the connection had been severed, then placed the instrument back in its cradle. He stood. "I don't know what else to say. You understand the situation. Your destiny is in your hands." With that the German went to the door, opened it and passed through, then pulled the door shut behind him until it latched. Maximo ran to the bathroom and vomited in the commode. William Henry Chance was lying on the bed in his hotel room reading a magazine when he heard the knock on the door. He opened it to find Tommy Carmellini standing there. "Hey, bossea"...Carmellini said. "Let's take a walk." "Give me a moment to put on my shoes." Chance did so, pulled on a light sportscoat, and locked the door behind him on the way out. Neither man spoke as they rode the elevator downstairs. Out on the sidewalk they automatically checked for a tail. No one obviously following, but that meant little. If the Cubans had burned them as CIA, they could have watchers hi every building, be filming every move, every gesture, every movement of the lips. So neither man said anything. Carmellini directed then- steps toward one of the larger casinos on the Malecon. Latin'music engulfed them as they walked into the building. The place reminded Chance of Atlantic City, complete with crowds of gray-haired retirees buying a good time, mostly Americans, Germans, English, and Spaniards. No Cubans were gambling, of course, just foreigners who had hard currency to wager. The only Cubans not behind the tables were prostitutes, young, gorgeous, and dressed in the latest European fashions. At this hour of the evening the cigar smoke was thick, the liquor flowing, and the laughter and music loud. The two men drifted around the casino, taking their time, checking to see who was watching them, then finally sifted out of the building through a side door. At the basement loading dock a man was inventorying supplies in a telephone repaur van. Chance and Carmellini climbed in, the man closed the door, and the van rolled. "Vargas is having a powwow in his officeea"...Carmellini reported. "It sounds as if Castro is dead." "Nobody lives foreverea"...Chance said lightly. "Not even dictators." "That isn't the half of it. They're talking about biological weapons again." "Bingoea"...Chance said, a touch of satisfaction creeping into his voice. "Yeah. Vargas says there is a warehouse full of biological warheads at Gitmo." It took a whole lot to surprise William Henry Chance. He gaped. "Not only thatea"...Carmellini continued, "he has one of the things. He's going to show it to the Cuban people, prove to the world what perfidious bastards the Americans are." "He's got an American CBW warhead?" "You'll have to listen to the tape. Sounded to the technician like the thing was stolen from a ship." "Biological warheads at Guantanamo Bay? That's gotta be wrong! Have these guys been smoking something?" "I think Vargas and his pals have gone off the deep end. Either that or they plan to plant some biological agents in Guantanamo after they crash through the fence." "Maybe they know we're listening to themea"...Chance said. "Maybe this whole thing is a hoax." "Could beea"...Tommy Carmellini agreed, but to judge by his tone of voice, he didn't think so. Maximo Sedano was committed. He couldn't transfer the money to Cuban government accounts in Havana because the transfer cards contained the wrong account numbers. Changing the numbers was out of the question: any alteration to the cards would be instantly spotted and cause the Swiss bankers to suspect forgery. Maximo carefully arranged the combination locks on his attache case and opened it At the bottom was a pistol, a very nice little Walther in 7.35 mm. The magazine was full, but there was no round in the chamber. Maximo chambered a round and engaged the safety. He put the pistol in his right-hand trouser pocket and looked at himself in the mirror. He put his hand in his pocket and wrapped his fingers around the butt of the weapon. He had to go to the banks tomorrow, act like a bureaucrat shuffling money for his government while they shoveled $53 million plus interest into his personal accounts. Well, if he could kill the German and get away with it, he sure as hell could keep his cool while the Swiss bankers made him rich. Could he kill Rail? How badly did he want to be rich? He stood at the window looking at the Limmat River a block from the hotel, and beyond it, the vast expanse of Lake Zurich. Beyond the lake half-hidden in the hare were the peaks of the Alps, still white with last winter's snow. He certainly didn't want to go back to Cuba. A drink of scotch whiskey from the minibar helped settle his nerves. An hour later he left the hotel. He turned left, crossed the Limmat River on the nearest bridge, and headed for the main thoroughfare. Perhaps an hour of daylight left, but not more. He didn't look around him, sure that Rail was somewhere near. He took his time strolling along, pretending to enjoy the early summer day and the ebb and flow of the crowd, many of whom were young people on school holiday. Finally he turned into an old cobblestoned street too narrow for vehicles and walked up it toward the hill which loomed above the downtown area. Medieval buildings rose up on either side and seemed to lean in, making the street seem even narrower and more confining than it really was as the daylight faded from the sky. He found the restaurant he remembered and went inside. Yes, it was as he recalled, with the tables and chairs just so, the kitchen beyond, and past the kitchen, the rest room. One with an old tank mounted high in the wall with a pull chain. How long had it been? Two years, at least. The waiter was new, didn't seem to recognize him. Not that he should, but it might be inconvenient if he should later recall seeing Sedano here this evening. Maximo sat with his back against the wall, so that he could see both the front doorway and the door to the kitchen. He ordered an Italian red wine, something robust, while he studied the menu. The truth was Maximo was so nervous that he didn't think he could eat anything. The automatic felt heavy on his thigh, its weight an ominous presence that he couldn't ignore. He tried to slow his breathing, make his pulse stop racing. He used his handkerchief to wipe his hands, his face. He was used to the heat of Cuba; he should not be perspiring like this! Get a grip, Maximoif you cannot control yourself you will soon be dead. Or a subject for that pervert's experiments. He wondered if Rail had told the truth about torturing people. lust thinking about that subject and the way the bastard told him about itwith obvious relishmake his forehead break out in a sweat. He swabbed with the handkerchief again. There were two couples and another single man in the restaurant. Only one waiter shuttled back and forth through the kitchen dbor. Maximo moved to a different seat at the same table so mat he could see through the kitchen door. Yes, now when the waiter came through the door he could see most of the length of the narrow kitchen. The chef was moving back and forth, working on something in a pot, checking the oven, taking things from a refrigerator.... "More wine?" The waiter was there, holding the bottle. "If you please." As the waiter poured, Maximo murmured, "Have you a rest room?" "Yes, of course. Through the kitchen, on the left in back." "I do not wish to disturb the chef." "Do not stand on ceremony, sir." He waited, sipping the wine, trying not to stare through the kitchen door. When the waiter returned he ordered, something, the first thing he saw on the menu. One of the two couples left, the second finished their dinner and ordered coffee, the other man's meal came at about the same time as Maximo's. . He was just starting on the main course when the chef came to the door, wiped his hands on a towel, and said something to the waiter. Then he stepped outside into the' narrow street and lit a cigarette. Night had fallen. Maximo got up and headed for the rest room. As the kitchen door closed behind him, he looked for the drawer or shelf that held the tools. Quickly now ... He opened one drawer... the wrong one. Next drawer, forks, knives and spoons. Next drawer... yes! He saw what he wanted, and quick as a thought reached, palmed it, and strode for die rest room. Ten minutes passed before he was ready for the dining room again. The chef was back at his pots and pans. He nodded as Maximo walked by. Maximo resumed his seat, took his time, stirred the food around on his plate but could eat nothing more. He took a few more sips of wine, then ordered coffee. He was just reaching for the bill at the end of the meal when Rail dropped into a seat at his table. "I should have come in earlier, let you-buy me a meal." "Get out." "Oh, don't be impolite. I wish to talk to you awhile, to learn what you do for the Cuban government." "If you wish to know can I pay more than Vargas, the answer is probably no. I am just a civil servant. I suggest you take up the question with Vargas." Maximo took enough money from his wallet to pay for the meal and a tip and dropped it into the tray on top of the tab. "I have a diplomatic passport. If you do not leave I will have the waiter call the police." "And have me arrested?" "Something like mat" Rail stared into Maximo's eyes. "I don't think you appreciate your position." "Perhaps. Have you properly evaluated yours?" "A roaring mouse."...Rail pushed himself away from the table, rose, and walked out the front door. Maximo lingered, considering. He left the restaurant a half hour later, his right hand in his pocket around the butt of the pistol. He looked neither right nor left, walked purposely along the thoroughfares. He crossed the Limmat River and walked toward the main train station, which was well lit and still crowded with vacationing students laden with backpacks. The students sat around in circles, sharing cigarettes and talking animatedly as they waited for their trains. Maximo Sedano had no doubt that Rail was a killer. He didn't know anything about the man except what he had said, but he knew Alejo Vargas. Vargas was just die man to order a killing, or to do it himself. The list of Castro's enemies who had disappeared through the years was long enough to convince anyone that Vargas's enmity was not good for one's health. Maximo could hear footsteps behind him as he walked through the train station. A few students looked up at him, glanced behind him "at whoever was following.... That had to be Rail. What if it were someone else? What if Rail were not alone? If there were two men, he was doomed. He was'betting everything that there was only one man, one man who thought him an incompetent coward. Well, he was a coward. He had never had to live by his wits, face physical danger. He was frightened and no doubt it showed. He was perspiring freely, his temples pounding, his breath coming in short, quick gasps. He entered a long, dingy hallway, following the signs toward the men's room. The hall was empty. He could hear the footsteps coining behind, a steady pace, not rushed. The man behind was making no attempt to walk softly. He was confident, in complete control, die exact opposite of the way Maximo Sedano felt. He fought the urge to run, to look over his shoulder to see precisely who was back there following him. Time seemed to move ever so slowly. He was aware of everything, the noise, the people, the dirty floor and faded paint, and the smell of stale urine and feces wafting through the door of the men's room as he entered. No one in the room. The stalls, empty. Maximo walked to the back wall, turned, and faced die door. He kept his hand in bis pocket. He grasped the butt of the pistol tightly, his finger wrapped around the trigger. Rail walked into die room, stopped facing him. "Well, well. We meet again." Maximo said nothing. He swallowed three or four times. "Are you going somewhere on the train? Am I delaying your departure?"' Maximo bit bis tongue. "What do you have in your pocket, little man?" He tilted the barrel of the pistol up, so mat it made a bulge hi bis trousers. Rail grinned. The naked bulb on the ceiling put the lower half of his face hi shadow and made his grin look like a death's-head grimace. The German reached into his jacket and pulled out his pistol. He leveled it at Maximo. "If you are going to shoot me, little man, go ahead and do it." Sweat stung Maximo's eyes. He shook his head to clear the sweat. Rail advanced several paces, moving slowly. "Take your hand out of your pocket." Now the German leveled his pistol. Pointed it right at Maximo's face. "I will shoot you with great pleasure unless you do as I say." "Everyone will hearea"...Maximo squeaked, and withdrew his hand from his pocket. Automatically he raised both hands to shoulder height. Rail kept advancing. When he passed under the lightbulb his eye sockets became dark shadows and Maximo couldn't see where he was looking. Rail came up to him, slapped bun with his left hand, then felt Maximo's right trouser pocket. At this distance Maximo could see Rail's eyes. His hands were together above his head. "A gunff"...the German said with a hint of surprise in his voice. He reached for it, put his left hand into Maximo's pocket to draw it out. As he did so he glanced downward. With his right hand Maximo pulled the handle of the ice pick loose from the strap of his wristwatch and drew it out of his sleeve. With one smooth, quick, savage swinging motion he jabbed the pick into the side Of Rail's head clear up to the handle. Rail collapsed on the floor. Maximo kept his grip on the handle of the ice pick", so the shiny round blade slipped out of the tiny wound, which was about an inch above Rail's left ear. Maximo bent down, retrieved his pistol. Rail's pistol was still in his hand, held loosely by his flaccid ringers. There was almost no blood on the side of Rail's head. Rail tried to focus his eyes. His body straightened somewhat; one hand tightened on the pistol in an uncontrolled reflex, then relaxed. The German groaned. Muscle spasms racked his body. Maximo took a deep breath and exhaled explosively. He wiped at the perspiration dripping from his face. His shirt was a sodden mess. Squaring his shoulders, he walked out of the men's room without another glance at the man sprawled on the floor. As he walked down the hallway toward the main waiting room he passed two male students carrying backpacks, but he purposefully avoided eye contact and they didn't seem to pay him any attention. He walked at a steady, sedate pace through the terminal and out into the night. William Henry Chance sat in the back of the van listening to the tape of Vargas's conversation with his generals. Normally the fidelity of this system was acceptable. Every now and then a word or phrase was garbled or inaudible, the same drawback that affected every listening technology. People mumbled or talked at the same time or turned their heads the wrong way or talked while smoking. Still, this evening he was only catching occasional words. Chance strained his ears. Phrases, occasionally a plain word, lots of garbled noise... "Is mis the best we can do?" "The sky was overcast, the window was in shadow with the evening coming on." "What about the laser?" If the crystals were illuminated with a laser beam in the nonvisible portion of the spectrum, the vibrations could be read with the large magnification spotting scope at the usual distance. The problem was getting the laser close enough to the crystals. Maximum range for the laser was less man one hundred meters, so the van with the laser had to be parked literally in front of the building. "We didn't want to take me risk without your permission." Ah, yes, risk. This equipment had been brought into Cuba by boat. The four techniciansof Mexican or Cuban descenthad arrived the same Way. Miguelito was from south Texas, the son of migrant laborers. He didn't learn English until he was in his late teens. He had recorded the conversations, listened to the audio as the computer processed it "What did you think, Miguelito"..."...Chance asked. Chance's Spanish was excellent, the result of months of intense training, but he would never have a native speaker's ear for the language. Miguelito took his time answering. "It is difficult to say. I hear phrases, pieces of sentences, stray words... and my mind puts it all together into something mat may not have been mere when they said it. You understand?" Chance nodded. "What I hear is a conversation about biological weapons in Guantanamo Bay." "You mean using biological weapons against Guantdnamo Bay?" "That is possible. But my impression was that the weapons were already mere." "Castro. Did they talk about Castro?" "His name was mentioned. It is distinctive. I mink I heard it" "Is he still alive?" "I do not know."...Miguelito looked apologetic. "Biological weapons inside the U.s. faculty is impossible. They must be intending to use them against the people mere." Miguelito said nothing. "I'd better listenea"...Chance said. "I will play for you the best partea"...Miguelito said. "Give me a few moments."...He played with the equipment. After about a minute he announced he was ready with a nod of his head. Chance and Carmellini donned headsets. Noise. They heard noise, occasionally garbled voices, but mostly computer-generated noise as the machine tried without success to make sense of the nickering light coming through the high-magnification spotting scope. Every now and then a word or two hi Spanish. "Guantanamo... attack..."...Once Chance was sure he heard the word "biological,"" but even then, he wasn't certain.

Finally he removed his headset. Miguelito did likewise. "Perhaps they are talking about possible targets when and ifea"...Carmellini suggested. "After all, they can spray this stuff into the air from a truck upwind and kill everyone on the base." Chance grimaced. What he had here was absolutely nothing. He was going to need something more definite before he started talking to Washington via the satellite. "They did a lot of talking about political matters, people and districts, whom they supported and so onea"...Miguelito said, "It is not much better than what you have just heard they talked of this before the sun went downbut I got the impression that Vargas wanted Delgado and Alba to abandon any commitments they had to Raul Castro or the Sedanos and throw in with him." "Hmmmea"...sd William Henry Chance. He tried to focus on Miguelito's comments and couldn't Biological weapons were on his mind. He recalled Vargas's face, remembered how he had looked as Chance had sat there discussing a CubanAmerican cigarette company. The strong, fleshy face had been a mask, revealing nothing of its owner's thoughts. That poker face... that was his dominant impression of Vargas. The man certainly had a reputation: he was ruthless efficiency incarnate, a thug who smashed heads and sliced throats and got answers from people who didn't want to talk. Every dictatorship needed a few sociopaths-in high places. He was also subtle and smooth when that was required. Nor had he yet surrendered to his appetites, surrendered to the absolute corruption that absolute power inevitably causes. Not yet, anyway. Yes, Alejo Vargas was a damned dangerous man, one who apparently possessed the brains and managerial skills necessary to produce biological weapons and the brutality to use them. El Gato may have shipped the Cubans material that they could use to culture bacteria or viruses, but as yet there was no hard evidence that the Cubans had done so. That tantalizing word, "biological."...Why would the interior minister and the head of the Cuban Army and Navy use that word if they weren't talking about weapons? Sure as hell they weren't talking about barracks sanitation or the condition of the mess halls. If there was a biological weapons program, Chance told himself, the evidence would be inside the ministry, the headquarters of the secret police. There must be paper, records, orders, letterssomething! No one could run a serious project like that without paper, not even Vargas. The evidence is inside that building, he told himself. After Fidel died of poison she had handed bun, Mercedes was locked in her bedroom by Vargas and Santana. Which was just as well. She pulled a blanket over herself and curled up on the bed hi the fetal position. The silence and afternoon gloom were comforting. Amazingly, no tears came. Fidel had been dying for months, she was relieved that he had finally come to the end of the journey, the end of the pain. hi the stillness she listened to the sound of her breathing, the sound of her heart pumping blood through her ears, listened to an insect buzzing somewhere, listened to the distant muted thump of footfalls and doors closing, people engaged in the endless business of living. She saw a gecko, high on the wall, quite motionless except for his sides, which moved hi and out, just enough to be seen hi the dun light coming in through the window drapes. He seemed to be watching her. More likely he was waiting for a fly, as he did somewhere every day, as his ancestors had done since the dawn of time, as his progeny would do until the sun flamed up and burned the earth to a cinder. Then, they say, the sun would burn out altogether and the earth, if it still existed, would wander the universe forever, a cold, lifeless rock, spinning aimlessly. Until then geckos clung to walls and God provided flies. Amazing how that worked. She wondered about Hector, wondered if he would be found and arrested, or murdered and shoveled into an anonymous grave. God knows she had done everything possible to warn him. Perhaps the man didn't want to be warned: perhaps he knew the task before him was impossible. Perhaps he really believed all that Jesuit bullshit and hi truth didn't care if he lived or died. Most likely that was it. The truth was that the more you knew of life, of the compromises one must make to get from day to day, the more you realized the futility of it all. None of it meant anything. Man lived, man died, governments rose and fell, justice was done or denied, venality was crushed or triumphant; in the long run none of it mattered a damn. The world spun on around the sun, life continued to be lived.... When we perish from human memories we are no more. We are well and truly gone, as if we had never been. She threw aside the cover and sat up in bed, hugging her knees. She thought again of Fidel, and finally let him go. She-then had only the twilight, the room falling into darkness. Toad Tarkington was waiting for Jake Grafton beside the V-22 Osprey on the flight deck of United States. The Osprey was a unique airplane, wim a turbo-prop engine mounted on the end of each wing. Just now the pilot had the engines tilted straight up so that the 38-foot props on each engine would function as helicopter rotor blades. The machine could lift off vertically like a heticopter or make a short, running takeoff. Once airborne the pilot would gradually transition to forward flight by tilting the engines down into a horizontal position. Then the giant props would function as conventional propellers, though very large ones. The machine could also land vertically or run on to a short landing area. A cross between a large twin-rotor helicopter and a turbo-prop transport, the extraordinarily versatile Osprey had enormous lifting ability and 250-knot cruise speed, capabilities exceeding those of any conventional helicopter. Jake Grafton stood looking at, the plane for a few seconds as it sat on the flight deck. With its engines mounted on the very ends of its wingsa position dictated by the size of the rotor bladesthe machine could not stay airborne if one of the rotor transmissions failed. It could fly on one engine, however, if the drive shaft Unking the good engine to the transmission of the distant rotor blade remained intact. The Osprey's extremely complicated systems were made even more so by the requirement that the wings and rotors fold into a tight package so that the plane could be stored aboard ship. The transitions between hovering and wingborne flight were only possible because computers assisted the pilots in flying the plane. Complex controls, complex systemsJake thought the machine a flying tribute to the ingenuity of the human species. The evening looked gorgeous. The sky was clearing, visibility decent. The late afternoon sun shone on a breezy, tumbling sea. Jake took a deep bream and climbed into the plane. He put on a regular headset so that he could talk to the flight crew. ""Lo, Admiral." "Hello, Rita. How are you?" "Ready to rock and roll, sir. Let me know when you're strapped in." "I'm ready."...Jake settled back and watched Toad and the crewman strap in. Lightly loaded, the Osprey almost leaped from the flight deck into the stiff sea wind, which was coming straight down the deck. Rita wasted no time rotating the engines forward to a horizontal position; the craft accelerated quickly as the giant rotors became propellers and the wings took the craft's weight. An hour later Rita Moravia landed the Osprey vertically on a pier at Guantanamo between two light poles. The sun was down by then and the area was lit by flood lights. A marine lieutenant colonel stood waiting. He had the usual close-cropped hair, a deep tan, the requisite square jaw, and he looked as if he spent several hours a day lifting weights. As they walked toward him Toad muttered, just loud enough for Jake to hear, "Another refugee from the Mr. Universe contest. If you can't make it in bodybuilding, mere's always the marines." "Can it, Toad." The lieutenant colonel saluted smartly. "I am deploying a company around the warehouse, Admiral. We're taking up positions now." "Excellentea"...Jake Grafton said. "I brought an aerial photo mat was taken this afternoon"...Toad took it from a folder and passed it over"...if you would show me where you are placing your people?"" "Yes, sir."...Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt, the landing team commander, used the photo and a finger to show where he would put his company. He finished with the comment, "My plan is to channel any intruders into these two open areas formed by these streets, then kill them there." "What are your alternatives?" They discussed them, and the fact that Eckhardt planned to divide one platoon between several empty warehouses and use them as reserves. "I think this will be a very realistic exercise, sirea"...the colonel finished. "1 have even had ammunition issued to the men, although of course they have been instructed to keep their weapons empty." "Colonel Eckhardt, this is not an exercise." "Sir?" "That warehouse, warehouse nine, contains CBW warheads. They are being loaded aboard this freighter and die one that left the other day for transport back to die states, where they are supposed to be destroyed. The first ship that left carrying the damned things has disappeared. We're hunting for it now. I don't know just what in hell is going on, so I'm putting your outfit here just in case." "What is the threat, sir?" "I don't know." Jake could see Eckhardt was working hard to keep his face under control. "If the Cubans or anybody else comes over, under, around, or through the perimeter fence, start shooting." "Yes, sirea"...Eckhardt said. "Have your people load their weapons, Colonel. They will defend themselves and this building. No warning shotsshoot to kill." "If we are assaulted, sir, how much warning would you expect us to have?" "I don't know. Maybe days, maybe hours, maybe no warning at all." "The more warning I have, sir, the fewer lives I am likely to lose." "I will pass that on to Washington, Colonel. When I know something is up, you'll hear about it seconds later. That's the best I can do." "Yes, sir." "Just so we're on the same sheet of music, Colonel, I want that warehouse defended until you are relieved or the very last marine is dead." Eckhardt said nothing this time. Toad Tarkington's grim expression softened. Eckhardt could have said something like, "Marines don't surrenderea"...or some other bullshit, but he didn't. Toad was taking a liking to the lieutenant colonel. "Anything you need from meea"...Jake Grafton continued, "just ask. The battle group and the base commander will His supply you to the extent of our resources. The cruiser will provide artillery supportI want you to interface with the cruiser people in the next hour or two, make sure you're ready to communicate and shoot." "Yes, sir." "Which brings up a point: I see that your people are building bunkers from sandbags." "Yes, sir. We're trying to fortify some positions, create some strongpoints." "Get a couple of backhoes from the base people, get someone to locate the utilities, and dig fortifications. Jackhammer the concrete. By dawn I want your people dug in to the eyes."...This order might be stretching the phrase "business as usualea"...b comJake wasn't worried. Freighters carrying weapons don't normally turn up missing. "Yessir." "What are you going to do if the Cubans send tanks through the fence?" "Then- tanks are old Soviet T-54's, I believeea"...Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt said. "We'll channel them into these two avenuesea"...he pointed at the aerial photo, "then kill them cremate the crews inside the tanks." "Okay. When your people are dug in, dig any tank traps that you want. You have carte blanche, Colonel." "Nobody is going into that warehouse, sir." "Fine. We'll keep the Cuban Navy off your back and give you air support. The cruisers will provide artillery. Call us if you see or hear anything suspicious." Toad passed the colonel a list of radio frequencies and they discussed communications for several minutes. Jake took that opportunity to wander off, to look at the warehouse from all angles. He was standing beside six large forklifts that were parked near the main loading dock when Toad and Eckhardt walked over to him. "Don't isolate these forklifts from the pier when you're digging up concreteea"...Jake advised. "Of course not." "One other thingea"...Jake said. "You'd better break out the MOPP suits and have them beside every man." MOPP stood for mission-oriented protective posture, a term designed by career bureaucrats to obfuscate the true nature of chemical and biological warfare protection suits. The colonel was going to say something about the suits, then he decided to pass on it. They talked for several minutes about the battalion's problems, how the colonel was deploying it. The colonel told Jake he was putting people on the roofs of all the warehouses. As Jake and Toad walked back to the Osprey, Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt turned toward warehouse nine and "scratched his head. He didn't for a minute believe that building contained chemical and biological weapons. He frowned. A hijacked freighter? He had been hi the Corps long enough to know how the navy operated: this was just another readiness exercise but the admiral didn't have the courtesy or decency to say so. "Let's keep the grunts" assholes twanging tight."...MOPP suits, hi the heat of the Cuban summer! Yeah. "Cuba must learn to live with the elephantea"...Hector Sedano told the crowd of schoolteachers and administrators. "Our relations with the United States have been the determining factor in our history and will be the key to our future. Any Cuban government that hopes to make Me better for the people of Cuba must come to grips with the reality of the colossus ninety miles north." That was the nub of his message, pure and simple. He was careful never to criticize Fidel Castro or the government, knowing full well that to do so would be the height of folly, an invitation to a prison cell. Most of the people in this room were teachers, a few were agents for the secret

police. Cuba was a dictatorship, a fact as unremarkable as the island status of the nation. Still, he was talking about the future, about a day still to come when all things might change, a day that Cuba would have to face someday, sometime. Everyone hi the room understood that too, including the secret police, so no one objected to his remarks. Hector Sedano talked on, talking about education, jobs, investment, opportunities, the building blocks of the life sagas of human beings. When he finished he sat down as the thunder of applause rolled over him. He thought that his audience's reaction was not to his message, which in truth was not that new or fresh or interesting, but to the fact that he was a private citizen speaking aloud on sensitive political subjects. This his audience found most remarkable. They stood on their feet, applauded, pressed forward to touch bun, to give him a greeting or blessing, reached between people to touch bis clothes, his hands, his hair. Afterward he sat and spoke privately to a knot of people who wanted to be with him when that someday came. He was more open, spoke about specifics but still spoke guardedly, careful not to speak openly against the government or to criticize Fidel. In his heart of hearts Hector Sedano knew that Fidel Castro must know what he had to say, must know his message almost as diswell as he himself did. Everything that the government knew, Fidel knew, for he was the government. And still Fidel let him speak. That was the remarkable thing, and Hector had a theory about why this might be so. When he was a young revolutionary in jail, Fidel had written a political tract hi defense of the Cuban revolution that became its manifesto. He entitled it, "History Will Absolve Me."...In it he defined "the p"...z "the vast unredeemed masses, those to whom everyone makes promises and who are deceived by all." Maybe, Hector thought, Fidel Castro was still looking for absolution from those who would come after. Maybe caret

STEPHEN COONTS he was thinking about "the p"...even now, thinking of the promises he had made and the reality that had come to pass. When he was leaving the school, on the way to the borrowed car with two friends who accompanied him, Hector found himself surrounded by well-dressed men, obviously not local laborers. "Hector Sedanoea"...sd one, "you are under arrest. You must come with us." He was stunned. "What am I charged with"..."...he demanded. . "That is not for us to discussea"...the man said, and took his elbow. He pushed him toward a government van. "They are arresting Sedanoea"...someone shouted. The shout was taken up by others. As a crowd gathered, shoved closer, shouting threats and obscenities, the men around the van pushed Hector into it and jumped in themselves. In seconds it was in motion. Hector protested. He had done nothing wrong, he was not wanted for any crime. The man showed him a badge. "You are under arrestea"...he said. "We have our orders. Now be silent." The van raced through the streets of the city, then took the highway toward Havana. Maximo Sedano was too excited to sleep. The adrenaline aftershock of stabbing an ice pick into Vargas's thug should have floored him, but the thought of $53 million, plus interest, kept him wide awake. That and the possibility of sirens. He lay in the darkness listening. Every now and then he heard a siren moaning, faint and far away. He waited in dread suspense for that moan to join others and become a wailing convoy of police vehicles converging on his hotel, followed by the stamping of a hoard of policemen charging upstairs to arrest him. He twitched with every howl in the night, though they were few and faint and never seemed to CUBA MF- grow louder. In the silence between moans he amused himself by trying to calculate the amount of interest that might be due on Castro's hoard. He hadn't seen a statement in about six months ... call it six months exactly, half a year. Interest at 2.45 percent, on $53 million ... almost 650,000 American dollars. Ha! The interest alone would buy a nice small villa on Ibiza. Of course he should not rule out Majorca, nor Minorca for that matter, until he had traveled over each of the islands and seen local conditions for himself, and checked the real estate market. No, indeed. He would visit all the Balearic Islands in turn, including Formentera and Cabrera, stay at local urns, drink local wine, eat lamb and beef and fish prepared as the islanders preferred ... Ahh, his dream was within Ms grasp. Tomorrow. In just a few short hours. When the banks opened he would go immediately to the one with the largest account, submit the transfer card, men to the next one, and finally, the one with the smallest amount on deposit, a mere $11 million. Maximo paced the room, stared out the window at the lights of the city that housed his fortune, paced some more. He was full almost to bursting, too excited to sleep. He had almost run back to the hotel from the railroad station. He had taken his time though, walked slowly and unhurriedly, paused to feed the ducks under one of the Limmat bridges, slipped the ice pick into the river when no one was watching, then walked on to the hotel so full of joy and happiness he could barely contain himself. At about four hi the morning he began to wind down somewhat, so he lay down on the bed. In minutes he was asleep. When Maximo awoke the sun was up, he could hear a maid running a vacuum sweeper in the next room. He checked his watch. Almost eight-thirty. He showered, shaved, put on clean clothes from the skin out, then packed his bags. He would come back to the hotel this afternoon diswhen he had finished his banking and check out. He wanted to be long gone if Santana showed up looking for Rail and the money. There was a continental breakfast laid out in the hotel dining room, so Maximo paused there for coffee and a French roll. Suitably fortified, with his attach caret case in bis left hand and the transfer cards signed by Fidel in his inside breast pocket, Maximo Sedano set off afoot for the bank that was to be bis first stop. It was a mere two blocks away, a huge old building of thick stone walls and small windows, a building hundreds of years old with the treasure of the ages in its vaults. Me spoke to a clerk, was ushered into a small windowless office to see a middle-aged man who wore a green eyeshade and spoke tolerably good Spanish. Maximo surrendered the appropriate transfer card and settled down to wait after the clerk left the room. The bank was quiet. Footsteps were lost on the vast wood and stone floors. Humans seemed to be the intruders here, temporary visitors who came and went while the bank endured the storms of the centuries, a monument to the power of capital. Five pleasant minutes passed, then five more. Maximo was in no hurry. He was prepared to wait quite a while for $53 million, even if it took all day. Or several days. After all, he had waited a lifetime so far. But he wouldn't have to wait long. The clerk would be back momentarily. And he was. He came in, looked at Maximo with an odd expression, handed him back the transfer card with just the slightest hint of a bow. "I am sorry, sefior, but the balance of this account is so low that the transfer is impossible to honor." Maximo gaped uncomprehendingly. He swallowed, then said, "What did you say?" "I am sorry, sefior, but there has been some mistake."

"Not on my partea"...Maximo replied heatedly. The clerk gave a tight little professional smile. "The bank's records are perfectly clear."...He held out the transfer card. "This account contains just a few dollars over one thousand." Maximo couldn't believe his ears. "Where did the money go?" "Obviously, due to the bank secrecy laws I have limited discretion about what I can say." Maximo Sedano leaped across the table at the man, grabbed him by his lapels. "Where did-the money go, fool"..."...he roared. "Someone with the proper authorization ordered the money transferred, senor. That much is obvious. I can say no more." And the clerk wriggled from his grasp. The story was the same at the next two banks Maximo Sedano visited. Each account contained just a few dollars above the minimum amount necessary to maintain the account. The horror of his position hit Maximo tike a hammer. Not only was there no money here for him, Alejo Vargas would kill him when he got back to Cuba. He told the bank officer at the last bank he visited that he wanted to make a telephone call, and he wanted the bank officer there to talk to the person at the other end. He called Vargas at home, caught him before he went to his office. After he had explained about the accounts, he asked the bank officer to verify what he had said. The officer refused to touch the telephone. "The bank secrecy laws are very strictea"...he said self-righteously. Maximo wanted to strangle him. Vargas had of course listened to this little exchange. "There is no moneyea"...Maximo told the secret-police chief. "Someone has stolen it." "You assea"...Vargas hissed. "You have stolen the money. You are the finance minister." "Call the other banks, Alejoea"...he urged. "They are here in Zurich. I will give you their names and the account numbers. Listen to what the bank officers have to say." "You are a capital ass, Sedano. The Swiss bankers will not talk to me. The money was deposited in Switzerland precisely because those bastards will talk to no one." "I will call you from their office and have them speak to you." "Have you lost your mind? What are you playing at?" This was a scene from a nightmare. "If I had the money I would not set foot in Cuba again, Vargas. We both know that. Use your head! I don't have the money: I'm coming home." He tried to slam the instrument into its cradle and missed, sent it skittering off the table. Fumbling, he picked it up by the cord, hung the thing properly on the cradle. The account officer looked at him with professional solicitude, much like an undertaker smiling at die next of kin. Perhaps the banks have stolen Fidel's money, Maximo thought. These Swiss bastards pocketed the Jews' money; maybe they are keeping Fidel's. He opened his mouth to say that very thing to the account officer sitting across the table, then thought better of it He picked up his attache"...case with the pistol in it and walked slowly out of the bank. The van took Hector Sedano to La Cabana fortress hi Havana. It stopped hi a dark courtyard where other men were waiting. They took him into the prison, down long corridors, through iron doors that opened before him and closed after him, until finally they stood before an empty cell hi the isolation area of the prison. Here they demanded his clothes, his shoes, his watch, die things in his pockets. When he stood naked someone gave him a one-piece jumpsuit. Wearing only that, he was thrust into die cell and the door was locked behind him. The journey from (he everyday world of people and

voices and cares and concerns to the stark, vile reality of a prison cell is one of the most violent transitions in this life. The present and the future had been ripped from Hector Sedano, leaving only his memories of the past. Hector was well aware of the fact that he could be physically abused, beaten, even executed, at the whim of whoever had ordered him jailed. People disappeared in Cuban prisons, never to be heard from again. The parallels between his situation and that of Christ while awaiting his crucifixion immediately leaped to Hector's Jesuit mind. Not far behind was the realization that Fidel Castro had also been imprisoned before the revolution. Perhaps prison is a natural stage in the Me of a revolutionary. Imprisonment by the old regime for one's beliefs was de facto recognition that the beliefs were dangerous and the person who held them a worthy enemy. The person imprisoned was automatically elevated in stature and respect These thoughts swirled through Hector's mind as he sat on a hard wooden bunk without blankets and gave in to his emotions. He found himself shaking with anger. He paced, he pounded on the walls with his fists until they were raw. Finally he threw himself on the bunk and lay staring into the gloom. Angel del Mar pitched and rolled viciously as she wallowed helplessly in the swells. In every direction nothing could be seen but sea and cloudy sky. The sky was completely covered now with cloud, the wind was picking up, and the swells were getting bigger, with a shorter period between them. Aboard the boat, many people lay on their stomach and hugged the heaving deck. Everyone on board suffered from the lack of water, some to a greater degree than others. Ocho Sedano, who had had only a few mouthfuls since the boat left Cuba and had pushed himself relentlessly, without mercy, was desperate. His eyes felt like burning coals, his skin seemed on fire, his tongue a thick, lifeless lump of dead flesh in a cracked, dry mouth. He wasn't perspiring much now. Of all his symptoms, that one worried him the most. As an athlete he knew the importance of regulating body temperature. Dora lay in the shade cast by the wheelhouse and said nothing. She had been sick a time or two, vomit stained her dress. She seemed to be resting easier now. Beside her lay her father, Diego Coca. He was conscious, his eyes fierce and bright, his jaw swollen and misshapen. He hadn't moved in hours, unwilling to let anyone else have his spot in the shade. Ocho sat heavily near Dora, scanned the sea slowly and carefully. My God, there must be a ship! A ship or boatsomething to give us food and water... In all this sea there must be hundreds of fishing boats and yachts, dozens of freighters, smugglers, American Coast Guard cutters hunting smugglers, warships... Where the hell are they? Where are all these goddamn boats and ships? From time to time he heard jets flying over, occasionally saw one below the clouds, but they stayed high, disappeared into the sea haze. Under the mast an old woman sat weeping. She was the one who grieved for the. captain, for some of the people who were washed overboard that first night She wept silently, her shoulders shaking, her breath coming in gasps. He wanted to hug her, to comfort her, but mere was nothing he could say. His brother Hector would have known what to say, but Ocho did not. He looked longingly at Dora, Dora who was once beautiful, and he could think of nothing to say to her. Nothing. All the promise that life held, and they had thrown it away on a wild, stupid, doomed chance. Diego had led them, prodded them, demanded they go, and still he could think of nothing to say to Diego. He was so tired, so lethargic. He had pumped for hours, just keeping up with the water. If the water came in any faster... well, he didn't want to mink about it. They would all die then. They would have little chance swimming in the open sea. Ocho slumped over onto the moving deck. He was so tired, if he could just sleep, sleep.... The old fisherman shook him awake. The sun was setting, the boat still rolling her guts out in the swell. "A fish..."...He held it up, about eighteen or twenty inches long. "No way to cook it, have to eat it raw. Keep up your strength." With two quick swipes of his knife, the fisherman produced two bleeding fillets. He offered one to Ocho, who closed his eyes and bit into the raw fish. He chewed. Someone was clawing at him, tearing at the fish. He opened his eyes. Diego Coca was stuffing a piece of the fish in his swollen mouth. The old man kicked Diego in the stomach, doubled him over, then pried his jaws apart and extracted the unchewed fish. "He's manning the pump that keeps you afloat, you son of a bitch. He has to eat or every one of us will die." Diego got a grip on the fisherman's knife and lunged for him. He grabbed for the slippery flesh, swung wildly with the knife. This time the old man kicked him hi the arm. The knife bounced once on the deck, then landed at an angle with the blade sticking into the wood, quivering. The fisherman waited for the boat to roll, then kicked Diego in the head. He went over backward and bis head made a hollow thunk as it hit the wooden deck. He went limp and lay unmoving. Retrieving his knife, the fisherman ate his chunk of raw fish in silence. Ocho chewed ravenously, letting the moisture bathe his mouth and throat. He held each piece in his mouth for several seconds, sucking at the juices, then reluctantly swallowing it down. Dora watched him with feverish eyes. He passed her a chunk of the fish and she rammed it into her mouth, all of it at once, chewed greedily while eyeing the old man, almost as if she were afraid he would take it from her. After she swallowed it, she tried to grin. Ocho averted his eyes. "Your turn on the pumpea"...the old man said. Diego lay right where he had fallen. Ocho got up, went into the wheelhouse and down into the engine room. The water in the bilge was sloshing around over his shoes as he began working the pump handle, up and down, up and down, endlessly. Hours later someone came to relieve him, one of the men in the captain's family. Ocho staggered up the stairs, so exhausted he had trouble making his hands do what he wanted. The people on deck had more fish. Ocho sat heavily by the wheelhouse. In the dim light from the stars and moon, he could see people ripping fish apart with their bare hands, stuffing flesh into their mouths, wrestling to get to fish that jumped over the rail when the boat rolled. He collapsed into a dreamless sleep. One of the butlers unlocked the bedroom door and took Mercedes to see Colonel Santana, who was standing behind Fidel's desk sorting papers. He didn't look up when she first came in. She found a chair and sat. "The government has not yet decided when or how to announce the death of el presidente. No doubt it will happen hi a few days, but until it does you are to remain here, in the residence, and talk to no one. Security Department people are on the switchboards and will monitor all telephone calls. The telephone lines that do not go through the switchboard have been disconnected." He eyed her askance, then went back to sorting papers. "After the official version of Fidel's death is written and announced, you will be free to go. I remind you now that disputing the official version of events is a crime." "Everyone swears to your history before you write it"..."...she snapped. Santana looked at her and smiled. "I was searching for the proper words to explain the nub of it and they just came to y"...he snapped his fingers"...l that. It is a gift, I think. When you say it so precisely, I know you understand. Ignorance will not be a defense if there is ever a problem." Mercedes got up from the chair and left the room. She wandered the hallways and reception rooms, the private areas, the offices, all now deserted. Every square foot was fuUs of memories. She could see him talking to people, bending down slightly to hear, for he had been a'talj man. She could not remember when he had not been the presi- dent of Cuba. When she was a girl, he was there. As a young woman, he was there. When she married, was widowed, when he took her to be his woman ... always, all her life there was Fidel. Such a man he had been! She was a Latin woman, and Fidel had been the epitome of the Latin man, a brilliant, athletic man, a commanding speaker, a perfect patriot, a man who defined machismo. The facets of Fidel's personality that the non-Latin world found most irritating were those Cubans accepted as hallmarks of a man. He was selfrighteous, proud, sure of his own importance and place in history, never admitted error, and refused to yield when humiliated by the outside world. He had struggled, endured, won much and lost even more, and in a way that non-Latins would never understand, had become the personification of Cuba. And she had loved him. In the room where he died the television cameras and lights were still in place, the wires still strung. Only Fidel's body was missing. She stood looking at the scene, remembering it, seeing him again as he was when she had known him best. Still magnificent. Now the tears came, a clouding of the eyes that she was powerless to stop. She found a chair and wept silently. Her mind wandered off on a journey of its own, recalling scenes of her life, moments with her mother, her first husband, Fidel.... The tears had been dry for quite a while when she realized with a start that she was still sitting in this room. The cameras were there in front of her, mounted on heavy, wheeled tripods. These cameras must have some kind of film in them, videotape. She went to the nearest camera and examined it. Tentatively she pushed and tugged at buttons, levers, knobs. Finally a plate popped open and mere was the videocassette. She removed it from the camera and closed the plate. There was also a cassette in the second camera. With both cassettes concealed in the folds of her dress, Mercedes strode from the room. A wave breaking over the deck doused Ocho Sedano with lukewarm water and woke him from a troubled, exhausted steep. Angel del Mar was riding very low in the water. Even as he realized that the bilges must be full, another wave washed over the deck. Ocho dashed below. The old fisherman slumped over the pump, water sloshed nearly waist-deep in die bilge. Ocho eased bun aside, began pumping. He could feel the resistance, feel the water moving through the pump. He laid into it with a will. "Sorryea"...the old man said weakly. "Worn out. Just worn out" "Go up on deck. Dry out some, disdrink some water." The old man nodded, crawled slowly up the steep ladder. He slipped once, almost smashed his face on one of the steps. Finally his feet disappeared into the wheelhouse. Three rain showers during the night had allowed everyone on board to drink their fill, to replenish dehydrated tissue, and when Ocho last looked, mere were several gallons of water hi the bucket under the tarp that no one could drink. Ocho was no longer thirsty, but he was hungry as hell. There had been no more fish. Without line, hooks, bait, or nets they were unable to catch fish from the sea. Unless the creatures leaped onto the deck of the boat they were out of reach. So far, there had been no more of those. The tarp they caught the diswater in gave the liquid a brackish taste, which everyone ignored. Still, water on an empty stomach made one aware of just how hungry he was. Ocho pumped, felt his muscles loosen up, enjoyed the resistance mat meant the pump was moving water. After fifteen minutes of maximum effort he could see that the water level was down about six inches. He settled in to work at a steady, sustainable pace. The horizon remained empty. Empty! Not a boat or sail. Endless swells and sky hi every direction. It was almost as if the Lord had abandoned them, left them to die on this leaky little boat in the midst of this great vast ocean, while planes went overhead and boats and ships passed by on every side, just over the horizon. We won't have to wait long, Ocho thought. Our fate is very near. If the chain on this pump breaks, if we run out of energy to pump, if the swells get larger and waves start coming aboard, the boat will break up and the people will go into the sea. That would be our fate, to drown like all those people who went overboard that first night. They are dead now, surely. Past all caring. Amazing how that works. Everyone has to die, but you only have to do it once. You fight like hell to get there, though, and when you arrive the world continues as if you had never been. As he pumped he wondered about his mother, how she was doing, wondered if he should have told her he was going to America. An hour later Ocho was still pumping, the water was down several feet and the boat was riding better in the sea. And he was wearing out. He heard someone coming down the ladder, then saw feet. It was Dora. She clung to the ladder, watched him standing in water to his knees working die pump handle up and down, up and down, up and down. "It's Papaea"...she said. He said nothing, waited for her to go on. "I think he has given up." Ocho kept pumping. "Speak to me, Ocho. Don't insult me with your silence." Ocho switched arms without missing a stroke. "What is there to say? If he has given up, he has given up.". "Will we be rescued?"' , "Am I God? How would I know?" "1 am sick of this boat, this oceanff"...she snarled. "Sick of it, you understand?"' "I understand." She sobbed, sniffed loudly. Ocho kept pumping. "I don't think you love meea"...she said, finally. "I don't know that I do." She watched him pump, up and down, rhythmically, endlessly. "Doesn't that make you tired?" "Yes." "We're going to die, aren't we?" He wiped the sweat from his face with backslash as free hand. "All of us, sooner or later, yes." "I mean now. This boat is going to sink. We're going to drown." He looked at her for the first time. Her skin was stretched tightly over her face, her teeth were bared, her eyes were narrowed with an intensity he had never seen before. "I don't knowea"...he said gently. "I don't want to die now." He lowered his face so that he wouldn't have to look at her, kept the handle going up and down. She went back up the ladder, disappeared from view. Ocho paused, straightened as best he could under the low overhead and looked critically at the water remaining in the boat. He was gaining. He stretched, crossed himself on the off chance God might be watching, then went back to pumping. The dA's man in Cuba was an American, Dr. Henri Bouchard, a former college professor who lived and worked inside the American Interest Section of the Swiss embassy, a complex of buildings that in former days housed the American embassy and presumably someday would again.

STEPHEN COONTS The Cubans watched the American diplomats very closely, so this officer had no contact with the agency's covert intelligence apparatus on the island. He kept himself busy watching television, listening to radio, collecting Cuban newspapers and publications and writing reports based on what he saw, heard, and read. His diplomatic colleagues were congenial and the life was semi-monastic, which he found agreeable. The man who ran the covert side of the business, was a Cuban who had never set foot inside the U.s. Interest Section and probably never would. He owned a wholesale seafood operation on the waterfront in Havana Harbor. Every day the fishing boats brought their catch to his pier and every day he purchased what he thought he could sell. Both the price he paid and the price he charged were set by the government: had there not been a black market for fish he would have starved. The cover was decent A Cuban fishing boat could meet an Americaneaboat or submarine at sea, passing messages or material in either direction. The spymaster's delivery trucks visited every restaurant, casino, and embassy in the capital. With people and things coming and going, the old man could keep his pulse on Cuba. He was called el Tiburon, the Shark. William Henry Chance had no intention of ever meeting el Tiburon unless disaster was staring him in the face. The CIA man in the American Interest Section was another matter. "Ah, yes, Mr. Chance. Delighted to meet you, of course." Dr. Bouchard shook hands with Chance and Carmellini as he peered at them over the top of his glasses. He led them down several narrow hallways to a tiny, windowless cubicle in the bowels of the building. "Sorry to say, mis is the office. Security, you know. They used to store food in here. Damp but quiet"...He took a stack of newspapers off the only guest chair and moved them to Ms desk, extracted a folding metal chair from behind his desk and unfolded it for Carmellini, then settled into his ctfair. The knees of all three men almost touched. "So how are you enjoying Cuba?" "Fascinatingea"...Chance muttered. "Yes, isn't it"..."...Professor Bouchard beamed complacently. "Six years I've been here, and I don't ever want to leave. I don't miss the snow, I'll tell you, or the faculty politics, feuds, dog-eat-dog jealousy over department budgetsthank God I'm-out of all that." Chance nodded, unwilling to get to the point. "We met once or twice before, I thinkea"...Chance reminded Bouchard. "Oh, yes, I do seem to recall... $'e They discussed it. "My associate, Mr. Carmellini. I don't think you've met him." The pleasantries over at last, Chance edged around to business. "You have a few items in your storeroom that we need to borrow, I believe." "Certainly. The inventory is in the safe. If you gentlemen will step into the hall for a moment..." They did so and he fiddled with the dial of the safe. When he had the file he wanted and the safe was closed and locked, he seated himself again at his desk. Chance sat back down. Carmellini remained standing. "This is the inventory, I'm sure. Yes. What is it you want?" "Two Rugers with silencers, ammunition, two garroting wires, two fighting knives, a dozen disposable latex gloves, two self-contained gas masks" "Let's see..."...The professor ran his finger down the list. "Guns, check. Ammo, okay. Knives ... knives ... oh, here they are. Wires, garroting, check ... gloves ... masks. Yes, I think we have what you need. Do you want to take this stuff with you?" "I think so. In a suitcase of some kind, if you can manage that." "I'll have to give you one of mine. You can'return it or pay me for it, as you prefer." "We'll try to return it." "That's best, I think. The accounting department is so difficult about expense accounts. You gentlemen wait here; I'll see what I can do. While you're waiting, would you like a cup of coffee, a soft drink?" "I'm fine caret Chance said. "Don't worry about meea"...Carmellini said. "This will take a few minutesea"...the professor advised. "Would you like to wait in the courtyard? The flora there is my hobby, and the eagle from the Maine Memorial is a rare work of art." "That's the big eagle over the doorway?" "Yes. After the revolution Castro demanded it be'removed from the Maine Memorial. That was about the time he announced he was a communist, before the Bay of Pigs. Difficult era for everyone." "Ah, yes. We'll find our way." "I'll look for you in the courtyard when I have your itemsea"...the professor said, and scurried off. , The eagle was huge. "Quite a work of artea"...Carmellini muttered. "Too big for youea"...Chance said. "I don't know about thatea"...Carmellini replied, and glanced around to see if there was any way to get the thing out of the mission ground with a crane. "Run a mobile construction crane up to the wall, send a man down on the hook, haul it out. I could snatch it and be gone in six or seven minutes." Chance didn't even bother to frown. Carmellini had a habit of chaffing him in an unoffensive way; protest would be futile. 'The professor is the most incurious man I've ever met," Tommy Carmellini said conversationally a few minutes later. "He doesn't want to know too much." "He doesn't want to know anythingea"...Carmellini protested. "People who don't ask obvious questions worry me." "Hmmmea"...sd William Henry Chance, who didn't seem at all worried. The professor came looking for them a half hour later. After he had scrawled an illegible signature on a detailed custody card, Chance offered the professor a photo of a man that his surveillance team had taken outside the University of Havana science building. The man was in his sixties, slightly overweight, balding, and looking at the camera almost full face. He didn't see the camera that took the picture, of course, since it was in the van. "If you could, Professor, I would like you to send this to Washington. I want to know who this man is." "American"..."...Dr. Bouchard asked, accepting the photo and glancing at it. "I have no idea, sir. We've seen him around here and there and wondered who he might be. Would you have the folks in Langley try to find out?" "Of courseea"...the professor said, and put the photo in his pocket. Toad Tarkington was in a rare foul mood. He snapped at the yeomen, snarled at the flag lieutenant, fumed over the message board, and generally glowered at anyone who looked his way. This state of affairs could not go on, of course, so he went to Ms stateroom, put on his running togs, and went on deck for a jog. The tropical sea air, the long foaming rollers, the puffy clouds running on the breeze, the deep blue of the Caribbeanall of it made his mood more foul. None of the leads to find the Colon had borne fruit. The ship was still missing, the captain and crew had stayed aboard her all the time she was tied to the pier in Guantanamo, the gloom seemed impenetrable. The air wing was still searching, but as yet, nothing! And of course the temperature of the rhetoric coming from the White House and Pentagon was rising by the hour. Toad was jogging aft from the bow when a petty officer from the admiral's staff flagged him down. "The AI'S have a photo of the Coston!" "Where is she?" "Aground on a reef off the north shore of Cuba:" Toddad bolte.d for the hatchway that led down into the ship, the petty officer right behind. The photo was of the Colon, all right. The ship looked as if it were wedged on some rocks, almost as if it grounded during a high tide. Now the tide was out and the Colon was marooned. "When was this picture taken"..."...Toad demanded of the air intelligence officers. "Yesterday." "And no one recognized it?" "Not until today.". Toad growled. "Have you passed this to the admiral?" "Yes, sir." "Show me the location." The AI pinpointed the location on a sectional chart. Toad called Jake Grafton. "I want to see that shipea"...Jake said. "As soon as possible. We'll take an F-14 with a TARPS package."...TARPS stood for tactical air reconnaissance pods. Each pod contained two cameras and an infrared line scanner. Cuba is an island surrounded by islands, over sixteen hundred of them. Most of the islands on Cuba's north shore are small, uninhabited, rocky bits of tropical paradise, or so they looked to Jake Grafton, who saw them through binoculars from the front seat of an F-14. The ship was about three miles offshore, stranded on rocks that just pierced the surface of the sea. The breaking surf looked white through the binoculars. The freighter was plainly visible, listing slightly. Some of the weapons containers were visible on the main deck. Jake checked the photo in his lap, which was taken yesterday by an FirstA-18 Hornet pilot with a hand-held 35-mm camera. Yep, the containers visible in the photo were still in place aboard the ship. Although the Cubans claimed a twelve-mile territorial limit, the United States recognized but three. Nuestra Senora de Colon was stranded on a reef in international waters, the AI'S assured Jake. They had checked with the State Department, they said. South of the ship was the entrance to Bahia de Nipe, a decent-sized shallow-water bay. Was the ship on her way into the bay when she went on the rocks? Jake was making his initial photo passes a mile to seaward of the Colon. In the event the Cubans chose to send interceptors to chase him away, he had a flight of F-14's ten miles farther north providing cover. Above them was an EA-6But Prowler electronic warfare airplane, listening forand ready to jam any Cuban fire-control radar that came on the air. According to the electronic warfare detection gear in Jake's cockpit, he was being painted only by search radars. That, as he well knew, could change any second. He had just completed a photo pass from west to east and was turning to seaward when the E-2 came on the air. "Battlestar One, we have company. Bogey twenty miles west of your posit, heading your way. Looks like a Fulcrum."...A Fulcrum was a MiGo-29. Jake keyed his radio mike. "Roger that. I'll make one more photo pass before he gets here, then exit the area to the north." He tucked the nose down and let the Tomcat accelerate. The plane was alive in his handthe descending jet bumped and bounced in the swirling, roiling tropical air under the puffy cumulus clouds drifting along on the trade wind. "Cameras are on and runningea"...Toad Tarkington said from the back seat. Staying just outside the three-mile limit, Jake flew past the stern of the stranded freighter one more time, which meant he was probably getting fine views of her stern and oblique views of her flanks. "Since we're here ..."...he muttered, and dropped a wing as he eased the stick and throttles forward. In the back seat, Toad Tarkington was monitoring the recon package. "I sure am glad we're staying out of Cuban airspaceea"...he told Jake. "I'd feel a lot more comfortable outside the twelve-mile limit, but that's asking too much of this technology. A ship sitting on the rocks like this, looks like a setup to me. They're looking to mousetrap some dude flying by snapping pictures and perforate his heinie." "Yeahea"...sd Jake Grafton, and leveled off at a hundred feet above the water. He had the F-14 flying parallel with the axis of the ship, offset with the ship to his right since the recon package was mounted under his right engine. "Got the cameras and IR scanner going?" "Oh, yeah, looking real goodea"...Toad said, just as he picked up the seascape passing by the canopy with his peripheral vision. He looked right just in time to see the freighter flash by, then Jake Grafton pulled back on the stick and lit the afterburners. The Tomcat's nose rose to sixty degrees above the horizon and it went up like a rocket, corkscrewing back toward the ocean, as the E-2 Hawkeye radar operator called the bogey for the Showtime F-14 crews who were Jake's armed guard. Both RIO'S said they had the bogey on radar. "Like I saidea"...Toad told Jake, "sure is great we're staying outside Cuban airspace." "Greatea"...his pilot agreed. "Don't want to piss anybody off." "Oh, no." "Wonder why that ship ended up where it did?" "Maybe the photos will tell us." "Bogey is six miles aft, Battlestar Oneea"...the E-2 Hawkeye radar operator said, "four hundred knots, closing from your eight o'clock." "You wanna turn toward him, Admiral, let me pick him up on the radar"..."...Toad asked this question. "No, let's clear to seaward." "I got him visualea"...Toad said as the Tomcat climbed past fifteen thousand feet. "He's a little above us, pulling lead." "Pulling lead"..."...Jake looked over his left shoulder, found the MiGo-29. "He could take a gunshot anytimeea"...Toad said. "He's rendezvousingea"...Jake said, "Gonna join on our left wing, looks like." And that is what the MiGo did. He closed gently, his nose well out in front, his axis almost parallel, a classic rendezvous. The MiGo stabilized in a parade position, about four feet between wingtips, stepped down perhaps three feet. Despite the bumpy air the MiGo held position effortlessly. Jake Grafton and Toad Tarkington sat staring at the helmeted figure of Carlos Corrado in the other cockpit. Toad lifted his 35-mm camera, snapped off a dozen photos of the Cuban fighter and the two air-to-air missiles hanging on the racks. "Think he knows we were inside the three-mile limit"..."...Toad asked Jake. "His GCI controller told him, probably." Corrado stayed glued to the F-14. He paid no attention to the other Tomcats that came swooping in to join the formation, didn't even bother to glance at them. Jake Grafton slowly advanced his throttles to 95 percent RPM. The MiGo was right with him. Leaving the power set, he got the nose coming up, began to roll away from the MiGo, up and over to the inverted and right on through, coming on with the G to keep the nose from scooping out ... a medium-sloppy barrel roll. Now a barrel roll to the left. The two F-14's behind Carlos Corrado moved into trail position, behind and stepped down slightly, to more easily stay with the maneuvering airplanes, but Corrado held his position in left parade as if he were welded there. Now a loop. Up, up, up and over the top, G increasing down the backside, the sea and sky changing position very nicely, the sun dancing across the cockpit. . "This guy's pretty goodea"...Toad remarked grudgingly. "Pretty good?" "Okay, he's a solid stick." Now a half loop and half roll at the top, fly along straight and level for a count of five, roll again and half turn into a lopsided split S, one offset from the vertical by forty-five degrees. Coming out of the dive Jake let the nose climb until it was pointed straight up; he slowly rolled around his axis, then pulled the plane on over onto its back and waited until the nose was forty-five degrees below the horizon before rolling wings level and beginning his pullout. Through it all Carlos Corrado stayed glued in position on Jake's wing. Coming out of the last maneuver, Jake Grafton turned eastward. The MiGo-29 stayed with the American fighters for fifteen more minutes, until the flight was near the eastern tip of Cuba, Cape Maisi, and turning south. Only then did Carlos Corrado wave at Jake and Toad and lower his nose to cross under the F-14. Out of the corner of his eye Jake saw Toad salute the MiGo pilot as he turned away to the west. "Wonder why that ship ended up on those rocks"..."...Toad Tarkington mused aloud. Jake Grafton, Gil Pascal, Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt, Toad, and several of the photo interpretation specialists were bent over a table in the Air

Intelligence spaces studying the photographs from the F-14's reconnaissance pod. "Maybe the person at the con was lostea"...the senior AI speculated. "Or didn't know the watersea"...the marine suggested. "Maybe the Cubans wanted it thereea"...Gil said. Jake Grafton used a magnifying glass to study photos of the island closest to the stranded freighter. "Here's a crew setting up an artillery pieceea"...he said, and straightened so everyone could see. "If they planned to strand the ship on those rocks, one would think they would have set up guns and a few SAM batteries in advance." "Maybe that's what they want us to think." "How far is the ship from the nearest dry land?"' "Three point two nautical miles, sir."...That was one of the photo interpretation specialists, a first class petty officer. "If you look at this satellite photo of the mam island, Admiral, you will see that there are two SAM batteries near this small port ten miles south of where the Colon went on the rocks." "That's probably where the ship was going when it hit the rocksea"...Jake said. "Or where it had been. So how many artillery and missile sites are in the area?" "Four," "We'll have EA-6But Prowlers and FirstA-18 Hornets overhead, HARM missiles on the rails, F-14's as cover. The instant one of those fire-control radars comes on the air, I want it taken out." "When do you want to land aboard the ship"..."...Eckhardt asked. Jake Grafton looked at his watch. "One hi the morning." "Five hours from now?" "Can we do it?" "If we push." "Let's push. I talked to General Totten in the Pentagon. He agreeswe should inspect that ship as soon as possible. For me, that's five hours from now. We will go in three Ospreys. The lead Osprey will puf Commander Tarkington and me on the ship; Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt will be in the second bird leading a rescue team to pull us out if anything goes wrong. The third Osprey will contain another ten-man team, led by your executive officer." Captain Pascal zeroed in immediately. "Do the people in Washington know that you intend to board that ship, Admiral?" "No, and I'm not going to ask." "Sir, if you get caughta two-star admiral on a ship stranded in Cuban waters?" "The ship is in international waters. We must find out what happened aboard the Colon after it left Guantaiiamo. The stakes are very high. I am going to take a personal look. While I'm gone, Gil, you have the con." "Admiral, with all due respect, sir, I think you should take more than just one person with you. Why not a half dozen well-armed marines?" "I don't know what's on that shipea"...Jake'"explained. "There may be people aboard, there may be a biological hazard, it may be booby-trapped. It just makes sense to have a point man explore the unknown before we risk very many lives. I am going to be the point man because I want to personally see what is there, and I make the rules. Understand?" The news about the loss of a ship loaded with biological weapons arrived in Washington with the impact of a highexplosive warhead on a cruise missile. When the National Security Council met to be briefed about the ship the president was there, and he was in an ugly mood. "Let me get this straight,"eahe said, interrupting the national security adviser, who was briefing the group. "We decided to remove our stockpile of biological and chemical warheads from Guantdnamo Bay when we heard Castro

might be developing biological weapons of his own. Is that correct?" "The timing was incidental, sir. They were scheduled to be moved." "Scheduled to be moved next yearea"...the president saitl acidly. "We hurried things along when the CIA got wind that El Gato might be shipping lab equipment to Cuba. Will you grant me that?" "Yes, sir." "Just for the record, why in hell were those damned things in Gitmo in the first place?" "A computer error, sir, back when the Pentagon was prepositioning war supplies at Guantanamo. Somehow the CBW material got on the list, and by the time the error was discovered, the stuff was on its way." The president's lip curled in a sneer. "Did this circle jerk happen under my administration?" "No, sir. The previous one." The president glanced at the ceiling. "Thank you, God." He took a deep breath, exhaled, then said, "So we decided to clean up old mistakes. We didn't want to take the chance Castro knew of our CBW stockpiles at Gitmo when we started fulminating about bis." The president was addressing the national security adviser. "But to cover our asses, you wanted a carrier battle group that just happened to be in the Caribbean to keep an eye on things while you got the weapons out. Just having the navy hanging around would keep the Cubans honest, you said." "Yes, sir." "And now a ship full of weapons from the Gitmo warehouse is on the rocks off the Cuban coast." 'The ship is on the rocks, but we don't know if any weapons are still aboard."...v "Are you going to court-martial the admiral in charge of the battle group"..."...the president asked the chairman of the joint chiefs, General Howard D. "Tater"...Totten, a small, gray-haired man who looked like he was hiding inside the green, badged, bemedaled uniform of a four-star army general. "No, sir. He was told to quote 'monitor" unquote the situation in Guantanamo, not escort cargo ships. He actually had the cargo ship that was hijacked escorted out of Cuban waters, but he didn't disdirect that it be escorted all the way to Norfolk. No one did, because apparently no one thought an escort necessary." "Was the ship hijacked?" "We don't know, sir. We've been unable to contact it by radio." "How are we going to find out if the weapons are still aboard?" "Send marines aboard tonight to look." "I don't think that ship is stranded in international watersea"...the secretary of state said. "Your department told us it wasea"...Totten shot back. "That was a first impression by junior staffers. Our senior people demanded a closer look. We are just not sure. The determination depends on where one draws the line that defines the mouth of the bay. Reasonable people can disagree." Totten took a deep breath. "Mr. President, we don't know what happened aboard that ship. We don't know if the weapons are aboard. If they have been removed, we need to learn where they went. Now is not the time to split hairs over the nuances of international law. Let's board the ship and get some answers, then the lawyers can argue to their hearts' content." "That's the problem with you uniformed testosterone typesea"...the secretary of state snarled. "You think you can violate the law any time it suits your purposes." The president of the United States was a cautious man by nature, a blow-dried politician who had maneuvered with the wind at his back all his life. His national security adviser knew him well, General Totten thought, when he said, "Preliminary indications are that the stranded ship is CUBA J87rter-than in international waters, Mr. President. The naval commander on the scene has the authority to examine a wreck in international waters if he feels it prudent to do so. Let him make the decision and report back what he finds." "That's rightea"...the president said. "I think that is the proper way for us to approach this." "Will you pass that on to the battle group commander"..."...the national security adviser asked General Totten. The general reached for an encrypted telephone. Jake Grafton and Toad Tarkington went aboard the V-22 parked at the head of the line on the flight deck of USS United States. Marines filed aboard the second and third airplane. Tonight the carrier was thirty miles northeast of Cape Maisithe distance to the stranded freighter was a bit over a hundred miles. Jake was more nervous than he had been in a long, long time. Before he left the mission planning spaces this evening, he looked again at the chart that depicted the threat envelope of the two surface-to-air missile sites on the Cuban mainland just a few miles from the stranded freighter, Nuestra Sefiora de Colon. The freighter was well inside those envelopes, and the Ospreys would be also. Jake had had a long talk with the EA-6But electronic warfare crews and the four FirstA-18 Hornets that would be over the Ospreys carrying HARM'S. HARM stood for high-speed antiradiation missile. Enemy radars were the targets of HARM'S, which rode the beams right into the dishes. HARM'S even had memories, so if an enemy operator turned off his radar after a HARM was launched, the missile would still fly to the memorized location. "If the Cubans turn on the SAM radars, open fireea"...Jake told his guardian angels. "Don't wait until their missiles are in the air." "Yes, sir." Jake had heard nothing from Washington waffling on the assertion that the Colon was in international waters, so as far as he was concerned, that fact was a given. The Cubans had no right to fire on ships or planes in international waters. If they did, Jake Grafton would shoot back. Of course, if the Cubans shot first, they would probably kill a planeload or two of Americans, Jake Grafton included. The crews of the EA-6But Prowlers and Hornets were well aware of that reality. As he sat in the Osprey Jake Grafton wondered if the enlisted marines in the other two planes understood the risks involved in this mission. He suspected they didn't know, and in truth probably didn't want to. Their job was to obey their officers; if the officers led them into action, fretting about the odds wasn't going to do any good at all. That thought led straight to another: Did he understand the risks? "You okay, Admiral?" That was Toad. Jake Grafton nodded, smiled. A friend like Tarkingtoh was a rare thing indeed. He hadn't asked Toad if he wanted to risk his life on this mission; the commander would have been insulted if he had. The warm noisy darkness inside the plane seemed comforting, somehow, as if the plane were a loud, safe womb. After takeoff Jake sat for five minutes with his eyes closed, savoring the flying sensations, recharging his batteries. Then he made his way toward the cockpit and squatted behind the pilots, both of whom were wearing night-vision goggles. From this vantage point Jake could see the computer displays on the instrument panel. The flight engineer handed him a helmet, already plugged in, so that he could talk to the pilots and listen to the radio. He heard the Prowler and Hornets checking in, the F-14's, the S-3 tankers. He heard Rita call twenty miles to go to the mission coordinator in the E-2 Hawkeye. She had the Osprey flying at a thousand feet above the water, inbound at 250 knots. "Visibility is five or six milesea"...she told Jake over the

intercom. "Some rain showers around. Wind out of the west northwest." "Okay." "We'll do it like we plannedea"...she continued, making sure Jake, the copilot, and her crew chief all understood what was to happen. "I'll hover into the wind, then back down toward the ship, put the ramp over the fantail." "Ten milesea"...the copilot sang out. Jake took off the aircraft helmet and donned a marine tactical helmet, which contained a small radio that broadcast on one of four tactical frequencies. Repeaters in the Ospreys picked up the low-powered helmet transmissions and rebroadcast them so that everyone on the tactical net could hear, including the mission coordinator in the E-2, the people aboard the carrier, and the pilots of the airborne planes. Jake pulled on a set of night-vision goggles and looked forward, through the Ospfey windscreen. The night was gone, banished. He could see the stranded freighter, still several miles away, see the surf breaking on the rocks, the containers stacked on deck, the empty sea in all directions. He looked toward the nearest land, an island just over three miles away; he could just make out the line of breaking surf. The Osprey was slowing: Rita rotated the engine nacelles toward the vertical position as she transitioned from wing-borne cruising flight to pure helicopter operation. Computers monitored her control inputs and gradually increased the effectiveness of the rotor swashplates as flaperons, elevators and rudders lost their effectiveness due to the decreasing airspeed. The transition from wing-borne to rotor-borne flight was smooth, seamless, a technological miracle, and Jake Grafton appreciated it as such. Jake Grafton kept his eyes on the ship. No people in sight. The bow of the ship was on the rocks. The ship had a small forecastle superstructure, with the main superstructure and bridge on the stern of the ship. The ship's cargo was in holds amidships, with extra containers stacked between the bridge and forecastle. The ship had two large cranes, one forward, one aft. She had a single stack, and probablygiven her sizeonly one screw. Jake could see that the containers on the deck were jumbled about, several obviously open and empty. Others, a whole bunch, seemed to be missing. Now Rita swung into the wind, away from the Colon. The ramp at the back of the aircraft was open, with Toad and the crew chief waiting there. Jake Grafton walked aft to join them. The crew chief gave Rita directions on the ICS, back fifty feet, down ten, as she watched her progress on a small television screen that had been rigged hi the cockpit for this mission. Lower, closer to the ship ... and the ramp touched the deck. "Go, go, goea"...the crew chief shouted. Jake spoke into his voice-activated boom mike: "Let's go!" The fixed deck of the stranded freighter felt strange after a half hour hi the moving Osprey: The wash from the mighty, 38-foot rotors was a mini-hurricane here on the fantail, a mixture of charged air and sea spray, dirt, and trash from the deck and containers. Jake and Toad crouched on the deck as the Osprey moved away. The ramp had been against the deck for no more than fifteen seconds. Jake spoke into his lip mike, made sure the mission coordinator could hear him. Gripping an M-16 in the ready position, Toad led them forward along the main deck. Jake Grafton carried a video camera, which was running, and two 35-mm cameras. The video and one of the still cameras were loaded with infrared film, the other 35-mm contained regular film and was equipped with a flash attachment. First stop was the main deck, where he inspected the containers mere. Many had doors hanging open, some still

had the doors closed, but all the containers were empty. Although he wasn't sure how many containers were supposed to be there, the area around the main hatches was remarkably clear. The hatches themselves were not properly installed. One hatch was ajar. No people about. None. The ship seemed totally deserted and firmly aground. Jake could feel no motion. He used a flashlight to look into the hold. This section of the hold didn't seem to be full. Many of the containers were open. Filming with the video camera, pausing now and then to shoot still photos, the two men searched until they found a ladder that led down into the hold. Toad waited by the hatchway, his M-16 at the ready. Jake went down the ladder into the dark bay. He had his night-vision goggles off now; in total darkness they were useless. He snapped on the flashlight, looked around, fingered the pistol in the holster on his hip. This hold was half-empty, with the packing material that had been wrapped around the warheads strewn everywhere. The place was knee-deep in trash. The containers that were there were obviously empty. Jake didn't stay but a minute or so, then he climbed back up the ladder. "Let's check the bridgeea"...he said to Toad over the tactical radio. They went aft along the main deck and climbed an outside ladder to the bridge, which stretched from one side of the ship to the other. "They've cleaned her outea"...Toad remarked over the tac net. "Yeahea"...Jake replied, and kept climbing. On the bridge Jake again removed the nightjvision goggles and used a flashlight. He wanted to see whatever was there in natural light. What he found were bloodstains. A lot of blood had been spilled here on the bridge; pools of congealed, sticky black blood lay on the deck. People had walked in it, tracking the stuff all over. "Not everyone was on the payrollea"...Jake muttered, and quickly completed his search. He aimed the video camera at the stains, then snapped a couple photos with the regular camera using the flash. Toad used a flashlight to search for the log book and ship's documents. "The safe is open and emptyea"...he told Jake Grafton. He came over to watch the admiral work the cameras. "Where in hell are the warheads"..."...Toad asked aloud. "The Americans are aboard the Colon, Colonel." The man shook Santana awake. He held a candle, which flickered in the tropical breeze coming through the screen. Santana sat up and tossed the sheet aside. He consulted his watch. He got out of bed, walked out onto the porch of the small house and searched the night sea with binoculars. Nothing. He lowered the binoculars, stood listening. Yes, he could hear engine sounds, very faint... jet engines, the whopping of rotors.... "How long have they been aboard?" "I don't know, sir. With this wind it is hard to hear helicopter noises. When I heard the voices on the radio, I came to wake you." "Admiral, look at this."...Toad came over to where Jake was standing, showed him the screen of a small battery-operated computer. "I'm picking up radio transmissions, even when we are not using the tactical net. Something on the ship is broadcasting." Jake Grafton pulled his mike down to his lips. "Hawkeye, this is Cool Hand. Has anyone been picking up radio transmissions from the target?"

"Cool Hand, Hawkeye. They started about a minute ago, sir, when you went up on the bridge. We have them now." "What kind of transmissions?" "Amazingly, sir, I'm receiving clear channel radio. I'm actually hearing you talk on this other frequency." "What the hell? ..." Oh, sweet Jesus! "This damned ship is wired to blow. The bastards are listening to us right now. We gotta get offff"...With that he gave Toad a push toward the door of the bridge. Toad ran. Jake Grafton was right behind him. Colonel Santana couldn't see anything through the binoculars, but he heard those American voices coming through the radio speaker. The microphones were on the bridge. "Any time, Tomasea"...he said. Tomas keyed the radio transmit button three times. A flower of red and yellow fire blossomed in the darkness. Santana aimed the binoculars and focused them as the last of the explosions faded. He could see the flicker of flames as they spread aboard Nuestra Sefiora de Colon, These Americans! So predictable! Santana chuckled as he watched. "Into the oceanea"...Jake shouted. Toad vaulted over the rail into the blackness. As he fell he wondered if there were rocks or salt water below. Toad Tarkington and Jake Grafton were in midair when the bridge exploded behind them. Jake felt the thermal pulse and the first concussion. Then the dark, cool water closed over his head and he went completely under. As he began to rise toward the surface, he felt more explosions from inside the ship. The concussions reached him through the water like spent punches from a prizefighter.

STEPHEN COONTS When he got his head above water, flames illuminated the night. Above the noise of the explosions and flames, he could hear Tarkington cursing. After Rita pulled them out of the ocean and flew them back to the carrier, Toad Tarkington and Jake Grafton were checked in sick bay, then they showered and tried to snatch a few hours' sleep. Toad gave up on sleeptoo much adrenaline. He lay in his bunk thinking about leaping over the bridge rail without knowing whether rocks or water lay beneath, and he shivered. The shock of the impact with the water had been almost a deliverance. He turned on the light and looked at the photos of Rita and Tyler he had taped to the bulkhead. Really stupid, Toad-man, really stupid. Grafton must have checked the location of the rocks, knew where he could jump and where he couldn't, and you never once thought to look. He got up, dressed, and headed for the computers, where he typed out a classified E-mail for the people at the National Security Agency. After breakfast he was ready to brief Jake Grafton and Gil Pascal. "Before she was stranded, Nuestra Senora de Colon went into this little Cuban port at the west end of Bahia de Nipe. She was there for six hours, then she steamed out and went on the rocks where we found her. If you look at this satellite photo you can see a boat nearby, probably taking the crew off after she piled up. The folks at NSA in Fort Meade say they can see ropes from the ship to this boat that the crewmen could slide down." Toad Tarkington stood back so Jake Grafton and Gil Pascal could study the satellite photos that he had pinned to a bulletin board in the mission planning spaces. "Where are the weapons now"..."...Gil Pascal asked. "In this fish warehouse."...Toad pointed at the photo with the tip of a pencil. "Right here." "It's an easy SEAL targetea"...the Chief of Staff commented. "Too easyea"...Jake Grafton said, then regretted it. "When did the freighter reach this port?" "Noon, three days ago." "And they spent the afternoon off-loading it?" "Yes. It went onto the rocks that night." "Too easy."...ationow he was sure. "What do you mean?" "These people aren't stupid. They know about satellite reconnaissance; they knew we would see them off-loading the ship in this port; they wanted us to see that. The question is, Why did they go to all the trouble of putting on a show for us? What are they hiding?" Toad flipped through die satellite photos, looking at date-time groups. "Here is the ship coming into the bay, there it is against the pier at Antilla, here it iseabbing offloaded, here is an IR photo of it going out to the rocks after dark, here is an IR shot of the freighter and the boat that probably took the crew off." "Radar images?" Toad had a handful of those too. "I want to know where this ship was between the time the destroyer left it and the time it showed up in this Cuban port." "NSA is still working on that stuff. Perhaps in a few hours, sirea"...Toad said. "Call me." "The weapons weren't on the shipea"...the national security adviser told the president in the Oval Office. "The ship was empty when it went on the rocks. Apparently the Cubans

booby-trapped itthe thing exploded a few minutes after the admiral went aboard to inspect it." "Casualties?" "None; sir. We were lucky. If the admiral had taken more people with him, I can't say the results would have been the same." "So where are the weapons?" "NSA thinks they are in a warehouse on the waterfront in the center of the town of Antilla. They are studying the satellite sensor data now." "Shitff"...sd the president. William Henry Chance and Tommy Carmellini ate dinner in the main restaurant of the largest casino on the Malecon. The fact that 99 percent of the Cubans on the island didn't eat this well was on Chance's mind as he watched the waiter caret come and go amid the tables filled with European diners. Plenty amid poverty, an old Cuban story so common as to be unremarkable. Carmellini merely played with his food; he was too tense to enjoy eating, had too much on his mind. Chance tried to concentrate on a superb string quartet playing classical music in the corner of the room. To the best of his knowledge, he and Carmellini had not been followed on their expeditions around the capital, although he knew very well that a really first-class surveillance would be impossible to detect. With enough men, enough radios and automobiles, the subjects could be kept in sight at all times yet no one would be directly behind them, following where they could be seen or noticed. The subjects would seem to be alone, moving of their own will through the urban environment, yet their isolation would be an illusion. He knew all that, yet he could detect no tails or signs of people that might be watching, taking an interest in him or Carmellini. Chance was no neophytehe had a great deal of experience in this line of work, he knew what was possible and he knew what was likely. He thought about all these things as the flawlessly decked-out Cuban waiter served coffee. The music formed a backdrop to the babble of conversation from his fellow diners, who were gabbing in at least five languages, perhaps six. Chance sipped the coffee, let his eyes wander the room. No one was paying the slightest attention. Not a single furtive glance, no hastily broken eye contact, no one studiously ignoring him. Well, if he and Carmellini were going to do it, tonight was the night. The longer they stayed in Havana, the more likely it was that they would attract the interest of the Department of State Security, the secret police. The interest of Santana and Alejo Vargas. The truth was that Vargas might have burned them, might have devoted the resources necessary to learn everything about them. Vargas or his minions might be waiting tonight in the science hall, waiting to catch them redhanded, to embarrass the United States, perhaps even to execute Chance and Carmellini as spies. In this line of work the imponderables were always huge, risks impossible to quantify. Still, he and Carmellini were going to have to look inside that building, see what was there. If there was a biological weapons program in Cuba, it had to be in that building, which housed the largest, bestequipped laboratory known to be on the island. And the most knowledgeable people were nearby, the microbiologists and chemists and skilled lab technicians that would be needed to produce large quantities of microorganisms. Chance was well aware that the most serious technical problem a researcher faced when constructing a biological weapon was how to keep the microorganisms alive inside a warhead or aerosol bomb for long periods of time. Some biological agents were easier to store than others, which

was why they were most often selected for weapons research. For example, the spores of anthrax were very stable, as were the spores of the fungal disease coccidioidomycosis, which incapacitated but rarely killed its victims. Of course, the naturally occurring strains of an infectious disease could have been altered to make the microorganisms more stable, more virulent, or to overcome widespread immunity: years ago researchers produced a highly infective strain of poliomyelitis virus for just these reasons. Idly he wondered about the microbiologist who ran the program. Who was he? What were his motivations? Perhaps that question answered itself in a totalitarian society, but it was worth researching, when he had some time. If he ever had some time. "Ready"..."...Chance muttered to Carmelliniea"...who drained the last of his coffee. The two men paid their bill in cash and left the casino. They got into a car parked at the curb, one driven by one of their associates, and sped off into the night. In a dark, deserted lane on the outskirts of the city the car in which Chance and Carmellini rode met the former telephone van they had used before, but now it bore the logo of a wholesale food supplier. Inside the van Carmellini and Chance changed into black trousers, a black pullover shirt with a high collar, black socks, and black rubber-soled shoes. When they were dressed, they sat listening to the insects, drinking water, monitoring a radio frequency. One of their colleagues was observing the science building at the university. He checked in every fifteen minutes. So far he had seen nothing out of the ordinary. "Why did you get into this line of work"..."...Chance asked Carmellini as they sat listening to the chirp of crickets. "The challenge of it, I guess. I had an uncle who cracked a few safes... he was a legendary figure. The only time he ever went to the pen was for tax evasion: he did a couple years that time. I was always asking him questions. He told me if I wanted to be a safecracker, go to work for a firm that manufactured and installed the things. That was good advice. I installed safes for several summers while I was in college, got too cocky for my own good. Thought I had this stuff figured out, you know? One thing led to another, and before you know it I was cracking the things." Chance nodded. "Here I am still at it. Only this time I won't go to the pen if they catch me." "Yeah. The Cubans will probably execute us as soon as Vargas gets through with us, if there's anything left to execute." "The way I figure it, I finally made the big leagues." "You optimists, always looking on the bright side." "Which brings up a point. You got us garroting wires and knives and pistols. I never carry weapons. I'm a safecracker, not a killer." "You'll probably become a dead safecracker if they catch you in there." "I've never carried weapons. Ever." "A wise precaution if you are burgling gentlemen's safes. You're in the major leagues now." "Listen, Chance" "This isn't a game, Tommy. Speaking for myself, I want to keep breathing. You'll do as I say." The driver parked the van in an alley near the science building. He sat hunched over the wheel watching people on the sidewalks as Chance and Carmellini examined the building through binoculars. They were behind him, in the body of the van, looking forward through the windshield. The way in, they decided, was through the roof. To get there, they would need to go into the building beside the science building, a lecture hall, ascend to the top floor, then get access to the roof. From here they would need to cross to the roof of the science hall, then find a way in. The lecture hall was locked at night, though it was not guarded. It was one in the morning when the van stopped in the empty alley behind the lecture hall. The two men in back pulled on latex disgloves, swung on backpacks, then went out the van's side door. The door was not wired with an alarm. Carmellini picked the lock in thirty seconds, and they were in. The van drove away as the door closed behind mem. They stood in the darkness letting their eyes adjust to the gloom. Carmellini led off. Behind him Chance took out his pistol and thumbed off the safety, keeping the pistol pointed downward at the floor. The weak light filtering through windows in classrooms and thence through open doors to the hallway did little to alleviate the darkness. The floors were uncarpeted concrete, the walls massive masonry, the ceilings at least twelve feet high. The building was devoid of decoration or even a trace of architectural imagination. Carmellini moved like a shadow, making no detectable noise. Chance seemed to be making enough noise for both of them. He could hear himself breathing and his heart pounding, could hear the echoes of his footfalls in the cavernous hallways. Keeping near the wall, they climbed the stairs to the second floor. Carmellini moved slowly, steadily, listened carefully before turning every corner, then lowered his head, keeping it well below the place one would naturally look for it, and peeped around the corner. Then he slithered around the corner out of sight; Chance followed as silently as he could. The top of the staircase put them out on the fourth floor of the building. There had to be another staircase, probably very narrow, leading to the roof. Where might it be? Carmellini was ready to go explore when he suddenly held up his hand. He held a finger to his lips. Chance listened with all the concentration he could muster. He could hear something! Voices? Carmellini slowly inched along the hallway toward an open door, then froze there. He came back down the hajlway to Chance, put his lips against Chance's ear. "A couple of kids making love." The silenced Ruger felt heavy in Chance's hand. "Gonna kill 'em?" Not shooting them was a risk, sure. Chance listened carefully. The lovers were whispering. No other sounds. "Find the stairs up." The stairs were at the end of a hall, behind a locked door. Carmellini worked on the lock in the darkness for almost a minute before he pulled the door open. They closed the door behind them and climbed the totally dark staircase, feeling their way. They ended up in a stuffy, black attic. Chance used the flashlight. Furniture, desks, chairs, stacked everywhere. In the middle of the attic was another stairway up. The door to the roof was also locked, this time with a padlock, which was on the interior side of the door. "What if there is a padlock on the other side"..."...Chance asked. "Then we're screwed. Unless you want to kick this thing down." "No." "Let's try to get this lock open, then the door." "Okay." The lock was rusty, corroded. After several minutes" effort Carmellini admitted his defeat and used a wire saw to cut through the metal loop of the lock. That took two minutes of intense effort but didn't make much noise, considering. With the lock off and hasp pulled back, they pushed at the door. It refused to open. With both men heaving, the door slowly opened with great resistance, and groaned terribly. "That'll wake the deadea"...Chance muttered, and wiped the sweat from his face as Carmellini slipped out onto the roof. Chance followed along. The metal roof sloped away steeply in several different planes. Moving on hands and knees they worked themselves over toward the edge that faced the science building. "Let me do thisea"...Carmellini whispered, and extracted the rope from his backpack. "Get out of the way, up by the door." Chance went. The glare of the city and the streetlights below illuminated the roof quite well, too well in fact. While it was easy to see where to walk, anyone below who bothered to look could probably see the black shapes silhouetted against the glare of the sky. Chance huddled against the dormer that formed the staircase up from the attic. He watched Carmellini on the edge of the roof, shaking out the rope, checking the grappling hook. Now he began to twirl the hook above his head, letting out more and more line to make the hook swing an ever-larger circle. Just as it seemed the ckcle was impossibly wide, he cast the line and hook across the chasm separating the buildings at a metal vent sticking up out of the roof. The hook made an audible metallic sound as it hit the far roof, then it began sliding off. Carmellini quickly pulled in line in huge coils, but too late to stop the grappling hook from sliding off the roof. He kept pulling on the line. In seconds he had the hook in his hand and bent down against the roof. Someone was down below. Even back here Chance could hear voices. He scanned the surrounding roofs, the streets that he could see, the blank windows looking at him from other buildings. Minutes ticked by, the voices below faded. Now Carmellini was standing, swinging the rope and hook, now casting it... and it caught! He tugged at it, worked his way back up the roof to where Chance was kneeling. Carmellini put the disend of the rope around the dormer, pulled it as taut as possible, then tied it off. "Well, there is our way acrossea"...the younger man said. "You want to go first, or should I?" "Anchored solid, is it?" "You bet." "Age before beautyea"...Chance said, and tugged on leather gloves, wrapped his hands around the rope. He worked out hand over hand, then draped his lower legs over the rope. His backpack dangled from his shoulders. Hanging from the rope like this took a surprising amount of physical strength. The rope sagged dangerously with his weight, becoming a vee with him at the bottom, which made it more difficult to move along it. Gritting his teeth, trying to keep his breathing even, William Henry Chance worked his way along the rope, taking care not to look down. At one point he knew he was over the chasm but it didn't matter: if he slipped off the rope the fall would kill him, whether he hit the roof and slid off or missed it clean. He kept going, doggedly, straining every muscle, until he felt the bag dragging along the roof of the science building. Only then did he unhook his legs from the rope and let them down to the roof. Still pulling on the rope, he heaved himself up by the vent and grabbed it. The grappling hook was holding by one tong. He wrapped the rope around the vent and set the hook, then tugged several times to make sure it would hold. Wiping his forehead, he breathed heavily three or four times. He had one hand on the rope, so he felt the tension increase with Carmellini's weight. He peered at the other building. Carmellini came scurrying along the rope like a goddamn chimpanzee. The younger man was over the gap between the buildings when the rope broke, apparently where it was anchored atop the lecture hall. Carmellini's body fell downward in an arc and disappeared from view. An audible thud reached Chance as Carmellini's body smacked against the side of the science building. "Our Lady of Coldn was under this storm system; out of sight of the satellites passing over, for six hours," Toad Tarkuigton explained to Jake Grafton. They were bent over a table in Mission Planning, studying satellite radar images. "When next it reappeared, it was steaming for Bahia de Nipe at twelve knots, yet its average speed of advance while it was out of sight was two knots." "Two?" 'Two."...Toad showed him the positions and measurements. "So it was stopped somewhere." "Or made a detour." "What if the ship rendezvoused with another ship and the warheads were transferred?" "Possible, but if you look at these other ship tracks, it doesn't seem very likely. All these other tracks were going somewhere, with speed-of-advance averages that seem plausible." "Okay. What if the ship stopped and the crew dumped some of the weapons in the water? Maybe all of them. Dumped them in shallow water for someone to pick up later. How deep is the water in that area?" "That area is the Bahamas, Admiral. Pretty shallow in a lot of places in there." "Have NSA put that area under intense surveillance. Have them study every satellite image since that storm passed. If those warheads were dumped overboard from the Colon, someone is going to come along to pick them up. We have to get there before that somebody gets them aboard." "Yes, sir." "Ask Atlantic Fleet to get a P-3 out to that area as soon as possible, have the crew search for anchored or stationary ships. Any ships not actually under way. Understand?" "Yes, sir." Jake Grafton rubbed his forehead, trying to decide if there was anything else he should be doing. "Uh, Admiral..."...Toad began, his voice low. "I want to thank you for saving my assets last night. I about had a heart attack after we jumped over that rail, everything behind us blowing up, wondering if we were going to go into the water or splatter ourselves on a rock pile. That was truly a religious experience." A wry grin crossed Jake Grafton's face. "Wish I had paid more attention to where those rocks were before crunch time arrived. Talk about jumping out of the frying pan into the fire! For a few seconds mere I thought we had had the stroke." "You didn't know"..."...Toad was aghast. "What say we don't mention this to Rita or Callie"..."...Jake said, and walked away. He had another meeting to attend. William Henry Chance grabbed the rope, which extended over the side on the science building roof into the darkness. The rope was still taut. Tommy Carmellini must be hanging on the end of it! Chance braced himself and began pulling, hand over hand, and almost ruptured himself. He got no more than six feet of rope up when he realized he wasn't in the right position. Moving carefully, he braced himself against the vent pipe and got the rope over his shoulders. Now he used his whole body to help raise it. Two more feet. , Four. A dark spot, a head, coining above the eave, struggling to climb. Chance held the rope steady as Carmellini heaved himself over the edge of the roof and began crawling up the slope, still holding onto the rope. "Man, I thought I had bit the big oneea"...Carmellini said between gasps. Leaning against the chimney, Chance blew equally hard. "I'm getting too old for this shitea"...Carmellini muttered. "Next time get a desk job." "Why in hell do you think I went to law school?" Chance coiled the rope and inspected it. It had frayed through where it was wrapped around the dormer on the other building. He showed the place to Carmellini, then put the rope in his knapsack. "Let's go." Carmellini used a glass cutter on a pane of a dormer window, then they went in. Chance took a chance and used the flashlight. This attic was stacked with laboratory equipment: dishes, warmers, mixing units, microscopes, a spectrometer, a bunch of equipment large and small that he couldn't identify. "Let's put on our masksea"...Chance said, "just in case." They donned the gas masks, made sure the filter elements were on tight. The mask could provide only filtered air: it had an inhalation and exhalation valve and a black faceplate with two large clear lens to see through. The mask was attached to a hood that went over the head and shoulders of the user. Pull strings sealed the hood so air could not get in around the user's neck. When they had the mask on, both men removed the leather gloves they had been wearing and donned a pair of latex gloves. They stuffed their trousers inside their socks. With Carmellini in the lead, the two men stealthily descended the stairs. STEPHEN COONTS The laboratory was in the basement, so Chance and Carmellini had to pass through the main floor to get there. The elevator would be the best way from the top of the building to the bottom, but it might be monitored from the guards" station at the main entrance. Certainly it should be: nothing could be simpler than to have a warning light come on when the electric motor that ran the elevator engaged. Chance and Carmellini took the stairs. Carmellini was leading the way now. Using'the flashlight, he examined the door to the staircase for alarms, then opened the door a crack and examined the stairwell. Fortunately the stairwell was lit. If this building were hi the States it would be festooned with infrared sensors, motion detectors, microphones, and remote cameras controlled from a central station. However, this was Cubit At each landing, Carmellini extended a small periscope and looked around the corner. On the second floor his inspection of the stairs leading down revealed a camera mounted on a wall above the landing, focused on the door in from the main floor. There was probably a camera mounted above the door to the main floor, a camera that looked back toward this camera. Carmellini studied the camera through the periscope, twisted the magnification to the maximum and refocused. He kept the instrument steady by bracing himself against the wall. The security camera was fifteen or twenty years old if it was a day. No doubt there were ten or twelve cameras on a sequential switch, so the video from each one was shown in turn on a monitor at the guard's station. The guard was probably reading something, eating, talking to another guard, if he was paying any attention at all. From his backpack Carmellini removed a strobe unit and battery. He plugged the thing together, switched on the battery, and waited for the capacitor to charge. The bulb had a set of silver metal feathers around it so that the light could be focused. Carmellini tightened the feathers around the bulb as much as they would go. When the capacitor's green light came on, he eased the light around the comer, exposing his head for the first time. One quick squint to line up the light, then holding the thing tightly against the wall to steady it, he retracted his head, closed his eyes and buried his head in the crook of his arm. William Henry Chance did likewise. The short, intense burst of light should burn out the camera's light-level sensor, rendering it inoperative. The flash was so bright Carmellini saw it through his closed eyelids. The two men slipped down the stairs. Standing just under the camera that had just been disabled, Carmellini used the periscope again. Yes. Another camera, just over the door to the main floor. He waited ten more seconds for the capacitor to fully charge, then stuck it around the corner and flashed the light. "Let's go!" With Chance behind him, Tommy Carmellini went down the stairs to the main floor and used his periscope to examine the landing on the stairs leading down. Nothing. On down to the landing, peeking around the corner. "Motion detectorea"...he whispered to Chance. Chance was breathing heavily inside the mask. It wasn't the exertion, he decided, but the tension. He must be audible at fifty paces. He tried to ignore the sound of his own rasping and listen. were the guards coming? Two cameras were down had they noticed? Would they come to inspect the things? Or were the guards congregating right now, calling in troops? "Microwave or infrared"..."...Chance asked, referring to the motion detector. "One of each." "Beautiful." "Probably two independent systems." "Oh, Christ!" "That's a poor way to install them, actually. This is old technology, Mission Impossible stuff. We'll just walk by the infrared detectorsall this clothing will help shield our body heat. If we move right along we should be okay." "And the microwave system?" Carmellini had already removed a device the size of a portable CD player from his backpack. "Jammerea"...he said, and examined the controls. He turned it on and, holding it in front of him, walked down to the motion detectors. The one on the left was the microwave one, with a coaxial cable leading away from it. Carmellini pulled the cable an inch or so away from the wall and wedged the jammer into that space. "Come onea"...he whispered, and opened the door into the basement. The two men found themselves in a hallway. Directly over-their head was a camera that pointed the length of the hall, covering the door halfway down that must lead into the lab. Carmellini took a small battery-powered camcorder from Chance's backpack. He held it under the security camera for about a minute, filming the view down the hallway, then pushed the play button. The device now replayed the same scene on a continuous loop, and would do so until the batteries were exhausted. He slid a collar around the coaxial cable leading from the camera, tightened it, then used a pair of wire cutters to slice the coax away from the security camera. The door into the lab had an alarm on it, one mounted high. "The alarm rings if the circuit is brokenea"...Carmellini whispered. "It's designed to prevent unauthorized exit from the lab, not entry. Won't take a minute." He worked swiftly with a penknife and length of wire. By wiring around the contact on the door and jamb, he made the contact impossible to break. Sixty seconds later he gingerly tried the door. Reached for the handle and Locked! Now to work with the picks. "They locked an emergency exit"..."...Chance demanded. "Yeah. Real bastards, huh?" Tommy Carmellini knew his business. When the lock clicked, he put his picks back in his knapsack, pulled the knapsack into position, and palmed his pistol. "You ready?" "Yeah." Carmellini eased the door open, looked quickly each way with just one eye around the jamb. The door opened into a well-lit foyer. The entire opposite wall of the room was made of thick glass, which formed a wall of a large, well-equipped laboratory. No people in sight. And no security cameras or motion detectors. Both men came in, pistols in their hands and pointed at the floor. Chance pulled the ddor shut behind them. They knelt by the long window and with just their heads sticking up, surveyed the scene. Row after row of culture trays, units for mixing chemicals, deep sinks, storage cabinets, big sterilizing units, stainless steel containers by the dozen, analysis equipment, retorts, microscopes ... "Holy damnea"...Carmellini said softly. "They are sure as hell growing something in there." "Somethingea"...Chance agreed. On the end of the room to their left was a large air lock. "That's the way in." "Do we have to go in?" "We need samples from those culture trays." Chance led the way. He walked, holding the pistol down by his right thigh. Around the corner slowly, looking first. There were actually two air locks. After they went through the first one, they found themselves in a dressing room with a variety of white one-piece coveralls hanging on nails. Each man donned one, pulling it on over his STEPHEN COONTS clothes, then zipping it tightly, fastening the cuffs with Velcro strips. Gas masks were there too, but they were already wearing masks. The second lock was equipped with a large vacuum machine which suctioned dust and microorganisms from the white coveralls. They opened the door to the lab and stepped inside. "The culture traysea"...Chance said, and led the way. From his backpack he took syringes, quickly screwed on needles. The glass trays sat on mobile racks, three dozen to a rack. They were readily transparent, so he could look inside, see the bacteria growing on the food mix at the bottom of the tray. He selected a rack of trays, pulled one tray from the rack and laid it on the marble-topped counter nearby. He opened it. Used a syringe. With the syringe about half-full, he unscrewed the needle, deposited the syringe in a plastic freezer bag and sealed it. Meanwhile Carmellini had been exploring. As Chance sealed up his second sample from this rack of trays, Carmellini came back, motioning with his hand. "Better come look. Looks like they are growing several kinds of cultures." The second kind looked similar to the first, but the organisms were of. a slightly different color. Chance selected a tray, took a sample, then replaced the tray on the rack, as he had the first one. He was finishing his second sample from this batch when, out of the corner of his eye, he saw Carmellini motion for him to get down. He dropped to a sitting position, finished sealing the syringe bag. He put the samples into his knapsack, reached up on the countertop for his pistol. Carmellini was creeping along below the counter with his pistol in his hand. Someone was in the air lock. By looking down the aisle between the counters Chance could just see the top of his head as he pulled on the gas mask in the dressing room. Whoever it was was coming in. Carmellini looked at Chance, lifted his hands in a query: Now what? Chance made a downward motion. Maybe this person would just come in, get something, then leave. It would be impossible, he decided, to sneak out while the person was in the lab. Although the lab was large, at least a hundred feet long, anyone in the air locks could be seen from anywhere in the lab unless the viewer was behind a piece of large equipment. Shit! Well, the Cubans were about to discover that their lab was no longer a secret. That was not a disaster; unfortunate, perhaps. Perhaps not. The person coming in wore a complete protection suit and mask. Not a square inch of skin was exposed. Large for a woman. A man, probably. Almost six feet. Hard to tell body weight under a bag suit like that, but at least 180 pounds. He checked the safety on the pistol. On. With his thumb he moved it to the off position, checked it visually. Now the person was coming out of the air lock, walking purposefully down the aisle between the counters and trays of cultures. William Henry Chance stood up, pointed the pistol straight in the face of the masked person walking toward him. The man froze. If it was a man. Stopped dead and slowly raised his hands. Out of the corner of his eye Chance saw Tommy Carmellini moving toward the Cuban. "Find something to tie him withea"...he said loudly, hoping Carmellini would understand his muffled voice. Carmellini seemed to. He held up a roll of duct tape. He moved toward the man, who turned his head so that he could get a good look at Carmellini. Garmellini had his pistol in his hand. His holster was under the white coverall, as was Chance's, so both men had carried their pistols with them in their hands. Now Carmellini placed the pistol on a counter, well out of the man's reach. He walked behind him. The man pushed backward, slamming Carmellini against a counter. Damnation! Chance couldn't shoot for fear of hitting Carmellini. As if the .22-caliber bullets in the Ruger would drop a big man at this distance. Chance walked around the counter, up the aisle, intending to shoot the Cuban in the head from as close as he could get. Carmellini kicked violently and the Cuban went flying back into a rack of culture trays. Three or four of the trays fell from the rack and shattered on the floor. The man launched himself at Carmellini, who ducked under a right cross. The man kept right on going, heading for the pistol lying on the counter. Carmellini caught him by the back of his coverall and swung him bodily around. With a mighty punch he sent the man reeling backward, straight into the rack of culture trays he had already bit. The man slipped, fell amid the broken glass. Without sights, wearing the silencer, the Ruger was hard to aim. Chance squeezed off a round anyway. Where the bullet went he never knew. Before he could fire again the man screamed in agony. All his muscles went rigid. He bent over backward, screaming in a high-pitched wail. "Let's goff"...Carmellini yelled. The man got control of an arm. He tore at his mask, trying to get it off, all the while screaming and thrashing around on the floor amid the broken glass. "Holy shit." The stricken man finally just ran out of air. All motion stopped. He was bent over backward, almost double, his head within a few inches of his heels. Careful not to step on the broken glass, Chance bent over the man. He carefully took off the gas mask. Eyes rolled back in his head, every muscle taut in a fierce rigor, the man seemed almost frozen. "He must have torn his suitea"...Chance muttered to himself. The Cubans must have vaccinated everyone with access. Why didn't the vaccination protect him? "Let's get our asses through the air lock and get the fuck outta hereea"...Carmellini said loudly. They stood in the vacuum room for the longest time, neither man willing to be the first to leave. "We must goea"...Carmellini said at last, after almost ten minutes of suction, after using a high-pressure jet of air from a hose to blast every nook and fold of the coverall. They hung the coveralls on the nails. Stood in the next air lock, were vacuumed again, then they were out, still wearing their gas masks. "We might kill everyone in Havanaea"...Chance said. "We'll never know itea"...Carmellini shot back. "We'll be in hell before they are." "Can't figure out why the vaccination didn't protect him." "Later. How the hell are we going to get out of here?"- "The easiest way is to just walk out the front door, shoot both the guards, and walk around the corner to the van." "They'll see us going up the stairs." "The elevator. We'rl use the elevator. Keep the pistols where they can't see them." "You are fucking-A crazy, man. One crazy motherfucker." The elevator was right there with the door open. Chance walked in. When Carmellini was aboard, he pushed the button to take it up. With their pistols down by their legs, they walked out of the elevator, straight for the guard shack at the front door. Only one man was there, reading something. He looked up as they approached. Now he stood. "Que pasa"..."...he began, and Chance shot him in the forehead from six feet away. The guard toppled over backward. Chance and Carmellini kept going, out the door at a walking pace, down the sidewalk under the streetlights looking like two refugees from a flying saucer, and around the corner. They jerked open the rear door of the van and jumped in. Chance ripped off the mask. "Let's get the hell outta hereea"...he roared at the driver, who was as surprised at their sudden appearance as the guard had been. "Drive, damn it, drive!" As the van jostled and swayed through the city streets, they sat in the back staring at each other, waiting for the disease to hammer them. Waited, and waited, and waited... Six hours after William Henry Chance and Tommy Carmellini walked out of the University of Havana science building, Dr. Bouchard was on his way to Washington via Mexico City with two of the culture samples in his diplomatic pouch. Three hours later one of the lowest-ranking mission employees with diplomatic status left on a plane to Freeport, there to transfer to a flight to Miami, and then on to Washington. This employee carried the other two samples in her diplomatic pouch. Chance and Carmellini were dropped at their hotel after changing clothes in the van. "Burn those clothes immediately, and don't touch them with your bare handsea"...Chance told the driver. At the hotel both men went straight to their rooms, stripped, and stood in the shower for as long as they could stand it. Standing under the shower head Chance waited for the first symptom to announce its arrival. Every now and then he shuddered, despite the hot water, as cold chills ran up and down his spine. He had a raging headache. When he got out of the shower he toweled himself dry, got in bed and arranged a wet, cool washcloth across his forehead. The lab worker writhing on the floor, the startled face of the guard the instant before he died^the scenes played over and over in his mind. The death throes of the lab worker were bad enough, but the face of the guard, when he saw the pistol rising, saw the silencer, knew Chance was going to shoot: that face Chance would carry to his grave. He shouldn't have had to kill the guard. The truth of the matter was that he panicked when the lab worker died horribly; he stood in the air locks thinking he or Carmellini would be next, any second. He had wanted out of that building so badly he had thrown caution to the wind and bolted blindly for the front door. It was a miracle that there weren't two or three guards standing by the main entrance, that they didn't have guns out as the two figures from biological hell stepped out of the elevator. Ah, the stink of Lady Luck. greater-than Lying there in the darkness he thought about microorganisms, wondered what was in the sample vials, wondered why the lab worker, who must have been immunized, died such a painful, horrible death. One thing was certain: The Cubans were well on their way to having biological weapons. And the only conceivable target was the United States. With his head pounding, unable to sleep, he turned on his small computer and typed an E-mail reporting the intrusion and his findings. After he encrypted the message, he used the telephone on the desk to get on the Web and fire the message into cyberspace. Then he went back to bed, and finally to sleep. The American stood amid the shards of glass looking at the body of the lab worker. He wore a protective garment that covered him head to toe and a mask that filtered the air he breathed. He looked at everything, taking his tune, then exited the laboratory through the air lock. Alejo Vargas was waiting for him. He said nothing, merely waited for the American to talk. "The virus has apparently mutatedea"...the American said finally. "I thought the strain was stable, but..."...He gave the tiniest shrug. "Mutated?". "Possibly." "Come now, Professor. I have not asked for scientific proof. Tell me what you think." "A mutation. A few days with the electron microscope would give us some clues. We need to do more cultures to be sure. It would help if I could dissect the dead man, see how the disease affected him." "Like you did the others?" "You told me they were killers, condemned men. We had to knowl" "What if the disease gets away from you at the morgue? What if it spreads to the general population?" "With the proper precautions the danger is minuscule. Man, the advancement of human knowledge requires" "Noea"...Vargas said. He gestured to the lab. "If that gets away from us, for whatever reason, there won't be a human left alive on this island." "Then don't ask me for opinionsea"...the professor snapped. "You can guess as well as I." Alejo Vargas's eyes narrowed to slits. His voice was cold with fury. "I wanted to use an anthrax agent, but no, you insisted on poliomyelitis. Now you tell me it mutated, as I feared it might." The damned fool, the American thought. Of course he had insisted on a virusfor Christ's sake, bis life work was studying viruses, not bacteria. Vargas continued, pronouncing the sentence: "We spent all this money, built the warheads, installed them, and we took huge risks to do it Don't talk to me of acceptable risks." The professor was not the type to calmly submit to lectures from his intellectual inferiors. "Don't get wrathy with me, Vargas. You're a stupid, ignorant thug. I didn't design the universe and I can't take responsibility for it. I merely try to understand, to learn, to increase the store of man's knowledge." The American lost his temper at that point and splut- tered, "Biology isn't engineering, goddammit! Sometimes two plus two equals five." Vargas turned his back on the professor. He stared into the lab, which appeared cold and stark under the lights yet was full of poisonous life. "I don't understand what happened in thereea"...the American said. "He didn't just fall. It looks like there was a struggle." "Someone broke hiea"...Vargas said. The professor was horrified. "Broke in? Past the guards? Who would be so foolish?" "Someone who wanted to see what was in thereea"...Vargas said, and turned to look at the other man's face. A note of satisfaction crept into, his voice as he added, "Probably Americans, Perhaps C1A." The professor looked startled, as if the possibility had not crossed his mind. "Come, come, Professor, don't tell me you thought your work here hi Cuba would remain a secret forever." "I am a scientistea"...the American said. "Science is my life." Vargas snorted derisively. "Your lifeff"...he said softly, contemptuously. The professor lost it. "Foolff"...he shouted. "Idiot! You sit in this Third World cesspool and think this crap matters fooir "Perhapsea"...Vargas said coldly. He was used to Professor Svenson, an unrepentant intellectual snob, the very worst kind, and American to boot. "I would like to stay and trade curses with you today but there is no time. The workers are waiting outside. You are going to show them how to clean up the lab, then you will determine exactly what happened to the viruses. You will write down all that must be done to check the warheads. You will have the report handdelivered to me. If you fail to do exactly what J say, you will go into the crematorium with the lab worker. Do you understand me, Professor?" "You can't threaten me. I'm" Alejo Vargas flicked his fingers across the professor's cheek, merely a sting. He stared into his eyes. "You suffer from a regrettable delusion that you are irreplaceablest can cure that. If you wish, you can go to the crematorium right now. Two body bags are not much more trouble than one." , When Vargas left, Olaf Svenson sat and hid his face in his hands. He had never thought past the scientific problems to the ones he now faced. Oh, he should have, of course: he knew that Vargas intended to put the virus into warheads. He shut his mind to the horrorhe wanted to see if the mutation could be controlled. No, he wanted to see if he could control the mutation of the viruses. The scientific challenges consumed him. Vargas had the money and the facilities Olaf Svenson wanted to do the research. He was going to have to get out of Cuba, and as soon as possible. The university thought he was in Europethat was where he would go. The CIA probably had no evidence, or not enough to prosecute him in an American court. If he went to the airport and took a plane now they probably would never get enoughVargas certainly wasn't going to be a willing witness. He waited a few minutes, long enough for Vargas to clear off upstairs, then stood and took a last fleeting look at the lab. With a sigh he turned his back on what might have been and walked to the elevator. In the lobby he took the time to give detailed instructions to the workers who would clean up the lab, answered the foreman's questions, then watched as they boarded the elevator. When the elevator door closed behind the workers, Professor Svenson nodded to the guards at the entrance of the building, set off down the street and never looked back. The P-3 Orion antisubmarine patrol plane flew over a sparkling- sea. The morning cumulus clouds would form in the STEPHEN COONTS trade winds in a few hours, but right now the sky was empty except for wisps of high stratus. The glory of the morning held no interest for the P-3's crew, which was examining an old freighter anchored in the lee of an l-shaped cay. A few palm trees and some thick brush covered the backbone of the little island, which had wide, white, empty beaches on all sides. "Whaddya think"..."...the pilot asked his copilot and the TACCO, the tactical coordinator, who was standing behind the center console. "Go lower and we'll get picturesea"...the TACCO suggested. He passed a video camera to the copilot. The pilot retarded the throttles and brought the plane around in a wide, sweeping turn to pass down the side of the freighter at an altitude of about two hundred feet. The copilot kept the video camera on the freighter, which was fairly small, about ten thousand tons, with peeling paint and a rusty waterline. A few sailors could be seen on deck, but no flags were visible. "I'll get on the hornea"...the TACCO told the pilot, "see if the folks in Norfolk can identify that ship. But first let's fly over the ship, get the planform from directly overhead." The TACCO knew that the computer sorted ship images by silhouettes and planforms, so having both views would speed up the identification process. Professor Olaf Svenson was standing in line at Havana airport to buy a ticket to Mexico City when he saw Colonel Santana arrive out front in a chauffeur-driven limousine. Through the giant windows he could clearly see Santana get out of the car, see the uniformed security guards salute, see the plainclothes security men with Santana move tourists out of the way. Svenson turned and rushed away in the other direction. He dove into the first men's room he saw and took refuge in an empty stall. Was Santana after him? The acrid smell of a public rest room filled his nostrils, permeated his clothing, made him feel unclean. He sat listening to the sounds: the door opening and closing as men came and went, feet scraping, water running, piss tinkling into urinals, muttered comments. Sweat trickled down his neck, soaking his shirt. Slam! Someone aggressively pushed the rest room door open until it smashed against the wall. The minutes crawled. Santana was an animal, Svenson thought, a sadist, a foul, filthy creature who loved to see fellow human beings in pain. Svenson had seen it in his eyes. Even the smallest of bad tidings was delivered with a malicious gleam. Svenson suspected that as a boy Santana had enjoyed torturing pets. What would Santana do to an overweight, middle-aged scientist from Colorado who tried to escape the country? The door slammed into the wall again, and Svenson jumped. Torture? Of course. Santana would want to inflict pain. Svenson felt his bowels get watery as he thought about the pain that Santana could dish out. Every sound caused him to move, to jump. He consulted his watch again. Just a few minutes had passed. O God, if you really exist, have mercy on me! Don't let Santana find me. Please! Home. He wanted to go home so badly. To his apartment and cats and flowers in planters. To his neat, safe little haven, where he could shut out the evil of the world. Someone slapped the side of the stall, said something unintelligible in Spanish. Probably wanted him to hurry up, to get out and let the next man in. Svenson made a retching sound. And almost lost his breakfast. He tried retching audibly again, less forcefully. The person standing beside the stall walked away, the door to the rest room opened and closed. Where was Santana? Maybe he wasn't coining. Surely by now if he were searching the terminal he would have looked into this restroom. Coukfit be? Or perhaps Santana was standing outside, waiting for him to come out, for the sheer joy of dashing his hopes when he thought the coast was clear. Santana would do a thing like that, Svenson told himself now. He felt so dirty, so wretched. He wiped at the sheen of sweat on his face, wiped his hands on his trousers. He watched the minute hand of his watch, watched it slowly circle the dial, counted the seconds as it moved along so effortlessly. With every passing minute that Santana didn't come he felt better. Yes. Perhaps he wasn't looking. He must not be. If he were looking he would have been hi this restroom, would have opened the door, would have jerked him from the stall and arrested him and put the cuffs on him and dragged him across the terminal and thrown him into a police car. But Santana didn't come. After an hour of waiting, Olaf Svenson began thinking about how he was going to get out of the country. He needed another passport. If he used his own, the security people might not let him through the immigration checkpoint. He pulled up his pants, washed his hands thoroughly, and went out into the main hall of the terminal. Keeping an eye out for Santana, he went to the ticket desk for Mexicana Airlines and stood where he could watch the agent When handed a passport, the man glanced up, comparing the face to the photo. Just a glance, but a glance would be enough. Using a stolen passport with a photo that didn't match his face was too much of a risk. Svenson knew he would have to use his own, dangerous though it would be. Screwing up his courage, Olaf Svenson got in line. "Ciudad Mejico, par favor." He handed the passport to the agent, who glanced into his face, then handed the passport back. An hour later Svenson went through the immigration line. The uniformed official didn't look up, merely compared the passport to a typed list that lay on his desk, then passed it back. He did not stamp the document. Olaf Svenson took a seat in the waiting area and used a filthy handkerchief to wipe perspiration from his forehead. A reprieve. The powers that rule the universe had granted him a reprieve. He would have liked to have had the opportunity to study the latest viral mutation, but the risk was just too great. A lost opportunity, he concluded. Oh, too bad, too bad. When the plane from Madrid touched down at Havana airport with Maximo Sedano aboard, Colonel Santana and two plainclothes secret police officers were there to meet him. They stood beside Maximo while he waited for his luggage, then the two junior men carried it to the car while Maximo walked beside Santana. Colonel Santana said nothing to the finance minister, other than to say Alejo Vargas wanted to see him, then he let the bastard stew. He had learned years ago that silence was a very effective weapon, one that cost nothing and caused grievous wounds in a guilty soul. All men are guilty, Santana believed, of secret sins if nothing else, and if left to suffer in silence will usually convince themselves that the authorities know everything. After a long enough silence, often all that remains to do is take down the confession and obtain a signature. One of his troops drove while Santana rode in the back of the car with his charge. Not a word was uttered the whole trip. Maximo seemed to be holding up fairly well, Santana thought, not sweating too much, retaining most of his color, breathing under control. The colonel smiled broadly, a smile that grew even wider- when he saw from the corner of his eye that Maximo Sedano had noticed it. Ah, yes. Silence. And terror. The car drove straight into the basement of the Ministry of Interior, where Maximo Sedano was hustled to a subterranean interrogation room. "I demand to see Vargasea"...Maximo said hotly when they shoved him into a chair and slammed the door shut. "You demand"..."...asked Santana softly, leaning forward until his face was only inches from Maximo. "You are in no position to demand. You may ask humbly, request, you may even pray, but you don't demand. You have no right to demand anything." Santana seated himself behind the desk, across from Maximo. He took out the interrogation form, filled out the blanks on the top of the sheet, then laid it on the scarred wood in front of him. "Whereea"...Santana asked, "is the money?" Maximo Sedano inhaled through his nose. He smelled dampness, urine, something rotting, meat or vegetable perhaps ... and something cold and slimy and evil. It was here, all around him, in this roomthe very stones reeked of it. Before Castro the secret police belonged to Fulgencio Batista, and before him Geraldo Machado, and so on, back for hundreds of years. This was a secret room that never saw the light, where justice did not exist, where force and venality and self-interest ruled. Here shadow men without conscience or scruple wrestled with the enemies of the dictator. The room reeked of fear and blood, torture and maiming, pain and death. Maximo pushed the images aside. With a tenuous composure, carefully, completely, honestly, he explained about the accounts and the German and the people at the bank. He related what they said to the best of his memory. He told about the ice pick and the men's room, everything, CUBA

withholding only his intention of transferring the money to his own accounts. Santana had questions, of course, made him repeat most of it two or three times. When the colonel had it all written down, Maximo signed the statement. "Where are the transfer cards"..."...Santana asked. "In Switzerland. I left them at the bank." "Why?" "If there has been some mistake, if the money was stolen by someone at the bank, then the banks have valid, legal transfer orders they must honor. They must send the money to the Bank of Cuba." "So where is the money?" "It is not in those accounts, obviously. I think the money has been stolen." For the first time, Santana was openly skeptical. "By whom?" "By someone who had access to the account numbers. El Presidente insisted on keeping a record of them in his office. I would look there first." "Why not your office? Is it not possible one of your aides learned the numbers, passed them to someone who7" "All the numbers of the government's foreign accounts, including the accounts controlled exclusively by el Presidente, are kept in a safe in my office under my exclusive control. None of my staff has accessonly me." Again Santana smiled. "You realize, of course, that you are convicting yourself with your own mouth?" Maximo threw up his hands. "I tell you this, Santana. I do not have the money. If I had fifty-four million dollars I would not have taken the plane back to Cuba. I would not be sitting in this shithole talking to a shithead like you." Santana ignored the insult and jotted a few more lines on his report. Personally he believed Maximoif the man had the money he would have run like a rabbitbut to say so would give Maximo too much leverage. And Maximo said that he killed a man with an ice pick, which certainly seemed out of character. Santana raised an eyebrow as he thought about Rail. Maximo Sedano killing Railwell, the world is full of unexpected things. He left Maximo Sedano sitting in the chair in the niterrogation room while he went to find Vargas. The minister was in his office listening to a report of the laboratory burglary from one of the senior colonels, who had just returned from the university. Santana knew nothing of the burglary, had not been informed before he went to the airport. He stood listening, asked no questions, waited for Alejo Vargas. An hour passed before Vargas was ready to talk about Maximo. "He is downstairs in an interrogation roomea"...Santana said. "Here is his statement."...He passed it across. Vargas read it in silence. "The money is not hi the accountsea"...Vargas said finally. "So he says." "And you think he is telling the truth?" "Sir, I don't think Maximo Sedano has what it takes to steal that kind of money and come back here to face you. He knew he would be met at the airport. He was expecting it." Vargas said nothing, merely blinked. "Actually, his suggestion about the account numbers at the president's residence is a good one. If there was a leak, it was probably there. Fidel probably left the book lying aroundhe had no organizational sense." "And?" "I know of no one in Cuba with the computer expertise to get into the Swiss banks electronically and steal that money, but there are plenty of people in America who could. A lot of them work for the American government." "People were stealing money from banks long before computers were inventedea"...Vargas objected. "Anybody could have bribed a bank officer and stolen that money. The Yanquis are the most likely suspects, however." Vargas well knew that everything that went wrong south of Key West was not the fault of the United States government, but he was too old a dog to think that the people who ran the CIA were incompetent dullards too busy to give Cuba a thought. "The Americans say that shit happens." "They often make it happenea"...Vargas agreed, and stood up. "Let us talk to Maximo. Perhaps we can save a soul from hell." Going down the stairs Vargas said to Santana, "Maximo has been plotting to get himself elected president when Castro passes. Today would be a good time to let him know that such a course is futile." "Yes, sir." "Some pain, I think. Nothing permanent, nothing lifethreatening. We will need his expertise in finance later on." "Yes, sir." A petty officer came to find Jake Grafton. The sailor led the admiral to the Air Intelligence spaces, where he found Toad and the AI'S gathered around a television monitor. "A P-3 took this sequence a few hours agoea"...Toad told the admiral, "in the Bahamas. It's an anchored North Korean freighter. The P-3 is going to fly directly overhead here in a minute and get a shot looking straight down. We'll freeze the video there." The perspective changed as the plane came across the top of the ship. The clear blue water seemed to disappear, leaving the ship suspended above the yellow sandy bottom. Just before the P-3 crossed above the ship, Toad froze the picture. He stepped forward, pointing to dark shapes resting on the sand under the freighter. "I think we've found the rest of the stolen warheadsea"...he said. 'The people on the Coldn dumped them here in the ocean for the North Koreans to pick up later." Jake stepped forward, studied the picture on the televi- sion screen. "Can this picture be computer enhanced?""...They are working on that hi Norfolk right now.""...How certain are they about the identification of the ship?" "Very sure. Undoubtedly North Korean." When the National Security Council met to be briefed about developments in Cuba, the president's mood was even uglier than it had been a few days before. He listened with a frozen frown as the briefer described the biological warfare research laboratory in the science building, at the University of Havana. He covered his face with a hand as the briefer explained that some of the warheads from Nuestra Senora de Colon appeared to be resting on a sandy ocean floor in the Bahamas, with a North Korean freighter anchored nearby. "The good newsea"...the briefer said brightly, "is that the freighter seems to be in Baharaan territorial waters." "Do you have a plan"..."...the president asked General Totten. "Yes, sir. At our request, the Bahamans have formally requested that a United States ship board and search the North Korean freighter, which has violated their territorial waters. The nearest U.s. ship will be there in three hours." "And if the North Koreans raise the anchor and sail away?" "We'll stop the ship anyway, remove any United States government property mat we find." "Another international incidentff"...the president grumped. "The North Koreans will shout bloody murder, then the Cubans will join the chorus." The national security adviser jumped right in. "Sir, the Cubans can't prove we had CBW warheads in Gitmo." "Can't prove? If Fidel Castro doesn't have a stolen artillery shell on his desk right now I'll kiss your ass at high noon on the Capitol steps while CNN" "Sir, we think"

"Let me finish! Don't interrupt! I'm the guy the congressmen are going to fry when they hear about this fiasco. Let me finish." Silence. The president swallowed once, adjusted his tie. "And nowea"...he said, trying to keep the acid out of his voice, "we learn the Cubans have a biological weapons lab in a building in the heart of Havana, at the university there. Is that correct?"' "Yes,, sir." "What I would like to know is this: Have the Cubans got any way of using biological weapons on the United States right now? Today? Have they got a delivery system?" "Sir, we don't know." "Well, by God, in my nonmilitary opinion we ought to find out just as fast as we can. Does anybody in this room agree with that proposition?" "Yes, sir." "Another thing I want to know: Somebody explain again how the goddamned Chemical Weapons Treaty will make countries like Cuba decide not to build biological and chemical weapons." The silence that followed that question was broken by the chairman of the joint chiefs, General Tater Totten: "The Chemical Weapons Convention Agreement won't dissuade anyone who wants these weapons from building them. All it will do is force us to rid ourselves of the weapons that deter others from using these things. Chemical and biological weapons are only employed when a user believes his enemy cannot or will not retaliate in kind. Your staff knew that and wanted the treaty anyway so that you could brag about it on the stump and win votes from soccer moms who don't know shit from peanut butter." The president eyed General Totten sourly, then surveyed the rest of them. "At least somebody around here has the guts to tell it like it isea"...he muttered. The chairman continued: "Doing the right thing isn't the same as getting the right result. We could use more of the latter and less of the former, if you ask me." "Don't push it, Generalea"...the president snarled. The gray-haired general motored on as if the president hadn't said a word. "To get back to your question, of course the Cubans have a delivery system, or several. Biological weapons are the easiest of all weapons to employ. The delivery system could be as simple as planes rigged to spray microorganisms into the atmosphere: after all, Cuba is just ninety miles south of Key West; jets could be over Florida in minutes. Or a few teams of Cuban saboteurs could induce the toxins into the water supply systems of major citiestens of millions of people could be infected before anyone figured out there was even a problem." Here was the classic dilemma: The U.s. was prepared to fight a nuclear war to the finish and lick anyone on the planet in a conventional war. Hundreds of billions of dollars had been spent on networks and communications, on precision weapons and missile Systems, on an army, navy and air force that were die best equipped, trained, and led armed forces on earth. So if there were an armed conflict, no sane enemy would confront the United States on a conventional or nuclear battlefield: guerrilla warfare and terror weapons were the alternatives. "What die Cubans probably don't haveea"...General Totten continued, "is the engineering and industrial capacity to turn tankfuls of toxins into true weapons, weapons that are safe to handle, can be stored indefinitely, and aimed precisely. That's why they want to get tiieir hands on that shipload of biological warheads." "So how do we prevent the use of CBW weapons"..."...the president asked. "You have to deter the bad guysea"...Tater Totten explained. "You have to be willing to do it to, them worse man they can do it to you. And they have to know that you will." "You're saying that if the Cubans murder ten million Americans; we have to kill every human in Cuba?" "That's right. Mutually assured destruction." "M-A-D." . "Insane. But there is no other way. If these people think you lack the resolve to retaliate in kind, you just lost the war." "If anyone kills Americans we will retaliateea"...the president said. "That's been U.s. policy since George Washington took the oath of office." The general concentrated on straightening a paper clip, then bending it into a new shape. Finally, when the president had had his say, when the national security adviser had summed up the situation, the chairman spoke again: 'The agent in Havana who found the lab had a request. It was in the last paragraph of bis message this morning. Mr. Adviser, do you wish to discuss itr The adviser obviously didn't wish to discuss it; he could have raised the point at any time during the meeting and hadn't. A flash of irritation crossed his face, then he said, "I've gone over that request with the staff, and with State, ah, and both staff and State feel it is completely out of bounds." "What request"..."...the president asked curtly. "Sir, staff and State feel the request is absolutely out of the question; I struck it from the agenda." "What request"..."...the president repeated with some heat. "The agent wants Operation Flashlight to happen at onethirty A.m. tomorrowea"...Tater Totten said. "And that is"..."...the president said, frowning. "He wants the power grid in central Havana knocked out." "Oh. Now I remember. You want to blow some highvoltage towers." "That's correct, sir. This operation was discussed and approved three weeks ago." "Oh, no. Three weeks ago I gave a tentative approval, tentative only. Sabotage of a power network of a foreign nation is a damn serious matter. Back when I was in school we called that an act of war." "It still isea"...the national security adviser said. He was something of a suck-up, General Totten thought. "I think this matter deserves more discussionea"...the president said. "Yes, sir." "What happens if the people setting these charges are arrested?" The director of the CIA reluctantly stepped in. "Sir, that is one of the inherent risks of clandestine operations. The men who set the charges know the risks. We know the risks. The fact is that the possible gains here make the risks worth running. That's the same cost-benefit analysis we make before we authorize any clandestine operation." "What if one of these people is arrested? Can the Cubans prove they work for the CIA?" "No, sir. They will appear to be Cuban exiles, in Cuba creating mischief on their own hook." "This operation gives me a bad feeling in the pit of my stomachea"...the president said. "There are too many things going wrong all at once." General Totten could hold his tongue no longer. "There is no time to be lostea"...he said. "Four vials of microorganisms taken from a biological warfare laboratory located just ninety miles south of Key West in the capital of a communist country hostile to the United States are this very minute being examined in laboratories in the Washington area. Cuba could become another Iraq, armed to the teeth with chemical and biological weapons. This nation cannot afford to let that happen. Cuba is only ninety miles away. The risk is simply too great." The president glared around the room. Looking for someone to blame, General Totten thought. "Mr. President, Flashlight will take hours to pull off," the CIA director said. "I've already given the order for it to proceed." "You've already given the order"..."...The president repeated the words incredulously. "There was no time to be lostea"...the director shot back. "These things take hours to set in motion. The execution time is one-thirty A.m., less than six hours away." The chairman of the joint chiefs leaned forward in his chair, rested both elbows on the mahogany table. "Mr. President, we have no choice in this matter. None at all. If this administration fails to move aggressively to learn exactly what the Cuban threat is and take steps to meet it, you will almost certainly be impeached and removed from office by Congress for dereliction of duty." The president looked as if he were going to explode. This was a side of him the voters never saw. A control freak, like most politicians, he hated just being along for the ride. Watching the president seethe, Tater Totten knew his days on active duty were numbered. The CIA director had better start thinking about retirement, too. "Who is our agent in Cuba"..."...the president demanded. The director looked startled. Names of agents were closely held, never discussed in meetings like this. Yet he couldn't refuse to answer a direct question from the president of the United States. "Sir, if you need that information, I could write it on a sheet of paper."...The director grabbed a notepad and did so. He tore off the sheet, folded it once, and passed it down the table. The president put the folded paper in front of him but didn't open it. "I want to know who authorized this man"...the president tapped on the folded paper with a finger"...ffg to Cuba to see what cesspools he could uncover." "Sir, this mission was authorized by this council two months ago." "Then why in hell didn't someone mention it when we were discussing getting our warheads home from Guanta"- namo Bay? Why wasn't that cargo ship escorted from pier to pier? Why in hell didn't we get those warheads out of there two months ago, two years ago? Why in hell can't you people get a goddamn grip?" Silence followed that outburst. It was broken when the chairman said, "Instead of fretting over the timing, let's pat ourselves on the back for being smart enough to have an agent in Havana. It's the Cubans' weapons lab, not ours." When Tater Totten walked out of the room, he still had his letter of resignation from the joint chiefs in his pocket. He had prepared it when the national security adviser struck Operation Lightbulb from the agenda. Maybe he should have laid the letter on the president and retired to the golf course before these fools drove this truck off the cliff. He had no doubt the mess in Cuba was about to blow up in their faces, and soon. The American warship nearest the unnamed cay where the North Korean freighter was anchored was a destroyer out of Charleston, South Carolina, manned by naval reservists on their annual two-week tour of active duty. The destroyer had been on its way to Nassau for a weekend port call when the flash message rolled off the printer. The destroyer's flank speed was 34 knots, and she was making every knot of it now as she thundered down the Exuma Channel with a bone hi her teeth. From "five thousand feet Jake Grafton could see the destroyer plainly eveji though it was twenty miles away. And he could see the wake lengthening behind the North Korean freighter, Wonsan. "Damn scow is getting under wayea"...Rita said disgustedly. She was flying the V-22. "It'll be in international waters long before the destroyer gets there." "Wonder how many warheads they pulled out of the water?" "We're going to find out pretty soonea"...Jake muttered. "If this guy stops and lets us board him, he won't have a warhead aboard. If he refuses to heave to, he's got a bunch." "What are you going to do, Admiral, if he refuses to stop?" Jake Grafton didn't have an answer to that contingency, nor did he want to make the decision. If that eventuality came to pass he would ask for guidance from Washington, pass the buck along to people who would probably refer it to the politicians. 'The Wonsan is turning northeastea"...Rita observed. "She'll probably go between Cat Island and San Salvador." "Let's go downea"...Jake Grafton said, "hover in front of this guy, see if he'll stop."...He was sitting on the flight engineer's seat just aft of the pilots. Five minutes later the Osprey was in helicopter flight with the rotors tilted up, descending gently hi front of the Wonsan, which was up to five or six knots now. Jake Grafton could see four people on the bridge, standing close together and gesturing at the Osprey. The copilot was watching the clearance, telling Rita how much maneuvering room she had. "Closerea"...Jake said. Rita Moravia kept the Osprey moving in. Luckily the wind was from the west, so she could keep the twin-rotor machine on the starboard side of the freighter, yet pointed right at the bridge. This kept the wind on her starboard quarter. She stopped when the distance between her cockpit and the bridge glass was about fifty yards. The right rotor was still well above the top of the freighter's crane, which was mounted amidships. "Closerea"...Jake said again, "but watch your clearance." The copilot glanced nervously at Jake. "Give me clearanceea"...Rita snapped at him, which brought him back to the job at hand. She maneuvered the Osprey until it was completely on the starboard side of the Wonsan, then she dropped it until she could see the length of the bridge. The captainhe might have been the captain, wearing a dirty, white bridge capstepped through the door of the bridge onto the wing and stood looking into the cockpit, fifteen feet away. He had his hands pressed against his ears, trying to deaden the mighty roar of the two big engines. The downwash from the rotors raised a storm of sea spray, which was soaking him, and now it carried away his hat. "Closerea"...Jake said one more time. "The air is sorta bumpy coming around this superstructure." "Yeahea"...the admiral said. Ten feet separated the nose of the V-22 from the rail of the bridge wing. Rita eased the Osprey forward a foot at a time, until the refueling probe and three barrels of the turreted fifty-caliber machine gun dist protruded from the nose were no more than eighteen inches from the rail. "Aim the gun at the captainea"...Jake said. The copilot flipped a switch, then looked at the captain's head, and the machine gun faithfully tracked, following the aiming commands sent to it from the gunsight mounted on the copilot's helrriet. The captain's face was nowiess than ten feet from Jake Grafton's. He was balding, a bit overweight, in his late fifties. The rotor wash lashed at him and tore at his sodden clothes, making it difficult for him to keep his footing. Groping for a rail to steady himself against the fierce wind, he looked at the three-barreled machine gun, which tracked him like a living thing, then at Jake Grafton on the seat behind the Osprey pilots. The captain turned and shouted something over his left shoulder; he held on with both hands as he went through the door onto the enclosed bridge. "Watch itea"...Jake muttered into his lip mike. "This guy may be fool enough to turn into you." Rita was the first to realize what was happening. She

felt the need to turn left to hold position. "The ship is slowbigea"...she said. "I think he's stopped his engines." In a few seconds it became obvious that she was correct. Rita backed away until the distance between the cockpit and ship was about fifty feet. "I think he lost his nerve, Admiral." "Look at the stuff on his deckea"...the copilot said, pointing. "Looks like he pulled up a bunch of warheads." The freighter was drifting when the destroyer arrived a half hour later and coasted to a stop several hundred yards away. In minutes the destroyer had a boat hi the water. When armed Americans were standing on the Wonsan's deck, Jake tapped Rita on the shoulder. "Let's go home." "I listened to the tape from Alejo Vargas's office this afternoonea"...Carmellini said to Chance. They were walking the Prado looking for a place to eat dinner. To have a decent selection and palatable food, the restaurant would have to be a hard-currency place. Although the best restaurants were in ramshackle houses hi Old Havana, tonight Chance wanted music, laughter, people. "Someone told Vargas all about the break-in at the university lab, the contamination, the dead lab worker. They spent most of the day running the fans at the lab, trying to lower the count of the stuff in the air before they went in." "What did they say about the dead man, why he died?" "That had them stumped. He was vaccinated. They called hi a Professor Svenson." "Olaf Svenson?" "No one used a first name." "It must be him. I've heard of him. Damned potty old fool. He was at Cal Tech for years. Thought he was at Colorado now. A genius, almost won a Nobel Prize."...He snapped his fingers. "That photo we gave Bouchardthat must have been Svenson." "Well, he is their main man down at the lab, to hear the conversation at Vargas's office." "So why did the lab worker die? Wasn't he vaccinated?" "The stuff mutated, according to the professor. Mutated again, he said." "Well, what the hell is it? Did they say that?" "Some kind of polio." "Polio doesn't kill that quicklyea"...Chance objected. "This kind does. The lab worker wasn't the first, apparently. The professor wanted to dissect him like the others but Vargas ordered the body burned immediately." They paused on a corner, watched the people who filled the sidewalks under the crumbling buildings. Just down the walk to the left a Cuban was trying to sell trinkets to a pah* of Germans and having no luck. To the right a tall young white guy, American or Canadian probably, was locked in a passionate embrace with a local girl. "Sun, sex, and socialismea"...Carmellini muttered. "Makes you wonder why there aren't more Cubans." Chance closed his eyes, enjoyed the caress of the breeze on bis face and hair. He could hear snatches of music amid the honk of car horns and traffic sounds. Havana was very much alive this evening, as it was every evening. Finally he opened his eyes, looked again at the Cubans and tourists swirling about him. And Carmellini standing there, quite nonchalant, looking bored. "Do they have any ideas about who broke in?" "Americans. CIA scum. No evidence, but they're sure." Chance nodded. 'There was talkea"...Carmellini continued, "of rounding up likely suspects, doing some thorough interrogations, just to see what might turn up. That was Colonel Santana's suggestion: apparently he is a rare piece of work. Vargas overruled him. Said they couldn't torture tourists every time the CIA did something they didn't like or soon they wouldn't have any tourists." "Anything else?" Carmellini shrugged, scratched his chin. "I listened to almost three hours" worth of that stuff, and you know, they didn't mention Fidel Castro even once." "Didn't say his name?" "Nope. And the technician said he hadn't heard them mention Castro all day." "Curious." "It's odd. I would have thought" After a bit Chance said, "The lab is just the tip of the iceberg. There must be machinery for drying out the cultures, for packing the microorganisms into warheads or mixing them into some sort of chemical stew to be sprayed from planes. There must be trucks that transport this stuff from place to place. And then there are the weapons: where the hell are they?" They went into one of the nightclubs and found an empty table. Six whores were sitting around the table beside them. The girls were drinking daiquiris and having a fine, comloud time. One of the girls looked the two men over while the band tuned up just a few feet away. "Washington wants more informationea"...Carmellini said, ignoring the whores. "They would."...Chance chewed on his lip for a bit, then picked up the wine list. "Tonight's the night we go into Vargas's safe. Are you comfortable with that?" Carmellini took his time answering. Chance was about to repeat the question when he said, "If the alarms are off." 'They'll be off." "Sure." 'Trust, me." When the waiter came they ordered dinner. "So tell me again alxwt the Ministry of Interiorea"...Carmellini said. "Everything you can recall. Everything." Chance leaned back, closed his eyes, tried to visualize how the building looked when he had stepped from the taxi out front on his way to his meeting with Alejo Vargas. "There is a guard kiosk out front on the sidewalk. You then walk through the front entrance to the guard station inside. They check your credentials again, call whoever you say you want to see. This person comes to get you, leads you through the halls to the office you are to visit." "Cameras?" "Security cameras mounted high in corners, monitored by the main guard station. There are two separate systems, at least, with pictures playing on separate monitors." "Infrared sensors?" "I think so...."...The fact is he should have paid more attention. Looked more carefully, consciously noted what he was seeing. "Yes, I remember seeing one." "Motion detectors?" "No." "Laser alarms?" "Yes, mounted at ankle height."...Presumably these were only on when the building was not occupied. "Alarms on the windows?" "Yes." "Vibrators on the glass?" "No."...If there had been vibrators, the computer would have had a much more difficult job sorting out the voices from the electronic noise of the vibrators when it tried to read the light refracted by the crystals. "Were there internal security doors, doors that might be closed when the building is not occupied?" "Yes. Every hall had them, but I doubt they were ever used." "And internal security stations?" "I saw none." Carmellini thought about it. Closed security doors made a burglar's access more difficult, but they provided a peaceful, quiet place for a burglar to work once he had gained entry. "Do they have backup power when the power goes off"..."...Carmellini mused. "They mustea"...Chance replied thoughtfully. "A backup generator of some type. I'm going to walk in assuming that they do, but I'll be improvising as I go." "We'll sure as hell find out soon enough, won't we"..."...Carmellini said, and grinned. That was the first grin he had managed all afternoon. The death of the lab worker had hit him hard, but the cool execution of the guard at the front door by William Henry Chance had hit him like a punch to the solar plexus. Chance just gunned the man down and kept on trucking, as if killing another human being were something he did every morning before lunch. All evening Carmellini had studied the older man, watched him for a sign that the murder of the guard was anything more than absolutely routine. And he had seen nothing. Nothing at all. Chance looked as if he might be having dinner in a restaurant in the Bronx with a Yankees game from a kitchen radio as background noise. Carmellini stared at the food on the plate that the waiter put in front of him. He didn't want a mournful. But what he wouldn't give for a stiff drink! He sipped at a glass of water, felt his stomach knot up. "Order a drinkea"...Chance said as he used his knife and fork. "One. Something on the rocks. You need it We have a long night ahead." Carmellini looked around for the waiter, and found himself staring at one of the whores at the next table, who gave him a big grin. He grinned back. A man just has to keep things in perspective. The sun had been down for several hours when Enrique Poveda and Arquimidez Cabrera drove up to the fourth EHV tower they hoped to blow. After a quick look around, they unlocked the padlock on the gate and put bn their tool belts. Each of the men picked a tower leg and started up. About ten feet above the ground they found the shaped charges of C-4 plastique still firmly taped to the steel legs. Working in the darkness by feel, each man took a chemical timer from his belt, a device about the size and shape of a fountain pen, and inserted it into the plastique. The timer was already set to explode as near to 1:30 A.m. as possible. After setting the timers, they climbed down to the ground, then ascended the other two legs. In minutes they were back on the ground. They locked the padlock, closed up the back of the van, and drove away. "One moreea"...Poveda said. He wished he had a map or diagram, but all that had been left behind in Florida. There he and Cabrera and the U.s. Army power grid expert had labored for days over satellite reconnaissance photos, photographs taken from the ground by not-so-innocent tourists, and computer-generated diagrams. They selected the target towers and committed their locations to memory. Not a single sheet of paper left the room with them. So now Cabrera pointed down one street and Poveda motioned toward another. The men chuckled. "I am very sureea"...Poveda said. "Two blocks down, right turn, then on for a half mile." "Okay." "I am glad it was tonightea"...Cabrera said. "The charges had been in place too long, the new padlocks were there too long, I was getting nervousyou know what I mean, my friend?" Poveda grunted. He knew. His stomach felt as if it were tied in a knot. He hadn't felt this uptight about an operation since his first one, fifteen years ago, when he was very young. He had been to Cuba many times since, eight as he recalled, and none of them were as tense as that first time, until now. The Cubans had almost caught him and his partner that time. The partner was eventually caught six years later and died under interrogation, or so they heard months after that. Poveda had promised himself then and there that he would never be taken alive, that he would not die in a Cuban prison. Communists! He made a spitting motion out the open window. The communists took everything from the people hi Cuba who had worked and saved and built for the future, and gave it to the people who had not. Now look at the place! Everyone poor, everyone on the edge of starvation, the cities and towns and factories rotting from lack of investment. The communists ran off the people who could make Cuba grow, the people the nation needed to feed everyone else. Ah, these bastards deserved their misery, and by God they had had some. Universal destitution was Castro's legacy, his gift to generations yet unborn. Poveda was a pessimist. He knew that soon Castro would be dead and things would change in Cuba. "They'll forget Fidel's faults, remember just the goodea"...he told Cabrera, for the hundredth time. "You wait and see. In a hundred years the church will make him a saint." "Saint Fidel."...Cabrera laughed. "I shit you not. That is the way of the world. The people he pissed on the most will call him blessed." "Saint or devil, we'll fuck the son of a bitch a little tonightea"...Cabrera said as the van pulled up to the last tower. Poveda killed the van's engine and lights and the two men got out. Silence. "Awful quiet, don't you think"..."...Poveda asked. Cabrera stood by the van's rear doors, listening, looking around. Poveda dug in his pocket for the key to the padlock, inserted it. It wouldn't fit. He tried another. "What's wrong?" "Key doesn't seem to want to go in this lock." "Let's get the fuck outta here, manea"...Cabrera said, and started for the van's passenger door. A spotlight hit them. "Put up your handsea"...boomed a voice on a loudspeaker. Poveda dropped to his knees, pulled a 9-mm pistol from his pocket. He didn't hesitatehe aimed at the spotlight and started shooting. Something hit him in the back. He was down beside the rear tire trying to rise when he realized he had been shot. People shooting from two directions, muzzle flashes, thuds of bullets smacking into the van like hailstones. A groan from Cabrera. "I'm hit, Enrique." "Bad?" "I think... I think so."...He grunted as another bullet audibly smacked into his body. The bullet that hit Poveda had come out his stomach. He could feel the wetness, the spreading warmth as blood poured from the exit wound. Not a lot of pain yet, but a huge gaping hole in his belly. He lifted the pistol, pointed it at Arquimidez Cabrera, his best friend. There, he could see the back of his head. He fired once; Cabrera's head slammed forward into the dirt. Then he put the barrel flush against the side of his own head and pulled the trigger. Sitting in the back of a van just down the street from the Ministry of Interior, William Henry Chance watched the second hand of his watch sweep toward the twelve. It passed 1:30 A.m. and swept on. The lights stayed on. Carmellini was looking at his own watch. "What the hell is wrong now"..."...Carmellini asked. "I don't know." "Oh, Lord." They sat there in the van looking at the lights of the city. "It went badea"...Tommy Carmellini said. "Time for us to boogie." "We'll give them a few minutes." "Jesus, when it doesn't go down as planned, something is wrong. What are you waiting for, a phone call from Fidel? Let's bail out while our asses are still firmly attached." "If I had any brains I wouldn't be in this businessea"...Chance replied tartly. His watch read exactly ten seconds after 1:32 A.m. when the lights of downtown Havana flickered. "All rightea"...Carmellini said, and whacked his leg with his hand. The lights flickered, dimmed, came back on, then went completely out. All the lights. Only automobile headlights broke the total darkness. 'That's it. Let's goea"...Chance said to Tommy Carmellini. They opened the back of the van and climbed out while the driver of the van started the engine. Chance walked the few steps back to an old Russian Lada parked at the curb behind the van and got into the passenger seat. Carmellini started the car and turned on the headlights while the van pulled away from the curb. The two agents drove down the street toward the Ministry of Interior, a hulking immensity even darker than the night. The three guards at the main entrance of the Ministry were illuminated by the headlights when Tommy Carmellini drove up. He killed the engine and pocketed the key as William Henry Chance got out on the passenger side. Of course the guards had seen Chance's uniform from the car's interior light while the door was opennow they flashed the beam of a flashlight upon him. Then they saluted. Chance was dressed in the uniform of a Security Department colonel. He had been to the building several days ago in the daytime wearing civilian clothes: he thought it highly unlikely mat anyone who had seen nun then would recognize him now. It was a risk he was willing to take. Still, his stomach felt as if he had swallowed a rock as he returned the guards" salute, and spoke: "We were just a block away when the power failed all over this district." "Yes, Colonel. Just a minute or two ago." "And you are?" "Lieutenant G6mez, sir, the duty officer." "Have you taken steps to start the emergency generator, Goodmez?" "Ahh... I was about to do so, Colonel. It is in the basement. I was waiting to see if the power would come back on immediately. Often these Outages last but moments and" "The darkness seems widespread, Gomez. Let us start the generator." "Of course, Colonel."...The lieutenant began giving directions to his two enlisted men, who obviously knew nothing about the emergency generator. The lieutenant began by telling them which room the generator was in. Chance interrupted again. "Perhaps you would like to take them there, supervise the start-up, Lieutenant. My driver and I will guard the front entrance until you return." "Of course, Colonel."...With his flashlight beam leading the way, the lieutenant and the two enlisted men made for the stairs. Carmellini opened the trunk of the car, extracted a duffel bag, which he swung over one shoulder. Without a word to Chance he disappeared into the dark interior of the building. Carmellini took the main staircase to the top floor of the building, then strode quickly down the hall to Alejo Vargas's private office. The door was locked, of course. Working in total darkness, Carmellini ran his hands over the door. One lock, near the handle. From the bag he extracted a small light driven by a battery unit that hooked on his belt. He donned a headband, then stuck the light to the headband with a piece of Velcro. He checked his watch. It was 1:36 A.m. He examined the lock, felt in the bag for his picks. Hmmm. This one, perhaps. He inserted it into the lock. No. This one? Yes. The latex gloves didn't seem to affect his feel for the lock. Carmellini had always enjoyed pick work. The exquisite feel necessary, the patience required, the pressure of time usually, the treasure waiting to be discovered on the other side of the door... the CIA had been a damned lucky break. Without that break he would have certainly wound up in prison sooner or later when his luck ran out, because no one's luck lasts forever. He inserted a smaller pick, felt for the contacts ... And twisted, using the strength of his fingers. The bolt opened. He stowed the picks, picked up the duffel bag, and opened the door. Dark office, with the only light coming through the windows, the glow of headlights on the street below, somewhere the flicker of a fire. The safe sat in the corner away from the windows. It was old, and huge, at least six feet tall, three feet wide and three feet deep. Painted on the door of the safe was a pas- toral scene; above the landscape arranged in a semicircle were the words "United Fruit Company." After a quick glance at the safe, Carmellini turned his attention to the rest of the room. He searched quickly and methodically. First the drawers of the desk. One of them held a pistol, one a bottle of expensive scotch whiskey and several glasses, one pens and pencils and a blank pad of paper. Several lists of names, phone numbers, addresses ... The lower right drawer of the desk was locked. A small, cheap furniture lock. He opened it with a knife, began examining files. The files seemed to be on senior people hi the government, girlfriends, vices, lies told, bribes offered and accepted, that kind of thing. He flipped through the files quickly, stacked them on the desk, and moved oa. The crystals were on the windowsill. A rack of books was below the window. A cursory check revealed no files peeking out between the books. The displays of old coins didn't even rate a glance. Back before he worked for the government the coins would have made his juices flow, but not now. On to the credenza. Many files in there. Carmellini sampled them, looking for anything on biology, weapons, strange code names. When he saw something he didn't understand he opened the file and glanced at the papers inside. Peoplemost of these files were on people. Unfortunately Tommy didn't recognize the names. He added the files to the stack on the desk. Now he discame to the safe. They must have lifted it to this floor with a crane before the windows viere installed, he thought He checked every square inch of the exterior to see if the safe was wired. No wires. Tommy Carmellini tried the handle. No. Turned the circular combination dial ever so carefully to the right, maintaining pressure on the handle. If the safe had been closed hastily, all the tumblers might not have gone home. He took his time. No. The safe was locked. He checked his watch. Now 1:47. The lights would come on soon, powered by the emergency generator. He opened the duffel bag and began extracting items. The first item he removed was a telescoping rod which he extended and positioned over the safe's combination dial; he secured it there with clamps placed on each side of the safe. Working quickly, witiMio lost motion, he clamped a small electric motor to the rod, then adjusted the jaws protruding from the motor so that they grasped the dial of the safe. Other sensors were placed on the top, bottom, left, and right sides of the safe door. These sensors were held in place by magnets. Wires led from the sensors and electric motor to a small computer, which he now took from the bag and turned on. There was one lead remaining, which he connected to a twelve-volt battery which was also in the bag. As he waited for the computer to boot up he checked all the leads one more tune. Everything okay. Tommy"...Carmellini pursed his lips, as if he were whistling. This contraption was of his own design, and with it he could open any of the older-style mechanical safes, if he were given enough time. An electrical current introduced into the door of the safe created a measurable magnetic field. The rotation of the tumblers inside the lock caused fluctuations in the field, fluctuations that were displayed on the computer screen. Finally, the computer measured the amount of electric current necessary to turn the dial Of the lock; an exquisitely sensitive measurement. Using both these factors, the computer could determine the combination that would open the safe. Sitting cross-legged in front of the safe with the com- puter on his lap, Carmellini tugged the latex gloves he was wearing tighter onto his hands, then manually zeroed the dial of the lock. Now he started the computer program. The dial rotated slowly, silently, driven by the electric motor clamped to the rod. After a complete turn the dial stopped at 32. The number appeared in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. After a short pause, the dial turned to the left, counterclockwise, as Carmellini grinned happily. In his mind's eye he could visualize the lock plates rotating, the tumblers moving.... The line on the screen that tracked the magnetic field twitched unexpectedly. Carmellini frowned. He hadn't moved, the building was quiet Another squiggle, so insignificant he almost missed it And another. Someone was coming. Someone was walking softly down the hall; the sensors were picking up the shock waves of their footfalls as the waves spread out through the structure of the building. Careful to make no noise at all, Tommy Carmellini set the computer on the duffel bag, stood up and moved over behind the door. As he did he drew the Ruger from its holster under his shirt and thumbed off the safety, then turned off the light attached to his headband. Now he transferred the pistol to his left hand. greater-than caret ith his right he reached into a hip pocket and extracted a sap, a flexible length of rubber with the business end weighted with lead. The darkness appeared total as his eyes adjusted. Gradually a bit of glare from headlights faintly illuminated the room. Carmellini had good ears, and he couldn't hear the footfalls. He could hear the tiniest whine, however, that the electric motor made as it turned the dial of the lock, the distant honking of some vehicle blocks away, and faintly, "ver so family, the wail of a fire or police siren. Tommy Carmellini stopped breathing, stopped thinking, stood absolutely frozen as the knob on the door slowly turned, then the door began to open. William Henry Chance walked slowly back and forth hi front of less-than he glass doors that marked the main entrance to the Ministry. The duty officer and his two men were hi the basement, doing God knows what to the emergency generator. Chance wondered how long it had been since the generator had been fueled, oiled, checked carefully, and started. The second hand on his watch seemed frozen. He checked his watch, walked, watched cars and trucks pass by, adjusted his duty belt and pistol, reset the cap on his head, strolled some more, promised himself he wouldn't look at the luminous hands on his watch, finally peeked anyway. A minute. One lousy minute had passed. Someone was coming along the sidewalk... a uniformed guard carrying an AK-47 at high port. He must be stationed at one of the side or rear entrances. The man stopped, slightly startled, when he saw Chance's figure standing in the door. Now he peered closer. And saluted. "Sir, I am looking for the'duty officer." "He is hi the basement, starting the emergency generator. Is there someone else at your post?" "Uh, yessir. I was coming around to check if" "I think you should stay at your post. The emergency power for the building will come on in a-few minutes, then you can make your request of the duty officer." "Yeseamsir. But the last time we started that thing, all the alarms went off, every one of them. The duty officer always wanted the alarms off before he turned the power back on." "I am sure he will take care of that. He knows the system." "Yessir." "And when was the emergency generator last used, anyway?" "The big storm last year, sir. Eight or nine months ago, I think." "Go back to your post." "Yes, sir."...The man saluted, turned, and marched down the sidewalk. Chance could hear his footsteps for several seconds after he disappeared into the gloom. The guy accepted him as Cuban, as had Lieutenant G6mez and his men. If they only knew the hundreds of hours of language classes that Chance had endured to learn the accent, to get it exactly right! All in anticipation of a moment that might never come. Yet the orders did arrive, and here he was, walking around in the foyer of secret police headquarters in Havana spouting Cuban Spanish like Jose Marti. He went to the guard's station, used his flashlight to examine the equipment there. The video monitors were of course blank, everything off, but where was the tape? If the power came on while he was there he didn't want to give Alejo Vargas a souvenir videotape of the men who cracked his safe. Ah, here was the videotape machine, hi this cabinet. He pushed the eject button, futilely. Without power the machine would not eject the tape that it contained. He used the Rugerfour shots into the heads of the machine. The brass kicked out on the floor. He picked them up, pocketed them. More pacing. Each minute was an agony of waiting. When the power was restored to the building, he had expected the alarms to go off in Vargas's office, and to have to cover Carmellini as he made his exit. By whatever means necessary, he intended to be the only man at the main entrance when Carmellini emerged. Yet if alarms were a normal occurrence, perhaps violence would not be necessary. The silenced Ruger rode inside his shirt under his left armpit. The pistol was an assassin's weapon, shot a .22 Long Rifle hollow-point bullet that would do minimal dam- age unless fired into someone's brain at point-blank range. Wounds in the limbs or body would be painful but not immediately incapacitating. The Ruger's only virtue was the silencer that dramatically muffled the report, reduced it from an ear-splitting crack to a soft, wet pop that was inaudible beyond a few feet. He wondered how Carmellini was coming on getting the safe open. Come on, Tommy! Footsteps from within the building. Here came a flashlight. "Ah, Colonel, the lieutenant sent me to tell you that it will not be much longer, that the generator will s.tart very soon." "Yes." "He is having difficulty, the mechanical condition is not as it should be." "I understand. I have faith in your lieutenant." The man went back down the hallway in the direction from whence he came. More pacing. At least three more minutes had passed when the lieutenant came down the hallway. The occasional flicker of passing headlights revealed him to be a large, rotund man. "I am sorry, Colonel, but we cannot make the cursed thing run." "No harm done, if your guards stay alert. And I can always come back tomorrow for my errand, I suppose." "We will stay alert, sir. Our duty is our trust." "You and your men have done what you can, have you not?" "We could awaken Colonel Santana, I suppose. Perhaps he knows more about the generator than any of us." Chance tried to keep his voice under control. "Colonel Santana is in the building, then?" "Yes, sir. He came in about an hour ago. He went to his apartment on the top floor. I think he was investigating the incident of the two saboteurs that were killed near a highvoltage tower south of town." "A high-voltage tower? That sounds like attempted sabotage." "Oh, yes, sir." "I hadn't heard of that incident." "Enemies of the regime, sir. Apparently some of them were successful." "Santana is the very man I came to seeea"...Chance declared. "Still, I did not expect to find him asleep. I suggest you give the generator one last mighty heroic effort, and if you are unsuccessful, I shall awaken Colonel Santana." When the doorknob had turned as far as it would go, the door to Alejo Vargas's office slowly opened. Tommy Carmellini was behind the door, still as a statue hi the park, with a sap in his right hand and the silenced Ruger in his left. Now a flashlight beam shot out, swung quickly around the room, hit the safe and swung away for an instant, then returned to the door of the safe. The apparatus Carmellini had attached to the door was quite plain in the small beam, as was the tangle of wires that ran to the computer. Faster than he would have ever believed possible, the door smashed Tommy Carmellini in the face. The impact stunned him, threw him backward against the wall. The man sprang into the room, swung something that smacked Carmellini in the skull and made him see stars. He was falling, off-balance, the other man coming for him in a brutal, ferocious way, when he got the Ruger more or less pointed and began pulling the trigger as fast as he could. He could barely hear the pops. He fell to the floor and his assailant leaped on him, began smashing him in the face with his fist, repeatedly. Swinging his right hand with all his might, Carmellini hit the other man in the side of the head with the sap. And again. The man was slumping, falling to the left. Carmellini gathered his strength and smashed the man again, one more time, square in the head. The man rolled onto the floor, slumped on his back. Carmellini sat up, his breath coming in ragged gasps. Part of his face was numb, he was drooling from a mighty punch to the mouth. He forced himself to his knees. He pocketed the sap, reached for the flashlight, which was lying on the floor still lit. He played the light on the face of his assailant. San tana. Oooh, damn! He checked the pistol. He had fired at least five shots. A couple of the spent brass were lying near Santana, who had a bloody place on his chest, one on his neck. Hit twice, at least. Maybe one of the little .22 bullets would kill him. Maybe not. Tommy Carmellini found to his surprise that he didn't care one way or the other. He put the pistol back in its holster, wiped his face with his shirt, and went back to the computer. The combination was right there on the screen, all three numbers. The dial wasn't moving. He tried tiie handle, put some weight on it. It moved. The safe was open! He wiped his face on his sleeve, willed himself track to his task. First he stowed the computer and sensors and telescoping rod hi his duffel bag. Then he opened the safe, examined its contents with Santana's flashlight, then turned on his headband light. Lots of papers, files, two shelves of them. The top shelf consisted of files on people, each file had a person's name. These were the files he had come to find. He raked these into his duffel bag. Ah, on the second shelf... files labeled with numbers. He looked inside one. Engineering drawings, possibly of a warhead... He dumped everything that looked interesting into his duffel bag, including the stack of files on Vargas's desk. Oh, here was a file about supplies from a Miami laboratory supply house ... one about susceptibility studies, lethality, vaccines ... he stuffed all these in the bag, began checking another handful. The hell with it! He would take everything..the files on the bottom shelf might prove as interesting as those on the top. The bag would be heavy, but he could lift it. He transferred the files to the bag as quickly as he could. When he had all the files, he hoisted the bag experimentally. Eighty, pounds, at least. Room for a few more things... What else did Vargas keep in his safe? A small laptop computer. Well, he certainly didn't need that anymore. Into the bag with it. He was pawing through one of the side drawers when he sensed movement behind him. As he turned Santana's fist grazed his jawhis turn had been just enough to save his life. The headband and light flew away, somewhere, the little beam flashing around crazily. He groped for his sap, swung it in a roundhouse right and connected with bone. Santana went sideways to the floor. No time for this! The man is too dangerous! He pulled out the Ruger, thumbed off the safety and was ready when Santana came off the floor again. The pistol coughed. Santana's momentum drove his body forward and he collapsed against Carmellini's feet. The American stepped around the body. He put the pistol away, stowed the headband light, zipped the duffel bag closed. After a quick last look around, Tommy Carmellini went to the door, made sure it would lock behind him. He came back for the duffel bag, hoisted it to his left shoulder. Out in the dark hall, he pulled the door shut, made sure it was locked, then walked quickly down the dark hallway for the stairs. Tommy Carmellini held the Ruger down by his leg as he descended the stair and walked across the lobby toward the shadowy figure standing hi the doorway. As he walked the lights came on. Instantly an alarm sounded, loud enough to wake the dead. He squinted against the light. That was Chance standing hi the doorway. "Into the car, quickly nowea"...Chance said. The alarms were wailing and every light hi the building was on, wiuThat not a soul in sight. If they could be gone before the lieutenant and his men got back up here, he wouldn't have to kill themthey couldn't have seen his face very well in the darkness. His watch read 2:04 A.m. Chance stood in the doorway with euphoria flooding over him while Carmellini stowed the bag hi the backseat of the car, got into the driver's seat, and started the engine. Three long strides, he jerked open the passenger's door and jumped inside, and Carmellini fed gas. The lights hi the rest of the city were still off, however, so when the car pulled away from the building the night swallowed it. "What did you get?" "I got the safe opentook two drawers full of files, everything made of paper that was in there, some files from a desk. Got a laptop, too." "Well done." "Someone came hi while I was there. Santana, I think. Left him for dead." "I didn't take the time to check, and to be honest, I really don't care one way or the other. I put six bullets into the son of a bitch and whaled on him a while with the sap. If he isn't dead he ought to be." Chance flipped on the interior light of the car, just long enough to check Carmellini's face. "Looks like he got a piece or two of you." "Oh, yeah. He was damned quick." "Did he get a look at your face?" "I don't think so. Pretty dark. And he's probably dead. Don't sweat it." Chance grunted and stared out the window at the dark, decaying city. The voyagers on the Angel del Mar saw a ship during the night. It came out of one dark comer of the universe and passed within a half mile of the derelict as the people aboard shouted and waved the single working flashlight. The ship was a freighter of some type, huge, with lights strung all over the topside and superstructure. It raced through their world and disappeared into the void as quickly as it came, leaving the people gasping on deck, exhausted, starved, devoid of hope. A child had died earlier in the evening, just at sunset, and some of the people aboard had wanted to eat it "She is beyond caring, and her body can give us life,"eaone man said, a sentiment several agreed with. The old fisherman went below to tell Ocho, who was taking his turn on the pump, which meant he had to pump out the water that had accumulated because the man before him could not keep abreast of it, as well as the water that came in on his watch. He was on the ragged edge of total exhaustion, but he listened to the old fisherman as he struggled with the pump handle. "Maybe..."...Ocho began, but the old man would not listen. "To eat her would be sacrilege, the moral death of every onp who tastes her flesh or watches others eat it. All flesh must die, but to face God with that on our souls would be unforgivable. Come with me! Come!" He half dragged Ocho up the ladder. Together they swung hard fists left and right, reached the corpse, and tossed it into the sea. In the fading light the old fisherman stood with his back to the wheelhouse and shouted at the others, some too weak to move. He damned them, dared them, kicked at those who came too close, punched one man so hard he nearly went overboard. The child's body floated, supported by the great vast moving ocean, just out of reach, moving with the rise and fall of the swells. Some of the people looked at it, others refused to. When the last of the light faded the body disappeared into the total darkness. Ocho went back down the ladder to the hold, which reeked of vomit and filth. He worked the pump handle like an automaton. Finally the fisherman relieved him, helped him up the ladder. He was lying by a scupper when the ship went by. He roused himself, stood with a hand on the rail, tried to shout and found he had no voice left. Then someone tried to push him overboard. There was no mistake. The hard shove in the back, the continuing pressure. Only his raw strength saved him. Ocho turned and swung blindly, felt his fist connect with cartilage and bone, swung several more times before the man went down." Ocho collapsed from the exertion. He crawled forward, intent on beating the man as long as he had strength to swing his fists, but Dora was there, sobbing, and stopped him. "No, no, no, my Godff"...she howled. "You are killing him!" "He tried to shove me over." "Oh, damn you, Ocho. If it weren't for you, we would be safe in Cuba." "Me?" "You were Ms ticket out. You! This is your fault." "And you are blameless. With the baby in your body you risked your life." "I am not pregnant! I have never been pregnant! He made me tell you I was so you would come."...And she dissolved in sobbing. Ocho lay in the darkness trying to think, trying to see the boat and the people as God must see them, looking down from above. His Fortunately rain fell occasionally, enough to fill the bucket and let people drink. Maybe God was sending the showers. He was starving, though, and oh so tired. His whole life had dissolved into nothing and was soon to end, and he didn't care. He tried to tell Dora that it didn't matter but he couldn't and she was sobbing hysterically, and in truth he really didn't care. After another turn at the pump, Ocho came back on deck and looked for Diego and Dora, to say somethinghe didn't know what, but something that would make their burdens easier to carry. But Diego wasn't there. He wasn't in the hold and he wasn't in the wheelhouse and he wasn't on deck. Ocho scanned the sea, checking in all directions, looking for a head bobbing amid the heaving swells. Dora was curled in a ball near the bow. He shook her. "Where's Diego?" She. had a dazed look on her face, as if she didn't understand the words. He repeated the question several times. She looked around, trying to understand. "I do not see himea"...Ocho said, trying to explain. "Did he fall overboard?" She stared at him with eyes that refused to focus. Her face was vacant, blank. Finally her eyes focused.

"He climbed the rail last night. Jumped in the ocean." Ocho looked again on both sides of the boat, staggered to the port side so he could look aft past the wheelhouse. Then he returned. She was lying down again, curled up, her chin against a knee. He left her there, lay down and tried to rest. "Who did this to you?". Alejo Vargas asked the question of Colonel Santana while he lay on a gurney in the hospital emergency room being propped for surgery. He had four bullets in him and a wicked wound on his forehead where a bullet had ricochetted off his skull. His jaw and one cheekbone were severely swollen, his nose smashed, he had lost two teeth, and he obviously had a concussion. The pupil in his right eye was dilated and refused to focus. "I don't knowea"...Santana managed. He tried to swallow, almost choked on his tongue. After gagging several times, he seemed to relax. "American?" "I do not know. Nothing was said, it was dark. He was waiting behind the door when I went in." "One of the bullets penetrated the wall of his chest, Ministerea"...the doctor said. "We must get it out and stop the hemorrhaging. He needs a transfusion and rest." Vargas left the emergency room. The car drove him back to the ministry and he took the elevator to his office. The workers had the worst of the damage cleaned up. Still, the door to the safe was standing open and the drawers within were empty. The priceless files on the generals and top government people that had taken twenty years to compile, gonelike a storm in the night. Every sin known to man was somewhere in one of those files: marital infidelity, theft, rape, incest, sodomy, even murder. Those files were the key to his power, to his ability to make things happen anywhere hi Cuba. And now they were gone. Hector Sedano was his fast suspect. Of course Hector himself was hi La Cabana, but someone could have robbed the safe on his behalf. And it could be one of the generals, or Admiral Delgado. Any one of those ambitious fools. Raul Castro? A possibility, but he discounted it. Then the fact that he thought Raul Castro an unlikely suspect made him suspicious. He would have Raul checked, followed day and night, everyone he spoke to would be scrutinized. Truly there was much to do. Much to do. The electrical outage made the burglary possible. Four towers down, two dead saboteurs. There was a trail out there, and some diligent investigating would eventually lead him to the man or men who did this crime. Not that it would do any good. Whoever had those files would undoubtedly destroy them immediately. All his plans, all that work... up hi smoke. Alejo Vargas didn't believe hi coincidences. Whoever robbed that safe made extensive preparations. This was no spur-of-the-moment thingthe robbery was carefully, meticulously planned. He looked again at the safe. Not a mark on it. Someone had dialed the combination. He had heard that such things were possible, but he had never seen it done. Nor heard of it being done hi Cuba. Yesterday he would have said there was not a man hi Cuba with that kind of talent And the files on the biological program were gone. The day after the break-in at the lab. The lab break-in wasn't Hector's stylehe would have no reason to burgle the place, nor would anyone else there was nothing there to steal. Except poliomyelitis viruses. Would Hector gain politi- cal advantage by publicizing the biological weapons program, proving its existence? The Americans... Alejo Vargas stood looking at his empty safe, thinking about Americans. The Americans were a possibility, he reluctantly concluded. He got a magnifying glass from the top drawer of his desk, examined the door of the safe as carefully as he could. There were marks, scratches, several together. He could see them. But how long had they been there? What were they made by? There was no one to tell him, and he decided finally that perhaps it didn't matter. The people who opened this safe and stole the keys to Cuba had brought down the power grid hi central Havana. That was where the trail began. He spent a few seconds hi contemplation of his revenge when he caught these men. "Minister, here is Lieutenant G6mez, who had the duty last night." "You saw these men, G6mez?" 'Two men arrived just seconds after the lights went out, sir. I saw the colonel for a few seconds hi a flashlight beam. The driver, no." "What did this man look like?" "He was tall, not fat" "His accent?" "None that I noticed, sir." "Come, come, Lieutenant. Was he from Cuba, from Havana or Oriente, or did he speak Castilian Spanish?" "From Havana, I thought, sir. He sounded like you and me." "What did he say?" "That we should start the emergency generator." "So you did?" "Yes, sir. Without power the alarms were disabled, we could not talk to each other on the telephone, the security of-the building was compromised. My men and I went to the basement and worked on the generator. I came back upstairs once and reported to the colonel, told him we were having difficulties; he said he had faith. When we got the generator going and went back upstairs, the colonel and his driver and vehicle were gone." "You had never seen this colonel before?" "Not to my knowledge, sir."" "Would you recognize him if you saw him again?" "Oh, yes, sir." No, he wouldn't, Vargas decided. If this colonel thought there was a glimmer of a chance Lieutenant G6mez would recognize him then or later, he would have killed him. G6mez was alive because he posed no threat. Vargas dismissed G6mez and called in his department heads to give them orders. With no ceremony and no conversation, Mercedes Sedano was released from the presidential palace. A butler came to the door, suggested she pack. The electrical power was still off. It had been off when she awoke this morning, and she was given stale bread and water for breakfast. She put the clothes she wished to keep in two shopping bags that were on the floor of the closet, sandwiched the cassettes in between them, and took a last look around the apartment. The butler returned five minutes later and led her out. Without electricity the palace looked dark and grim. She wanted desperately to be gone, to bring an end to this phase of her life. She bit her lip to keep herself under control. The butler paused in an empty hallway, looked around to ensure that there were no maids about, then whispered, "They've arrested your brother-in-law Hector Sedano. He is in La Cabana." Then he took her to the door of the palace, said a barely audible good-bye, and closed the door behind her. She walked past the guards and continued down the street to the bus stop. The electrical power seemed off everywhere, yet the streets of Havana hustled and bustled as usual. Didn't they know Fidel was dead? She dared not ask. On the bus she saw a newspaper lying on a nearby seat and scanned the front page. The usual stuff, nothing about Fidel. So they had not announced his death. She transferred to another bus, left her clothes with a friend in a shop on the Malecon. The shop was closed because of the lack of electricity, but Mercedes tapped on the window until her friend came to open the door. Her friend was very agitated. She drew Mercedes into the tiny dark storeroom. "I have heard they arrested Hector. What does it mean?" "I do not knowea"...Mercedes told her, shaking her head. "Hector's friends are on fireea"...sd the shopkeeper, "and he has many, many friends. I heard there was a riot in Mariel after he was arrested. The newspapers have nothing on it, yet the story is on everyone's lips. People are coming in, asking me about it, because they know I know you." Mercedes assured the woman she knew nothing, that she was as mystified as everyone on the street. She rode buses through the city to La Cabana. The guard at the gate recognized her name and sent a man to fetch the duty officer, a Captain Franqui. He treated her with respect, took her to his office, a dark cubicle near the gate, and sent a note to the commandante. While the note was being delivered he apologized for the lack of electricity. "It has not been off this long in years." In five minutes she and Franqui were in the commandante's office. He was a heavy-set, balding officer who looked as if he were frightened of his own shadow. "I have my ordersea"...he said. "I cannot admit you. He is to see no one."

"Fidel sent meea"...she said simply, without inflection. "Hector is my brother-in-law." The commandante looked as if wild horses were trying to tear him in half. Obviously he knew of the relationship between Mercedes and caret Fidel. The blood drained from his florid comface as he weighed his fear of Fidel against his fear of Vargas. Captain Franqui understood the commandante's dilemma. "Perhaps, if I may be so bold, sir, it might be best if you were indisposed, at lunch perhaps, and I acted on my own initiative in light of the lady's impeccable credentials." The commandante grasped at this straw. "I cannot be everywhere or make every decision, can I?" "No, sit. If you will excuse us"..."...Captain Franqui took Mercedes's elbow and steered her expertly from the office into the hallway. "I myself am an admirer of Hector Sedanoea"...Captain Franqui confided as they walked. "He is a great patriot and a man of God. Surely he will serve Cuba well in the years ahead." After several minutes of platitudes, she found herself standing hi front of Hector's cell in the isolation wing. None of the other cells contained people. Captain Franqui disappeared, leaving the two of them alone. "Are they listening"..."...she whispered. "Probably notea"...he said. "The electricity is off, and they would need it to listen." "How long*h you been here?" "Two days. For two days I've been sitting alone hi this hole. No one comes to see me." 'They will admit no one. I told them Fidel had sent me, and the commandante was afraid to refuse." "Ah, yes, Fidel." "He is dead." "I am sorry, Mercedesea"...he said softly, so softly she almost missed his words. "It had to happen. He and I both knew it, accepted it." Hector sighed. "That explains my arrest, then." 'Two days ago." "The cancer finally, eh?" "Poison! He poisoned himself rather than make a tape naming Vargas as his successor." Hector crossed himself. "It was not a sinea"...she said, desperate to explain. "He merely speeded things up a few days." Hector leaned forward, let his forehead touch the cool steel bars. "I heard there was a riot in Mariel after you were arrested."...Her voice was very soft, a whisper in church. "I did not know that." "A fr'told me." "Have you heard from Ocho?" "Nothing. Is he not at home?" "He went on a boat with some others. They were going to America." "I have heard nothing." Hector sagged, fought to stay erect. He looked so ... so different from Fidel, Mercedes thought. He was not tall, vigorous, oozing machismo. And yet Fidel thought Hector could lead Cuba! She got as close to the bars as she could, and whispered, "I need to talk to the Americans as soon as possible. Should I see the little man you gave the Swiss bank account numbers to? The stadium keeper?" "He might betray you. He talks to Vargas too. I tried to frighten him, and may have succeeded too well." "Who, then?" "Go to the American mission. Ask for the cultural aide, I think his name is Bouchard. He is CIA, I believe." "Fidel signed bank transfer orders for Maximo, who went flying off to Switzerland, just as we thought he would. I have not heard if he got the money." "He will not come back if he gets itea"...Hector said. "Maximo would steal itea"...she agreed. "But do you think the Americans will ever give the money back?" "I have heard their courts are fair. I would rather try to get the money back from them than from Maximo." She nodded at that. "Why do you want to talk to the Americans now"..."...Hector asked. She told him. The secret police had the bodies of the two saboteurs laid out in the basement of police headquarters when Vargas saw them. Two Latin-looking males who had spent many years in the United States, from the look of their dental work. Exiles, probably. Vargas examined their clothes, which were in a pile, and stirred through the contents of the van. He examined the chemical timers and C-4 shaped charges, the guns and electrical tape, and tossed everything back on the table. CIA. No doubt in bis mind. Four extra-high-voltage towers had collapsed, killing power to the two substations that fed central Havana and the government office buildings located there. A neat and tidy operation. And as soon as the power went off, a team of burglars entered the Interior Ministry and robbed the safe in his office, carrying away files that he had spent twenty years collecting. The Americans. And he had not an iota of proof, nor would he ever get any. The burglars also stole bis laptop computer, and the thought of its loss gave him pause. Certainly not as valuable as the files, the laptop had many things on it he wished the Americans did not have. He had used the computer to derive the trajectories for the missiles" guidance systems, which had to be reprogram- med when the warheads were changed, the new biological warheads being significantly lighter than the old nuclear ones. Still, if the Americans didn't know about the missiles, perhaps they wouldn't pay much attention to that file. What the burglary showed, Alejo Vargas concluded, was that time was short. The Americans could move fast and decisivelyto win the game he was going to have to move faster. I'm ready, he told himself. Now is the hour. "I am Bouchard, the cultural attache." Mercedes Sedano smiled, shook the offered hand. "Please sit down."...Bouchard looked embarrassed, as if he rarely entertained visitors in this small office, which was packed with Cuban magazines and newspapers. Four candles sat atop the piles. "The power is still out," he said by way of explanation. "And the emergency generator ran out of fuel an hour ago." "I don't know how to begin, Doctorea"...she said. "I am not a real doctorea"...he said apologetically. "I am a scholar." "My brother-in-law is Hector Sedanoea"...she explained. "He said I should come to you." "My work is strictly cultural, senora. I work for the American state department studying the culture of Cuba. I cannot imagine how I could be of service to you, or anybody else. I write studies of Cuban music, literature, drama...." "I know nothing about die branches of the American governmentea"...she said. Bouchard smiled. "I know very little myselfea"...he confided. "You still haven't asked why I am here." "I ask now, sefiora. What may I do for you?" "My brother-in-law, Hector Sedano, says you work for the CIA. He" Bouchard was horrified. His hands came up, palms out.

"Senora, you have been severely misinformed. As I have just explained, I am a scholar who" "Yes, yes. I understand. But I have a problem that" He clapped his hands over his ears. "No, no, no. You have made a great mistakeea"...he said. She sat calmly, waiting for him to lower his hands. When he saw that she was not going to speak, he did so. "I must show you my workea"...Bouchard said, and dug into a drawer. He came up with a handful of paper, which he thrust at her. "I recently completed a major study of" She refused to touch the paper. "Fidel Castro is deadea"...she said. Bouchard froze. After a few seconds he remembered the paper in his hand and laid it on top of the nearest pile. "I was there when he died. We were filming a statement to the Cuban people, a political will, if you please."...She produced two videotapes from her large purse and laid them on the nearest pile. "He died before he finished his speechea"...she explained. "Which is inconvenient and, in a larger sense, tragic." "I assure you, Sefiora Sedano, that I am a poor scholar, mediocre hi every sense, employed here hi Cuba because I tired of the publish-or-perish imperative of the academic world. My work is of little import to the United States government or anyone else. still do not work for the CIA. There has been some mistake." Mercedes maintained a polite silence until he ran out of words, then she said, "Fidel and I watched an American movie a few months ago, about dinosaurs in a parkan extraordinary story and an extraordinary film. We marveled at the magic that could make dinosaurs so lifelike upon the screen. It was almost as if the moviemakers had some dinosaurs to film. Perhaps the magic had something to do with computers. However they did it, they made something mat had been dead a very long time come back to life." Bouchard didn't know what to say. Agency regulations did not permit him to tell anyone outside the agency who his employer was. He twisted his hands as he tried to decide how he should handle this woman who refused to listen to his denials. "Did you say something"..."...she asked. "I don't like moviesea"...Bouchard muttered. "There are no good actors these days." "Perhaps not livingea"...sd Mercedes Sedano. "But you must admit the magicians have given new life to some dead ones. You and your friends could perform a great service for Cuba if you would take these videotapes to the moviemakers and let them bring Fidel back to life. For just a little while." Bouchard picked up the cassettes,- held them in his hands as he examined them. "I dissuppose the cultural attach caret might be able to pass these things alongea"...Bouchard admitted. "What is it you wish Fidel had lived to say?" Mercedes nodded. She looked Bouchard straight in the eyes and told him. Maximo Sedano huddled in bis great padded leather chair at the Finance Ministry staring out at the Havana skyline. He took another sip of rum, eased the position of his injured hand. He was holding it pointed straight up. The doctor who set the broken bones in bis fingers assured him elevating the hand would help keep the swelling down. That pig Santana! He whipped out his pistol and smashed it down on the fingers of Maximo's left hand so quickly Maximo didn't even think of jerking it away. Three broken fingers. Then the son of a bitch laughed! And Vargas laughed. Vargas had whispered in his ear: "You aren't going to be the next president of Cuba, Maximo. You have no allies. Delgado and Alba will obey me to then- dying day, as you will. You have a wife and daughter and your health. Be content with that." He said nothing.

"Your brother Hector is in prison charged with sedition. I suggest you meditate upon that fact." Maximo sipped some more ram. His fingers hurt like hell. The doctor gave him a local anesthetic and a half dozen pills when he set the fingers, but now the anesthetic was wearing off and the pills weren't doing much good. He probably shouldn't be drinking rum while taking these pills, but what the hell. A man has to die only once. Where was the $53 million? Somewhere on the other side of the black hole that was the Swiss banking system. Face facts, Maximo. You can kiss those bucks good-bye. Those dollars might as well be on the back side of the moon. He spent some time dwelling on what might have been he was only humanbut after a while those dreams faded. The reality was the pain in his hand, and the fact that he was stuck hi this Third World hellhole and would soon be out of a job. Whatever government followed Fidel would appoint a new finance minister. He had no chance of succeeding Castro, and he let go of that fantasy too. He didn't have the allies hi high places, he wasn't well enough known, and if he had been he would be in a cell beside Hector this very minute. Hector's plight didn't cause bun much concern. He and Hector had never been close, had never had much in common. Well, to be frank, they loathed each other. A pigeon landed on the ledge outside his window. He watched it idly. It searched the ledge for food, found none, then took eff. Maximo watched it. The pigeon circled the square hi front of the ministry and landed on a statue that stood near the front door. Maximo had never liked the statue, some Greek goddess with a sword. Still, it gave the building a certain tone, so he had never ordered it moved. Statues. At least he got the goddess instead of that larger-than-life bust of Fidel that the Ministry of Agriculture He stared at the goddess. She was made of bronze. Some kind of metal that had turned green as the rain and sun and salt from the sea worked on it. The bust of Fidel in front of the Ministry of Agriculture was of course manufactured and erected after the revolution. So were the statues in the Plaza de Revolucion. And some of the statues in Old Havana, at the Museo de Arte Colonial, at the Catedral de San Cristobal de la Havana, on some of the minor squares. After the revolution! After the government collected all the gold pesos, or before? The Museum of the Revolution! The old presidential palace was converted to a propaganda temple that would prove to all generations the venality of Batista, the dictator Fidel had overthrown. Maximo recalled reading somewhere that Fidel had personally supervised the renovation and conversion of the old building. Thirty-seven tons of gold. Fidel had squirreled it away somewhere. What he needed to do was go to the Museum of the Revolution, lock himself in a room with the collection of Havana newspapers. After the revolution, after the gold was collected, what was Fidel doing? Thirty-seven tons of gold. "One sample vial from the Cuban lab contained a new, super-infectious strain of poliomyelitis. The viruses are so hot they kill in seconds." The members of the National Security Council didn't say anything. "The scientists said they never saw anything like itea"...the national security adviser continued. "The four sample vials contained three different strains of the polio virus. Two of the vials contained the same type of virus." "Is the vaccination we were all given as children effective against these strains"..."...The chairman of the joint chiefs asked this question. "Apparently jiot. The scientists will need more time to verify that, but apparently ... no." The president looked glum. "Talk about a choice. We can wait until the Cubans use that stuff on us or we can bomb the lab right now." "No, sirea"...the chairman said. 'There is no guarantee a bomb would kill that virus. Bombing the lab would "probably just release the viruses to the atmosphere and kill everyone in Cuba who happened to be downwind." The silence that followed that remark was broken by the secretary of state, who asked, "Do the scientists have an estimate on how long those viruses can live outside the lab?" "Not yetea"...the national security adviser replied. He took a deep breath and referred back to his notes. "Here is the situation in Cuba as we believe it to be: We received a report two hours ago from our man in Havana who says he was told earlier today that Fidel Castro is dead. He is sending some videotapes in the diplomatic pouch." "Dead, huh"..."...sd the president. "I'll believe it when they put his corpse on display in a tomb on the Plaza de Revolucion." Someone tittered. The national security adviser continued to read from his notes. "Review of the documents from the safe of the secret police chief, Alejo Vargas, indicates that the Cubans have installed biological warheads on intermediate-range ballistic missiles." "What?" the president demanded. He pounded on the table with the flat of his hand to silence everyone else. In the silence that followed, he roared, "Where in hell did those people get ballistic missiles?" The national security adviser looked like he was in severe pain. "From the Russians, sir. In 1962. Apparently the

STEPHEN COONTS Russians left some behind after the Cuban missile crisis. You may recall that Castro refused to let the UN inspection team into the country to verify that all the missiles had been removed." "How good is this information?""...The man who sent it is absolutely reliable."...The president mouthed a profane oath, which the chairman of the joint chiefs thought a succinct summation of the whole situation. In a country as poor as Cuba safe houses were hard to come by. The one that William Henry Chance and Tommy Carmellini found themselves in was an abandoned monastery on a promontory of land on the south coast of the island. Surrounded by tidal flats and dense vegetation, the sprawling one-story building was an occasional refuge for drug smugglers and young lovers, who had left their trash strewn about. The rotten thatched roof remained intact over just one room, the kitchen. A roaring fire burned in the fireplace, which apparently the monks had used primarily for cooking. From the window three fishing boats were visible, wooden boats with a single mast, manned by one or two men. The crew of two of the boats were rigging trot lines, the other was hauling in a net. Chance examined each through binoculars. They looked harmless enoughhe doubted if any of the boats had an engine or radio. "What do you think"..."...Carmellini asked. "We have a little time, but I don't know how much." "Guess it depends on how efficient the secret police and the military are." "Ummea"...Chance grunted, and after one more sweep of everything in sight, put down the binoculars. Tommy Carmellini sat feeding sheets of paper from the secret police files into the fire as fast as they would burn. He merely scanned the pages as he ripped them from the files and tossed them into the flames. "Vargas and bis guys were certainly thoroughea"...Car- mellini commented. "They looked under every rock." "And found every slimy thing that walks or crawlsea"...Chance agreed. Vargas's laptop was on, so Chance resumed his examination of the files. "Sort of like J. Edgar Hoover." "Secret police are pretty much alike the world overea"...Chance muttered. He moved the cursor to the next file on the list and called it up. "How many missiles are there on this island"..."...Carmellini asked as he tore paper. "I have found six missile files, so far. There may be moreI see some references to material that doesn't seem to be on this computer." "Six? With locations?" "Names only. Every missile has a name: Miami, Atlanta, Jacksonville, Charleston, New Orleans, and Tampa." "What about Mobile?"' - "Don't see it on here." "Birmingham, Orlando, the army bases in Alabama?" "Nothing." "I find it hard to believe that in the decades since 1962, the Cubans have managed to keep the secret of their ballistic missiles." Chance didn't reply. He had never agreed with the agency's spending priorities, which were heavily slanted toward reconnaissance satellites. The people in Washington were sold on high-tech computer and sensor networks for the collection of intelligence. Hardware and software didn't turn traitor and were easy to justify to the bean counters. The spymasters seemed to have lost sight of a basic truth: networks could only collect the information their sensors' were designed to obtain. And they could be fooled. If garbage goes in, garbage comes out. Ah, well. The world keeps turning. "How long is that going to take"..."...Chance asked, referring to the files and the fire. "Couple hours at this rate."

Chance glanced at his watch. A few minutes after one o'clock in the afternoon. The rendezvous with the submarine was set for ten o'clock tonight, almost nine hours away. "If we have to run for it, we'll take everything we haven't burned." He and Carmellini and die four U.s. Navy SEAL'S on guard in the grasses and bushes out front would try to escape if the Cubans attacked the place. Two speedboats were fueled and ready inside die old boathouse, and a submarine would meet diem fifty miles south. Unfortunately he had no way of knowing if die submarine was already lying submerged at die rendezvous position or if the skipper planned to arrive punctually. If he was already there, Chance, Carmellini, and die SEAL'S could leave now. If die sub wasn't at die rendezvous, die two boats would have to spend die afternoon and evening rolling hi die swell, hoping and praying die Cuban Navy didn't come over die horizon. We'll wait, Chance decided, glancing at his watch again, though Lord knows die waiting was difficult. It would be a serious mistake to underestimate Alejo Vargas. The Cuban secret police had over forty years of practice finding and arresting people who sneaked onto die islandone had to assume they were reasonably good at it. Chance didn't want to get into a firefight with die Cuban military or secret police. Leaving a body behind would be bad, and leaving a live person to be captured and tortured would be absolute disaster. If die Cubans came riding over die hill, Chance and his entourage were leaving as quickly as possible. They could take their chances on die open sea. That decision made, Chance turned his attention back to die computer screen hi front of him. Two months ago when he and Carmellini were handed this mission, William Henry Chance would not have bet a plugged nickel they could pull it off. Polish die Spanish hi over a hundred hours of classes, be in the right place at the right time when the power went off, break into Alejo Vargas's safe in secret-police headquarters, carry out the files that Vargas had spent twenty years accumulating, the files he could trade for political support after Castro's death. Amazingly, they had pulled it off. Every file that went into the flames was one Vargas would never use. Chance glanced at Carmellini, who was using a stick to stir the fire, keep the paper burning. Yep, they had pulled it off. And stumbled upon a biological weapons program and Fidel's collection of old Soviet ballistic missiles. Six missiles. No locations. The locations must be well camouflaged or the satellite reconnaissance people would have seen them long ago. On the other hand, if they knew what they were looking for... Chance went to the door, called softly to the SEAL lieutenant. dis"...Mr. Fitzgerald, would you set up die satellite telephone again?" "Of course. Take about five minutes." "Thank you." While the lieutenant was getting the set turned on and acquiring the corn satellite, Chance continued to check the computer. When he hit a file labeled "Trajectories"...he sensed he was onto something important. The file was a series of mathematical calculations, complex formulas. Hmmm... Let's see, if one could figure out where the warheads were aimed, then one could use the known trajectory to work back to the launch site. That's right, isn't it? "Mr. Chance, they're on."...The lieutenant handed him the satellite phone. In Washington, D.c., the director of the CIA and the national security adviser listened without comment as the voice of the agent in Cuba came over the speaker phone. He gave them the news as quickly and succinctly as he could. They had the secret-police files, were burning them now though the task would take several more hours, they had a computer containing a file of what appeared to be missile-trajectory calculations, and there were at least six ballistic missiles in Cuba, maybe more. Chance gave the men in Washington the names of the missiles. "Well doneea"...the director said, high praise from that taciturn public servant. When the connection was broken, the national security adviser and the CIA director sat silently, lost in thought. The spymaster was thinking about Alejo Vargas and the possibility he might seize control of the government in Cuba upon the death of Castro. The other man was thinking about ballistic missiles and microscopic viruses of poliomyelitis. "Another Cuban missile crisisea"...muttered the adviser disgustedly. The CIA director grinned. "Why don't you look at the silver lining of this cloud for a change? Fate has just presented us with a rare opportunity to clean out a local cesspool. We ought to be down on our knees giving thanks." The adviser didn't see it that way. He knew the president regarded the upcoming death of Castro as a political opportunity, a chance to change the relationship between Cuba and the United States and escape the bitter past. Perhaps the president would decide to just ignore the weapons, pretend they didn't exist. Then he could hold out the olive branch to the Cubans, get what he wanted from them, get credit for progressive leadership from the American electorate, and negotiate about the weapons later. Tommy Carmellini was burning the last of the files when William Henry Chance noticed that two of the fishing boats were no longer in sight. "When did they leave"..."...he asked the naval officer, Lieutenant Fitzgerald. "Several hours ago, sir. I noticed one of them going west under sail then, but I confess I haven't been paying much attention to the others." Carmellini checked his watch5:30 P.m. Still three or four hours of daylight left. "Anything stirring out here"..."...Chance asked. "No, sir. Pretty quiet. An old man and a girl walked along the road toward the monastery about three P.m., then turned and went back the way they had come." "Did they see your men?" "No, sir." - "Well..."...In truth, Chance was nervous. He felt trapped, completely at the mercy of forces beyond his control. He took a deep breath, tried to relax as Carmellini stirred the ashes of the fire to ensure that all the paper he had thrown in was totally consumed. "Would you like some MRE'S, sir"..."...the navy officer asked. "My men and I are getting hungry." Surprised at himself for not noticing his hunger sooner, Chance said, "Why not"..."...He hadn't had a bite since last night. They were munching at the rations when a helicopter came roaring down the coast from the west. The craft was doing about eighty knots, Chance guessed, when it went Over the old monastery. It continued west for a half mile or so, then laid into a turn. "Shitea"...sd Tommy Carmellini. "Lieutenant, I think he's onto usea"...Chance told the SEAL officer. "If he is, his friends can't be far awayea"...the SEAL said. Standing in the center of the room so he was hidden in shadow, he used the binoculars to look at the chopper. "Two men, one looking at us with binoculars." "Maybe it's time we set sailea"...Chance said as he folded the laptop and zipped it into its soft carrying bag. Then he put the whole thing in a waterproof plastic bag, which he carefully sealed. "Stay down, stay clear of the windowsea"...the lieutenant said, and darted out the door away from the chopper. Chance and Carmellini sat on the floor with their backs to the window. The chopper noise came closer and closer, then seemed to stop. It sounded as if the craft were hovering about a hundred feet to the east of the crumbling building. The rotor wash was stirring the remnants of the roof thatch that Chance could see. Then he heard the sharp crack of a rifle. Two more reports in quick succession. The tone of the chopper's engine changed, then he heard the sound of the crash. He risked a peek out the window. The wreckage of the helicopter lay on the rocks by the water's edge. Amazingly, one of the rotor blades was still attached to the head and turning slowly. A wisp of smoke rose from the twisted metal and Plexiglas. Chance could see the bodies of the two men slumped motionless in what remained of the cockpit. As he watched the wreckage broke into flames. "Sorry about thatea"...the lieutenant said as he burst into the room, "but the copilot was holding a radio mike hi his hand. I think it's time we bid Cuba a fond farewell." "Let's goea"...Chance agreed. The boats were fast, at least thirty knots. In the swell of the open sea beyond the peninsula they bucked viciously. Salt spray came back over the men huddled behind the tiny windscreen every time the boat buried its bow. Chance settled back, wedged himself into place with the computer on his lap. They were well out to sea, heading due south, when a Cuban gunboat rounded the eastern promontory and gave chase. A puff of smoke came from the forward deck gun and was swept away by the wind. The splash was several hundred yards short. The lieutenant at the helm altered course to put the gunboat dead astern. The Cuban captain fired twice more; both rounds fell short. Then he apparently decided to save his ammunition. The boats ran on to the southwest. Tommy Carmellini caught Chance's eye and gave him a huge grin. Yeah, baby! The distance between the speedboats and the gunboat slowly widened over the next hour. After a while the gunboat was only visible as a. black spot on the horizon when the boat topped a swell. As the rim of the sun touched the sea, the Americans realized the crew of the gunboat had given up and turned back toward-the north. Then they heard the jets. Two swept-wing fighters dropping down astern, spreading out as they came racing hi, one after each boat. "MiGo-19'sea"...the lieutenant shouted. "Hang on tight." The shells hit the sea behind the boat and marched toward it as quick as thought. Lieutenant Fitzgerald spun the helm, the boat tilted crazily, and the impact splashes from the strafing run missed to starboard. The jet that strafed Chance's boat pulled out right over the boat, no more than fifty feet up. The thunder of the engines was deafening. The jet made a climbing turn to the left, a long, lazy loop that took it back for another strafing run. His wingman stayed hi trail behind him. "Turn west, into the sunea"...Chance shouted to Fitzgerald, who complied. The other boat did the same. The boats came out of their turns with the sun's orb dead ahead, a ball of fire touching the ocean. The jets behind overshot the run-in line, so they made a turn away from the boats, letting the distance lengthen, as they worked back to the dead astern position. Fitzgerald handed Chance his M-16. "As he pulls out overhead, give him the whole magazine full automatic." Chance nodded and lay down in the boat. As the jets thundered down, Fitzgerald turned the boat ninety degrees left, then straightened. The MiGo's left wing dropped as he swung the nose out to lead the crossing boat. He steepened his dive. As the muzzle flashes appeared on his wing root, Fitzgerald spun the helm like a man possessed to bring the boat back hard east, into the attacker. The shell splashes missed left this time: Chance let go with the M-16 pointing straight up, in the hope the MiGo would fly through the barrage. Whether any of his bullets hit the jet as it slashed overhead, he couldn't tell. The plane pulled out with its left wing down about thirty degrees, but its nose never came above the horizon. Perhaps the sun dead ahead on the horizon disoriented the pilot. The left roll continued as the plane descended toward the sea, then it hit with a surprisingly small splash. Just like that, it was gone. The other jet was climbing nicely. The pilot had found his target: the other speedboat was upside down in the sea. Fitzgerald turned toward the upset boat, kept his speed up. The wingman took his timehe must realize this would be the last strafing run because the light was failing, and perhaps he was running low on fuel. He came off the juice, kept the power back, so on this pass he was doing no more than 250 knots, a pleasant maneuvering speed. Fitzgerald turned his boat so that he was heading disstraight for the jet. He had the throttle wide open. The jet steepened his dive. The pilot held his fire and fed in forward stick. Fitzgerald spun the helm as far as it would go and the boat laid over on its beam in a turn. The jet didn't shoot, but began pulling out. William Henry Chance let go with a whole magazine. Clbser and closer the plane dropped toward the sea, the nose still coming up, contrails swirling off the wingtips from the G-loads. The belly of the MiGo almost kissed the water, came within a hair's breadth, and then the jet was climbing into the sky trailing a wisp of smoke. "Maybe you hit himea"...Fitzgerald shouted. "He sure came close enough." Now the jet was turning toward the north, still climbing and trailing smoke. Soon it was out of sight amid the altocumulus clouds. The overturned boat had been hit by cannon fire, which punched at least six holes in the bottom. One man hi the water had a broken arm, the other two were dead. A cannon shell had hit one of the men hi the torso. Chance and Carmellini managed to get the injured man aboard. "The bodies tooea"...Fitzgerald demanded. "They're my men." "What about the Cuban pilot"..."...Carmellini asked Fitzgerald. "He's probably deadea"...the SEAL lieutenant said. "If he isn't, I hope he's a good swimmer." The naval officer used a handheld GPS to set his course to the submarine rendezvous. Jake Grafton walked down the hill from the Officers" Club and along the pier between the warehouses. He walked past foxholes and strongpoints made from piles of torn-up concrete, each of which contained a handful of marines, wideeyed young men in camouflage clothing and helmets, armed to the teem. Someone hi every strongpoint watched every step he took. He walked by the muzzles of a dozen machine guns and a few light artillery pieces. The whole area was well lit by floodlights mounted on the eaves of every warehouse. Some marines were gathered around a mobile kitchen, eating hot MRE'S, and some were gathered around a headquarters tent near the hurricaneproof warehouse. They all carried gas masks on their belts. Jake stopped at the tent and said hello to the landing force commander. Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt, who was still awake and keeping an eye on things at this hour. The colonel poured Jake a cup of coffee. "Your chief of staff, Captain Pascal, was here about an hour ago, Admiralea"...the colonel said. "He tells me that cleaning out that warehouse will take three more days. The ordnance crew from Nevada is working around the clock." Jake nodded. Gil Pascal was briefing him four times a day. "The men have been told that this whole operation is classified, not to be discussed with unauthorized personnelea"...Eckhardt replied. "Fine. Is there anything I can do for you, anything you need?" They discussed logistics for a few minutes, then the colonel said, "I assume you're keeping up with the news out of Havana, Admiral." "I was briefed before I came ashoreea"...Jake replied. "I got a message from Central Command advising me that there are large riots going on in three or four major Cuban cities." "I have heard that too." "Does that have any bearing on our posture here, sir"..."...the marine officer asked. "If I knew what the hell was going on, Colonel, you're the first man I'd tell. Washington isn't telling me diddlysquat. I don't think they know diddly-squat to tell. Yes, the intel summary says people are rioting in the streets in several Cuban towns, everyone in Washington is waiting for Castro to tell his people to shut up, for the troops to wade in. So far it hasn't happened." "Maybe Castro is deadea"...Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt speculated. "God only knows. Just keep your people alert and ready. Three more days. Just three more." Try as they might, Ocho Sedano and the old fisherman could not get the water out of Angel del Mar. With both of them pushing and pulling on the pump handle they could just keep up with the water coming into the boat. If either of them stopped, and the other lacked the strength to work the pump quickly enough, the water level rose. They struggled all night against the rising water. At dawn they knew they were beaten. No one else on the boat was willing to come below and pump. Some said they were afraid of being trapped below deck if the boat should go under, and others plainly lacked the strength. The passengers of the Angel del Mar lay about the deck horribly sunburned, semiconscious, severely dehydrated and starving. On the evening of the previous day one woman drank sea water. The old fisherman didn't see her do it, but he knew she had when she began retching and couldn't stop. She retched herself into unconsciousness and died sometime during the night. When he went up on deck in the middle of the night, she was dead, lying in a pool of her own vomit. The other children were also dead. Three little corpses, now still forever. No one protested when he threw their bodies overboard. Then he went below to help Ocho. The losing battle was fought in total darkness against an inanimate pump handle and their own failing strength in a tossing, heaving boat as water swirled around their legs. Ocho prayed aloud, sobbed, babbled of his mother, of his deceased father, of the days he remembered from his youth. The old fisherman remained silent, not really listening to Ochowho never stopped pumpingbut thinking of his own life, of the women he had loved, of the hard things life had taught him. He would die soon, he knew, and somehow that was all right, a fitting thing, the proper end to the great voyage he had had through life. Life pounds you, he thought, knocks out the pride and piss of youth. Live long enough and you begin to see the big picture, see yourself as God must see you, as a flawed mortal speck of protoplasm whose fate is of little concern to anyone but you. You work, eat, sleep, defecate, reproduce, and die, precisely like all the others, no different really, and the planet turns and the star bums on, both quite indifferent to your fate. He understood the grand scheme now, and thought the knowledge worth very little. Certainly not worth the effort of telling what he knew to the boy, who would also die soon and lacked the fisherman's years and experience. No, the boy would not appreciate the wisdom that age had acquired. When the gray light from the coming day managed to find its way down the hatch and showed him the level of the water sloshing about, the old fisherman said "Enough. Ou. Up the ladder before she goes under."...He pulled Ocho away from the handle, shoved him up the ladder. "Up, up, damn you. I want out of here too."...The words made Ocho scramble out of the way. The sea was empty in every direction. The old fisherman looked carefully, then shook his head sadly. Where were the ships and boats that were usually here? Why had no one seen the drifting wreck of the Angel del Mar? "Into the ocean with you. The boat is sinking. You must get into the water, swim away, so the mast and lines will not trap you and pull you under when she sinks." They stared at him uncomprehendingly. "Into the water, or notea"...he said softly, "as you choose. May God be with you." And he walked aft and stepped off the stern of the ship into the sea. The salt water felt refreshing, welcomed him. Ocho Sedano stood on the rail a moment, then stumbled and fell in. He paddled toward the old man. "Ochoff"...Dora stood mere on deck, calling to him. "You must swimea"...Ocho said. "The boat is smking."...There was little freeboard remaining, the deck was almost awash. Indeed, even as he spoke a wave broke over the deck. Dora looked wildly about, unwilling to abandon the dubious safety of the boat Other people joined her, some on hands and knees, unable to stand. They looked at the two men hi the water, at the horizon, at the swells, at the sky. One woman rocked back and forth on her heels, moaning softly, her eyes open. "Swimea"...the old man toldjOcho. "Get away before it goes." He turned his back on the boat and began swimming. Ocho followed. After a minute or so Ocho ceased paddling and looked back. The boat was going under, people were trying to swim away. He heard a woman screaming-r-Dora, perhaps. The mast toppled slowly as the swells capsized Angel del Mar. Then, with an audible sigh as the last of the air escaped, the boat went under. Heads bobbed in the swellsjust how many Ocho couldn't tell. He ceased swimming. There was no place to go, no reason to expend the energy. He was so tired, so exhausted. He closed his eyes, felt the sun burning on his eyelids. He opened them when salt water choked him. He couldn't sleep in the sea. So that was how it would be. He would struggle to stay afloat until exhaustion and dehydration overcame him and he went to sleep, then he would drown. The screaming woman would not be quiet. She paused only to rill her lungs, then screamed on. A line in the sky caught his attention. A contrail. A jet conning against the blue. Oh, to be there, and not here. . He was listening to the screaming woman, trying not to go to sleep, when he felt something bump against his foot. Something solid. He lowered his face into the water, opened his eyes. Sharks! The president of the United States sat listening to the national security adviser with a scowl on his face. The president usually scowled when he didn't like what he was hearing, the chairman of the joint chiefs, General Tater Totten, thought sourly. The adviser was laying it out, card by card: The Cubans had at least six intermediate-range ballistic missiles, which the staff thought were probably sited in hidden silos, away from the cameras of reconnaissance planes and satellites. According to the documents obtained from the safe of Alejo Vargas, the missiles now carried biological warheads, apparently a super-virulent strain of polio. Some of the warheads stolen from Nuestra Sefiora de Coldn were now stacked in a warehouse on the waterfront in a Cuban provincial town, Antilla. Complicating everything were the riots and demonstrations going on in the large cities of Cuba. No one was moving aggressively to quell the unrest; the army was not patrolling the cities; in fact, people in Cuba were openly speculating that Fidel Castro was dead. CIA believed that Castro was indeed dead; the director said so at the start of the meeting. "If Castro has bit the big one, who is running the show down there? Who is the successor"..."...The secretary of state asked that question. "Hector Sedano, we hopeea"...the adviser said, glancing at the president, who was examining his fingernails. "Operation Flashlight was designed to whittle Alejo Vargas down to size." "Stealing a safeful of blackmail files will hurt Vargas, but it won't do much to help Hector Sedanoea"...General Totten muttered. "I seem to recall a CIA summary that says Hector might be in prison just now." "That's rightea"...the director agreed, nodding. "We think the rioting is directly due to the fact Sedano is in prison. The lid is coming off down there." "We've had our finger in a lot of Cuban piesea"...the president said disgustedly, folding his hands on the table in front of him. "Probably too many. I seem to recall that die CIA did some fast work with a computer, emptied Fidel's Swiss bank accounts." "The money is still hi those banksea"...the director said quickly. "We just created a few new accounts and moved the money to them. Don't want anyone to think we are into bank robbery these days." "Why not? This administration has been accused of everything elseea"...die president said lightly. Poking fun at himself was his talent, the reason he had made it to die very top of die heap in American politics. He laced bis fingers together, leaned back in his chair. "If we had any sense we would let die Cubans sort out their own problems. Lord knows we have enough of our own." A murmur of assent went around die table. Tater Totten sighed, took his letter of resignation from an inside jacket pocket and unfolded it, placed it on die table in front of him. Then he took out another letter, a request for immediate retirement, and placed it beside die first. He smoothed out both documents, put on his glasses, looked diem over. The secretary of state was sitting beside him. She looked over to see what Totten was reading. When she realized she was looking at a letter of resignation, she leaned closer. "What is today"..."...later whispered. "The date?" "The seventh." General Totten got out his ink pen, wrote the date in ink on the top of the letter of resignation and the letter requesthag retirement. Then he signed both letters and put his pen back hi his pocket. "... our willingness to work with the new government. In fact, I think this would be an excellent time to end the American embargo of Cuba...."...The national security adviser was talking, apparently reciting a speech he had rehearsed with the president earlier today. As the adviser talked, the president had been looking around die room, watching faces for reactions. Just now he was looking at Tater Totten with narrowed eyes. He knows, the general thought. When the adviser wound down, the president spoke before anyone else could. "General Totten, you look like a man with something to say." "We can't ignore six ICBM'S armed with biological warheads. We can't ignore a lab for manufacturing toxins. We can't ignore a warehouse full of stolen CBW warheads." He leaned forward in his chair, looked straight at the president, whose brow was furrowing into a scowl. "Fifty million Americans are within range of those missiles. We must move right now to disarm those missiles, put the Cubans out of the biological warfare business, and recover those stolen warheads. We have absolutely no choice. When they find out what the threat is, the American people are not going to be hi the mood to listen to excuses." Tater Totten looked around the table at the pale, drawn faces. Every eye hi the room was on him. "If one of those missiles gets launched at America, everyone hi this room will be responsible. That is the hard, cold reality. All this happy talk about lifting embargoes and a new era of peace hi the Caribbean is beside the point. We can't ignore weapons of mass destruction aimed at innocent Americans." The silence that followed lasted for several seconds, un- til the president broke it. "General, no one is suggesting we ignore those missiles. The question is how we can best deal with the reality of their presence. My initial reaction is to wait until a new government takes over in Cuba, then to talk with them about disarmament and return of the stolen warheads in return for lifting the embargo. Reasonable people will see the advantages for each side." "Your mistakeea"...General Totten replied, "is thinking that reasonable people will be involved in the negotiations. Reasonable people don't build CBW weapons of mass destructionunreasonable people do. Unreasonable people use mem to commit murder for ends they could achieve in no other way, ends they think are worth other people's blood to attain. Now, that, by God, is reality." The secretary of state had snaked the chairman's letter of resignation over hi front of her while he was speaking. Now she showed it to the director of the CIA, who was on her left. "What is that document"..."...the president asked. "My letter of resignationea"...Tater Totten said blandly. "I haven't decided whether to submit it now or later." As the president's upper lip curled hi a sneer, the secretary of state put the letter back on the table in front of disthe general. "Totten, you son of a bitch! I'm the man responsible." "I have to sleep nightsea"...Tater shot back. "You reveal classified information to the press, I'll have you prosecuted."...The president knew damn well that Totten would hold a press conference and tell all. "You'll spend your goddamn retirement in a federal pen," the president snarled. "Bullshit! When the public finds out about polio warheads on ICBM'S aimed at Florida, the tidal wave is going to wash you away."...General Totten pointed a finger at the president. "Don't fuck this up, cowboy: there are too many American lives at stake. Now isn't the time for a friendly game of Russian roulette." "Okayea"...the president said, lifting his hands and showing the palms. "Okay! What's the date on that letter?" "Today." "Make it a week from today. We'll do this your way, and a week from today you're permanently off to the golf course with your mouth welded shut." Totten got out his pen, changed the date on both the letters, and passed them across the table to the president, who didn't even glance at them. "Better get cracking, Generalea"...the president snarled. "Yes, sirea"...sd Tater Totten. He rose from his chair and walked out of the room. At the same time the president and National Security Council were meeting in Washington, the Council of State of the communist government of Cuba was meeting in Havana. "Where is FidelThat someone roared at Alejo Vargas as he walked into the room, flanked by Colonel Santana on one side and a plainclothes secret policeman on the other. Santana limped as he walked. He was heavily bandaged about the head and left arm, and moved like a man who was very sore. Vice President Raul Castro watched Alejo Vargas take his seat at the table beside die other ministers. His face was mottled, his anger palpable. He motioned for silence, smacked a wooden gavel against the table until he got it, then looked Vargas straight in the face. "Where is my brother?" "Dead." "And you have hidden the body." "The body is being prepared for a state funeral. I didn't think anyone would object." "Liarff"...Ratil Castro spit out the word. He stood, leaned on the table, and shouted at Vargas. "Liarst I think you murdered Fidel. I think you murdered him so mat you could take over the country."...He waved at the window. "The people out there think so too. You have murdered my brother and arrested the man that he hoped would eventually succeed him, Hector Sedano. Jesus, man, the whole country is coming apart at the seams; they are rioting in the streets!" Alejo Vargas examined the faces around the table while Raul shouted. Maximo Sedano was there, his face impassive. Many of the faces could not be read. Most of them merely wanted food to eat and a place to live, something better than the people in the cane fields had. They went to their offices every day, obeyed Fidel's orders, took the blame when things went wrongas they usually did watched Fidel take the credit if things went right, and soldiered on. That had been a way of Me for these people for two generationsforty yearsand now it was over. "... the people loved Fidelea"...Raul was saying, "honored and respected him as the greatest patriot in the history of Cuba, and I think you, Alejo Vargas, had a hand in his death. I accuse you of his murder." "Watch your mouthea"...Santana told him, but Raul turned on him like an enraged bear. "I am vice president of the republic, first in line of succession upon the death of the presidentea"...Raul thundered at the colonel. "Maintain your silence or be evicted." Alejo Vargas had already removed his pistol from his pocket while he sat at the table listening to Raul. Now he raised it, extended it to arm's length, and squeezed the trigger. Before anyone could move he pumped three bullets into Raul Castro, who fell sideways, knocking over his chair. The reports were like thunderclaps in the room, leaving the audience stunned and slightly deafened. Alejo Vargas got to his feet, holding the pistol casually in front of him in his right hand, "Does anyone else wish to accuse me of murder?" Total, complete silence. Vargas looked from face to face, trying to make eye contact with everyone willing. Most averted their eyes when he looked into their face.

"Colonel Santana, please remove Senor Castro from the room. He is ill." As a bandaged Santana and the plainclothesman were carrying out the body, Alejo Vargas again seated himself. He placed the pistol on the table in front of him. "I will chair this meetingea"...he said. "We are here today to decide what must be done in light of the recent death of our beloved president, Fidel Castro. He fought a long, valiant fight against the disease of cancer, which claimed him four days ago. Of course the news could not be publicly announced until the Council of State had been informed and decisions reached on the question of succession. "I do hereby officially inform you of the tragedy of Fidel Castro's passing, and declare this meeting open to discuss the question of naming a successor to the office of president." With that Vargas reached across the table and seized die gavel that Raiil Castro had used. He tapped it several times on the table, sharp little raps that made several people flinch. "This meeting is officially openea"...he declared. "Who would like to speak first?"' No one said a word. "The news of our beloved president's death has hit everyone hardea"...Vargas said. "I understand. Yet the business of our nation cannot wait. L hereby nominate myself for the office of president. Do I hear a second?" "I second the nominationea"...sd General Alba, his voice carrying in the silence. "Let the record show that I move to make the nomination unanimousea"...Admiral Delgado said, his voice quavering a little. "I second that motionea"...General Alba replied, "and move that the nominations be closed." One would almost mink they rehearsed that, Alejo Vargas thought, and gave the two general officers a nod of gratitude. * * * Sharks! The silent predators came gliding in even as Ocho Sedano watched with his face hi the water, gray, streamlined torpedoes swimming effortlessly through the half-light under the surface. They seerned to be swimming toward the place where the Angel del Mar had just gone under. No doubt the turbulence and noise from the sinking boat attracted them. The people thrashing about on the surface were also making noise. Nature had equipped the sharks to sense the death struggles of other creatures, and to come to feed. He raised his head from the water, shouted, "Sharks. Sharks."...His voice was very hoarse, his throat terribly dry. He sucked up a mouthful of salty seawater, men spit it out. "Sharks! Do not struggle. Swim away from the wreck, from each other." He didn't know if anyone heard him or not. A scream split the air, then was cut off abruptly, probably as the person screaming was pulled under. Another scream. Shouts of "Sharksff"...and calls to God. He felt something rub against his leg, and kicked back viciously. With his face in the water he could see the shark, a big one, maybe eight feet, swimming toward the concentration of people in the water. He turned the other way, began swimming slowly away. The old fisherman was nearby, doing the same. "Do not panicea"...the old man said. "Swim slowly, steadfly." "The others ..." "There is nothing we can do. God is with them." He heard several more screams, a curse or two, then nothing. He didn't want to hear. And he was swimming into the wind, so the sound would not carry so well. Dora was back there. If she got off the boat. He couldn't remember if she leaped from the boat before it sank. Perhaps she drowned when the boat went down. If so, that was God's mercy. Better that than being eaten by a shark, having a leg ripped half off, or an arm, then bleeding hi agony until the sharks tore you to pieces or pulled you under to drown. That mere were still things, on this earth that ate people was an evil more foul than anything he had ever imagined. He tired of swimming and stopped once, but the old fisherman encouraged him. "Don't die here, son. Swim farther, get away from the sharks." "They're everywhereea"...Ocho replied, with impeccable logic. "Swim fartherea"...the old man said, and so he did. Finally they stopped. How far they had come they had no way of knowing. The sea rose and fell hi a timeless, eternal rhythm, the wind occasionally ripped spume from a crest and sent it flying, puffy clouds scudded along, the sun beat down. "We will die out hereea"...he told the old man, who was only'ab ten feet away. f The fisherman didn't reply. What was there to say? Even the tragedy of Dora couldn't keep him awake. He kept dozing off, then awakening when water went into his nose and mouth. In the afternoon he thought he saw a ship, a sailing ship with three masts and square sails set to catch the trade winds. Maybe he only imagined it. He also thought he saw more contrails high in the sky, but he might have imagined those too. He would swim until he died, he decided. That was all a man could do. He would do that and God would know he tried and forgive him his sins and take him into heaven. Somehow that thought gave him peace. "Gentlemen, your backing this morning touched me deeply." Alejo Vargas was sitting with General Alba and Admiral STEPHEN COONTS Delgado in his office at the Ministry of Interior. Colonel Santana was parked in a chair near the window with his leg on a stool and a bandage around his head. "What happened to you, Colonel"..."...General Alba asked. "I was in an accident." "Traffic gets worse and worse." "Yes." "Gentlemen, let's get right down to itea"...Alejo Vargas began. "Right now I don't have the support of the people. The mobs are out of control. We must restore order and confidence in the government; that is absolutely critical." Delgado and Alba nodded. Even a dictator needs some level of popular support. Or at least acceptance by a significant percentage of the population. "I propose to move on two fronts. I will send a delegate to Hector Sedano, see if he can be enlisted to endorse me. Getting out of prison will be an inducement, of course, but one can't rely on anything that flimsy. I thought of naming him as ambassador to the Vatican." "That would be a popular moveea"...Alba thought, and Delgado agreed. "All my adult life I have been a student of Fidel Castro's political wilesea"...Vargas continued. "I learned many things from watching the master. This may seem to you gentlemen to be heresy, but without the United States, Castro would have lasted only a few years in powerhad the world turned in the usual way he would have been overthrown by a coup or mass uprising when it became obvious that he could not deliver on his promises. Fidel Castro survived because he had a scapegoat: he had the United States to blame for all our difficulties." "One should not say things like that publicly, but there is much truth in that observation." "The Yanquis never failed to play their part in Fidel's little dramasea"...Delgado agreed, and everyone in the room laughed, even Santana. When his audience was again attentive, Alejo Vargas continued: "I propose to unite the Cuban people against the United States one more time, and this time I shall be out in front leading them." Jake Grafton had dinner that evening with the commanding officers of the units in the battle group. In addition to the skippers of the ships, the marine landing force commander, Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt, and the air wing commander aboard United States were also there. Held in the carrier's flag wardroom, the dinner was one of those rare official functions when everyone relaxed enough to enjoy themselves. Surrounded by fellow career officers, Admiral Grafton once again felt that sense of belonging to something bigger than the people who comprised it that had charmed him about the service thirty years ago. The tradition, the camaraderie, the sense of engaging in an activity whose worth could not be measured in dollars or years of service made the brutally long hours, the family separations, and the demands of service life somehow easier to endure. He was basking in that glow when one of his aides slipped in a side door and handed him a top-secret flash message from Washington. Jake put on his glasses before he took the message from the folder. He scanned the message, then read it again slowly. Ballistic missiles in Cuba, biological warheads, Castro dead comhe thanked the aide, who left the room. Jake read the message again very carefully as me afterdinner conversation buzzed around him. The message ordered him to stage commando raids on the suspected ballistic missile sites, "as soon as humanly possible, before the missiles can be launched at the United States." "Gentlemen, let us adjourn to the flag spacesea"...Jake Grafton said, and led the commanders from the wardroom. When the group was together in the flag spaces, with the door closed behind them, Jake said, "The course of human events has catapulted us straight into another mess. I just received this message from Washington."...He read it to them. When he finished, no one said anything. Jake folded the message and returned it to the red folder. He turned to the captains of the two Aegis-class guidedmissile cruisers that were assigned to his battle group: "I want you to get underway as soon as you get back to your ships. Take your ships through the Windward Passage, then proceed at flank speed to a position between the island of Cuba and the Florida Keys that allows you to engage and destroy any missiles fired from Cuba toward the United States. Make every knot you can squeeze out of your ships. Every minute counts. When you come up with an estimated time of arrival, send it to me. We won't lift a finger against the Cubans until both your ships are in position." He shook hands with the captains, and they strode out of the room. "The rest of us might as well get comfortable. Looks like we are in for a long evening." Ocho Sedano looked at it for fifteen minutes before the thought occurred to him that he should find out what it was. Something white, floating perhaps fifteen feet away, slightly off to his right. Now that the existence of the white thing had registered on his consciousness, he made the effort to turn, to stroke toward it. He had been in the water all day. The sun would soon be down and he would be alone on die sea. After the sharks this morning there had been only Ocho and the old man; now the fisherman no longer answered his calls. Hadn't for several hours, in fact. Maybe he just drifted out of hailing range, Ocho thought. That must be it. The sharks killed all the others, sparing only the two men who had gone off the sinking boat first and swam away from the group. At least he thought the others were dead he had no way of knowing the truth of it. He had thought about the decision to swim away from the sinking Angel del Mar all day, off and on, trying to decide just what instinct had told him and the old man to get away from the others. Drowning people often drag under anyone they can reachno doubt that knowledge was a factor in the old man's thinking, in his thinking, for he did not want to put the respensibility for his life on anyone but himself. Perhaps those who were attacked by the sharks were the lucky ones. Their ordeal was over. Dorahad she been one of them? Diego Coca was already dead, of course. He died... a day or two ago... didn't he? Jumped into the sea and swam away from the Angel del Mar. Ah, Diego, you ass. I hope you are burning in hell. He reached for the white thing, which of course skittered out of reach. He paddled some more, reached up under it. A milk jug. A one-gallon plastic milk jug without a cap, floating upside down. Apparently intact. He lifted the milky white plastic jug from the sea, let the water drain out, then lowered it into the water. The thing made a powerful float. He pulled it toward him. Hard to hold on to, but very buoyant. How could he hold it, use the power of its buoyancy to keep himself afloat through the night? Inside his shirt? He worked comthe jug down, Jried to get it under his shirt. The thing escaped once, shot out of the water. He snagged it, tried it again. The second time he got it under his shirt. The thing tried to push him over backward, but if he leaned into it, he could keep his weight pretty much balanced over it. Then he could just float, ride without effort. As long as he could keep the open neck facing downward, the jug would keep him up. Ocho was celebrating his good fortune when a swell tipped him over. He fought back upright, adjusted the jug in the evening light. Maybe he should just forget the jughe seemed to be working as hard staying over it as he did treading water. With the last rays of the sun in his face, he decided to keep the jug, learn to ride it. "I'm going to be rescuedea"...he said silently to himself, "going to be rescued. I must just have patience." After a bit he added, "And faith in the Lord." Ocho was a Catholic, of course, but he had never been one to pray much. He wondered if he should pray now. Surely God knew about the mess he was inwhat could he conceivably tell Him that He didn't already know? In the twilight the water became dark. Still restless, still rising and falling, but dark and black as the grave. He would probably die this night. Sometime during the night he would go to sleep and drown or a shark would rip at him or he would just run out of will. He was oh so very tired, a lethargy that weighed on every muscle. Tonight, he thought. But I don't want to die. I want to live! Please, God, let me live one more day. If I am not rescued tomorrow, then let me die tomorrow night. That was a reasonable request. His strength would give out by tomorrow night anyway. The last of the light faded from the sky, and he was alone on the face of the sea. La Cabana Prison was an old pile of masonry. In the hot, humid climate of Cuba the interior was cool, a welcome respite from the heat. Yet in the dark corridors filled with stagnant air the odor of mold and decay seemed almost overpowering. The iron bars and grates and cell doors were wet with condensation and covered with layers of rust. During the day small windows with nearly opaque, dirty glass admitted what light there was. At night naked bulbs hanging where two corridors met or an iron gate barred the way lit the interior; and for whole stretches of corridors and cells there was no light at all. Hector Sedano saw the flashlight even before he heard people coming along the corridor. One flashlight and two or three, maybe even four peopleit was difficult to tell. The flashlight led the visitors to this cell, and it turned to pin him on the cot. "There he is." "I will talk to him alone." "Yes, Senor Presidente." One man remained standing in the semidarkness outside the cell after the others left. After the flashlight Hector's eyes adjusted slowly. Now he could see himAlejo Vargas. Vargas lit a short cigarillo. As he struck the match Hector closed his eyes, and kept them closed until he smelled tobacco smoke and heard Vargas's voice. "Father Sedano, we meet again." Hector thought that remark didn't deserve a reply. "I seem to recall a conversation we had, whattwo or three years ago"..."...Vargas said thoughtfully. "I told you that religion and politics don't mix." "You even had a biblical quote ready to fire at me, Mark twelve-seventeen. Most unexpected." "You didn't take my advice." "No." "You don't often follow advice, do you?" "No." "I came here tonight to see if you wish to make your peace with Caesar and join my cabinet, perhaps as our ambassador to the Church." "You're the president now?" 'Temporarily, Until the election." "Then the title will become permanent." "I don't think anyone will want to run against me." "Perhaps not." "But let's take it a day at a time. Temporary acting president Vargas asks you to serve your country in this capacity." "And if I say no?" STEPHEN COONTS "I want to sleep with a clean conscience, which is why I came here tonight to make the offer." "Your conscience is easily cleansed if that is all it takes." "It does not trouble me too much." "A man who lives as you do, a lively conscience would hurt worse than a bad tooth." "So your answer is no." "That it is." "But at least you considered my offer, so I can sleep knowing you chose your own fate." "My fate is in God's hands." "Ah, if only I had the time to discuss religion with you, an intelligent, learned man. Time does not allow me that luxury. Still, I have one other little thing to discuss with you, and I caution you, this is not the time for a yes or no answer. This thing you must think about very carefully and give me your answer later." Sedano scratched his head. Vargas probably couldn't see past the glow of his cigarillo tip, so it didn't matter much what he did. "I want to know what Fidel did with the gold from the pesos. I want you to tell me." "Me? I was six years old when he melted the gold, if he did." "I think you know. I think Fidel told Mercedes, and Mercedes told you. So I have come to ask you where it is. Will you tell me?" "She didn't tell me about gold." "I should not have asked so quickly. I told myself I would not do that, then I did. I apologize. I will ask you later, when you have had time to think about the question and all the implications." "I can't tell you what I don't know." "Well, think about it; that is all I ask. Of course I will talk to Mercedes. I think she also told you or the CIA about Fidel's Swiss bank accounts. When Maximo went to get the money it was not there. I would like to have been there to see the look on Maximo's faceah, yes, that was a moment, my friend!" He chuckled, then drew on the cigarillo, made the tip glow. "Maximo thinks the Swiss stole it; he is very gullible. I smell the CIA. The CIA could reach into Swiss banks as easily as you and I breathe." 'The world is quite complex." "Isn't it"..."...Vargas sighed. "All the strings lead to Mercedes. She knew too much for her own good. I think she will do the right thing. She is a loyal patriot. With Colonel Santana asking the questions, I have faith that she will do what is best for Cuba." Hector could feel the sweat beading up on his forehead. He made sure his voice was under his complete control before he spoke. "For Cuba?" "For Cuba, yes. Cuba and me, our interests are identical. I want the gold, Father, and I intend to get it. Able you sit here rotting, you think about that." Alejo Vargas turned and walked away, still puffing on the cigarillo. , The smell of the tobacco smoke lingered in the cell for hours. Hector fancied that he could still smell it when daylight began shining through the window high in the wall at the end of the corridor. The submariners put the computer in a plastic garbage bag to keep it dry, then put bag and computer into a backpack that one of the sailors had for his liberty gear. William Henry Chance put on the backpack and the sailors adjusted the straps. . "You should be okay, sirea"...they said. At a nod from the sound-powered telephone talker, Chance started up the ladder with Tommy Carmellini right behind him. They came out of the hatch on the submarine's deck forward of the island. The deck wasn't much, merely wet steel that curved away right and left into the black ocean. Hovering hi the darkness overhead was a helicopter the downwash from the rotor blades made it hard to breathe. Amid the comflashing lights and spotlights, his eyes had a hard time adjustingChance felt almost blind. One of the sailors on the deck put a horse collar over his head and he went up into the chopper first. Then Carmellini. A strong set of hands pulled him into the chopper. After a wave at the officers in the sail cockpit, Carmellini used hands and feet to get over to the canvas bench opposite the open door where Chance had found a seat. Forty-five minutes later the helicopter landed on the flight deck of USS United States. As the rotors wound down, an officer in khakis came to the chopper's door, and shouted, "Mr. Chance? Mr. Carmellini?" "Right here," "My name is Toad Tarkington. Will you gentlemen come with me, pleddase? The admiral is waiting." Tommy Carmellini felt completely out of place, completely lost. After the submarine and the helicopter, the strange sounds, smells, and sensations of the huge ship underway in a night sea seemed to max out his ability to adjust. The compartment where Toad took the two agents was packed with people, all talking among themselves. Still, compared to the flight deck and the sensations of the helicopter, it was an oasis of calm. Toad led them to a corner of the room and introduced them to Rear Admiral Jake Grafton. Grafton was a trim officer about six feet tall. The admiral's gray eyes captured Tommy's caret attention. The eyes seemed to measure you from head to foe, see all there was to see, then move on. Only when the eyes looked elsewhere did you see that Grafton's nose was a trifle too large, and one side of his forehead bore an old scar that was slightly less tan than the skin surrounding it. Toad Tarkington was several inches shorter than the admiral and heavier through the shoulders. He was a tireless whirlwind who dazzled a person meeting him for the first time with quick wit and boundless energy, which seemed to radiate from him like the aura of the sun. He smiled easily and often, revealing a set of perfect white teeth that would have made any dentist proud. Jake Grafton and William Henry Chance stood behind Toad watching him work Alejo Vargas's computer. Toad stared at the screen intently while his fingers flew over the keys. Soon they were plotting positions on a chart. "Those missiles have to be at these locations, Admiralea"...Toad said, pointing at the places he had marked on the chart, "or the data in the computer is worthless." He looked over his shoulder at Chance. "Could this computer be a plant?" Chance glanced at Carmellini, who was sitting in a chair against the wall studying the layout and furnishings of the planning space and the knots of people engaged in a variety STEPHEN COONTS of tasks. The roar of conversation made the place seem greatly disorganized, which Tommy realized was an illusion. Charts on the wall decorated with classified information, planning tables, file cabinets sporting serious padlocks, battle lanterns on the overhead, copy machines, burn bagsthe place, reminded him of the inner sanctums of the CIA'S headquarters at Langley. "Very doubtfulea"...Chance answered, and bent over to study the chart Toad was marking. "I make it six sitesea"...Toad said. "Could there be more missiles"..."...Jake Grafton asked. He too glanced at Carmellini, then turned to Chance. "You see the pitfalls if there are missiles we don't know about?" "Yes, sir. I can only say we have seen evidence for at least six." "Six silosea"...Toad mused, studying the locations. "There is a warhead manufacturing facility someplace on that islandea"...Chance said. "The viruses would have to be dried out, put in whatever medium the Cubans believe will keep them alive and virulent and dormant until the warhead explodes, then the medium sealed inside the warheads. The facility will not be large, but it will have clean rooms, ah- scrubbers, remote handling equipment, and I would think a fairly well equipped lab on site." "Any ideas"..."...Jake Grafton asked. "I was hoping that the satellite reconnaissance people might be able to find the site if wejtell them what to look for." "We'll have them look, certainly, but ypu have no independent information about where this facility might be?" "No." Jake motioned to Carmellini, who leaned in so that he could hear better. "Here is the situationea"...the admiral said. "The White House has ordered us to go get those missile silos as soon as possible. Bombing the silos is outwe are to remove the warheads and destroy the missiles. What my staff and these other folks here tonight are trying to decide is how best to go about doing what the president wants us to do. Obviously, if we had enough time we could bring in forces from the States and assault the silo locations with forces tailored for the job. If we had enough time we could even do a dress rehearsal, make sure everyone is on the same sheet of music. Unfortunately, the White House wants the silos taken out as soon as possible." "How soon is possible"..."...Chance asked. Jake Grafton took a deep breath, then let it out slowly. "That's the sixty-four dollar question. We must find out what's there before we go charging in." He stood, walked over to a chart of Cuba that was posted on the bulkhead. He was looking at a penciled line on the chart that went through the Windward Passage and along the northern coast of Cuba* all the way to the narrowest portion of the Florida Straits. The cruisers should be in position by six o'clock this evening. Jake turned from the chart and gestured at the people at the planning tables. "These folks are just looking at possibilities. We must assemble sufficient forces to do the job, yet we run huge risks if we take the time to assemble overwhelming force. There is a balance there. When we see the latest satellite stuff we'll have a better idea." "I would be amazed if there are any troops around these silos," William Henry Chance said. IT-HEIR existence has been overlooked by two generations of photo interpretation specialists. The Cubans know that the whole island is painstakingly photographed on a regular basiswe've been looking at those damned silos for forty years and didn't know what they were. They must be underground and well camouflaged." "I'm not sending anybody after those things until I know what the opposition isea"...Jake said bluntly. "I don't launch suicide missions." "Are the silos your only target"..."...Chance asked. Jake Grafton examined the tall agent with narrowed eyes. "What do you mean?" "The Cubans grew the viruses for their warheads in a lab in the science building of the University of Havana. If we walk off with the warheads in the missiles, there is nothing to prevent the Cubans from cooking up another batch and putting it in planes to spray all over Florida and Georgia and wherever." "You are suggesting that we target their lab?" "I highly recommended it. Chances to step on cockroaches are few and far between: we better put Alejo Vargas out of business while we have the chance." "All I can do is make a recommendation to Washingtonea"...the admiral said. "And the processing facility. If we are going to take Cuba out of the biological warfare business, we should do it right." "Can we bomb any of these places"..."...Toad Tarkington asked. "Oh, noea"...Chance said. "A bomb exploding in a lab full of poliomyelitis virus would be the equivalent of a biological warhead detonating. The virus would be explosively liberated. Everyone downwind for a couple hundred miles, maybe even farther, would probably die. No, the only way to destroy the virus is with fire." Jake Grafton scratched his head. "The temperature would have to come up really quickly to kill the viruses before the place started venting to the atmosphereea"...Chance added. "A regular old house fire wouldn't do it. We need something a lot hotter." 'The fires of hellea"...Toad said, and his listeners nodded. The first batches of satellite imagery began coming off the printers within an hour after the suspected silo locations were encrypted and transmitted. The air intelligence specialists were soon bent over the images, studying them with magnifying glasses. Before long Jake Grafton was shoulder to shoulder with the experts. "This first location looks like it's smack in the middle of a sugarcane fieldea"...the senior Air Intelligence officer groused. Jake Grafton didn't have to think that over very long. "Let's assume that our global positioning is more accurate than the Cubans"." "You mean they don't know the silos' exact latstlong locations?" "Precisely." "Well, the nearest building to this sugarcane field is this large barn, which is about three-quarters of a kilometer away."...The specialist pointed. Jake used the magnifying glass. "That could be itea"...he muttered. "Let's see what we can dig out of the archives. How long has this barn been here, have there ever been any large trucks aroundlet's look in all seasons of the yearand are Cuban Army units nearby? I'm really interested in army units." "Power linesea"...the senior AI officer mused. "Strikes me that there ought to be a large power feed nearby." "It sort of fitsea"...Toad Tarkington said to Jake. "If they built the barn first, then they could dig the silo inside the barn and truck the dirt out at night, pour concrete, do all the work at night." "Install the missile at night when the thing is finishedea"...the AI officer said, continuing the thought, "and if they had no unusual activity near the barn, no one would ever be the wiser." "Prove to me that that is what they didea"...Jake said. "And prove that we won't be sending troops into an ambush." The admiral stood amid the banks of computers and watched the operators trade data via satellite with the computers at the National Security Agency in Maryland. The CIA agents were fed and given bunks to sleep in. They went without protest. Someone brought Jake Grafton a cup of coffee, which he sipped as he walked around the intel and planning spaces thinking about intermediate-range ballistic missiles with biological warheads. STEPHEN COONTS Dawn found Ocho Sedano still afloat, still hanging grimly on to the milk jug and treading water. He had stopped thinking hours ago. Hunger and exhaustion had sapped his strength and thirst had thickened his blood. He was not asleep, nor was he awake, but in some semiconscious state in between. He found himself looking into the glare of the rising sun as it rose from the sea. The realization that he had made it through the night crossed his mind, as did the certainty that today was the last day. Today, someone must find me today.... The television lights were on and the cameras running when Alejo Vargas walked to the podium in the main reception room of the presidential palace in Havana. For forty years Fidel Castro had used this forum to speak to the Cuban people and the worldnow it was Alejo's turn. "We are hereea"...he began, "at a desperate hour in our nation's life. The greatest Cuban patriot of them all, Fidel Castro, died here five days ago. Everyone listening to my voice knows the details of his career and the greatness of the leadership he provided for Cuba. I was with him when he died"...here Vargas wiped tears from his eyes"...and I can tell you, it was the most profound moment of my life. "Yesterday the Council of State elected me interim president, to hold office until the next meeting of the National Assembly, which as you know elects members of the Council of State and selects xs'president. I swore to the ministers and the Council of Stare that I would uphold the Constitution and defend Cuba with all my strength. Now I swear it to you." He paused again and gathered himself. "Today there are people on the streets who accuse me of murdering Fidel. May God strike me dead if I am guilty of that crime." He paused, took several deep breaths, and since God didn't terminate him then and there, continued: "Fidel Castro died of cancer. His body shall lie in state for the next three days. If you love Cuba, I invite you to pay your respects to this great man, and to look at his corpse. See if there is a single mark of violence on the body. My enemies have accused me of many things, but the murder of Cuba's greatest patriot is the most vicious cut of all. I too worshiped Fidel. Look at the body carefullylet the evidence of your own eyes prove the falsity of these accusations against me." Here again he had to pause to wipe his eyes, to steady himself before the podium. "I have been accused of other crimes, so I take this opportunity to bare my soul before you, to tell you the truth as God Almighty knows it, so you will know the lies of my enemies when you hear them. My enemies are also whispering that I killed Raul Castro at a meeting of the Council of State yesterday, when the facts of his brother's death were first announced. The truth is Raul was murdered as he stood at the table discussing the hopes and dreams of his dead brother, by Hector Sedano. Raul Castro was shot down before a dozen eyewitnesses, myself included. I swear to you this day that Hector Sedano will pay the price the law requires for his crime." He paused again here, referred to his notes. Someone had to take the fall for shooting Ratil, so why not Hector? "The story of our country is a story of struggle, a struggle between the socialist people of Cuba and the evil forces of capitalism, forces controlled and dominated by the United States, the colossus to the north. The struggle was not won by Fidel, although he fought the great fightit continues even today. For example, while they are representing to the world that they are destroying their inventory of chemical and biological weapons, the United States has introduced these weapons to Cuban soil." The camera panned to the artillery shell resting on its base on a table beside the podium. His "Here is an American artillery shell loaded with the bac- teria that causes anthrax, one of the deadliest diseases known to disman. This shell was stored in a warehouse at the American naval base at Guantanamo Bay, which is sacred Cuban soil. The Americans were unwilling to keep thenpoisonous filth in their own country, so they exported it to ours. "I have this day asked the ambassadors of five of the nations who keep embassies in Havana to send their military attache's to inspect this warhead. Here is a sworn document these officers executed that states the shell is as I have represented, a biological warhead."...He fluttered the paper, then held it up so the camera could zoom in. "The revelation here today of the United States's perfidy will undoubtedly provoke a reaction from the bandits to our north. Fidel always knew that the day might come when we would have to defend ourselves again from American aggression, so he installed a- battery of intercontinental ballistic missiles in Cuba for defensive purposes. These mis-. siles are operational and ready now to defend our sacred soil. Rest assured, my fellow Cubans, that we shall resist American aggression, that we shall fight to defend Cuba from those who would destroy her, and we shall make her great for the generations to come. "Thank you." As a speech to a Cuban audience accustomed to Fidel's six-hour harangues full of baroque phrases and soaring rhetoric, Alejo's little effort seemed underdone. He had actually made a conscious effort not to sound like Fidel. Watching the tape of the speech, he thought it went well. "Air it immediatelyea"...he said to the television producer, and walked back toward Fidel's old office. Alba and Delgado were there to meet him. They had known that Vargas intended to blame RauTs murder on Hector Sedano when he made this speech: indeed, they had already signed eyewitness affidavits swearing that they saw Hector shoot the man. That Alejo Vargas had the cojones to make the big lie stick meant a lot to these men who had spent their lives in an absolute dictatorship and knew that the man at the top had to be completely ruthless, without scruple of any kind, to survive. Fidel had been willing to crush his enemies any way he could; Vargas seemed to have the same talent, so perhaps he had a chance. The two military men shook Vargas's hand. "Tell us, Senor Presidente, what the Americans will do." "I have thrown the ballistic missiles in their faceea"...Vargas said. "I expect the Americans to go to the United Nations Security Council and ask for sanctions, perhaps a world trade embargo sanctioned by the UN. Now that the missiles have been discussed in public, the American government cannot ignore them, even if they want to." "Do you anticipate an attack?" "I do not, but we must take precautions. The missiles sit hi hardened silos impervious to air attack, or nearly so. It is possible that the Americans might attempt commando raids. I suggest you move troops to the sites, have them dig in around the silos." "And if the Americans attack and we cannot repulse them?" "This dog will bite. Fire the missiles." Alba grinned. His hatred of the Yanquis was common knowledge. "If the Americans do attack, when would you expect it?" "They will try diplomacy first. Only if that fails will they try military action." "Still, I would like to move the troops immediately." "By all meansea"...sd Alejo Vargas. "We will have television cameras film your men digging in to defend Cuba." "And the missiles? Are you going to film them?" "Of course. Cuba is a sovereign nation. The world has changed since the 1962 missile crisis. We have an absolute right to defend ourselves, and if necessary we shall. Any noise the Americans make will rally the Cuban people to us." Even as Vargas talked to his military men, the president of the United States's advisers were arguing for diplomatic initiatives before military options were weighed. "We must go to the United Nations first," the secretary of state stated forcefully. "What if the UN turns us down"..."...the president asked in reply. "We need political coverea"...the secretary shot back. "A significant percentage of Americans think Castro was a hero, a champion of the downtrodden, and we unfairly bullied him. The fact that he was an absolute dictator with zero regard for human rights means very little to the political left. Then there is the Casualty problemthe-American people won't tolerate seeing their soldiers killed while fighting for oil or corporate profits in foreign wars." "What bullshitff"...snapped Tater Totten. "I'm really sick of listening to Vietnam draft evaders tell us that Americans don't have the guts to fight for civilization." "I am not a draft evaderea"...shouted the secretary of state, her face red, her cheeks quivering. "I demand an immediate apology!" "Shut up, both of youea"...the president growled. "I apologizeea"...Tater Totten muttered, almost as if he meant it. The president had done some hard thinking since Tater Totten demanded that the presence of the Cuban missiles be addressed before any other matter with Cuba was put on the table. Six missiles with biological warheads aimed at the southeastern United StatesCuban missiles today were every bit as serious as when John F. Kennedy had to deal with them, he decided. If the administration asked for the blessing of the UN Security Council and didn't get it, he would be worse off than if he ordered military action immediately. The lab and processing facility worried him too. If Cuba could manufacture polio virus and put it in an aerosol so- lution, any plane that could fly across the Straits of Florida could attack the United States. By the time Alejo Vargas's broadcast was translated and replayed for the National Security Council, the president strongly believed that the American people would react angrily to the presence of missiles in Cuba. The outrage of the congressmen and senators who heard the speech convinced him. He called on Tater Totten again. "I'm getting the cold sweats just thinking about this crap. Tell me what we are going to do to make sure the Cubans don't shoot those missiles." "Sir, the best insurance is to go after the missiles, the lab, and the processing facility as soon as humanly possible, before the Cubans get troops in there to defend them." "When is humanly possible?" "Tomorrow night would be the earliest possible date. Every day we wait allows us to assemble more forces. Conversely, every day we wait the risk increases: Tomorrow Vargas can move more troops to guard those silos; he could get wind of what's coming and threaten to release polio virus by airplane, by missile, or have somebody with an aerosol bomb in a suitcase turn it loose God-knows where." "So why not go tomorrow night?" "We must put enough people and firepower in there to get the job done. It's a nice calculation." "Do you want me to make that decision?" "I recommend that you leave the decision to the military professional who is there, Rear Admiral Grafton. He's spent thirty years in uniform training for this moment, for this decision." The president grunted. The Chairman continued, "By tonight we will have two Aegis cruisers in the Florida Straits between Cuba and Florida. Jake Grafton ordered them there on his own initiative. He's a good man. The cruisers have the capability of shooting down ballistic missiles coming out of Cuba." "Do the Cubans know that?" "Someone in Cuba mightthe information is in the public domainbut I doubt that Alejo Vargas knows much about U.s. naval capability." "You hope he doesn't, because if he does, they might launch before the cruisers get in range." Tater Totten nodded affirmatively. "This Grafton, I've heard that he goes off half-cocked, doesn't obey orders, isn't a team player." "I don't know who said that, but Jake 'Grafton is the best we have. War is his profession. Alejo Vargas is an amateur playing at warthere is a vast difference." "Grafton has enemies," "Who doesn't?" "What if the Cubans launch their missiles and the cruisers miss?" "Then the shit will really be in the fan, Mr. President. Americans will die, a lot of them. You'll have to decide. how much of Cuba ybu want to wipe off the face of the earth." "We're going to hold a news conference to reply to Vargas this afternoon." "I wouldn't mention biological weapons, if I were youea"...Tater Totten advised. "Let your audience assume the Cuban missiles still have nuclear warheads. Germs scare people more than bombs, perhaps because they are invisible. And we've lived with the bomb for fifty years." The president pursed his lips thoughtfully. Autrey James, Petty Officer Third Class, USN, always watched the ocean from his station in the door of the helicopter. It was a point of pride with him. He once spotted two fishermen whose boat had sunk off Long Island and was given a medal and had his name and photograph in the newspapers, but the part of that adventure that he remembered best was his grandmother's reaction when she read of his exploits. "You save people, Autrey, what a marvel- ous professionff"...Grandmom's comment somehow said it all for Autrey James; whenever his helo was airborne, he watched the ocean. Maybe someday he would save another life. So that was the reason Autrey James spotted the tiny object on the surface of the immense ocean and called it out to the pilots on the ICS. "Yo, Mr. P., looks like a man in the water at ten o'clock, two milesea"...Autrey James said. "Are you kidding me, James? You got eyes that good?" "Looks like a man to me, sir, but I could be wrong." "Well, we'll motor over that way just to find out if you are." The helicopter was an SH-60But Seahawk from USS Hue City, one of the two Aegis-class cruisers that Jake Grafton had sent charging northwest. The cruisers were doing just that right now, running abreast of each other a mile apart, making 32 knots, twenty-five miles east of the helicopter's position. Hue City's commanding officer had launched his helo so the crew could get some flight time and he could find out what was over the horizon, beyond the range of his surface-search radar. "Dog my dingies, James, danged if that ain't a survivor. Is he alive, do you think?" "His head's still up, sir. Give me a hover and I'll put the basket in the water." The basket was just that, a basket on the end of a winch cable. All the survivor had to do was crawl in, then James could winch the basket up to the chopper and help the survivor out. Unfortunately, with the basket in the water just in front of him, the survivor made no attempt to get in. "He ain't gettin" in, Mr. P.ea"...Autrey James told the pilot. He was leaning out the door of the helicopter so that he could see the survivor and the basket. "I don't think so. Looks like his head is out of the water. Dead men don't float like that." "You wanna jump in and help?" "On my wayea"...sd Autrey James. The pilot lowered the chopper to just a few feet above the water and James jumped into the sea. One look at the survivor's face told him the man was near death, too weak to help himself. With some pushing and pulling, James got the survivor into the basket. The other enlisted man in the chopper winched him up, then dropped the basket for James. When James had his helmet on again, he informed the pilot, "We'd better head back quick, Mr. P. This guy is in real bad shape. His eyes don't focus." "Try to give him some water." "I'll try, but we need to get him to a doc." Autrey James leaned over the survivor, who was deathly cold, and shouted to make himself heard above the loud background noise, "Hey, man, you're one lucky dude. You're gonna be okay. Just hang on for a few more minutes." "Blanketsea"...James said to the other crewman. Both of them wrapped the survivor in wool blankets. "Gracias," said Ocho Sedano, anil tried to smile. Then exhaustion overcame him and he passed out The carrier and her battle group got under way at dawn. Kearsarge stayed in Guantanamo Bay and began loading the marines that had been guarding warehouse number nine. The last of the warheads were going aboard the cargo ship this afternoon, then it would sail. When it left, Kearsarge would also get underway with the marines, all nineteen hundred of them. The battle group steamed south from Guantanamo bay. For about an hour the southern hills of Cuba were visible from the decks of the ships, but they soon dropped over the horizon and all that could be seen in any direction was the eternal ocean, always changing, always the same. It was then that the carrier launched an E-2 Hawkeye, which carried its radar up to 20,000 feet. Everything the Hawkeye's early warning radar saw was datalinked to the carrier's computers, where specialists kept track of the tactical picture. Toad Tarkington took Jake aside and showed him the latest message from the National Security Council. He was directed to destroy the viruses in the laboratory in the University of Havana's science building, find and destroy the warhead-manufacturing facility, and to remove the warheads from the six missiles and destroy them in their silos. As Jake read the message, Toad said, "They don't want much, do they?" "Where in hell is the warhead-manufacturing facility"..."...Jake groused. He went to find William Henry Chance to ask him that question. He found Chance in the wardroom drinking coffee with Tommy Carmellini. They were the only two people there at ten in the morning. "Do you have any idea where we might find this factory for making biological warheads?" "Sit down, Admiral. Let me buy you a cup of navy coffee." Jake sat. Carmellini went for the coffee while Jake repeated the question. "It has to.be someplace between the science building and the missile silosea"...Chance said. "No one in their right mind would want to haul that stuff very far. A traffic accident of some type ..." Jake Grafton's brows knitted. He tapped on the table. "If you were going to haul polio viruses around, what kind of truck would you use?" Chance shrugged. "I don't knowea"...he said. "I've been thinking about it for five hours now, and I've got an idea. We'll run it though the recon computers and see what pops ou"...He got up from his chair. "Mind sharing your epiphany?" "I'd haul the stuff in milk trucks. Clean, sterile, and sealed. A dairy should have a sterile environment and the equipment to mix the viruses with some sort of a base, then load them into warheads." Jake turned and marched from the room just as Carmellini approached with the extra coffee cup and saucer. "He didn't stay long, did he?" "Noea"...Chance grunted, and sipped at the coffee Carmellini had brought from the urn in the corner of the room. "Think Grafton's big enough for this job"..."...Carmellini asked.. "Yeah. I think he is." Three dairies met Jake's specificationsthey were located between Havana and the first of the missile silos, which were arranged in a line beginning forty miles east of Havana and going east from there. The silos were about fifteen miles apart. "Cows. See if they have cows around them." "When?" "The latest satellite photography. Whenever that was." Two of the dairies no longer had cattle in the adjacent fields. The one that did was scratched off the list. The other two were examined minutely by the carrier's intelligence center experts and the National Security Agency photo interpreters in Maryland, who conferred back and forth via encrypted satellite telephones. The experts decided that neither dairy coold be eliminated as a possible site for the warhead factory. "We'll do 'em bothea"...Jake Grafton said. By three that afternoon the staff and air wing planners had come up with a draft plan. Actually the task, destruction of eight targets, was a relatively simple military one. Tomahawk missiles could take out the lab and the dairies without muss or fuss. They could probably also destroy the missiles in their silos, as the silos were hardened in a simpler age, when the threat was unguided air-dropped bombs. With their ability to power-dive straight down on a hardened target and penetrate ten or twelve feet of reinforced concrete, Tomahawks were the weapon of choice. And they were out of the question. The president absolutely refused to take the chance that polio viruses might escape from a bombed lab or silo and kill tens of thousands of Cubans in their beds. An event like that would be political dynamite, with repercussions beyond calculation. No, the politicians said, American troops were going to have to lay their lives on the line to prevent just such an occurrence. And, Jake Grafton well knew, some of them would die. . He had already put the wheels in motion. Preliminary messages had been sent to other commands, asking them for the assistance Jake thought he would require. A thousand details remained to be worked out by the various staffs involved, but the machine was in motion. The primary task Jake still had to address was setting the day and hour for the attack. As he stood looking at the charts of Cuba that covered the wall in the planning space, Jake and his staff wrestled with the timing question. Captain Gil Pascal, the chief of staff, argued that the operation should be delayed until such time as U-2's could fly a photo recon mission and get the very latest enemy troop positions. "Vargas made a speech todayea"...Jake replied. The speech and a translation had played several times on television. Jake had even stopped once to watch it. "Hue City and Guilford Courthouse are racing for the Florida Straitsea"...Toad Tarkington argued. "This battle group is underway. The Cubans may find out about these ship movements and put two and two together and get their wind up. They may be able to put twenty-four hours of delay to better use than we can." "That's the nub of it, isn't it"..."...Jake mused, and stood looking at the charts, trying to imagine how it would be. Sure, things would go wrong. People were going to have the wrong frequencies, go to the wrong places, everything STEPHEN COONTS that could go wrong would. Still, the missions were simple. The real issue, Jake concluded, was the follow-up. What were you going to do if the troops ran into more trouble than they could handle? How would you extract them? How would you destroy the target? Jake called the Pentagon on the satellite telephone. He was patched through via land line to General Totten at the White House. After the usual greetings, Jake said, "Sir, two points. First, I would like to address the proposal to delay the operation until Patriot SAM batteries can be moved into southern Florida. If we pop a Cuban missile over southern Florida the cloud of viruses may drift over to Miami or Tampa. I don't think we gain anything by waiting for Patriot batteries." "We've about reached the same conclusion here, but there has been vigorous debate. What is your second point?" "In my view, the key to getting this done is our willingness to do whatever is required to accomplish the mission." "The president is listening, Admiral. Explain yourself." "As I see it, General, our choice is-to either wait until we are convinced we can pull it off, or go now before the Cubans have a chance to garrison these sites with troops. The lab in Havana presents problems that the other sites do not. We will have to tackle the lab after the missiles are destroyed." "Okay." "If the troops assaulting the silos run into more Cubans than they can handle, we must either add more forces or extract our men. If we elect to extract our people, we still have the problem of the missile in the silo and we will have handed the Cubans a victory in a fight we cannot afford to lose." "What do you propose?" "We won't be able to go back later with more people. We get one bite of the apple, sir. I propose that you au- thorize me to use whatever force is required to accomplish the mission, short of nuclear weapons." Jake Grafton heard the president loudly say, "I'm not giving him or anybody else the authority to risk a catastrophic release of toxins. No." "We'll call you backea"...General Totten said, and hung up. Mercedes went to stay with Dona Maria Vieuda de Sedano, to cook for her and clean and do whatever needed to be done. She had stayed with her mother-in-law in the past, after her husband, Jorge, diedfortunately the two women genuinely liked each other. She and Dona Maria ate lunch on the little porch of the bungalow so they could enjoy the breeze blowing in from the sea. It was strong today, whipping the palm fronds and rippling the sugarcane. Little puffy clouds threw severe shadows that raced over the ground. Dona Maria had gone back inside for a nap and Mercedes was sewing a blouse together when a limo drove up and Maximo got out. He came up the short walk, paused at the steps, and looked at her. "I thought I would find you hereea"...he said. "Mima's sleeping." "I came to see you." She nodded, continued working on the blouse. He stayed on the dirt and scraggly grass, walked around so the porch railing was between them. "Vargas made a speech this morning. It was on television." "Hmmea"...she said. Dona Maria did not have a television, and Maximo knew that. "He is the president now." "I have heard." "Did he really kill Fidel"..."caret "No." Her thread broke. She got out the spool of thread and rethreaded the needle. "Would you tell me if he had?" "What did you come for, Maximo?" "I need your help." She knotted the thread and began a new seam. "You don't think much of me, do you?" "I don't think of you at all." He leaned on the porch railing, crossing his arms. "Where did Fidel hide the gold?" "I didn't know he had anyea"...she said, not looking up from her work. "He didn't even have gold in his teeth." "The gold pesos the government called hi after the revolutionthat gold." "I have no ideaea"...she said. "I think you do. I think Fidel told you." "Think what you like." "He wouldn't let the secret die with him." "Maximo, look at me. If I had a pocketful of gold, would I be sitting here on the porch of a tiny, ninety-five-year-old bungalow with a thatched roof beside the road to Varadero, sewing myself a shirt?" "I don't think you have itI think you know where it is." She snorted and went back to the needle and the seam. "You don't want the gold for yourself, I know. But I need it. Not all of it, just a little. I must get out of Cuba." A strand of hair fell across her face. She brushed it back. "We could leave together, Mercedes, if we had some of that gold. You could go anywhere on earth you wanted, live the rest of your life without worry, without fear, without need. Think of it! A new life, a new beginning. How much of this heat and dirt and hopeless poverty do you want, anyway?" "Forget the gold, Maximo. If there is any, it is not for you." He backed away from the railing, stood in the sun with the sea wind playing at his hair. "Think about itea"...he said. "Vargas is no fool; he wants the gold too. One of these days he will send Santana around to see you. Think about what you are going to say to him when he comes." He walked to the waiting limo. The driver turned the car in the road and headed back toward Havana. Toad Tarkington was the only person in the room with Jake as they waited for the chairman of the joint chiefs to call from the White House. "What do you want from them, Admiral?" "I want the authority to do whatever I have to do to destroy those virusesea"...Jake Grafton explained. "Once the shooting starts, we have to win." "What if the president won't give you that authority?" "He has a right to say that. We'll go do our best, and if we can't cut it without using Tomahawks or laser-guided weapons, then we'll call him up and say so." "What is the problem here"..."...Toad demanded. "If there is a toxin release he won't be the guy responsible. Fidel Castro and Alejo Vargas are the guilty parties. This is their country." Jake shook his head. "If there is a toxin release in America, the president must be able to prove that he did everything humanly possible to prevent it If there is a release in Cuba... well, he will need to show people around the world that he did what he could to prevent it while still eliminating the threat to the U.s. Elimination of the threat is the key here, and I hope they understand that in Washington." He smacked the wall with his hand. "Dammit, we only get one shot at those viruses." "I wonder if anyone in Washington is thinking about the Bay of Pigsea"...Toad mused. "That turned into a debacle because Kennedy wasn't willing to commit enough resources." "I've been thinking about itea"...Jake Grafton said. When the telephone rang, General Totten was on the line. "Admiral, we shall word it like this: 'allyour mission is to eliminate the threat to the United States. In completing your mission you are instructed to do everything within your power to minimize the possibility of a toxin release in Cuba. You may use any forces and weapons in your command except nuclear or CBW weapons, and you may request assistance from any command in the U.s. armed forces." ""Yes, sir." "I'll have that on the wire as soon as possible.""...allyes, sir. I want to thank you and the president. We'll do our best." "I know you will, sailor. When are you going?""...Tomorrow night, sir. In view of all the factors involved, that is my choice." Over Cuba the next morning the cloud cover was typical for that time of year: as the sun rose the prevailing westerly winds spawned cumulus clouds over the warming land. The longer the clouds remained over land, the higher they grew. In the area east of Havana where the Americans believed the missile silos and processing lab were located the cloud cover averaged forty or fifty percent by ten in the morning, enough to inhibit satellite and U-2 photography of the area. Infrared photography was not affected by the clouds, nor were the synthetic-aperture radar studies done by air force E-3 Sentry AWACS aircraft. Oblivious to the intense scrutiny that the island was now getting disf the Americans, General Alba conferred that morning with Alejo Vargas, then ordered troops and tanks moved into position around the silos. There were actually eight silos, but only six held operational missiles. The other two missiles had been used as sources of disspare parts through the years. Had Alba and Vargas realized what was coming, they might have elected to dissipate the American military effort by garrisoning all eight silos: as it was, they didn't think of it. The sun had been up just two hours when two C-130 Hercules landed at the naval air station at Key West, Florida. On the civilian side of the field people stood and watched as the Hercs parked on the other side of the runway. Soon navy personnel began unloading the transports. The civilian kibitzers did not know what the pallets and canisters con- STEPHEN COONTS tained, and after a while they went on about their business. Four armed marines in combat gear took up locations where they could guard the transports. Among other things, the transports had delivered belted 20-mm ammunition for miniguns, Hellfire missiles, flares, and 2.75-inch rockets. They also delivered tools and spare parts to work on Marine Corps AH-1Will SuperCobras. Two hours after the Hercs landed, the first two SuperCobras settled onto the military mat. By noon sixteen of the mottled green helicopters were parked hi the sun. The two-man crews didn't leave the base, but went into an old, decrepit navy hangar nearby for briefings. Two more C-130's wearing marine markings landed an hour or so later. They parked near the first two. As navy trucks began refueling the planes, marines disembarked and spread their gear on the ramp. They lounged around, a few walked a safe distance away and lit cigarettes, and after awhile a navy truck brought hot food. Troops, tanks, and trucks were moving in Cuba by noon, blocking roads and creating traffic jams. By midafternoon the E-3 Sentry crews had alerted the National Security Agency, which passed the information on to USS United States. Jake Grafton went to the ship's intelligence center to see what the computers could tell him. After listening to the briester, Jake Grafton muttered, "Damn." He went over the data, then asked, "How much combat power are they moving, and when will it be in place?" In New York City the U.s. ambassador to the United Nations paid a call on the Cuban ambassador. After exchanging civilities, the American said bluntly, "My government has asked me to inform you that if the Cuban government releases biological toxins of any kind in the United States, for any reason, the American government will massively retaliate." ""Massively retaliate""..."...The Cuban's eyes widened. "What does that mean?" "Sir, I was instructed to deliver the message, not to interpret it. Here is the statement in writing."...The American handed over a sheet of paper and took her leave. Aboard USS Hue City, now underway precisely halfway between Cuba and Key West at ten knots, Ocho Sedano awoke in midafternoon from a deep sleep. He found that he was in a hospital bed on a small ward, with two intravenous solutions dripping into his veins. His vision was blurred, he could not focus his eyes. The doctor on the ward noticed that he was awake and came over to check him. In a few minutes an American sailor who spoke Spanish came to interpret. "Your eyes are sore from the salt of the water. They will get better. Can you tell us your name, senor?" "Juan Sedanoea"...he whispered, because he could not talk above a whisper. "They call me El Ocho." "And where are you from?" "Cuba." "How long were you in the sea?" "Two days and nights, I think. I am not sure. Maybe more than that." The doctor put a solution into Ocho's eyes while the questions and answers were flying back and forth. After blinking mightily Ocho thought he could see a little better. The doctor was examining Ocho's fingertips and the calluses on his hands. Now he held up Ocho's hand and peeled off a callus. Then he smiled. "You were very lucky." The translator interpreted. "Where am I"..."...Ocho asked. "Aboard Hue City, a United States Navy ship. You were rescued by a helicopter. The man who saw you in the water wants to shake your hand when you awaken. He saved your life. May I call him?" "I would like to meet him." STEPHEN COONTS It felt very comfortable lying there, looking at the fuzzy beds and blurred people bustling about, checking him over, so different from Angel del Mar. Or floating on the sea. Maybe he was dead. He examined that possibility but concluded it was not so. This was not a bit like the heaven he envisioned, and he was hungry. He told the interpreter of his hunger, and the man went to talk to the doctor, who had wandered off. They brought food about the same time that Autrey James came breezing in with one of his pals, who had a camera. James was a happy fellow with a wide smilethe white teeth in a dark face were the only details that Ocho could see. James got down beside the bed and posed while the man with the camera took many pictures. Another man with a camera came, some kind of television camera, and he and James shook hands again. Several men in khaki stood behind the camera watching. The interpreter relayed the questions from Autrey James and the television cameraman. When did you leave Cuba, What was the name of the boat, How many people were there? "Eighty-four people." "Eighty four"..."...asked the interpreter in disbelief. "Eighty-fourea"...whispered Ocho Sedano. "What happened to the boat?" "It sank."- . "And the people?" "They went into the water... sharks." "Sharks?" "Some people were swept over the side during a storm our first night at sea. Diego Coca shot the captain, some people died of thirst... Diego jumped into the sea. The children died of exhaustion and hunger, I thinkit is really impossible to say. There was no food or water, only rain to drink. When the boat sank those who were left were eaten by sharks. If they didn't drown. I hope Dora drowned. "The old fisherman and I were spared.... Did you find

him? The old fisherman? Did you see him in the ocean"..."...He clawed at Autrey James, who drew back out of reach. "Noea"...the interpreter said. "You were the only one." They went away men, all of them, left him to eat the food and stare at the ceiling and think about the fact that he was alive and all the others were dead. The others were dead. He was alive. What did that mean? Was God crazy? Why me? He was thinking about that when someone came to put solution in his eyes again. This time the solution made him cry. He sobbed for a minute or two, then his body gave out and he slept. "Why did you not put the gold in a bank vault?" Mercedes had asked this question of Fidel several years ago, when he first told her of the gold pesos. As she sat on her mother-in-law's small porch completing her blouse, she remembered the question, and Fidel's answer: "If we kept the gold in a bank, the international bankers would have learned of it eventually, would have demanded that we post it as security for a loan. Then a hurricane would come or the bottom would drop out of the sugar market one year, and the gold would be gone." "But the gold does not help Cuba. Why own it?" "The gold is oursea"...he said obstinately. "When it is gone it is gone for all Cubans forever." "But you hid it, so it is gone now." "Oh, no. You and I know where it is. As long as it is hidden, it belongs to Cuba." She couldn't shake himhe had the peasant's love of the secret hoard, the instinctual drive to bury a can of money or hide it in a mattress, just in case. No matter how bad things got in the house, the money was always there, STEPHEN COONTS hidden, an asset that could be tapped to stave off starvation or disaster. He said as much when he admitted, "In the middle of the night, when I am alone and the world is heavy on my shoulders, I remember we still have the gold." Fidel and Che Guevara hid it together, for Cuba. Guevara was killed in Bolivia and apparently took the secret to his grave. Fidel didn't want tohe told the one person on this earth he trusted. She wished she didn't know this thing. As she worked on the last seam of the blouse, she thought about this great secret, about what she should do. Mercedes Sedano had confided in no one, had written nothing down. With Fidel dead the gold was only one heartbeat away from being lost forever. She must do something, but what? Fidel had been a knot of contradictions. She had argued with himchallenged the macho man hmfand he had admitted some of his failures, which was a rare moment for him. Not all of his errors, but some. "I am the only communist in Cubaea"...he said, laughing. "Becoming a communist was a mistakeof course I can never say that hi public. We had to declare our independence from the American financiers and corporations. In the fullness of time it turned out that the Russian horse couldn't run the race, which was unfortunate, but that didn't mean we were wrong in the first place."...He shrugged. He had the Latin's ability to accept life's vicissitudes as they came with courage and grace. "The best thing about communism was the dictatorship. The economic twaddle meant nothing. Someone had to show the Cuban people they could stand on their own feet, that they didn't need to sell their souls to the Americans or the Catholic Church."...He smiled again, made a gesture toward heaven. "The truth is we were too poor to afford the Church or the Americans." If Santana or Vargas tortured her, she would tell them about the gold. To suffer horribly and die for a secret that you thought illogical was worse than stupidit would be a sin. Did he ever wonder what she would do if she found herself in this situation? She finished the last seam, shook out the blouse, and held it up so she could view it. Had Fidel really trusted her to make the decision that was best for Cuba, or did he just think that she would keep her mouth shut? For Maximo Sedano the question was simple and stark: Where was the gold? Rumors had circulated for forty years, and not a flake had ever surfaced. Several men swore they had helped melt the coins into ingots in a smelter in the basement of the Ministry of Finance, but they never knew what happened to the ingots. Alejo Vargas had been running the secret police for twenty years and the Ministry of Interior for the last ten and probably hunting for the gold for at least nineteen, and he hadn't found it. At least Maximo didn't believe he had. In forty years no loose ends had unraveled... so there must have been no loose ends. The conclusion Maximo drew from these facts was that only a very few peopleFidel, perhaps his brother Raul, maybe Chehad known the secret in the first place. Today the secret might be known by a few people who had been close to them. In any event, there were no elderly workmen about who liked to run their mouth when they drank their rumVargas would have found anyone like that years ago. So the gold wasn't made into statues, poured like concrete into a floor or foundation, made into bricks and used to construct a state building, or transported to some flyspecked hovel and buried under the floor. No. If the gold had been hidden this way, someone involved in the labor would have talked during the last forty years. If there were secret records waiting to be discovered or STEPHEN COONTS letters in bank vaults, Maximo would never discover them. All he had were his wits. With Fidel dead and Alejo Vargas ascendant, Maximo was using his wits now, applying them as never before. In search of inspiration, he walked the streets of Havana to the Museum of the Revolution. Like so many revolutionaries who swashbuckled through the pages of human history, after his victory Fidel found it expedient to enshrine himself as the savior of the nation so that he might remain at the helm permanently. Of course, to properly do the job it was also necessary to build a monument to the venality and depravity of his enemies, because great heroes need worthy opponents. Amazingly, all this good, evil, and greatness fit neatly under one roof: the presidential palace that had been the residence of Fulgencio Batista. Maximo walked quickly through the exhibits that detailed Batista's corruptionwhat he sought would not be there. He quickly found what he was looking for. Fidel the savior, "El Lider Maxima" portraits, busts, memorabilia, candid and posed photographs, heroic paintingsall of this was enough to turn the stomach of anyone who had actually known the man, Maximo thought. Alas, Fidel had been very flawed clay: megalomaniacal, filled with a sense of his own magnificent destiny, boorish, opinionated, pigheaded, insufferable, prejudiced, loquacious to a fault, and, all too often, just plain wrong. What a tragedy that this self-annointed messiah was stranded in this third world backwater and never had the opportunity to save the species, which he could have done if only God had sent him to Moscow or Washington. Maximo tried to stifle his disgust and concentrate upon the displays before him. Fidel and Che Guevara, Camilo Cienfuegos, the other immortals ... The university, the Moncada Barracks, the trial, prison, handwritten letters, exile, guerrilla days ... He carefully looked at everything, then wandered on. He came to a room devoted to the fall of Havana; Fidel riding into the city on a tank, ecstatic children. Then Fidel the ruler; Fidel the baseball player; Fidel and Che fishing in the Gulf Stream; Fidel with Hemingway, Richard Nixon, Khrushchev, Kosygin, the famous and the infamous, always togged out in those abysmal green fatigues; dozens of shots of Fidel with his mouth open in front of crowds ... God, how the man Could talk to a captive audience! Maximo was in the next room looking at photos of Fidel eating rice and beans with schoolchildren when the incongruity of the photo of Fidel and Che fishing struck him. Odd, that. He went back to it. The two were on some kind of fishing boat, with fighting chairs and big rods, fishing for marlin probably. Wait a minute ... The marina where Maximo kept his boat... When he first moved it there the harbormaster had once told him that Fidel used to leave from that marina to fish. Now he remembered. Yes. The old man said Fidel and Che fished often, every few days, went out by themselves, often spent the night at anchor in the harbor. After a year or so they tired of it, the old man said wi/lly, never came back. The boat belonged to the Cuban Navyseized from an Americanand was eventually converted to a gunboat. He could remember the old man talking, could see the wind playing with his white hair as he stood on the dock in the sun talking about his hero, Fidel, about that moment one day long ago when their lives came close together. The harbormaster had been dead for years. The new man was far too young to remember anything. What if the gold were on the floor-of Havana Harbor? Each night Fidel and Che could have lowered hundreds of pounds of it over the side of the boat free from observation. Given enough nights ... Over time the gold could have gradually disappeared from the Finance Ministry. If no one but Fidel and Che handled the gold, there was no one to talk. Maximo could see logistical problems with this possibility, of course, but not insurmountable ones. He left the museum deep in thought. "The air force's AW AC* reports that the Cuban military is moving toward the silo sites, Admiral." The briefer was a commander, the senior Air Intelligence officer on the carrier battle-group's staff. "The troops are being moved from barracks in the Havana area. We can see tanks and trucks, which presumably contain supplies and troops. The columns are moving slowly, eight to ten miles per hour. Cuban troops have already arrived at missile site number one. Just arriving on sites two and three. We estimate that there will be no Cuban military presence on sites four though six until tomorrow morning after dawn." "Why so slow"..."...Jake Grafton asked. "These are old tanks, Soviet T-54's. We think they see no reason to risk breakdowns by driving faster. The consensus seems to be that the Cubans aren't on full alert." "Okay" Jake Grafton said, because there was nothing else to say. The god of battles was dealing the cards. The briefer continued, pointing out bridges and crossroad choke points, and Jake tried to concentrate, which was difficult. When the briefer finished, Jake dismissed his staff and sat staring at the map on the bulkhead. The plan was good: the weather would be typical, the forces he had should be adequate, they knew their jobs ... but if the Cubans fired those missiles at the United States, two Aegis cruisers were all he had to prevent the missiles from reaching their targets. Should this whole operation be delayed until antimissile batteries could be moved to south Florida? Every hour of delay meant more American troops would die taking those missile sites. Yet if the missiles success- fully delivered their warheads, the results would be catastrophic. He looked again at the planat the timing, at the units assigned. Biological weapons. Poliomyelitis. He could always use more people, of course. One of the primary goals of warfightingsome people argued, the only goalwas to direct overwhelming force at the point where the enemy was most vulnerable. Or as Bedford Forrest put it, "Get there firstest with the mostest." Already the Cubans were digging in around silos one and two. What if the forces he had committed couldn't crack those nuts? The urge to wait for a bigger hammer had Jake Grafton in its grip now. He felt like David with his slingshot. Maybe he needed more Aegis cruisers, some Patriot missile batteries, more cruise missiles, troops, Ospreys, airplanes. If one of those missiles got through ... He found a handkerchief in his hip pocket and mopped his face. His stomach tried to turn over. He hadn't felt like this since Vietnam. Way back in those happy days he had been responsible only for his bombardier's life and his own miserable existence. All things considered, that load had been relatively light. This load ... Well, Jake Grafton, Uncle Sugar's been paying you good money all these years while you 've been getting fat and sassy on the long grass. It's payback time. In midafternoon Toad Tarkington went to the communication spaces to call his wife, Rita Moravia, on one of the ship-to-ship voice circuits. He had done this a time or two before and the chief petty officer was accommodating when the circuits were not in use for official business. This afternoon he asked the chief for an encrypted circuit but they were all busythe chief handed him a clear-voice handset. Toad called Kearsarge and left a message for his wife. Ten minutes later she called him back. "Hey, Toad-man." "Hey, Hot Woman." Tonight, he knew, she would be flying a V-22 Osprey, hauling troops to missile silo two. "Just wanted to hear your voiceea"...Toad said, as matterof-factly as he could. He could envision this conversation coming over radios in ships throughout the battle group and in Cuban monitoring stations. He had no intention of giving away secrets nor of entertaining kibitzers. Rita was equally circumspect. "Got a letter from Tyler. He wrote it with Na-Na's help, of course." "How's Ty-Guy doing?" "He has a girlfriend, the Goldman girl across the street." "That's my boyea"...Toad said. "A lover already. A chip off the old brick." Aboard Kearsarge Rita was holding the handset in a death grip. She loved life: her son, her husband, her job, the people she worked withevery jot and comma of her life. Oh, of course there were days when the stress and problems threatened to overwhelm her ability to cope, but somehow she managed. In the wee hours of the night when she paused to evaluate, she knew that she wouldn't change a thing. Not one single thing. Now she realized that Toad hadn't spoken in several seconds. "I wouldn't change a thingea"...Rita said. "I was thinking the same thingea"...he said. "From day one." "I remember the first day I saw you. Wow." "When we were at Whidbey, I thought you hated me." "And I thought you didn't like me." "Thank God you finally screwed up the courage to kiss me." "Wish I could nowea"...he shot back. Tears ran down her cheeks. She wanted to tell him how

much he had meant all these years, how grateful she was that they shared life, and nothing came out. She put her hand over the mouthpiece so he wouldn't hear her cry. "Next time we're together, better not wear lipstickea"...he said. "I never wear lipstickea"...she managed, her voice barely under control. "It's a good thing, tooea"...he said, his voice cracking. The silence grew and grew. "Well, I gotta goea"...Toad finally said. "They wanna use this circuit to trade movies or something." "Yeah." "Vaya con Dios, baby." "You too, Toad-man." Toad found Jake Grafton hi Combat huddled with Gil Pascal, the chief of staff. He listened to the conversation for a moment, then realized that the admiral was trying to assure himself that he had adequate forces to win. Tonight! After a bit Jake turned toward Toad. "Let's have your two centsea"...he said. "If we need anything, sir, it's a bigger reserve. We have three V-22's with twenty-four marines each to go wherever they are needed. A while ago the CO of the carrier's marine del asked if he and some of his people could get in on the fun. He called Kearsarge and found there is one extra Osprey. It's being used as a backup to the first wave, but if it isn't needed, then it'll be an extra." Gil Pascal frowned. "The carrier's marines haven't been briefedea"...he pointed out. Jake glanced at Toad and raised one eyebrow. "Sir, I was hoping you would let me go with themea"...Tarkington replied cheerfully. "I'm as briefed as it's possible to get."...Actually, as Ops, Tarkington wrote the plan. "You've been planning to spring this on me all day, haven't you?" "I could take a satellite phone, give you a worm's-eye STEPHEN COONTS view of the action, let you know if there is really a problem." "Did the marine det CO approach you with this marvelous idea, or did you approach him?" Toad turned his eyes to the ceiling. "An officer I know well used to say, 'allyou know me." his "I think I know that guy tooea"...Jake said, and chuckled. "Oh, all right, damn ityou can go. Gil and I will try to hold the fort without you. If the backup Osprey isn't needed, you'll be part of the cavalry. Tell the grunts to saddle up." The Spanish-speaking sailor who acted as an interpreter shook Ocho Sedano awake. "Ochoea"...he said. "Ocho, a question has arisen. We wish to know if you are related to Hector Sedano." Ocho opened his eyes and focused on the interpreter, who appeared reasonably clear. His eyes were better, much better. He rolled over, men sat up in bed. He was still in sick bay aboard Hue City. "Welcome back to the land of the livingea"...sd the American sailor. "It is good to be aliveea"...Ocho whispered. "Did you ever give up hope?" "I suppose. I thought I would die, and was waiting for it. But I always wanted to live." The sailor grinned. This was the first American he had ever gotten to know, and he had a good grin, Ocho thought. "The officers want to knowea"...the sailor said, "if you are related to Hector Sedano." "He is my brother." "I will tell them." Ocho nodded, then rubbed his head and stretched. He was hungry and thirsty. A glass of water was sitting on a rolling table beside the bed, so he drained it. "May I have some food?" "I will bring some." Ocho looked the sailor in the eyes. "I want to go back to Cuba. I should never have left." "I will tell themea"...the sailor said, and left him there. William Henry Chance and Tommy Carmellini argued with Toad about how many marines wearing CBW suits should go into the warhead factory with them. "Just Tommy and Iea"...Chance said. "The more people that are in there the greater the chance of an accident." "How are you going to get your gear in there?" "An armload at a time. It will take a little longer, but with only two guys going in and out, this whole evolution will be safer." "What if the Cuban Army shows up while you're working?" "The marines can defend us until the place goes up." They were in a ready room under the flight deck dressing in a corner under the television set, which was showing a continuous briefing by the Air Intelligence types. Radio frequencies, threat envelopes, timing, call signs, weather, everything was on the tube. Carmellini was paying close attention to the briefers, Chance was arguing with Toad. "And I'm not taking a rifle or hand grenades or rations or any of that combat crap." "A pistol, then." "Got my own. Don't want two." "Why are you being so obstinate, Mr. Chance?" Chance sat down heavily in one of the ready-room chairs. "I guess I've got a bad feeling about this commando stuffea"...he said. "Charging in decked out like Captain America caret with rifle in hand scares me silly. Everybody and his brother will start shooting, and with cultures above-ground in vulnerable containers ..."...He shivered. "If we sneak in in civilian clothes ... well, that's what I'm used to. This military stuff frightens me." "You're going to look funny walking into a dairy in civilian clothes with flares on your shoulders if there are Cuban troops sitting around the place guarding the cows." "You're right, I know."...Chance shrugged. "Gonna be an adventureea"...Tommy Carmellini tossed in. "You guys are big boysea"...Toad Tarkington said. "I'm not going to nursemaid you. But this isn't a gamea lot of lives are at stake. If you screw this up and we gotta go back in there later and fix it, you guys better be dead. Don't bother coming back." Toad said it matter-of-factly, as if he were discussing a payroll deduction. Chance suddenly felt small. "Okayea"...he said. "Two other guys in CBW suits. But I'm in charge. If I go down, Tommy is." "Fineea"...sd Toad Tarkington, and went to find an encrypted telephone. Terror wasn't going to be enough to keep Alejo Vargas in office. He knew that. He could put the fear of God in the little sons of bitches and keep it there, but to sleep nights in Fidel's house he was going to have to govern the country, to give a little here, a little there, and so on. He was prepared to do thathe had watched Fidel manipulate these people all of his adult life. Today he sat in his office at the Ministry of the Interiorhe had had no time to move to the presidential palacereceiving the members of the Council of State, of which he was the president. "Senor Ferrara, it is a pleasure to see you again." Ferrara was short, fat, and wheezed when he moved. He was a member of the'Council of State and the minister of electric power. He dropped into a chair across the desk from Vargas and wiped his forehead with a handkerchief. "Good day, Senor President." Colonel Santana handed Vargas Ferrara's affidavit. Vargas merely glanced at the signature, then laid it in his top right-hand drawer with the others. He didn't read it because he knew exactly what the affidavit containedan emo-

tional eyewitness account of the murder of Ratil Castro by Hector Sedano. Vargas and Santana had drafted the document this morning. Before each member of the Council of State met with Vargas, Santana presented them with an affidavit for signature. Most intuitively understood that signatures were mandatory, and those that didn't had the facts of life explained to them. So far, all had signed. "I appreciate your support in this matter, Ferrara." "I will be frank with you, Vargas. That document means nothing."...He gestured toward the desk drawer. "You may be able to crack the whip in Havana, but the people do not support you. They want Hector Sedano in the presidential palace." "They will find a place in their heart for me." "Fidel Castro lasted for over forty years because he had the support of the people. The members of the National Assembly, the Council of State, the ministers, could not oppose him because they had no base of support. The Department of State Security didn't control the population Fidel did." "He did not tolerate opposition, nor will I." Ferrara said nothing. What was it about Ferrara? Something was in the files, but he hadn't looked at that file in years, and now it was gone. "Was it your daughter?" Ferrara's face became a mask. "Your daughter... something about your daughter..." He stared into Ferrara's eyes. "Help me a little." Even Ferrara's wheezing had stopped. "Maybe it will come to me."...Alejo Vargas leaned back in his chair. "Or maybe I will forget completely." Santana came in just then, handed him a sheet of paper, and said, "The ambassador to the United Nations received this note from the American UN ambassador." "Thank you for stopping by, Senor Ferrara. I appreciate you executing this affidavit. I look forward to working with you in the future. Good day."...Ferrara went. Vargas read the note. "Any other American reaction to my speech or their president's?" "Yes, sir. As we expected, the American pundits generally support their president, but there are many who feel the United States has goaded Cuba into military adventurism with their political shunning of Castro. This feeling is widespread in Europe. Around the world there are many who feel that Cuba has endured much oppression at America's hands." Vargas nodded. All the world roots for the underdog. 'The American carrier battle group that was in Guantanamo is now south of the Isle of Pines. They have only a few planes aloft." "And General Alba? Is he getting troops into position around the silos?" "Yes, sir." "Make sure the air force is on full alert, the army, the navy, the antiaircraft missile batteries, everyone. If the Americans come we will bloody their nose, perhaps even launch a missile. One missile will teach them a bitter lesson. They have never seen anything like that virus: they will have no stomach for it. The error of their ways is about to become quite apparent." "You do not believe this 'massive retaliation" threat?" "It is laughableea"...he scoffed. "No American president will ever order the use of weapons of mass destruction, even in retaliation. The Americans stopped making war years agothey use force to send messages to "bad" governments, never to kill the civilians who support that government. Guilt is the new American ethic: they would be horrified at the murder of the hungry."...He waved his hand dismissively, then became deadly serious: "The Yanquis may, however, screw up the courage to use force against our armed forces. If so, the Cuban people will rally to the flag and we shall heroically defend our national honor. And use the missiles to show them the error of their ways." "Cubans are patriotsea"...Santana agreed. "After the Bay of Pigs, Castro was president for life." "A man with the right enemies can do anythingea"...Vargas declared, and smiled. While Alejo Vargas and Colonel Santana were conferring in Havana, the Americans opened fire. Three Spruanceclass destroyers that had sailed from Mayport soon after sunrise were now fifty miles off the Florida coast headed south, well away from the coastal shipping lanes. They began launching Tomahawk cruise missiles from the vertical launchers buried in the deck in front of their bridges. Although each ship carried forty-eight Tomahawks in their vertical launch tubes, they only launched twenty missiles each. On the bridge of USS Comte de Grasse the captain watched with binoculars as his missiles leveled out from then- launch climb and disappeared into the sea haze. One of the missiles dove into the ocean, making a tiny splash. "There went three million bucksea"...he muttered. After the launch was complete, he called down to Combat on the squawk box. "How many successfully launched?" "Nineteen, sir." "And the other ships?" "Twenty and eighteen, Captain." "What is the time of flight?" "An hour and twenty minutes, sir." "Very well. Report the launch." Not bad, the captain thought, and gave orders to secure from General Quarters. God help the Cubans, he thought, then turned to the navigator to discuss the voyage to the Florida Straits, where Comte de Grasse and her sister ships would join the Aegis cruisers already there. Aboard USS United States, Jake Grafton seated himself in the admiral's raised chair in Combat and surveyed the computer displays. Gil Pascal, the chief of staff, was also there along with the ship's air wing commander, the Combat Control Center officer and the members of his staff. Jake leaned over and whispered to Pascal. "See if you can find me some aspirin, please." "Yes, sir." He was looking over the plan and watching the display of commercial traffic going in and out of Jose Marti International Airport in"...Havana when a chief petty officer handed him the encrypted satellite phone. "Admiral Grafton, sir." "This is the president, Admiral. How goes the war?" "We already have Tomahawks in the air, sir, but the Cubans won't know what's coming for an hour or so." "We're sweating the program here in Washingtonea"...the president continued. "Our feet are getting frosty. If we chicken out, could the airborne Tomahawks be intentionally crashed?" Jake Grafton took a deep breath and exhaled before he answered. "Yes, sir. That is possible." "Let's hold on to that option. I'm sitting here with General Totten and the senior leadership of the Congress. I want your opinion on this question: Should we postpone this show for a day or two? Or indefinitely? What are your thoughts?" Jake Grafton licked his lips. In his mind's eye he could see ballistic missiles rising from their silos on pillars of fire, and sailors, just like the ones manning the computers here in Combat aboard United States, sitting in front of radar scopes and computer keyboards aboard the Aegis cruisers. "Mr. President, I have also been thinking about the risks. The only thing I can promise is that we will do our best. No one can guarantee results. Still, in my opinion, considering just the military risks, we should go now, without delay." "Thank you, Admiralea"...the president said. "Jake, this is Tater Totten." "Good evening, sir." "Just wanted to say good luckea"...the general said, then the connection broke. Jake Grafton handed the handset to the chief. "Here is your aspirin, Admiralea"...Gil Pascal said, holding out water and three white pills. Four EA-6But Prowlers sat on the ramp at NAS Key West. Their crews stood lounging around the aircraft. They had flown in just an hour ago, and now the fuel trucks were pulling away. The crews had huddled with the crew of the two C-130 Hercs parked on the ramp, studying charts and checking frequencies. Now it was time to man up. As the marines in full conibat gear filed aboard the Hercs, the crews of the Prowlers strapped in and started engines. Two of the Prowlers carried three electronic jamming pods on external stations and two HARM missiles. HARM stood for high-speed anti-radiation missile. The other two Prowlers carried four HARMS and one jamming pod on the center-line station. With the engines running, the pilots closed the Prowlers" canopies and taxied behind the Hercs toward the duty runway. No one said anything on the radio. The flight deck of USS United States came alive. A small army of people in brightly colored shuts swarmed around the airplanes that packed the deck as the flight crews manned up and started engines. Light from the setting sun came in at a low angle like a bright spotlight, illuminating the towering cumulus which dotted the surface of the sea, and made everyone facing west squint or shade their eyes. Soon the plane guard rescue helicopter engaged its rotors and lifted off the deck as the first airplanes began taxiing toward the bow and waist catapults. Aboard USS Hue City and USS Guilford Courthouse, the two Aegis cruisers on station in the Florida Straits, the afternoon had been a busy one. Twenty-five miles of ocean separated the two ships, but they were linked together electronically as tightly as if they were wired together at a pier. As the Hercs and EA-6BS taxied at Key West, and United States prepared to launch her air wing, the weapons officers aboard the cruisers checked the ships' inertia! systems one more time, compared the GPS locations yet again, then gave the fire order. The first of the Tomahawk missiles rose vertically from their launchers on fountains of fire. The wings of the missiles popped out, then the missiles began tilting to the south as they accelerated away into the evening sky. The first missiles from each ship were still in sight when the second ones game roaring from the launchers. Each ship launched sixteen missiles, then turned to stay in the racetrack pattern they had been using to hold station. Sitting in the Combat Control Center aboard United States, Jake Grafton felt the thump as the first bow catapult fired. A second later he felt the number-three cat on the waist slam a plane into the air. His eyes went to the monitor, which was showing a video feed from a camera mounted high in the ship's island superstructure. Each catapult stroke was felt throughout the ship as the planes were thrown into the sky, one by one. A half dozen planes were still on deck awaiting their turn on the catapults when the destroyers in the carrier's screen began launching Tomahawk cruise missiles. The television cameraman in the ship's island swung his camera to catch the fireworks. The picture captured the attention of the people in Combat, who paused to watch the. missiles roar from their launchers on fountains of reddish yellow fire, almost too brilliant to look at. When the last of the missiles was gone, the camera returned to the launching planes. Gil Pascal said to Jake, "It'll go well, Admiral."...Jake nodded and took another sip of water. The sun seemed to be taking its good ol' time going down, Lieutenant Commander Marcus Gillispie thought. He was at the controls of an EA-6But Prowler that had just launched from United States. He had worked his way around towering buildups reaching up to 10,000 feet and was now above them, looking at the evening sky. The last of the red sunlight played on the tops of the clouds, but the canyons between them were purple and gray shading to black. As Gillispie climbed he delayed the sun's apparent setting for a few more minutes. Soon the last of the red and gold faded from the cloud tops below. A very high cirrus layer stayed yellow and red for the longest time as Marcus circled the carrier at 30,000 feet. Two FirstA-18 Hornets came swimming up from the deepening gloom to join on him. "You guys all set"..."...Marcus asked his three crewmen. His crewmen counted off in order. The Prowler was the electronic-warfare version of the old A-6 Intruder airframe. While the Prowler bore a superficial resemblance to its older brother, the electronic suite in the aircraft could not have been more different: the Prowler was designed to fight the electronic battle in today's skies, not drop bombs. The airframe was also longer than the old A-6, lengthened to accommodate four people and a massive array of computerized cockpit displays. The people sat in ejection seats, two in the front, two in the back. Only one of the crewmen was a pilot, who sat in the left front seat: the other three were electronic-warfare specialists. And they were not CUBA

all men. One of the guys in back tonight was a woman, a lieutenant (junior grade) on her first cruise. Marcus looked at his watch, then keyed his mike. He waited while his encryption gear timed in with the ship's gear, then said, "Strike, this is Nighthawk One. I have my chicks and am ready to leave orbit. Request permission to strangle the parrot." "Roger, Nighthawk One. Call feet dry." "Wilco." Marcus Gillispie rolled the Prowler wings level heading northwest for the city of Havana. Then he engaged the autopilot. When he was satisfied that the autopilot was going to keep the plane straight and level, he flashed his exterior lights, then turned them off, leaving only a set of tiny formation lights illuminated on the sides of Ihe aircraft above the wing root. Finally he reached down and turned his radar transponder, his parrot, off. The Prowler and the two Hornets on her wing were no longer radiating on any electromagnetic frequency. The pilot looked back past his wingtips at the Hornets. One was on each wing now. Like the Prowler, their missile racks were loaded with HARM'S. The Hornets also carried two Sidewinders, heat-seeking air-to-air missiles, one on each wingtip, just in case. Already the displays in the Prowler were alive with information. The electronic countermeasures officer, ECMO, in the seat beside the pilot, was really the tactical commander of the plane. His gear, and that of the two electronic-warfare officers in the back cockpit, provided a complete display of the tactical electronic picture. The information the computers used was derived from sensors embedded all over the aircraft in its skin, and from the sensors of one of the HARM missiles, which was already on line. The ECMO with Marcus Gillispie was Commander Schuyler Coleridge, the squadron commanding officer, who wound up in the right seat of Prowlers because his eyes were not quite 20/20 uncorrected when he graduated from the Naval Academy. The truth of it was, he thought he had the better job. Pilots, he liked to say, just drove the bus ECMO'S fought the war. He had one to fight tonight. The Cubans were going to get really riled when those Tomahawks started popping, he thought, and then the fireworks would start. Just now Coleridge was busy running his equipment through its built-in tests. Everything was working, as usual. That routine fact was the greatest advance of the technological age, in Coleridge's opinion. In his younger days he had had a bellyful of fancy equipment that couldn't be maintained. He was sweating just now, even though the cockpit temperature was positively balmy. And he knew his fellow crewmen were sweatingthis was the first time in combat for all of them. It will go all right, he thought. After the tension he had suffered through this afternoon and evening, Schuyler Coleridge actually welcomed the catapult shot. Let's do it and get it over with. All four of the squadron's EA-6BS were aloft just now, and the other three also had pairs of Hornets attached. As Coleridge looked at the search radars sweeping the Cuban skies, he wondered if there were going to be MiGs. "Okay, peopleea"...Coleridge told his crew, "let's go to work." A search radar on the southern coast of Cuba drew his attention. The signal was being received by the HARM sensors, which routed the electronic signal through the plane's computer and displayed it on the tactical screen. Coleridge checked his watch. "Any second nowea"...he muttered to his crewmen. The Cubans had their search radars wired into sector facilities, which performed the functions of air traffic control (Atc) for civilian aircraft and early warning and ground control interception (Gci) for military aircraft. ATC radars in developed countries rarely searched for non-transponderequipped targets, but due to the dual usage of these radars, such sweeps were routine. Consequently one of the controllers in the Havana sector was the first to notice a cloud of skin-paint targets closing on the Cuban coast from the south. His call to the supervisor was echoed by a call from a controller looking at targets headed south toward the north coast of the island. The shift supervisor stood frozen, staring over the operator's shoulder at the radar screen. He had wondered if something like this-might not happen after Alejo Vargas's television speech, but when he asked the site manager about the possibility of Cuba being attacked by the United States, the man had laughed. "The world has changed since the Bay of Pigs, Pedro. You are safehave courage." The response humiliated the shift supervisor. Now the supervisor picked up his telephone, called the manager in his office. "You'd better come see thisea"...he said with an edge on his voice. "Come quickly." The manager was looking over the supervisor's shoulder when the first Tomahawk crashed into the antenna of the main search radar on the southern coast. In seconds three more radars went off the air. The stunned men turned their attention to the radars on the north coast, and were just in time to watch the blip of a Tomahawk from Hue City fly right down the throat of the radar and knock it out. The supervisor turned to the manager and calmly said, "Apparently the war you didn't believe would happen is happening now." The stunned manager watched in horror as screen after screen went blank. "The Americans rarely leave things half-done, or so I've heardea"...the supervisor continued. "I would bet fifty pesos that this building is also a target of a cruise missile. If you gentlemen will excuse me, I think I will go home for the evening." With that, he turned and walked briskly from the room. "Everyone outea"...the facilities manager shouted. "Outside, everyone outside." The men at the consoles needed no urging. They bolted for the doors. The shift supervisor was outside, walking quickly for the bus stop, when he heard a Tomahawk. He fell to the ground and covered his head with his hands as the missile dove into the roof of the sector control building and its 750pound warhead exploded with a thundering boom. Within " the next fifteen seconds, two more missiles crashed into the building. After waiting another minute just to be sure, the supervisor stood and surveyed the damage. Clouds of tiny dust particles formed an artificial fog, one illuminated by flame licking at the gutted building. The stench of explosives residue and smoke lay heavy in the night air. One hundred fifty missiles swept across central Cuba, some coming from the north, some from the south. The targeting had been done quickly, but the information that made it possible had been mined from databases painstakingly constructed from satellite and aircraft photo and electronic reconnaissance over a period of years. Four dozen Tomahawks were targeted against every known radar dish within a hundred miles of the missile silossearch, air traffic, antiaircraft missile, and artillery radarsall of them, two missiles for each antenna. Another fifty Tomahawks attacked every Cuban Air Force base along the five-hundred-mile length of the island. Some of the Tomahawks carried bomblets instead of highexplosive warheads: these swept across aircraft ramps, scattering bomblets over the parked MiGs, damaging them and setting some on fire. Other cruise missiles dove headfirst into the Cuban Air Force's hangars, weapons storage facil- ities, and fuel farms. Fixed antiakcraft surface-to-air missile (Sam) sites received two or three missiles each. Alejo Vargas learned of the American attack when the telephone he was using went dead in his hand. He frowned, jiggled the hook, then replaced the handset on its base. Only then did the dull boom of the explosion in the central Havana telephone exchange reach him. A Tomahawk had dived through the roof. More explosions followed in quick succession as two more cruise missiles hurled themselves into the telephone exchange. One of the problems the Americans faced with the employment of cruise missiles was assessing damage after the attack. The solution was to fire multiple missiles at the same target to ensure an acceptable level of damage. The thought that the presidential palace might be a target never occurred to Alejo Vargas. He went to the nearest window and stood listening to the roar of Tomahawks overflying the city on their way to radar and antiakcraft gun and missile installations sited around Jos6 Marti International Airport. The five-hundred-knot missiles were invisible in the darkness, but they weren't quiet. The missiles had passed when someone near the harbor opened up with an antiaircraft gun firing tracers. The bursts of tracers went up like fireworks and randomly probed the darkness as the hammering reports echoed over the city. Colonel Santana came irito the room and joined Vargas at the window. "The telephone system in the city is out." "It's probably out all over Cubaea"...Vargas replied. "They are attacking much sooner than you thought they would." "No matter. The results will be the same. Get a car to take us to Radio Havana. I will make an address to the nation." "The Americans may use missiles on the radio stations or power plants." "It is possible, but I doubt it. Get the car." Santana went after a car as Vargas thought about what he would say to fan the fires of patriotism in every Cuban heart. The two C-130's Hercs and four EA-6But Prowlers that had left Key West were level at ten thousand feet when they crossed the northern shoreline of Cuba. The C-130's actually were flying with their wingtip lights on so that the Prowlers could easily stay in formation with them. Inside the Hercs the pilots were using global positioning system (Gps) units to navigate to the missile silo sites. The Prowler crews watched their computer displays and listened to their emission-detection gear, waiting for the Cubans to turn on a radar, any radar. The night was deathly quiet. The Tomahawks had done their work well. As the Hercs crossed over the first of the dairy farms, two men leaped from each plane. Forty seconds later two more went as they crossed over the second possible lab site. Then the Hercs made a gentle, lazy 270-degree turn to get lined up for the run-in to the missile silos. Jose Marti Airport and the surface-to-air missile sites that surrounded it were only thirty miles west. Not a peep from them. If the Tomahawks missed any of the mobile radars, the operators had not yet screwed up the courage to turn them on, for which the Hercules crews were thankful. The Prowler crews, however, with HARM missiles ready on the rails, were feeling a bit disappointed. After all the sweating, there should be more action. Aboard USS United States, the datalink from the E-3 Sentry AW ACS over Key West revealed the aerial fire drill going on over Havana as commercial flights tried to find their way into Jose Marti Airport without the aid of air traffic controllers with radar. Some of the flights announced they were diverting, and headed for the United States or Jamaica or the Cayman Islands. The others queued up and landed VFRIEND as Jake Grafton watched the computer displays with his fingers crossed. While he didn't want to be responsible for the crash of a civilian airliner, he couldn't delay this operation until there was a temporary lull in civilian air activity. As the first Here approached silo one, two men leaped from the open rear door. Seconds later, two more leaped from the second transport. The jumpers fell away from the airplanes like stones. Over silo two, marines leaped in pairs from each of the Hercs, and so on, until the transports had overflown and dropped recon teams at all six silo sites. Then they turned northward, toward the sea. The Prowlers followed faithfully. At that moment a SAM control radar near silo two came on the air, probing for a target. The Prowlers with the Hercs picked up the signal, of course, and two of them dropped their wings to turn back toward the threat. Forty miles south of silo two, Schuyler Coleridge also picked up the SAM radar, an old Soviet Fansong. As he slaved the HARM to the signal, his pilot, Marcus Gillispie, turned the plane ten degrees to ppint at the offending radar. Although the new missiles could be fired at very large angles, a quick turn by the launching aircraft shortened the missile's flight time by a few seconds. "Fireea"...Coleridge ordered, and Gillispie punched off the HARM, which shot forward off the rail in a blaze of fire. Coleridge keyed the radio. "Fox Threeea"...he said, letting everyone on the freq know that a beam rider was in the air. The HARM zeroed in on the side lobes of the radiating Fansong, whose operator was trying to lock up a Here for an SA-2 launch. The operator never realized the beam rider was in the air. The missile actually flew into the back of the antenna dish at almost Mach 3 and went several feet through it before the warhead exploded. The warhead contained thousands of 3/16th-inch tungsten-alloy cubes, which were three times denser than steel. The warhead blasted these cubes in all directions, obliterating the radar antenna and wave guides, shredding the trailer on which the antenna was mounted, and knocking out the equipment in the trailer. The flying cubes also killed the radar operator and severely wounded the three other occupants of the trailer. Another HARM launched by one of the FirstA-18 Hornets on the Prowler's wing arrived six seconds later and impacted a tree just a few feet from the smoking, gutted trailer. Although the target radar had been off the air for six seconds, the missile's strap-down.ineitial allowed it to fly to the place where the computer memory believed the radar to be. The shrapnel from the warhead severed the tree and sprayed the shell of the trailer yet again, killing one of the already-wounded men. Major Carlos Corrado was sleeping off a hangover when the roar of a Tomahawk going over woke him. His eyes came open. He heard the staccato popping of bomblets from the Tomahawk, but had no idea what caused the sound. He thought the Tomahawk was a low-flying airplane. Groggy, aching, sick to his stomach, he was hugging a commode when another Tomahawk went over. In ten seconds the sound of the bomblets detonating on the planes parked on the flight line reached him though his alcoholic haze. Then one of the planes exploded with a rolling crash that shook the barracks. Corrado staggered outside and looked toward the flight line, where at least three planes were burning brightly. "Holy Mother!" Suddenly sober, Corrado went back inside and hastily donned his flight suit and boots. He was jogging toward the flight line when another Tomahawk went over scattering bomblets. The missile flew on, out of sight. As Corrado rounded the corner and the flight line came into view, the first cruise missile that had scattered bomb-

lets dove into one of the hangars. There wasn't much of an explosion, but in seconds a hot fire was burning in the wooden structure. Corrado's personal fighter was parked between the burning hangar and another, which would probably be struck within seconds. The maintenance men had been working on the plane today, which was why it was not on its usual parking place at the head of the flight line. Running men helped Corrado push the plane away from the burning hangar, the wall of which was perilously close to collapse. "There is no fuel in the planeea"...someone shouted. "Get a truckea"...Corrado roared in reply. "And ammunition for the guns." The words were no more out of his mouth when the second missile crashed into the untouched hangar. Corrado seethed as linemen fueled his plane and serviced the guns. He was still on the phone in the dispersal shack talking to someone at the base armory when the truck carrying missiles braked to a squealing halt near the fighter, a silver MiGo-29 Fulcrum. Now he called the sector GCI site. The telephone rang and rang, but no one answered. Corrado stuck an unlit cigar in his mouth and stomped out to the plane. "Careful there, fools. Do it right. Do not embarrass me." He was watching the last of the 30-mm cannon shells going into the feed trays when one of the Havana colonels showed up. "You aren't going up in this thing, are you, Corrado?" "We are servicing it as a joke, dear Colonel. Every Saturday night when the Americans attack we put the cannon shells in, then take them out on Sunday morning." "Don't trifle with me, Major. I won't stand for it." "You pompous limp-dick! Go find a whore and let the real men fight." "Do not insult me, you sot. You stink of rum and vomit! Show some respect!" "Why should I? Your putrid face insults you every day." The colonel was so angry he spluttered. "I absolutely forbid you to fly this airplane without written orders from Havana." "Court-martial me tomorrow." "The Americans will destroy this airplane if you take it off the ground. To fly it is sabotage, a crime against the state. If you attempt to fly it, I will shoot you."...The colonel pulled out his pistol and showed Corrado the business end. Corrado ignored the gun. "You are a traitorea"...he roared, "who wants the Americans to win. Defeatist! Coward!" "I will shoot anyone who helps you defect in this airplaneea"...the colonel screamed. He pointed the pistol at the troops closing the servicing doors on the MiGo-29. "Counterrevolutionaries! Saboteurs!" Corrado used his fist on the colonel. The second punch, in the ear, did the trick. The man went to his knees, then onto his face. He didn't get up. One of the linemen picked up the pistol while the major massaged his knuckles. His hand hurt like hell but didn't seem to be broken. In truth Corrado wasn't much of a man. He abandoned a wife and child years ago and hadn't heard from them sincedidn't want to hear from them, because they would probably want money. What money he got his hands on he drank up; he even sold military equipment on the black market to pay for alcohol. His ability to fly a fighter plane was his sole skill, his only worthwhile accomplishment in thirty-six years of life. Now, unexpectedly, miraculously, he had a chance to use that skill to defend something larger than himself, to make his miserable life mean something and no strutting Havana rooster was going to cheat him out of it. Carlos Corrado gestured at the men. "Get the missiles loaded, you lazy bastardsea"...he shouted. "There's a war on." Richard Merriweather rode his parachute into a cornfield. At least, he thought it was cornlong, stiff stalks, head-

high. He checked himself over; he was sore, but nothing broken. He stood and wrestled the chute toward him, then began scooping out a hole to bury it. He was finishing the job when he heard someone coming toward him. "Sergeant?" "Yo. You okay?" "Yeahea"...sd Kirb Handy. "Set up the GPS. Figure out where we are." With the parachute disposed of, Merriweather put on his night-vision goggles and took a careful look around. He was well out in the center of this field, near as he could tell. Merriweather sat down hi the dirt beside Handy, who was also wearing night-vision goggles. Handy punched buttons on the GPS. "This thing says we are a mile and a half southwest." "I'll buy that." "Missed the landing zone by a half mile." "Not bad at all."...Merriweather unslung his weapon and checked it over. Then he got to his feet. "The other two guys should be aroundea"...Handy muttered. . "They'd better be. We don't have much time." After a careful check of the GPS unit, the two men started walking northeast toward missile silo number six. They had gone only about a hundred meters when they came to the bank of a stream, a fairly wide stream. "What the hell is this"..."...Merriweather demanded; and got out his map. He and Handy huddled disbbh a tree studying the thing. "Holy shitea"...Handy said. "We're in the wrong place. We're at least four miles from the damned silo. Look here."...He pointed to the stream. "That has gotta be this thing in front of us." "So where's the other half of our team"..."...v "Gotta be over there, near the silo." "Let's get on the phone, give 'em the bad news.""...Oh, manea"...Handy moaned softly. "This ain't good." The four-man recon team for silo number two approached the barn via a large seasonal drainage ditch that ran more or less in the right direction. Fortunately the sides were relatively dry, though the ditch contained a few inches of water arid the bottom felt soft. They stopped moving when they were about fifty meters from the barn where they believed the silo to be. They were completely surrounded by Cuban Army troops. Two tanks stood outside the barn, trucks were parked in a nearby grove of trees, and troops were setting up aeacooking tent near the farmhouse's well. Other soldiers were down in the woods to the left, presumably digging latrines. "Must be a couple hundred of 'emea"...Asel Tyvek whispered to Janiail Ali, who was lying in the ditch beside him. "Sure as hell we can't stay hereea"...Ali whispered. "It's just a matter of time before somebody inspects this damn ditch with a flashlight." "The silo must be in that barn. Gotta be. If we crawl down this ditch, we should get within thirty yards of the thing. When the shit hits the fan, maybe we can get in there." "Let's spread out, man, fifty yards apartea"...Jamail Ali suggested. "If they find one of us, the others will have a chance."...Tyvek nodded and Ali whispered to the other two men, and pointed. They disappeared into the darkness. Tyvek keyed the mike on his helmet-mounted radio. In seconds he was talking to a controller aboard USS United States, telling her what he saw around the missile silo. 'Twelve minutesea"...the female voice from United States said in his ear. "Twelve minutes." "Roger that, Battlestar. Twelve minutes." Nojman Tillman and the three men of his recon team were up TO THEIR knees in cow shit. They waded through the barn- yard and shoved the mooing dairy cattle out of the way so that they could get to the door of the barn, a possible biological weapons manufacturing site. "I thought there weren't any damn cows around hereea"...Tillman's number two muttered unpleasantly. Tillman took off his night-vision goggles, got his flashlight in hand, and took a firm grip on his rifle. He nodded at his number two, who carefully opened the barn door, which creaked on its rusty hinges anyway. Tillman launched himself through the. door opening. He slipped on something, fell, and slid for several feet on his chest. Much to his disgust, he could identify the substance he was lying in by its smell. Tillman stood, used the flashlight. He was standing in a conventional wooden barn that had not been mucked out in several weeks. Two cows turned and stared at the light. They looked nervous, as if they wanted to run, then began bawling. Cursing under his breath, Norman Tillman went on through the building, checking it out. Five minutes later he stepped outside and keyed his helmet radio. "Battlestar, this is Team One. Negative results. Nothing here but cows." "Roger, Team One. Stand by for a pickup." "Team One standing by. Ou." "I thought there weren't any cows at these sitesea"...one of the men said. "Yeah, but the cows didn't know they were supposed to be on vacation." "Maybe we landed at the wrong dairy farm." Tillman thought that over. Naw. That would be quite a screwup. More likely, the cows were being held in a nearby field when the recon photos were taken. "Sarge, somebody coming." The men dove facedown into the dirt-and-manure mix at their feet. The person coming turned out to be a farmhand in civilian clothes. The marines made him sit with his back against the barn wall where they could watch him, but they didn't tie his hands. At first the man was frightened. He got over it when one of the troops offered him a cigarette and lit it for him. Tillman crawled over a fence out of the muck and sat down under a tree to wait for the helicopter. One man watched the farmer while the other two posted themselves as sentinels. "There are several hundred troops and three or four tanks around silos one and two, Admiral, and at least two tanks and a squad of soldiers around three. Four and five appear to be unguarded. The recon team checking out silo six seems to have been dropped in the wrong placeonly two of the four have reported in; they estimate they are three miles from the silo. We haven't been able to contact the other two men." The briefer was an Air Intelligence officer who zapped the map with a laser flashlight pointer whenever he mentioned a silo. Jake Grafton wasn't paying much attention to the map, which he had memorized. He glanced at his watch, compared it with a clock on the bulkhead. "Lab site Alpha is a dairy farm. The recon team checking out Bravo reports jackpot, but not many troopsno more than a dozen. The Osprey will be there in less than ten minutes." The admiral got up from his chair, stretched, rubbed the back of his neck. So far it was going better than he expected it would. So far. Nobody shot down yet, only one recon team lost... "Is someone monitoring Cuban radio and television?" "Yes, sir. The National Security Agency. They will keep us advised." "Ummm." "What are we going to do about silo six, Admiral"..."...Gil Pascal asked. "Nothing we can do. The assault team will have to go into the landing zone blind." "The Cuban Army may be waiting." "They mightea"...Jake Grafton agreed. He put on his headset and switched between radio channels. By simply flipping switches he could monitor the aircraft tactical channels. In addition, with the new tactical com units, he and his staff could hear everything that was said on the helmet radios worn by marine officers and NCO'S. Since the signals were rebroadcast and ultimately picked up by the satellite, they were also being monitored in the war room of the White House. One of Jake's concerns was that the politicians or senior officers would be tempted to step into the middle of the operation. Although the Washington kibitzers could not communicate on the nets, they could quickly get in touch with someone who could, and an order was an order, even if ill-considered. He would worry about the politicians when the meddling started, he decided, not before. Doll Hanna was the recon team leader at dairy Bravo. He was sitting on a biological warhead assembly plant and he knew it. There wasn't a cow hi sight, two clean, modern dairy trucks sat near the entrance to the barn, and Hanna could hear air conditioners running. And the Cuban Army was guarding the place. From where he lay he could see two soldiers in cloth hats with rifles in their arms standing in front of the main entrance. He knew that there were men on the door in the rear of the building and in the old thatch-roofed farmhouse nearby. Doll Hanna touched the transmit button on his radio. "Willie, you take the two guys on the north side. Fred, you got the farmhouse. Goose, these two on the main entrance." All three men acknowledged. Doll was wearing his night-vision goggles so he could

see Goose crawling behind the milk trucks, then under them, working his way toward the entrance. It was eerie watching Goose sneak along, knowing the guards couldn't see him. Taking out two men was a challenge. Either one could raise the alarm. Goose moved like he had all night. He didn't, Doll Hanna well knew. The Osprey was out there now circling, but it wouldn't come in until he called the area clear. Still, the plane only had so much fuel and the Cubans wouldn't stay quiet forever. In fact, a truckload of soldiers could come rolling in here any minute. The troops in the Osprey, when they arrived, would set up a perimeter to keep the Cuban military away. "Doll, this is Fred. I'm going to make some noise over here." "Okay." No doubt Goose and Willie heard that transmission. Noise would cause the guards to do something. If necessary, Goose and Willie could just shoot them down. Hanna heard the faint sound of a slamming door come from the direction of the farmhouse. The guards near the main door to the dairy got to their feet, looked at each other, then started toward the house. One stopped, told the other to stay, then went on with his weapon at the ready. As he went around the truck out of sight of the guard at the door, Goose got him with a knife. Then Goose waited. The man at the door called out to his friend. Nothing. The guard looked worried. He called again, got no answer, then walked forward twenty feet or so. He stopped, cocked his head, stood looking into the darkness and trying to hear over the hum of the big air conditioners. He was standing like that when Goose stepped out from behind the truck and threw a knife. The guard dropped his rifle and pitched forward on his face. Hanna got up, trotted for the door of the barn. He passed Goose, who was bending over the second guard checking to make sure he was dead. Carefully Doll eased the door open and looked inside. There were people inside, all right, behind transparent plastic curtains that formed biological seals. They were wearing full body-and-head CBW suits, so they looked like spacemen walking around in there between trays of cultures and rows of worktables. They had apparently heard nothing above the noise of the air-ventilation system, which was a loud, steady hum. Doll eased his head back. The people in there would have to wait until the experts arrived. Major Carlos Corrado walked onto the runway of the Cienfuegos Air Base. The runway lights were off and the night was fairly dark considering that two hangars and at least five aircraft were ablaze. He could hear people shouting, about fire, about water, about missiles, about staying under cover. Straining hard he could hear several cruise missiles 'and airplanesup there in the darksamerican airplanes, because in order to save money, the Cuban Air Force, the Fuerza Aerea Revolucionaria, did not fly at night. What was happening? Where was the war? Carlos Corrado had no illusions about the difficulties involved in engaging the American military. His MiGo-29, a stripped Soviet export version, had only the most rudimentary of electronic detection equipment and lacked any active countermeasures. And his GCI site was probably in the same condition as the burning hangars behind him. If he left his radar off he would not beacon on the Americans" detection equipment. And he would be electronically blind. Perhaps if he stayed low ... Another cruise missile roared overhead and dove into the last undamaged hangar. The 750-pound warhead rocked the base, then the hangar collapsed outward, its walls silhouetted black against the yellowish white fireball caused by the warhead. Well, if the Americans were pounding Cienfuegos, they must be pulverizing Jose Marti International in Havana. Havana. The war would be in Havana, so that was where he would go. The V-22 Osprey twin-engine tiltrotor assault transport was the ultimate flying machine, or so Rita Moravia liked to tell her husband, Toad Tarkington. It hovered like a helicopter and flew like an airplane, operated from the deck of an airborne assault ship, and was at its best after the sun went down. So here she was, in the pilot's seat of a V-22 on her way to a ballistic-missile silo in the Matanzas Province of central Cuba with 24 combat-ready marines, loaded for bear. She had made a vertical takeoff from Kearsarge and was now thundering along at two thousand feet over the Cuban countryside at 250 knots, navigating by GPS and monitoring the forward-looking infrared display (Flir), which revealed the countryside ahead as if the sun were shining down from a cloudless sky. Rita's copilot was Captain Crash Wade, USMC, who earned his nickname in an unfortunate series of ski adventures, not flying accidents. Wade paid careful attention to the multi-function displays (Mfd's), computer presentations of everything the pilots needed to know, on the instrument panel in front of him. Rita was paying careful attention to the voice on the radio, which was that of Asel Ty vek, NCO in charge of the marine recon team at silo number two. Rita didn't know his real name, just his call sign, Blue One. "Old Rover, this is Blue One. I want you to hold four minutes out while we get some ordnance on this LZ. It's sizzling hot." "Old Rover, Roger."...Rita keyed the intercom. "Okay, Crash, do a holding pattern." "How come we got the hot LZ"..."...CRASH wanted to know. "Just lucky, I guessea"...Rita replied, and selected an intercom button that would allow her to talk to the lieutenant in the cargo bay with his troops. Asel Tyvek and Jamail Ali were side by side in the ditch, just thirty yards or so from the barn. The other two members of the team were also in the ditch, but well left and right. "We ought to get in the barnea"...Ali whispered, "in case the Cubans want to get in there too." "Man, those little boards ain't gonna protect anybody from anything. You just be ready in case the Cubans start diving into this damned ditch with us." "Listen, I can hear our guys coming." Tyvek strained his ears. Yep, he could just detect the distinctive beat of chopper rotors. "Snake One, Blue Oneea"...he whispered into his radio. "Cuban troops all around the barn. At least two tanks, eight or nine trucks, a couple hundred men. We're in a ditch near the barn." "Got your head down?" "Yeah." Tyvek could hear the choppers distinctly now. He eased his weapon up, put his finger on the safety. The Cubans were going to be looking for cover very shortly, and he didn't want to share the ditch. The SuperCobras eased up over the tree line, barely moving. Tyvek knew what was going to happen next, and it did. He heard the roar as Hellfire antiarmor missiles screamed toward the tanks, and he heard the explosions as they hit. He lifted his head above the ditch line for a quick peek. The tanks were smoking hulks. Even as he watched, more missiles tore into the trucks. 377 Not a standing figure could be seen. Everyone was on the ground, crawling or lying still. The two SuperCobras came closer. The noise of their engines was quite plain now. The flex three-barreled 20mm cannons opened up and rockets shot forward from the pylons under the stubby wings. The men in the yard realized they couldn't stay where they werethe area was a killing zone. Some jumped up and ran for the ditch. Fortunately few of them seemed to have weapons in their handsthe attack had caught them by surprise. "Here they comeea"...Tyvek shouted, and opened up on the men closest to the ditch. He couldn't shoot them fast enough. Men dashed for the cover of the ditch as he and Ali and the other two poured fire into them and the SuperCobras lashed the area with ordnance. Tyvek spoke into the voice-activated mike on his helmet-mounted radio. "We're gonna need some help, Old Rover. Whenever you can get here." Something heavy fell across Tyvek's legs. He spun and fired at the same time, but the man was already dead: Ali had shot him. "They're going into the barnff"...Ali shouted. He fired a whole magazine at three men trying to get through the front door. One of the men disappeared inside. Jamail Ali scrambled over the edge of the ditch and ran for the barn while Tyvek screamed at the SuperCobra gunners not to shoot him. "Snake One Four, this is Orange One."...Richard Merriweather let go of the mike and waited for an answer from the SuperCobra inbound to silo six. "Orange One, Snake One Four." "Man, we're on the wrong side of this river or creek five or six clicks south of the LZ. How about seeing if you can find us." "Are you standing up?" "In plain sight." Merriweather and his partner, Kirb Handy, stepped away from the trees. With their night-vision goggles, the SuperCobra crewmen should have no trouble seeing two men standing in an open field, and they didn't. Both the helicopters settled to earth and the marines on the ground ran to them. The pilot of the lead chopper opened his canopy as Merriweather ran over. "Where are the other guys?" "Haven't seen them or talked to them. Don't know." "Seen any bad guys?" "Nope. How about a ride over toward the barn?" "Sit on the skid and grab hold. We run into trouble, you gotta get off if we drop down low." Merriweather gave the pilot a thumbs-up and arranged himself on the skid. Handy was clinging to the skid on the other side. The chopper came slowly into a hover, then dipped its nose and began moving forward. Merriweather held on for dear life as the rotor downwash and slipstream tore at his clothing, helmet, and gear, and threatened to rip the night vision goggles from his head. What a stupid idea this was! How in hell had they ended up four miles south of the goddamned landing zone? If he ever again laid eyes on that son of a bitch who flew the Here, he was going to stomp his ass. Bryne and McCormickthose two were missing. If they were okay surely they would have checked in on the radio. Maybe their parachutes didn't open. Maybe they fell into that river. Maybe the Cubans captured them as soon as they hit the ground. Maybe, maybe, maybe... He could see the barn now. The chopper was just a few feet above the trees, making an approach to the area right in front of the damn thing. The other chopper was flying over the trees, three or four hundred yards awayclose, but not too close. Nobody in sight around the barn. Not a soul.

Merriweather jumped when the chopper was three feet off the ground, and fell on his face. He got up, staggered out from under the rotor blast. Handy appeared at his elbow. The glow of a cigarette tip showed in the door. Someone sitting there! Merriweather froze, his M-16 at the ready. A marine sat in the open door smoking d cigarette. His face and neck were coated with green and brown camo grease. His helmet and night-vision goggles lay in the dirt beside him. Merriweather walked over to the man, who said, "No one around." "Where's Bryne?" McCormick nodded toward the east. "Over there about a hundred yards. Parachute streamed, backup didn't open." "Your radio?" "Broke. Bryne's got smashed."...McCormick stood, took a last drag on the cigarette, and tossed it away. "Been sitting here waiting for you. The place is deserted, quiet as a graveyard." "Too bad about Bryne." "Left two little kids. Too fucking bad." The interior of the barn was large, empty, and dark. Merriweather used a flashlight, looked in eve caret you corner, inspected the ceiling, the floor, the nooks and crannys. Then he spoke into his boom microphone. "Let's get the Osprey into the LZ, set up a perimeter." Through her night-vision goggles, Rita Moravia could see the silo two landing zone and the hovering SuperCobras plain as day as she made her approach in the Osprey. She saw bodies lying everywhere, still-warm bodies radiating heat, and she saw living men. She transitioned to hovering flight and lowered the Osprey toward the ground between the choppers. A cloud of dirt and dust rose up, obscuring everything. She went on instruments. On the intercom she told the lieutenant to get ready. As soon as the wheels hit, the marines in back charged out the door of the Osprey and kept right on going for fifty yards, when they went down on their stomachs with their rifles at the ready. Rita didn't wait to see what was going to happen next. As soon as her crew chief said the last marine was out, she lifted the Osprey into the air, climbed straight up out of the dust cloud and only then began the transition to winged flight. The lieutenant was named Charlie Herron, and he had his orders. His primary responsibility was to ensure that the missile in that silo never left the ground. As his feet hit the ground, he flopped on his belly and waited while the roaring Osprey climbed away. When the dust began to clear, he spotted the barn and went for it on a run. Bodies and body parts lay scattered everywhere. The living men he passed sat in the dirt with empty hands reaching for the sky. Herron shouted over the radio, "Cease-fire, cease-fire. They are surrendering." Inside the barn he found Asel Tyvek standing over a dead Cuban. "Over here, Lieutenant. I think this wooden thing is a door." Tyvek and Herron opened the wooden door, which revealed a steel door with built-in combination lock. "Think there's anybody in there"..."...Herron asked. After all, Tyvek had been here longer than he had. "I don't know, sir." "Well, we gotta get in there. Let's blow the door." A charge of C-4 took less than a minute to rig. The two men took cover behind a wooden stall. The explosion was sharp, a metallic wham that rang their ears. The demolition charge cut the lock clean out of the door and warped it. The two men pried the door open. A stairway lit by naked light bulbs led away downward. Herron and Tyvek took off their night-vision goggles and let them dangle around their necks. With Herron in the lead with his pistol in his hand, the two of them descended the stairway. Aboard United States Jake Grafton was getting the blowby-blow update. Air Intelligence officers annotated the maps and briefers told him of every report from the silos. "Heavy firefight around silos one and two.""...ationo opposition at sites four, five and six.""...Ospreys on the ground at sites two, three, and four.""...SeaCobra hit and in trouble at site one.""Team leader into silo two."..."...Recon leader into silo six." Each report was entered on a checklist: there were eight of them, one for each silo and dairy site. First Lieutenant Charlie Herron and Asel Tyvek found the control room of silo two empty. A series of stairs and more steel doors led downward to the bottom of the concrete structure. The doors weren't locked. When he opened the last door, there was the missile towering upward. The shiny, painted fuselage reflected pinpoints of light from the naked bulbs arranged around the top and sides of the concrete silo. Under the missile was a steel grate over a black hole. That was the flame pit, to exhaust the flame and gases when the missile was launched. A circular steel stairway led up to a catwalk. From the catwalk it appeared a person could reach over and gain access to the missile's warhead and control panel. Herron bolstered his pistol and turned to Sergeant Tyvek. "See if you can figure out a way to safety this bottle rocket so they can't fire it from Havana while I'm working on it." "Lieutenant, I've got bad news for you. I don't know shit about guided missiles." "Well, you sure as hell don't want to be standing here with your thumb up your butt if they light this thing off. Now go look for a switch or something." "Yes, sir" Tyvek said, and disappeared back up the stairway. Herron took the steps two at a time. He hoped he would find what he expected when he got to the catwalk, although he thought a lot of the old Russian engineer's explanation had been pure bullshit. Somebody had found an engineer in Russia who said he helped design these missilesthe guy was hi his eighties. They had him on television for an hour explaining how the business end of the missile was put together. The engineer spoke not a word of English so a translator did the talking. The man had a hell of a memory or was lying through his teeth. Herron was about to find out which was the case. "If it's typical Russian stuffea"...the American briefer said, "you'll be able to work on it with pliers and screwdrivers. American designers could learn a lot from Russian engineers, who design for ease of maintenance." They gave each officer and NCO who might get near a missile a small tool pouch. Herron examined the access panel, which was only about six inches long by six inches high, and curved, a part of the missile's skin. The screws holding it hi place looked like Dzus fasteners. They weren't, though: they were plain old screws. Careful not to drop mem, he unscrewed them one by one and put the screws hi a shirt pocket. There were a dozen screws, just like the Russian engineer said. Okay! So far so good. Sweat dripped down his nose, ran into his eyes. He wiped the palms of his hands on his camo pants and used his sleeve to swab his face, then went back to twisting the screwdriver. He worked as quickly as he could. comFinally he took out the last screw. Carefully, ever so carefully, Herron pulled off the access panel and laid it on the catwalk by his feet. He dug a small flashlight from his pocket. Looking through the access panel, he could see lots of wires. And a stainless-steel sphere about the size of a basketball. That, he concluded, must be the biological warhead. The missile had been designed for a nuclear warhead, which would have been round, so the biological warhead had to go into the same space. Yet the warhead was too large to come out this little six-inch access hole. Charlie Herron reached through the hole to his elbow, felt upward with his ear against the skin of the missile. Yes, he could feel the latch. He opened it. Now down ... one there too. Right, then left. With the last latch open, he pulled at the panel he had his arm in. It came out in his hand, making a hole at least twenty inches across. So the engineer had been telling the truth. Herron turned to put the panel on the catwalk... and dropped it. It fell, striking the side of the missile, finally landing on the grate at the bottom with a tinny sound, much like the lid of a garbage can. Charlie Herron grabbed the rails of the catwalk and held on to keep from falling. He wiped his face on his sleeves, the palms of his hands on his trousers. Using a pair of wire snips, the lieutenant began clipping wires, then pulling the ends out of the way so he could see how the warhead was held in place. William Henry Chance and Tommy Carmellini stepped from their Osprey transport wearing their CBW suits. Two marines similarly clad followed them. Each marine carried a cylinder about six feet long and five inches in diameter balanced on his shoulder. Doll Hanna was waiting for them as they approached the main entrance. "I count five people in the clean areaea"...he said. "They don't know we're here yet. The aircirculation system is pretty loud." Chance went to the partially open door and eased his head around for a peek. He counted the people inside. Five. He had been thinking about this moment ever since Jake Grafton asked him to take out this facility. If the integrity of the sealed area was broken before the fire got hot enough to destroy the virus, some of the virus might escape. If there were any free viruses in the air inside there, or if one of the culture trays was broken, intentionally or unintentionally ... How much was some? Who could say? He pulled his head back, looked at Doll Hanna, looked at the marines carrying the cylinders on their shoulders. Well, it was a hell of a risk. A hell of a risk. Just then William Henry Chance wished he were back in New York City, eating dinner at a nice restaurant or preparing a case for trial or sitting at home with the woman who had shared his life for the past ten years. Anywhere but here. "Give me your rifleea"...he said to Hanna, who handed him. his M-16. "Is it loaded?" "Full. Selector is on single shot. This is the safety."...Hanna touched it. "Okayea"...sd William Henry Chance. He turned to Carmellini. "If worse comes to worst, you know what to do." Carmellini didn't say anything. The dumb shit is probably wishing he was safe and snug in a federal pen, Chance thought. He pointed the rifle at the ground and held it close to his leg, then eased the door open and stepped inside. No Cuban saw him. They were looking intently at something in a sealed unit with remote-control arms. A radio was playing somewhere, playing loudly. Chance stepped into the air lock, stood there looking at the people while he waited for the interior door to unlock automatically.

He recognized the voice on the radio: Alejo Vargas. The gravelly flat delivery was unmistakable. "My fellow Cubans, now is the hour to rally to the defense of our holy mother country. Tonight even as I speak the nation is under attack from American military forces, who have leveled the awesome might of their armed forces against the eleven million peaceful'people of Cuba." Ten seconds passed, fifteen, twenty. After a half minute, the interior door clicked. Chance pushed it open and stepped into the lab. Racks holding eight or ten culture trays each stood beside the benches. He lifted the rifle, thumbed off the safety, walked forward toward the working figures, who still had their backs to him. The tables on both sides of the aisles contained tools, parts, glassware, specialized instruments. "Join with me in fighting the forces of the devil, the forces of capitalism and exploitation that seek to enslave the Cuban people so that the Yanquis can manufacture more dollars for themselves...." One of the workers spotted Chance when he was ten feet away, and turned in his direction. Chance gestured with the rifle, motioned for them to raise their hands. They did so. still should just shoot them, he thought, acutely aware of the culture trays just beside his elbow, and theirs. Maybe I won't have to. Backing up between two tables, he jerked his head back the way he had come, toward the air lock, gestured with the barrel of the rifle. "Our hour of glory is nowea"...Alejo Vargas thundered, "an hour that will live in all of Cuban history as the supreme triumphant moment of our people, that moment in the history of the world when we humble people struck back against the enslaver and oppressor and became forever free...." Slowly, watching Chance, the closest man began moving, passed him, kept walking with his hands up. The second man passed. The third ... He was turning to look at the fourth man when the man grabbed the barrel of the rifle with one hand and stabbed Chance in the solar plexus with the other. William Henry Chance looked down at the handle sticking out of his abdomen. A screwdriver! The man had stabbed him with a screwdriver. The man was fighting him for the rifle! A shot. He heard a shot over the noise of the aircirculation fans. The man who stabbed him collapsed. More shots. Chance fell. His legs didn't work anymore and he was having trouble breathing. "Kill the American enslavers wherever you find them, wherever they choose to shovel their odious filth onto a committed socialist peopleea"...Vargas shouted over the radio. "Beloved Cuba, the mother of us all, needs our strong right arms," On the floor, his vision narrowing to tiny points of light, fighting for air he couldn't get, William Henry Chance felt someone roll him over. Through the face plate on the mask of the man who held him, he could just make out Carmellini's features. "You should have shot 'emea"...Carmellini shouted. "You stupid bastard, you should have shot 'em." Chance was trying to suck in enough air to reply when his heart stopped. Carmellini and the two marines in CBW suits carried the aluminum cylinders they had brought from the Osprey into the lab and set them down. There was not a moment to be lost. Bullets had gone through several of the men lying dead on the floor and punctured the transparent plastic walls of the facility. The two marines went back after more cylinders while Carmellini brought plastic cans of gasoline through the air lock. He didn't have time to wait for the lock to work, so he jammed the door so it would not close. Please God, don't let the viruses out. With six cylinders on the floor near the cultures and ten gallons of gasoline sitting nearby, Carmellini was ready. The five Cubans who were working in the lab lay where they had fallen. Chance's body lay where he died. Carmellini ignored the bodies as he worked. He gestured to the marines to leave, then turned to the nearest cylinder, which was a five-inch-diameter magnesium flare designed to be dropped from an airplane. A small steel ring was taped to the side of the thinghe tore that off and pulled it out as far as it would go, which was ab"...a foot. Then he gave it a mighty tug, which tore it loose in his hand. He laid the cylinder on the wooden floor and walked for the air lock. As he went through he released the door, allowing it to close. He still had a few seconds, so he stood in the lock as the suction tore at his CBW suit, trying to cleanse it of dust and stray viruses. But he was running out of time. He pushed the emergency button and let himself out of the lock through the exterior door. Walking swiftly, he exited the barn and strode for the waiting Osprey. Doll Hanna was standing there with a rifle in his arms. "Let's get the men"...Carmellini began, but the ignition of the flare stopped him. The glare of a hundred-millioncandlepower magnesium fire leaked out of the barn through the door and cracks in the siding. "Let's get the hell out of here before it goes up like a rocketea"...Carmellini shouted, and trotted for the Osprey. Three minutes later, with all the people aboard and the plane airborne, he went to the cockpit and looked back. The fire was as bright as a welder's torch, so brilliant it hurt his eyes to look. The heat of the first flare had set off the second, and so on. The heat from the first few flares probably caused the gasoline cans to explode, raising the temperature dramatically and helping ignite the other flares. "Think the fire will kill all the viruses"..."...the pilot asked. "I don't knowea"...Carmellini said grimly, and went back to his seat. He didn't have any juice to waste on the merely worried. There were just too many Cuban troops at silo one. The two SuperCobras assigned there expended their Hellfire missiles on the tanks and trucks, then scourged the area with 20-mm cannon shells. Between them the assault choppers fired fifteen hundred rounds of 20-mm. As the first two assault choppers left the arena to refuel and rearm, Battlestar Control aboard United States routed other SuperCobras to the site. They began flaying the area with a vengeance. The problem was that the troops were fairly well dug in. Almost a thousand men had arrived in the area early that morning under an energetic young commander who had ordered trenches dug and machine guns emplaced in earth and log fortifications. Two small bulldozers helped with the digging. The machine-gun nests were gone now, victims of Hellfire missiles, but the troops in trenches were harder to kill. . Fortunately for the Cubans, the trenches were not straight, but zigged and zagged around trees and stones and natural obstacles. The young commander was dead now, killed by a single cannon shell that tore his head off when he tried to look over the lip of a trench to find the SuperCobras. Most of his officers were also dead. One of the SuperCobras had been shot down by machine-gun fire. A Cuban trooper with an AK-47 killed the pilot of another with a lucky shot in the neck. The first chopper managed to autorotate down-, and the crew jumped from their machine into an empty trench. The copilot of the second machine flew it out of the battle and headed for the refueling and rearming site the marines had established in a sugarcane field between silos three and four. The SuperCobras on site were almost out of ammo, and they too went to the refueling site, where they were fueled from bladders and rearmed with ammo brought in by Ospreys from Kearsarge. Then they rejoined the fray. The noise of eight assault choppers hovering around the battlefield that centered on the barn did the trick. One by one, the Cubans threw down their weapons and climbed out of their trenches with their hands over their heads. Several of the SuperCobras turned on their landing lights and hovered over the barn, turning this way and that so that their lights shone over the men, living and dead, that littered the ground. Minutes later an Osprey landed just a hundred feet from the entrance to the barn. Toad Tarkington was the last man out. He was ten feet from the V-22 and running like hell when it lifted off and another settled onto the same spot. Marines with rifles at the ready came pouring out. With his engines running and the canopy closed, Major Carlos Corrado taxied his MiGo-29 toward the runway at Cienfuegos. Two rnen walked ahead of the fighter with brooms, sweeping shrapnel and rocks off the concrete so the fighter's tires would not be cut. They weren't worried about this stuff going in the intakes: on the ground the MiGo-29's engines breathed through blow-down panels on top of the fuselage while the main intakes remained closed. Inside the fighter Corrado was watching his electronic warning equipment. As he suspected, the Americans had a bunch of radars aloft tonight, everything from large search radars to fighter radars. He immediately recognized the radar signature of the F-14 Tomcat, which he had seen just a week or so ago out over the Caribbean. Yep, they were up there, and as soon as his wheels came up, they would be trying to kill him. Carlos Corrado taxied his MiGo-29 onto the runway and shoved the twin throttles forward to the stop, then into afterburner. The MiGo-29 rocketed forward. Safely airborne, Corrado raised the landing gear and came out of afterburner. Passing 400 knots, he lowered the nose and retarded the throttles, then swung into a turn that would point the sleek Russian fighter at Havana. Inside the barn at silo one, Toad Tarkington took in the carnage at a glance. He was the first American through the door. Cannon shells and shrapnel from Hellfire warheads had played hob with the wooden barn structure. Holes and splintered boards and timbers were everywherestanding inside, Toad could see the landing lights of the helicopters and hear Americans shouting. Apparently several dozen men had taken refuge in the barn; their bloody bodies lay where the bullets or shrapnel or splinters from the timbers cut them down. The floor and walls were splattered with blood. Toad found the wooden door, got it open, used his flashlight to examine the steel inner door. He set three C-4 charges around the combination lock and took cover. The charges tore the lock out of the door and warped the thing so badly it wouldn't open. Toad struggled with it, only got it open because two marines came in to check out the interior and gave him a hand. The stairway on the other side of the door was in total darkness. Not a glimmer of light. With his flashlight in his left hand and his pistol in his right, Toad slowly worked his way down. He saw lightbulbs in sockets over his head, but they were not on. Once he came to a switch. He flipped it on and off several times. No electrical power. At the bottom of the stairs he came to a larger room. The beam of the flashlight caught an instrument panel, a control console. A bit of a face ... Toad brought the light back to the face. A white face, eyes scrunched against the flashlight glare. An old man, skinny, with short white hair, frozen in the flashlight beam, holding his hands above his head. The radar operator in the E-3 Sentry AW ACS plane over Key West was the first to see the MiGo-29 get airborne from Cienfuegos. He keyed the intercom and reported the sighting to the supervisor, who used the computer to verify the track, then reported it to Battlestar Control. The AW ACS crew reported the MiGo as a bogey and assigned it a track number. They would be able to classify it as to type as soon as the pilot turned on his radar. Unfortunately, Carlos Corrado failed to cooperate. He disleft his radar switch in the off position. He also stayed low, just a few hundred meters above the treetops. There are few places more lonely than the cockpit of a single-piloted airplane-at night when surrounded by the enemy. Corrado felt that loneliness now, felt as if he were the only person still alive on Spaceship Earth. The red glow of the cockpit lights comforted him somewhat: this was really the only home he had ever had. The lights of Havana were prominent tnhe saw the glow at fifty miles even though he was barely a thousand feet above sea level. He climbed a little higher, looking, and saw a huge fire, quite brilliant. Carlos Corrado turned toward the fire. Perhaps he would find some airborne targets. He turned on his gun switch and armed the infrared missiles. The E-2 controller datalinked the bogey information to the F-14 crew patrolling over central Cuba at 30,000 feet. There should have been two F-14's, a section, but one plane had mechanical problems prior to launch, so there was only one fighter on this station. The bogey appeared on the scope of the radar intercept officer, the RIO, in the rear seat of the Tomcat. He narrowed the scan of his radar and tried to acquire a lock on the target, which was merely a blip that faded in and out against the ground clutter. "What the hell is it"..."...the pilot demanded, referring to the bogey. "I don't knowea"...was the reply, and therein was the problem. Without a positive identification, visual or electronic, of the bogey, the rules of engagement prohibited the American pilot from firing his weapons. There were simply too many American planes and helicopters flying around in the darkness over Cuba to allow people to blaze away at unknown targets. The darkness below was alive with lights, the lights of cities and small towns, villages, vehicles, and here and there, antiaircraft artilleryflakwhich was probing the darkness with random bursts. Fortunately the gunners could not use radar to acquire a, targetthe instant they turned a radar on, they drew a HARM missile from the EA-6BS and FirstA-18's that circled on their assigned stations, listening. The F-14 pilot, whose name was Wallace P. "Stiff" Hardwick, got on the radio to Battlestar Control. "Battlestar, Showtime One Oh Nine, request permission to investigate this bogey." "Wait." Stiff expected that. Being a fighter pilot in this day and age wasn't like the good old days, when you went cruising for a fight. Not that he was there for the good old days, but Stiff had sure heard about them. "That goddamn Cuban is gonna zap somebody while the people on the boat are scratching their assea"...Stiff told his RIO, Boots VonRauenzahn. "Yeahea"...sd Boots, who never paid much attention to Stiff's grousing.

STEPHEN COONTS Carlos Corrado saw that a building was on fire, burning with extraordinary intensity. Never had he seen such a hot flre. He assumed that the building had been bombed by a cruise missile or American plane disand began visually searching the sky nearby for some hint of another aircraft. He flew right over the V-22 Osprey carrying Tommy Carmellini and Doll Hanna back to the ship and never saw it. A lot of flak was rising from the outskirts of Havana, so Carlos turned east, away from it. In the black velvet ahead he saw lights, and steered toward them. At 500 knots he closed quickly, and saw helicopters' landing lights! They were flying back and forth over a large barn! They must be Americansthey sure as hell weren't Cuban. As far as he knew, he was the only Cuban in the air tonight. Corrado flew past the areanow down to 400 knots and did a 90-degree left turn, then a 270-degree right turn. Level, inbound, he retarded the throttles of the two big engines. Three hundred knots... he picked the landing lights on some land of strange-looking twin rotor helicopter and pushed the nose over just a tad, bringing the strange chopper into the gunsight. Then he pulled the trigger on the stick. The 30-mm cannon shells smashed into Rita Moravia's Osprey with devastating effect. She was in the midst of a transition from wing-borne to rotor-borne flight and had the engines pointed up at a seventy-degree angle. The rotors were carrying most of the weight of the twenty-ton ship, so when the cannon shells ripped into the right engine and it ceased developing power, the V-22 began sinking rapidly. The good engine automatically went to emergency torque and transferred some of its power to the rotor of the bad engine through a driveshaft that connected the two rotor transmissions. With shells thumping into the plane and warning lights flashing, Rita felt the right wing sag. Some of the shells must have damaged the right transmission! The ground rushed at her, even as cannon shells continued to strike the plane. She pulled the stick back and left, trying to make the right rotor take a bigger bite. Then the machine struck the earth and the instrument panel smashed into her night vision goggles. In the missile control room, Toad Tarkington held his flashlight on the old man as he produced a candle from his pocket and a kitchen match. He lit the match and applied it to the candle's wick. One candle wasn't much, but it did light the room. Toad turned off the flashlight and stood there looking at the old man. Muffled crashing sounds reached him, echoed down the stairwell, but no one came. Toad's headset was quiet too, probably since he was underground. "Do you speak English"..."...Toad asked the white-haired man in front of him. The old man shook his head. "Espanol?" "Si, senor." "Well, I don't." Toad walked over and checked the man, who had no visible weapons on him. He had a handful of plastic ties in his pocket. These ties were issued to every marine for the sole purpose of securing prisoners' hands, and feet if necessary. Toad put a tie around the old man's hands. The man didn't resist; merely sat at the control console with his face a mask, showing no emotion. "Cuban"..."...Toad asked. "Nyet." "Russki?" The white head bobbed once, then was still. Toad used the flashlight to inspect the console, to examine the instruments. This stuff was old, he could see that. Everything was mechanical, no digital gauges or readouts, no computer displays ... the console reminded Toad of the dashboard of a 1950's automobile, with round gauges and bezels and ... Well, without power, all this was academic. His job was to get that damned warhead out of the missile, then set demolition charges to destroy all this stuff, missile, control room, and all. He left the Russian at the console and opened the blast-proof door across the room from the stair where he had entered. Another stairway led downward. Toad went as quickly as he dared, still holding the flashlight hi one hand and his pistol in the other. He went through one more steel door... and there the missile stood, white and massive and surreal in the weak beam of the flashlight. The aviation radio frequencies exploded when Rita's plane was shot down as everyone tried to talk at once. Battlestar Control finally managed to get a word in over the babble, a call to Stiff Hardwick. "Go down for a look. Possible hostile may have shot down an Osprey." Stiff didn't need any urging. He rolled the Tomcat onto its back, popped the speed brakes, and started down. "Silo oneea"...Boots said. "This bogey is flitting around down there like a goddamn bat or something, mixing it up with the SuperCobras and Ospreys. Let's not shoot down any of the good guys." "No shitea"...sd Stiff, who was sure he could handle any Cuban fighter pilot alive. This guy was meat on the table: he just didn't know it yet. Carlos Corrado pulled out of his strafing ran and soared up to three thousand feet. He extended out for eight or nine miles before he laid the fighter over in a hard turn. He had seen helicopters d6wn there, at least two. It was time to use the radar. As he stabilized inbound he flipped the radar switch to "transmit." He pushed the button for moving targets and sure enough, within seconds the pulse-doppler radar in the nose of the MiGo-29 had found three. The rest of the drill was simplicity xfhe selected an Aphid missile, locked it on a target, and fired. Working quickly, he selected a second missile, locked on a second target, and fired. He had to keep the targets illuminated while the Aphids were in flight, so he continued inbound toward the silo. One of the SuperCobras exploded when an Aphid drilled it dead center. The second missile tore the tail rotor off its target, which spun violently into the ground and caught fire. Carlos Corrado flew across the barn, holding his heading, extending out before he turned to make another shooting pass. Toad Tarkington found the circular steel ladder leading upward in the missile silo and began climbing. When he reached the catwalk he walked around the missile, examining the skin. There was the little access port, six inches by six inches, with the dozen screws! That had to be it. Toad Tarkington put the flashlight under his left armpit and got out a screwdriver. He had three screws out when the flashlight slipped out of his armpit and fell. It bounced off the catwalk and went on down beside the missile, breaking when it hit the grate at the bottom. The darkness in the silo was total. Toad Tarkington cursed softly, and went back to taking out screws. He worked by feel. Someone would come along in a minute, he thought, bringing another flashlight: If someone didn't, he would take the time to go find another. The trick, he knew, would be to hold on to the screwdriver. He only had one, and if he dropped it, it would go down the grate. He heard muffled noises from above, but he couldn't tell what they were. It didn't really matter, he decided. Getting this warhead out of this missile was priority one. Carefully, working by feel, he removed the screws from the access panel one by one. When he had the last one out, he pried at the panel. It came off easily enough and he laid it on the catwalk near his feet. So far so good. He carefully stowed the screwdriver in his tool bag and wiped the sweat from his face and hands. Okay. Toad reached up to find the latch that the ancient Russian engineer on television had said should be here. God knows where the CIA found that guy! Yep. He found the latch. He rotated it. Now the latch on the left. He was having his troubles getting that latch to turn when the lights came on in the silo. From instant darkness to glaring light from twenty or more bulbs. Toad Tarkington pulled his arm from the missile, clapped his hands over his eyes and squinted, waiting for his eyes to adjust. He could hear a hum. Must be a fan or blower moving air. No. The hum was in the missile, just a foot or two from his head. Something winding up. The pitch was rising rapidly. A gyro? What was going on? Toad started down the ladder, moving as fast as he could go, intending to go to the control room to see what in hell was happening. He heard a grinding noise, loud, low-pitched, and looked up. The cap on the silo was opening. Holy... He still had his tools. If he could get that access panel off and cut the guidance wires, the wires to control the warhead... Toad Tarkington scrambled back up the ladder, The little six-by-six access hole gaped at him. He ran his arm in, trying to reach the other latches that would allow the large panel to come off. He got one open. The gyro had ceased to accelerateit was running steadily now, a high-pitched steady whine. Holy shit! He was out of time: the fire from the missile's engines would fry him to a cinder. He heard the igniters firing, popping like jet engine igniters. The rocket motors lit with a mighty whoosh. Toad grabbed for the access hole with both hands, held on desperately as the missile began to rise on a column of fire. The noise was beyond deafeningit was the loudest thing Toad Tarkington had ever heard, a soul-numbing roar that made his flesh quiver and vibrated his teeth. Rising ... the missile was rising, dragging him off the catwalk. He clung to the access hole with all his strength, The missile came out of the silo, past the floor of the barn, accelerating, going up, up, up.... The tip of the missile burst through the rotten, shattered roof and threw wood in every direction. As it did Toad curled his feet up against the fuselage of the missile, released his hold on the access hole, and kicked off. He flew through the darkness, bounced on the collapsing roof, felt the blast of furnace heat as the rocket motors singed him, then he was falling, falling.... * * * Stiff Hardwick couldn't believe his eyes. He had his F-14 Tomcat down at 4,000 feet, fifteen miles from silo one, and was impatiently waiting for Boots to sort out the villain from the other airborne targets in the area when he saw the ballistic missile rising into the night sky on a cone of whitehot fire. "Jesus Christff"...he swore over the radio, "the bastards have launched one." "Lock it up, Bootsea"...Stiff screamed, still on the radio, although he thought he was on the intercom. "Lock it up and we'll shoot an AMRAAM."...The acronym stood for advanced medium-range air-to-air missile. Boots was trying. The problem was that the ballistic missile was essentially stationary hi relation to the earth. It was accelerating upward, of course, but its velocity over the ground was close to zero just now. The designers of the F-14 weapons system did not envision that the crew would want to shoot missiles at stationary targets, so Boots was having his troubles. Frustrated, he snarled at Stiff, "Go to heat, goddamnit. Shoot a "winder at that exhaust." "A 'winder ain't gonna dent that fucking thingea"...Stiff replied, his logic impeccable. He was on the ICS now. "We'll come up under it and shoot as it accelerates upward." "Okay! Okay!" And that is what he did. As the missile accelerated upward, Stiff Hardwick kept his nose down, punched the burners full on and accelerated in toward the launch site, then pulled up to put the climbing, accelerating ballistic missile in front of him. Now Boots got a radar lock. The symbology on the HUD was alive, showing the target, the boresight angle, the drift angle.... Stiff Hardwick lifted his thumb to fire the first AMRAAM. As he did an infrared missile from Carlos Cor- CUBA . rado's MiGo-29 went up his right tailpipe and blew a stabilator off the F-14. Jake Grafton heard all of it. "A missile is in the air! Just came out of silo oneff"...was the shout over the radio. He picked up the red telephone, the direct satellite connection with the White House. "Mr. President, I don't know what happened, but apparently the Cubans have launched one." The president must have heard the shouts over the net the same as Jake did. His question was, "What is the target?" Jake had the targets memorized. "It came out of silo one, sir. The target is Atlanta." "Thank you, Admiralea"...the president said mechanically, and hung up. When Toad Tarkington came to, the night was quiet. He was lying on cool earth, the sky above was dark... and there was a marine standing over him with his mouth moving. He was deaf. He had lost his hearing. Toad sat up, fell over, forced himself into a sitting po caret sition again. He ached all over, every muscle and tendon screamed in protest. But he was alive. He got to his feet, swaying. The marine helped steady him. . The barn was right there beside him. He pulled his pistol, staggered for the entrance. The interior was a shambles, the stench nearly unbearable from bodies fried and seared by the exhaust of the missile. Toad pulled boards out of the way to get to the open door that led down to the control room. The lights were still on. Using a palm on one wall to steady himself, he descended the stair. The old man was still sitting at the console, still wearing the tie around his wrists. He looked at Toad dispassionately. "You bastardea"...Toad said. He said the words but he could barely hear them. "You foul, evil old man." A young marine who had followed Toad down the stairs grabbed the white-haired old man, shoved him toward the stairs. "Get going, you old fart! Upstairs,-upstairs." Tarkington sagged to his knees on the floor, then stretched out. He was so tired.... Boots VonRauenzahn pulled the ejection handle, and both he and Stiff Hardwick were launched from Showtime One Oh Nine a fraction of a second apart. Stiff got his wits about him as he hung in his parachute harness in the night sky. He could see the ballistic missile accelerating into the skyit was now a bright spot of light amid the starsand he could see the burning wreckage of his Tomcat as it fluttered toward the ground. He couldn't see the MiGo-29 that had shot him down. He could hear him though, a rumble that muffled the fading roar of the ballistic missile heading for space. What he didn't know was that Carlps Corrado had decided that his fuel state didn't allow him to jab the Americans anymore this night. He was on his way back to Cienfuegos. With his radar off. The SPY-IB radar aboard Hue City acquired the rising ballistic missile as it rose over the rim of the earth and transmitted the information by datalink to Guilford Courthouse, which picked up the missile on its own radar seconds later. Hue City's tactical action officer (Tao) in the Combat Control Center reached out and pushed the squawk-box button for the bridge, notifying her captain. "Sir, we have a possible ATBM threat, bearing one hundred seventy-five degrees true."...An ATBM was ah antitactical ballistic missile threat. The information from the SPY-IB radar was fed into the Aegis weapons system, which used the radar to control SM-2 missiles. The TAO waited for the computer to present the specifics of the target's trajectory. Her orders were to shoot down any missiles launched from Cuba over the Florida Straits. To do that, she would use the latest version of the SM-2 missile, of which her ship carried eight. Guilford Courthouse also carried eight of these weapons, which had an extraordinary envelope. They could fly as far as 300 nautical mites and as high as 400,000 feet, about 66 nautical miles. The ballistic missile that was flying now was still climbing and accelerating. The trick was to shoot it over the Florida Straits before it got out of the SM-2 envelope. The captain was on the squawk box. "You may fire anytimeea"...the old man said. The TAO was Lieutenant (junior grade) Melinda Robinson. Her mother had wanted her to be a dancer and her father wanted her to take up law, his profession, but she chose the navy, confounding them both. Just now she concentrated on the computer presentations on the large, 42-inch by 42-inch console in front of her. . 'Two missilesea"...Robinson ordered. She was tempted to fire four, but the Cubans might launch more ballistic missiles, so she couldn't afford to run out of ammo. "Fire oneea"...she said. The SM-2 Tactical Aegis LEAP (lightweight exoatmospheric projectile) missile roared from the vertical launcher in front of the ship's bridge in a blaze of fire. Two seconds later a second missile roared after the first. Guilford Courthouse also fired two missiles. The solid fuel third-stage boosters of the SM-2 missiles lifted them through the bulk of the atmosphere, and finally separated at an altitude of 187,000 feet. The second stages ignited now, lifting the interceptor missiles higher and higher. At 300,000 feet the second stage of the missile pitched over and ejected the nose cone of the missile, exposing the infrared sensor of the kinetic-energy kill vehicle. The motor continued to burn for another sixteen seconds, carrying the kill vehicle higher and still faster. At 370,000 feet the kill vehicle was aligned by its GPS'-AIDED inertial unit and was ejected from the missile. Tracking the target now at 375,000 feet of altitude, the kill vehicle homed in on the ballistic missile's final stage at 6,000 miles per hour. And hit it. The second missile missed by a hundred feet, the third struck a piece of the target missile, and the fourth missed by seven feet. "Admiral Grafton, Hue City reports the ballistic missile was destroyed over the Straits." Jake picked up the telephone to the White House and waited for someone to. answer. "Hue City, an Aegis cruiser, reports the Cuban missile was destroyed over the Straits." The president didn't say anything, but Jake could feel his relief. When he did speak, he sounded tired. "How many warheads are still in those missiles?" "Only one left, sir. Number four. There are no Cubans there but the marines are having trouble getting the warhead out of the missile." "Are you destroying the missiles when they are sanitized?" "Yes, sir. A magnesium flare ignited near the nose cone. The heat melts it, then finally ignites the solid fuel and causes an explosion in the silo." "You destroyed the warhead manufacturing facility?" "Yes, sir." "All that's left is the lab at the university?" "That's correct." "I want it destroyed, Admiral." 'There will be casualties, sir, American and Cuban. That thing is smack in the middle of downtown Havana."..."...I understand that. Destroy it.""...We'll do it tomorrow nightea"...Jake Grafton said. Toad Tarkington found Rita putting a bandage on her copilot, Crash Wade, who had smashed his face into the instrument panel when their Osprey crashed. Half the marines aboard had been injured, but by some miracle only two were killed. The Osprey was a total loss. Toad put his hands on Rita's shoulders. She turned and he saw a large goose-egg bump on her forehead, one already turning purple. One of her eyes was also black and slightly swollen. He knelt beside her. "How's your head?" "I'm okay. Didn't even knock me out." "And Crash?" "The wound that's bleeding is pulpyI think his skull is smashed. He doesn't seem to recognize me or anybody." When she had Wade's wounds bandaged, she and Toad walked over to a tree and sat down. "Somebody said a MiGo shot us down, Toad. Cannon holes all over the right engine nacelle. I couldn't save it." She was so tired. When he leaned back against the tree she put her head down in his lap. By dawn Jake Grafton had five biological warheads locked up aboard United States; five intermediate-range ballistic missiles had been melted and burned in their silos; and every uniformed American and flyable military aircraft was out of Cuba. It had been a tight squeeze. Over half the SuperCobra helicopters lacked the fuel to return across the Florida Straits to Key West, nor was there room for them on the decks of U. S. ships off the Cuban coast. More fuel in flexible bladders was flown in from Kearsarge. The choppers were refueled, then launched for Key West. Four of the SuperCobras had been shot down, and one had suffered so much battle damage it was unsafe to fly and had to be destroyed. Prowlers and Hornets armed with HARM missiles continued to patrol over central Cuba all night, ready to attack any radar that came on the air. Above them F-14's cruised back and forth, ready to engage any bogey brave enough to-take to the sky. Several Cuban Army units probed gently at the marines guarding the silo sites while they prepared to withdraw, but a few bursts of machine-gun fire and mortar shells from the marines were enough to discourage further attention. The marines eventually disengaged and pulled out unmolested. When he landed his MiGo-29 at Cienfuegos, Major Carlos Corrado found that he couldn't get fuel. Two cruise missiles had destroyed the fuel trucks and electrical pumping unit; all fueling would have to be done by hand, a slow, labor-intensive process. Disgusted, Corrado walked to the nearest bar in town, where he was a regular, and proceeded to get drunk, his usual evening routine. By dawn he was passed out in his bunk in the barracks, sleeping it off. In Havana the next morning, Alejo Vargas summoned the senior officers of the Cuban Army, Navy, and Air Force to the presidential palace for a verbal hiding. "Cowards, fools, traitorsea"...he raged, so infuriated he quivered. "We had them in the palm of our hand, and all we had to do was make a fist. A red-handed apprehension of the American pirates would have brought the applause and respect of the Cuban people. A haul of American prisoners in uniform would have given us instant credibility. This was our chance." "Senor Presidente, the troops would not obey. They refused to attack. When the troops refuse to obey direct orders, what would you have us do?" "Shoot some generalsea"...Vargas snapped. "Shoot some colonels. Scared men fight best." "If we shot the generals and colonels the men would shoot usea"...General Alba explained, and he meant it. "The Americans are too well equipped, too well trained, too well armed. Their firepower is overwhelming. To fight them toeto-toe would be suicidal, and the men know that." Alba's logic was unassailable. To complain now that the Cuban Army, Navy, and Air Force did not do what he, Vargas, knew they could not do was illogical and selfdefeating. No military force on the planet could whip the Americans in a stand-up fight, which was precisely why he had spent the last three years developing a biologicalwarfare capability. Temper tantrums will get me no place, Vargas reminded himself, and willed himself back under control. He sat down at his desk, made a gesture to the others to seat themselves. "Gentlemen, we must move forward. I have trust and confidence in you, and I hope you have the same in me. You are of course correctwe cannot overcome the Americans militarily. We must outwit them to prevail. With your help, it still can be done." They sat looking at him expectantly. "The laboratory where the biological agent for the warheads was created is in the science building of the University of Havana. Last night the Americans destroyed the warhead-manufacturing facility and our six operational ballistic missiles. All the American cruise missiles, the airplanes, the assault troops were employed to that end. Tonight the Americans will try to destroy the laboratory." "Why did they not attack the lab last night"..."...Alba asked. "You are the military manyou tell me. Perhaps they lacked sufficient assets, perhaps they did not have political support to create massive amounts of Cuban casualties or sustain significant American casualtiesI do not know. The most likely explanation is that they were afraid of inadvertently releasing biological agents. Whatever, the lab is still intact and capable of producing polio viruses in sufficient quantity to supply a weapons program. The minds directing the American military effort will not ignore that laboratory." "Senor Presidente, what would you have us do?" Alejo Vargas smiled. He leaned forward in his chair and began explaining. 'Tell me what happenedea"...Jake Grafton said to Toad Tarkington when Toad got back aboard the carrier. The sky was gray in the east by then, and Toad was filthy and bone tired. A stretcher team from the ship's hospital met the Osprey on the flight deck and took Rita and Crash Wade below for examination. Toad told his boss everything he thought lie would want to know about the battle around silo one, about the missile rising, holding on to the tiny open access port, kicking off as the missile went through the barn roof, falling.... He didn't tell Jake t.he was so scared he thought he was going to die, and he left out how he felt when they told him Rita had been shot down just in front of the barn. He didn't mention how he felt when he realized she was alive, bruised up but alive. He didn't have to tell him, because Jake Grafton could read all that in his face. The admiral listened, looking very tired and sad, and said nothing. Just nodded. Then patted him on the shoulder and sent him to take a shower and get a few hours" sleep. The young CIA officer, Tommy Carmellini, sat in the dirty-shirt wardroom with a stony face, his jaw set. Chance was dead and he didn't want to talk about it. He talked about the mission when Jake Grafton asked, however, told the admiral how it had gone, assured him' that all the cultures in the building had been destroyed. "The problem is that the bastards may have cultures stashed anyplace. Vargas may have a potful under his bed, just in case." "Yesea"...Jake Grafton said, "I understand." He did understand. To be absolutely certain of eradicating all the poliomyelitis virus in Cuba, he would need to burn the whole island to a cinder. Jake went to his stateroom and tried to get a few hours" sleep himself. Tired as he was, sleep wouldn't come. He tossed and turned as he thought about the battle just ended and the one still to come. What had he learned from last night's battle? What could go wrong tonight? After an hour of frustration, he took a long, hot shower. This time when he lay down he dozed off. Two hours later he was wide awake. He put on a clean uniform and headed for his office. Toad was already there huddled with Gil Pascal. "Rita's okayea"...he told Jake. "Crash Wade didn't make it. Amazing, isn't it? One dead, one just bruised." "Can Rita fly tonight"..."...Jake asked. Tarkington swallowed hard, nodded once. "She's the best Osprey pilot we've gotea"...Jake said. "She's got the flight if she wants it." "She'd kill me if I asked you to leave her behind." "She probably would, and you such a handsome young stud. What a loss to the world that would be." "The Osprey that is bringing the survivor from Hue City will be here in twenty minutes. I'll bring him to your cabin." "Hector Sedano's brother?" "That's correct, sir. And the message said he wants to go back to Cuba." Maximo Sedano parked his car on the pier so he wouldn't have to carry his gear very far. Scuba tanks, wet suit, flippers, weight belt, mask, he had the whole wardrobe. He got all that stuff aboard the boat, checked the fuel, then cast off. The gold was in Havana Harbor; he was sure of it. He had a chart that he had laid off in grids, and he had labeled each grid with a number that reflected a probability that he thought reasonable. The area off the main shipping piers didn't seem promising, nor did the busy areas by the fishing piers. The area off the private docks where Fidel had kept his boat seemed to Maximo to be the most likely, so that was where he would look first. He took the boat to the center of the most promising area and anchored it. It was inevitable that people would see him, so he had told everyone who asked comt he was studying old shipwrecks in Havana Harbor. He knew enough about that dissubject to make it sound plausi85 could talk about the American battleship Maine and three treasure galleons that went on the rocks here in the harbor during a hurricane. If he found it, he would not let on. If he found the gold, he would leave it where it was until he could come back for it with paid men and the proper equipment. If. Well, every man needs a dream, he reflected, and this was his. Better this than dying defending a ballistic-missile silo. Those fools. The gold was near. He knew it. Sitting here on the boat he could feel its power. God damn you, Fidel. Juan Sedano, @lright-brace 1 Ocho, got out of the Osprey with a look of wonder on his face. The airplane, the aircraft carrier, the jets and noise and hundreds of foreigners, few of whom spoke his languageit was quite a lot for a young man who had never before been out of Cuba. He got out of the Osprey wearing a set of navy dungarees, a white T-shirt, and a Hue City baseball cap, and carrying a pillowcase containing clothes, underwear, toilet items, and souvenirs given him by the men and women of Hue City, everything from photographs of the ship to COULD'S and Playboy magazines. Toad Tarkington met Ocho on the flight deck and led the taliea"...broad-shouldered young man into the island and up the ladder to the flag bridge, where Jake Grafton and an interpreter, a lieutenant fighter pilot of Latin descent, were waiting. Jake took Ocho and the lieutenant into his at-sea cabin, where the three of them found chairs. "When did you leave Cuba"..."...Jake Grafton asked Ocho after the introductions. "Six or seven days agoea"...the lieutenant said, "he isn't sure. He lost track of the days at sea." "Tell him that Fidel Castro is dead, that his brother Hector is in prison." The Spanish-speaking junior officer did so. Ocho's reaction was unexpected. Tears streamed down his face. "He asked me not to leave Cuba. He must have known that Fidel was dying, that something was happening. I left anyway." He wiped at the tears, embarrassed. "I love my brother. He is my idol, a true man who believes in something larger than himself. I cry because I am ashamed of myself, of what I have done. He asked me not to go and I refused to listen." "Tell me about Hectorea"...Jake Grafton asked gently. The admiral had expected to spend five minutes with the boy, but the five minutes became fifteen, then a half hour, then an hour. Ocho told of going to meetings with Hector, of the speeches he made, of his many friends, of antagonizing the regular priests and the bureaucrats while he spread the message of a coming new day to anyone who would listen, and many did. Jake gave Ocho part of his attention while he thought about the lab in the science building in the University of Havana. When Ocho finally began to run dry, Jake picked up the telephone and called Toad. "I'm in my at-sea cabinea"...he said, "Have the guys in the television studio play that tape we downloaded from the satellite this morning on the television in this stateroom. No place else." "Yessir." Toad called back in three minutes. "Channel two, Admiral." Jake turned on the television. In a few seconds Fidel Castro came on the screen. He was obviously a sick man. He was sitting behind a desk, wearing a green fatigue shirt. - "Citizens of Cuba, I speak to you today for the last time. I am fatally ill...." The young lieutenant translated. "I wish to spend a few minutes telling you of my dream for Cuba, my dream of what our nation can become in the years ahead. It is imperative that we end bur political isolation, that we join the family of nations as a full-fledged member. To make this transition a reality will require major changes on our part, and a new political vision...." Jake Grafton moved closer to the television, set, adjusted his glasses, and studied the image of Fidel Castro. The man was perspiring heavily, obviously in pain, and every so often he would move slightly, as if seeking a more comfortable position. "For years I have watched with admiration and respectea"...Fidel continued, "as Hector Sedano moved among our people, making friends, telling them of his vision for Cuba, preparing them for the changes and sacrifices that will be necessary in the days to come." Fidel winced, paused, and took a sip of water from a glass sitting nearby. Then he continued: "We as a nation do not have to give up our revolutionary commitment to social justice to participate as full-fledged members of the world economy. We would be traitors to the heroes of the revolution and ourselves were we to do so. In the past few years the Church, in which so many Cubans believe, has come to understand that one cannot be a true Christian without an active commitment to social justice, the commitment that every loyal Cuban carries in his breast as his birthright. The Church has changed to join us. Now we also must change. "The time has come for this government to renounce communism, to embrace private enterprise, to act as a referee to ensure that every Cuban has a decent job that pays a living wage and every enterprise pays its fair share of taxes..." In less than a minute Fidel reached his peroration: "Hector Sedano is the man I believe best able to lead our nation into this future." The tape ended anticlimactically a few seconds later. A tired, haggard Fidel spoke to someone off-camera, said, "That's enough." Jake Grafton reached out, turned off the television. Ocho was stunned. "I thought Fidel was dead!" "He is dead. He made this tape before he died." "That was not a live performance?" "No. A film, a videotape." "And you have itff"...Ocho's eyes were wide in amaze- STEPHEN COONTS ment. "They must have played the videotape on television, and you copied it. But if it has been on television in Havana, why is Hector in prison?" "The tape has never been on televisionea"...Jake said. "As far as I know, you are the very first Cuban to see it since it was made." Ocho stared, trying to understand. Finally he asked, "What are you going to do with it?" "I was wonderingea"...Jake Grafton said, "if you would take it back to the lady who gave it to us. I believe she is your aunt by marriage, Mercedes Sedano?" "Mercedesff"...Ocho gaped. "She was Fidel's mistress. Why did she give you the tape?" "You will have to ask her. Will you return the tape to her?" "Of course. When do you want me to do this?""...This evening, I think. By the way, are you hungry?""...Oh, yes. I like the hamburger. Muy bueno." Jake and the lieutenant took Ocho to the flag wardroom for lunch. Ocho talked of baseball, of Cuba, of his brother Hector, and Hector's dreams for a free Cuba. He talked even with his mouth full, so the lieutenant who was translating didn't get much to eat. Jake let the young Cuban talk. After lunch the admiral asked for Tommy Carmellini, so Toad Tarkington went looking for him. Carmellini was asleep. He smelled of liquor, which Toad ignoredafter all, the man was a civilian. When Toad got Carmellini into the admiral's office, he asked the chief petty officer to bring, coffee, which Carmellini accepted gratefully. "I've been thinking about your commentea"...Jake Grafton said. "What comment"..."...Carmellini asked between sips of hot black coffee. "About Vargas having jugs of cultures under his bed." "Umm."...Carmellini drank more coffee. When he saw that the admiral was expecting him to say more, he shrugged. "That was a flippant comment. I'm sorry." Jake Grafton scratched his chin. "I thought it was... profound, in a way." "How's that?" "We can't burn the island down." "That would be impracticalea"...Carmellini agreed. "We'd have eleven million Cubans to house and feed afterwards." "So where does that leave us?" Tommy Carmellini searched the faces of the naval officers. "There's a presidential directive against assassinating heads of stateea"...the CIA man said cautiously. "I have seen references to such a directiveea"...Jake Grafc ton said, "though I haven't read the thing." 'Trust me. It exists." "Friend, I believe you. That's sound public policy and I don't have anything like that in mind. Our objective is the lab and the cultures: that's more than enough to keep us busy. You've been there before and know the layout. Will you go back with us tonight?" Tommy Carmellini nodded slowly. "I appreciate your asking, Admiral. I'd be delighted." "We are planning a military assault. It is going to be a holy mess, I think. Vargas will probably ambush us on the way in or booby-trap the lab to blow up"...af we've fought our way in there. Maybe both." "He's that kind of guyea"...Carmellini agreed. "Hector Sedano's brother is aboard ship. He was-picked up floating in the ocean north of Cuba two days ago after the boat he was on sank. Everyone else aboard drowned or was a victim of shark attack. This kid is either Hector's brother or a liar of Clintonian dimensions. They call him El Ocho. I want you to talk to him, feel him out. He impressed me as an extremely competent, capable young man. Talk to him, then come back and tell me what you think." STEPHEN COONTS Toad Tarkington was in the Air Intelligence Center studying satellite images and radar images from an E-3 Sentry AW ACS plane flying a race track pattern over the Florida Straits. The University of Havana science building was at the center of all the images. "What's happening in Havana"..."...Jake asked. "The streets are full of peopleea"...Toad said. "Especially around La Cabana Prison. Do you think they are there to break Hector out?" "They're there because he isea"...Jake muttered, and used a magnifying glass to study the infrared images of the science building. Toad pointed at the picture with the tip of a pen. 'Tankea"...he said. "Vargas is going to be waiting with his guns loaded." "Is he taking cultures out of the building? Do any of the specialists in Maryland have any opinions on that?" "No one has seen any milk trucks. He'd be a fool to haul that stuff through Havana in a regular truck." "Desperate men do foolish thingsea"...Jake Grafton said, and laid the magnifying glass back on the table. As the sun was setting, Jake received a call from the White House. "I just watched that tape of Fidelea"...the president said over the encrypted circuit. "It's impressive. We are going to deliver it to the woman who gave it to us, see if she can get it on television tonight." "Maybe that will pan outea"...the president said. "The American Interest Section in Havana says that the crowd outside the prison is restless. Local police are nowhere in sight." A wave of relief swept over Jake Grafton. "That's the best news I've heard today, sir." "I'm really worried about those viruses." "Sir, we'll do what we can." "Just what are you going to do, Admiral?" "Improvise as I go along. Do you really want to know?""...I guess notea"...the president said heavily. Alejo Vargas was in the office area across the hallway from the lab in the University of Havana science building when General Alba came in with old General Rafael Zerquera, the titular head of the Cuban armed forces, the chief of staff. The old man was at least eighty-five, probably a bit moreea'and he walked with a cane. With the two military men were several ministers, including Ferrara and the mayor of Havana. Behind them were six young officers, all wearing sidearms. "Sefior Presidents," General Zerquera began, and looked around the room for a chair. He found one and his aide helped him to it, though Vargas had not invited anyone to sit. The general looked around slowly, taking everything in. Through the window one could see the air lock across the hallway that led to the sealed laboratory. "I called your office, called the Ministry of Interior they could not tell me where you were. The army knew, however." Vargas said nothing. "I saw a missile launched last nighteveryone in central Cuba saw or heard it."...The old man shook his head, remembering. "Weapons to destroy cities, kill millionsFidel knew that if the Yanquis ever found out about the missiles, they would seek to destroy them. He was right. And he knew that if the missiles were ever used on the United States ..." Zerquera cocked his head, looked at Vargas. "So you launched at least one, and it never reached its target." "What's done is doneea"...Vargas snapped. "How do you know the missile did not reach its target?" "Because we are still aliveea"...Zerquera said. "If you think the Yanquis will not retaliate, you are a dangerous fool." Vargas had to restrain himself. Zerquera had many STEPHEN COONTS friends; it would be impossible to stop tongues from wagging if he were shot here, in front of these junior officers. "And then there is this labea"...Zerquera continued blandly, gesturing at the window glass and the laboratory beyond. "Here you grow the poison to murder Cuba. If you use this on the Americans, they will retaliate. If it escapes, Cubans will die horribly." Vargas took a deep breath before he answered. "We are moving the cultures." "Moving them where?" "To a place where they will be safe." "Excuse me, Senor Presidente, for my failure to understand. What other place in Cuba has the sealed ventilation system and biological alarms and other safeguards that exist here?" 'There are none." "So there is no place safer than this building." "Tonight the Americans will probably attack this building in order to destroy the cultures. They burned several facilities last night that contained cultures, and they will probably burn this one. I am not a prophet, yet I make that prediction with a great degree of confidence." "The president of the United States can destroy this building and everything it contains with a telephone callea"...General Zerquera said softly, "and there is nothing on earth we can do about it. In my opinion the viruses should be destroyed, if it can be safely done. An escape of the polio viruses from whatever containers they are in will kill vast numbers of our people unless the containers are housed in a specially prepared place, like this laboratory." Vargas looked exasperated. "You exceed your authority, General, when you" Zerquera stopped him with a hand. "No, no, no! You exceed your authority when you endanger the Cuban people in order to gratify your ambition." "Do not cross me, old manea"...Vargas snarled. "I am not going to interfere in politics, Alejo. I never have. The Cuban people will decide who they want to lead themneither you nor the exiles nor Fidel nor the president of the United States can dictate who the Cuban people will choose. For forty years they wanted Fidel, a loquacious eccentric with much personal charm and too little wisdom, in my opinion. Yet a new day has come." Vargas gestured angrily. "These others have brought you here with lies about me." General Rafael Zerquera got to his feet. He leaned on his cane, examined every face, and ended with his eyes on Vargas. "A nation matures much like a man does. Youth makes mistakes: with-age and experience comes wisdom." "You waste our timeea"...Vargas said through his teeth. "You will not remove the cultures from this building. The risk to the population is too great." Vargas stepped forward to slap the old fool, but one of the aides stopped him with the barrel of a pistol pointed right at his face. "Another step, Senor Presidente," the young man said, "and you are dead." Zerquera turned and headed for the door. He went through it, then took the elevator up to street level. The civilians followed him. Alba and the young officers stayed. "You, Alba? You have betrayed me?" "I obey my conscienceea"...Alba said, and posted his men in front of the lab. "Kill anyone who tries to remove anything from that roomea"...the general told them. As the last of the daylight faded, a helicopter from USS United States crossed the southern shore of the island of Cuba flying northwest. The helicopter stayed low, just above the treetops. In the cockpit both the pilot and copilot were wearing night-vision goggles. Behind them in the bay sat Tommy Carmellini and Ocho Sedano. A .50-caliber machine gun was mounted in the open door. The gunner wearing night-vision goggles sat on the jump seat, looking out. Overhead EA-6But Prowlers and FirstA-18 Hornets with their HARM missiles ready crossed the coast at the same time. These airplanes were there to attack any Cuban radars that came on the air tonight. So far, all was quiet. Above the Prowlers and Hornets, F-14 Tomcats patrolled back and forth. One of the F-14 pilots was Stiff Hardwick. He and his RIO had ejected last night almost on top of silo one, so they had ridden home in an Osprey. The RIO, Boots VonRauenzahn, sustained a fracture to the left arm; he was sporting a cast tonight and couldn't fly. The junior RIO in the squadron, Sailor Karnow, drew the short straw and was sitting behind Stiff tonight. Stiff had had a hell of a bad day. First the shoot-down by a Cuban fighter pilot, then he endured a day of razzing from his peers, all of whom had a great laugh at his tale of woe, then tonight he had to fly with Sailor, a quiet woman who never had much to say around the testosterone-charged ready room. * On the way out to the plane this evening, Boots had put his good arm around the shoulders of his pal, Stiff. "Sailor will take good care of you. Don't fret the program, shipmate." Stiff snarled something crude in reply and stomped off. He was the sole victim of the entire Cuban Air Force fighter pilots generally ignored helicopters, so the Osprey and choppers destroyed by the MiGo pilot didn't register on Stiff's radar screen. He was never, ever going to be able to live down the ignominy of last night. His squadron mates would probably tattoo a ribald memorial of his disgrace on his ass some night when he was drunk or chisel it on his tombstone. His skipper had almost put somebody else in his place on the flight schedule tnStiff begged shamelessly: "You gotta let me flyea"...he sobbed, "give me a chance to redeem myself." "You aren't going to do anything stupid out there, are you"..."...the skipper asked, his voice tinged with suspicion. "Oh, no, sirea"...Stiff assured the man. So here he was, off to slay the dragon if he came out of his lair. And that goddamn Cuban fighter jock was probably still swilling free beer on the tale of the damned Yanqui who pulled up in front of him and lit his afterburners. Actually Carlos Corrado hadn't thought much about his aerial victory. He awoke in the early afternoon with a blinding headache and treated himself to his usual hangover regimena cup of coffee, a cigar, and a puke. He felt a little better this evenin'g but thought he should forgo food. He would eat after he flew, he decided. The powers that be didn't call the base today, of course, because the telephone system was hors"...de combat. Alas, a desk-flying colonel drove down from Havana. "Please stay on the ground, Corrado. I would make that an order, but knowing you, you would disobey it. So I ask you, please do not fly tonight. Please do not allow yourself to be shot down. Please do not shame us." Carlos Corrado told the colonel where he could go and what he could do to himself when he got there. Tonight he sat on the concrete leaning up against a nose tire of his steed, which was parked between two gutted hangars. The troops had worked all day getting the MiGo- 29 fueled, serviced, and armed. It was ready. Now all Corrado needed to know was where the Americans were and what they were up to. Of course there was no one to tell him. The walls of the hangars were still standing and magnified the sounds of the sky. As he chewed on his cigar butt, Corrado could hear jets running high. The growl was deep and faint. The planes were American, certainly, and they had fangs. If he went heedlessly blasting into the sky, his life was going to come to an abrupt, violent end. Where were they going? Havana? He thought they would go there last night and they never got near the place. Of course, the headquarters colonel knew nothing. At least, he had nothing to say. Except that Corrado was a fool. Only a fool would attack the American war machine head-on, he said. Corrado got out a match and lit the butt. He puffed, coughed, chewed on the soggy mess. Well, hell, we're all fools, really. Does any of this matter? And if so, to whom? Rita Moravia settled the V-22 onto the flight deck of the United States and watched as Jake Grafton came trotting out from the island. Toad and a dozen marines carrying aircraft flares followed him. The marines had their rifles slung over their shoulders and wore their Kevlar Helmets. Under the red lights shining down from the ship's island superstructure, the shadowy procession looked like something, from a dream, a vision without substance. She felt the substance as the men trooped up the ramp in the back of the plane and the vibrations reached her through the fuselage. Soon Jake Grafton was looking over her shoulder. "Toad says you're okay. Now tell me the truth." "I'm okay, Admiral."...She turned and flashed him a grin. The disbruise on her forehead was yellow and blue now. "Whenever you're readyea"...Jake said, and strapped himself into the crew chief's seat. It was a rare summer night, with a clean, clear sky, visibility exceeding twenty miles. A series of rain showers had swept the Florida Straits earlier in the evening, cleaning out the haze and crud. Major Jack O'Brian sat in the cockpit of his F-117 looking at the cities below as he flew down the west coast of Florida, out to sea a little so as to avoid airplanes on the airway. O'Brian had one radio tuned to his squadron's tactical frequency, which he was merely monitoring in case the mission was scrubbed at the last minute, and on the other he listened to Miami Center. He wasn't talking to the air traffic controller either. His transponder was off. He was cruising at 36,500 feet, 500 feet above the flight level, so he should miss any airliner that he failed to see. Of course, an airliner going under him would not see him because his plane was midnight black and the exterior position lights were off. The stealth fighter was also invisible to the controller at Miami Center, who had his radar configured to received coded replies from transponders. Even if the controller chose to look at actual radar returns, the skin paints, he would not have seen the F-117, which had been designed to be invisible to radars at long distances. This feature also hid the stealth fighter from the American early-warning radars that were sweeping these skies looking for outlaw aircraft that might be aloft in the night, such as drug smugglers. And in just a few minutes it would hide it from Cuban radars probing the sky over the Florida Straits. If there were any. Completely unseen, a black ghost flitting through the night, Jack O'Brian's F-117 passed Tampa Bay and continued south toward Key West. It was flying at Mach .72 to conserve fuel. The fighter had tanked over Tallahassee and would tank again in just a few minutes over two hours near Tampa. But first, a little jaunt to Havana. Navigation was by global positioning system, GPS. The pilot had entered the coordinates of his destination into the computer before he even started the engines of his airplane, and now the computer and autopilot were taking him there. All he had to do was monitor the system, make sure everything functioned as it was designed to. O'Brian sucked on his oxygen mask, reached under it to scratch his nose, readjusted his flight gloves, and generally fidgeted around in his seat. He was nervouswho wouldn't be"...b quite confident. After all, there was very little danger as long as the aircraft's systems continued to work properly. The craft truly was invisible at night. Of course it did have a small infrared signature and could be seen by an enemy searching the skies with infrared detectors, but there was no reason to suspect the Cubans were doing any such thing. Barring a freak accident, like getting hit by a random unaimed artillery shell or having a midair with a civilian plane, the Cubans would never know the F-117 had even been around. Certainly they would never see it on radar or with the naked eye. , The Cubans might get wise when and if he dropped some bombs, but even so, there was nothing they could do about an invisible bomber. The biggest risk, Jack O'Brian decided, was having a midair with one of the other three F-117's that were out here prowling around. The second plane was running twenty miles back in trail, a thousand feet above this one, and the others an equal distance up and back, all with their own hard altitudes. Jack glanced again at his altimeter, just to be sure. Key West came into view on schedule, a bit off to his left. The lights of the other Keys looked like a handful of pearls flung into the blackness of the night. Then Key West lay behind and the lights of Havana appeared ahead. Jack O'Brian reduced power and set up a descent. Angel One, the helicopter from United States, landed in the cane across the road from Dona Maria Sedano's house. Ocho got out of the chopper and walked across the road toward the house. Tommy Carmellini trailed along behind him. Mercedes was standing on the porch as Ocho walked up. They launched themselves at each other, hugged fiercely. Mercedes didn't even glance at Carmellini, who was dressed in a civilian shirt and trousers but had a pistol strapped to his waist. Mercedes kept her arm around Ocho, took him into the house where his mother was sitting in a chair. Carmellini sat on the porch, watched the occasional car and truck go by. The vehicles slowed, their passengers gawking at the idling helo, but they didn't stop. Soon Ocho came outside with Mercedes. She had the videotape in her hand. Ocho introduced Carmellini. "If the videotape is to have maximum effect, it should be aired immediatelyea"...Carmellini told Mercedes, who held the tape tightly with both hands. "We are going to get Hector out of prisonea"...Ocho said, anxious to explain. "We could take 'y to Havana television and leave you, if you wish." Mercedes nodded, so Ocho put his arm around her and led her to the helicopter. Dona Maria was visible in the door of her cottage; Ocho waved at her before he climbed into the helo. Jake Grafton used an infrared viewing scope to examine the streets of Havana. He was sitting in the copilot's seat of the V-22 Osprey, which Rita had racked over in a right bank, orbiting the downtown. The city was well litnot as well lit as an American city, but almost. The central core of the city was darkthe electrical power had yet to be restored. The area around the University of Havana seemed deserted. No tanks, no armored personnel carriers, no barricades, apparently no troops. The streets looked empty. Strange. Or maybe not so strange. Maybe the lab was empty, the viruses moved to God knows where. Everyone in Cuba seemed to be in the streets around La Cabana Prison; at least a hundred thousand people, Jake estimated. Bonfires burned in the streets near the prison, huge fires that appeared as bright spots of light on the infrared viewing scope. He looked for the antiaircraft guns which he knew were there. He found them, but at this altitude he couldn't see people around them. "Go lowerea"...he told Rita. "Two thousand feet." Still circling to the right, she eased the power and let the Osprey descend. Jake turned his attention to the prison, an island of darkness on the edge of the stricken city center. The main gate was an opening in a high masonry wall that surrounded the huge old stone fortress. The gate seemed to be closed, but at this altitude and angle, it was difficult to be sure. Immediately behind the gate sat a tankJake had seen enough of those planforms to be absolutely certain. Two more tanks sat in the courtyard ... and some automobiles. Jake adjusted the magnification on the infrared viewer. Now he could see individuals, walking, standing in knots, talking through the fenceyes, the main gate was closed. Two antiaircraft batteries sat beside the prison, old Soviet four-barreled ZPU'S with optical sights. They were use- less against fast movers but would be hell on helicopters. The roof of the prison was flat, and apparently empty. No. Correct that. Snipers on the corners. Damn! Jake checked the radio to ensure he was on the proper frequency, then keyed the mike. "Angel One, this is Battlestar One, where are you?" "Angel One's on its way to the television station to deliver a passenger." "Let me know when you lift off from there." "Roger that, Battlestar." "Night Owl Four Two, call your posit." Jack O'Brian in the F-l 17 replied, "Night Owl Four Two is overhead at ten." "La Cabana Prison is our object of interest tonight, Four Two. I want single bombs, all to stay within the walls. Can you do that?" "We can try, sir. You know the limitations on my equipment as well as I do." "Your best efforts. Lots of friendlies outside the wall. First target is the antiaircraft battery inside the prison walls on the north side. Do you see it?" "Wait."...Seconds ticked by. "Got it." 'The second target is the antiaircraft battery on the south side." "Night Owl Four Four is on station at eleven thousand, Battlestar. Why don't we each run one of those targets? I'll take the north one." The two F-l 17 pilots discussed it and Jake approved. Jack O'Brian had several possible ways to drop the bombs he carried in the internal bomb bay. If he were bombing through a cloud deck or in rain or snow, he would release the unpowered weapon over the target and let it steer itself to the GPS bull's-eye through use of a GPS receiver, a computer, and a set of canards mounted on the nose of the weapon. Tonight, since the sky was reasonably clear, he would illumine the target with a laser beam while overflying it, and let the unpowered bomb fly itself to the laser-designated bull's-eye. If O'Brian could keep the laser beam directly on the spot he wished the bomb to hit, he should be able to achieve pinpoint, bomb-in-a-barrel accuracy. Once again O'Brian carefully checked his electronic countermeasures panel, which was dark. The Cubans were off the aii, which was comforting. Now he adjusted the focus of the infrared camera in the nose. The display blossomed slowly, continued to change as he got closer and the grazing angle increased. He could see the gun plainly owing to the camera's magnification. He sweetened the crosshairs just a touch as the airplane motored sedately toward the target, still cruising at ten thousand feet, and turned on the laser designator, which was slaved to the crosshairs. Jack O'Brian checked his watch. "Night Owl Four Two is thirty seconds from drop." "Four Four is a minute out." "Don't turn on your laser until you see my thing pop." "Roger." Armament panel set for one bomb, laser mode selected, laser designator on, master armament switch on, steady on the run-in heading, autopilot engaged, crosshairs steady on the targetno driftsystem into Attack. A tone sounded in his ears and was broadcast over the radio on the tactical frequency. O'Brian knew that several people were listening for that tone, including the pilot of the other F-117 Night Owl Four Four, Judy Kwiatkowski. He watched for unexpected wind drift. Not much tnwhat little wind there was was well within the capability of the bomb to handle. Counting down, the second hand on the clock on the instrument panel ticking ... The release marker marched down and he felt the thump as the bomb bay doors snapped open. Immediately thereafter the bomb was released, the tone stopped, then the doors closed again. With the bomb in the air, it was essential that the crosshairs on the laser designator stay precisely on the target because the bomb was guiding itself toward this spot of invisible light. He took manual control of the crosshairs, kept them right on the artillery piece beside the old fortress. , The aspect angle of the target was changing, of course, as the airplane flew over it and beyond. Now it was behind the plane, the crosshairs right on the target. Then, suddenly, the antiaircraft artillery piece disappeared in a flash as the five-hundred-pound bomb struck it dead center. Thirty seconds later the gun on the south side of the building was hit by Judy Kwiatkowski's weapon. "Very good, Night Owlsea"...Battlestar said. "The next target is the tank nearest to the main gate. I think one bomb will discourage the tankers. Four Four, I want you to bomb the main gate. Tell me if you see it." "Four Four has the target." "How long until the weapons hit?" "Give us ten minutes to go out and make another run." 'Ten minutes will do fineea"...Jake Grafton said, then turned to Rita. "After the bombs hit the tanks and main gate, I want you to land on the roof. The guys in back will go out shooting and take care of the snipers. Let me go talk to Eckhardt and Toad." Both officers were riding in the back of the Osprey with the grunts. Jake unstrapped and got out of the copilot's seat. In a moment'Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt climbed into the seat and used the infrared scope. "See the snipers"..."...the admiral asked. "I want you and your people to shoot them or capture them, whatever." "Yes, sir."...The colonel got out pf the seat. "Ten minutes, Rita. Start your clock." "Aye, aye, sirea"...Rita said, and began figuring the best way to approach the prison. * * * A man from the control tower ran to find Carlos Corrado and tell him that American aircraft were over Havana. The people in the tower heard the news on short-wave radio from headquarters. "Havana." Corrado threw away his cigar butt and got into his flying gear. Five minutes later he was taxiing. He didn't stop at the end of the runway to check the systems or, controls, but added power and stroked the burners. The big fighter responded like a thoroughbred race horse and lifted off after a short run. Of course he left his radar off. Still, the crew of the U.s. Air Force E-3 Sentry over the Isle of Pines picked up a skin-paint return of the MiGo almost immediately. "Showtime One Oh Two, we got a bogey lifting off Cienfuegos, looks like he's on his way to Havana on the deck. Try to intercept. Over." Stiff Hardwick had been airborne for an hour and ten minutes. The recovery aboard United States would begin in exactly thirty-five minutes. This bogey was on the deck using fuel at a prodigious rate, and when Stiff came swooping down from 30,000 feet his fuel consumption would also go through the roof. Fuel would be tight. Very tight. If he had to stroke the throttles to drop this turkey, he was going to need a tanker. "One Oh Two will probably need a tanker." "Roger that. Showtime One Oh Seven"...th was Stiff's wingman, who was orbiting a thousand feet above Stiff "remain on station." "One Oh Seven aye." "Showtime One Oh Two is on the wayea"...Stiff told the E-3 controller. "That's the spiritea"...Sailor Karnow said from the rear cockpit. "Shut up, babe. Just do your thing and keep the crap to yourself." "You got h, dickwick. I'm behind you all the way." The helicopter landed in the street in front of the television station and Mercedes stepped out. Ocho waved as it lifted off, leaving her standing there with her hair and skirt blowing wildly, clutching the videotape. El Ocho, alive and well! It seemed like a miracle. Truly, she had thought he was dead, lost at sea. "I have seen the tapeea"...Ocho had shouted over the noise of the helicopter as they rode above the lights of Havana. "Fidel wanted Hector to lead Cuba. His opinion will sway many people." Yes, she nodded, fighting baok tears. "Why did you give the tape to the Americans?" "Vargas would have taken it from meea"...she replied. Ocho accepted that because he knew it was true. That tape would destroy Alejo Vargas. "Make them show it on televisionea"...Ocho had shouted. "We will get Hector out of prison."...He grinned broadly, showing all his teeth. The future was arriving all at once. She watched the helicopter disappear into the night sky, then turned and walked into the television station. One of the most horrifying threats any soldier can face is being in the bull's-eye of a modern guided weapon. The stealth fighters were out tonight, dropping their weapons with extraordinary precision. The bombs came in too fast for the human eye to follow, especially in the light conditions prevailing in Havana this night. For the Cuban troops surrounding the old prison, it was as if a giant invisible sharpshooter were somewhere in the clouds hurling bombs. The two bombs on the antiaircraft guns frightened the soldiers and made the crowd nervous. Watching from the Osprey, Jake Grafton thought for a moment the crowd might stampede: with this many people jamming the streets that would be a human disaster. Still, he could not take the risk the guns or tanks would open fire on the inbound helicopter or the Osprey, both of which he wanted to land on the prison's roof. Through the infrared viewer Jake could see the soldiers instinctively moving away from the tanks. He could see men getting out of the hatch, jumping to the ground, walking away. On the street the crowd was also pushing back, crowding away from the old fortress. Minutes passed and nothing happened. The packed rows of humanity on the street seemed to relax, to thin as the 'p instinctively sought their own space. Jake heard the first bomb tone come on. An officer Jake assumed he was"...an officerclimbed up on one of the tanks, waved his arms at his men. his The bomb tone ceased: the weapon was in the air. Now the officer standing on the tank put his hands on his hipsRita had the Osprey down to a thousand feet, only a mile from the building, set up to begin her transition to helicopter flight, so the activity in the prison courtyard was as clear to Jake as if he had been watching it on television. "Angel One, this is Battlestar One. Come on in." "Roger that, Battlestar." The Cuban officer was still standing on the tank when it disappeared in a flash as the bomb hit it. When the cloud of smoke and debris cleared, no one was moving within a hundred feet of the blasted tank, of which only tiny pieces remained. The bomb must have penetrated the armor in front of or behind the turret, Jake thought. Now the second bomb tone ended. Cuban troops were running out of the prison complex through the main gate, which Jake belatedly realized was open. The men were dropping their weapons, throwing away their helmets and running as fast as their legs could carry them. The five-hundred-pound bomb from Night Owl Four Four exploded in the gate and the running men disappeared in a flash. "Put it on the roofea"...Jake Grafton told Rita Moravia. "Okay, I got this guyea"...Sailor Karnow told Stiff Hardwick. "He's bogey one." The symbol was right there in front of Stiff on the headsup display. "About thirty miles or soea"...Sailor said matter-of-factly." She would sound bored if they were giving her an Academy Award. That was another thing about her Stiff didn't like. Well, the truth was, he hated her guts, but he knew better than to say so in the new modern politically correct genderneutral navy to which they both belonged. A few off-thecuff remarks like that to the boys could torpedo a promising career. "Lock the son of a bitch upea"...Stiff told his RIO. "You can't shoot this dudeea"...Sailor said, still bored as hell. "There are four stealth fighters flapping around down there, three Ospreys and a helicopter, or did you sleep through the brief? You can't shoot without the blessing of Battlestar Strike, which you ain't likely to get." Twenty-five miles now. Stiff had the F-14 coming down like a lawyer on his way to hell, showing Mach 1.7 on the meter. He was fast crawling up this MiGo's ass. "Don't just sit there with your thumb up your heinie, honey. Get on the goddamn horn." "Battlestar Strikeea"...Sailor drawled on the radio. "This is Showtime One Oh Two. We got us a situation developing out here." Rita didn't use her landing light until the last possible moment, snapping it on just in time to judge the final few seconds of her approach. As it was, only one of the demoralized snipers on the roof took a shot at the plane, a wild, unaimed shot that punched a hole in the fuselage near the port gear and spent itself against a structural member. Then the marines charging out of the back of the beast fired a shot over his head and the sniper threw down his rifle. The other snipers had already done so. In seconds thfc chopper from United States came out of the darkness and set down alongside the V-22. Tommy Carmellini and Ocho Sedano came scrambling out. All this was new to Ocho. With wide eyes he looked at the Osprey, at the marines, at the skyline of Havana, at the bonfires in the street and the tens of thousands of people. Toad Tarkington appeared at Jake's elbow. "I think I know how to get off this roofea"...Toad said. "Lead onea"...Jake told him. "Uh, Showtime One Oh Two, negative on the permission to shoot. That's negatory, weapons red, over." "Strike, goddamn itea"...Stiff Hardwick roared, "We're sitting right on the tail of a goddamn MiGo on his way to Havana to kill some of our people. I got the son of a bitch boresighted." "Showtime, there are too many friendlies over Havana. Weapons red, weapons red, over." "How about I pop this guy with my gun? Request weapons free for a gunshot. Over." "Wait." Stiff was off the power, idling along at about 400 knots', five miles behind the bogey. Of course, the bogey didn't know he was there. The Cuban MiGo-29's had very primitive electronic detection equipment, which consisted of a light and an auditory signal in the pilot's ear. These devices told Carlos Corrado he was being looked at by an American fighter radar but failed to tell him where or how close the thing was, the two pieces of information that he needed the most. As he closed on Havana and listened to the tone and watched the light, which didn't even flicker, Carlos Corrado pondered on the irony of knowing American fighters were out there somewhere and not being able to do anything about it. If he turned on his radar, he would beacon to the Americans, who would then come at him like moths to a flame. His only chance was to keep the radar off. If the Americans launched a weapon at him, he had a few flares he could punch off, of course, and some chaff. It was not much, but it might be enough. If it wasn't, well, he had had a good life. Carlos began looking right and left as he crossed the suburbs of the city. Amid all the lights he spotted some fires, and the center of the city was dark, without power, but all in all, Havana looked pretty normal. Amazing, that! "Battlestar Strike, this is Showtime. Still waiting on that permission. This MiGo is posing right here in front of me, begging for it. Do I zap it or what?" "We are still checking with the air forceea"...Battlestar told Stiff, "trying to find out exactly where everyone is. Don't want any accidents out there, do we?" Stiff keyed the intercom. "Assholesea"...he roared at Sailor Karnow. "They are all stupid fucking assholes." "I hear thatea"...sd Sailor, sighing. "I've known it for years. I should have joined the WNBA." Toad Tarkington led the procession along the dark corridor of La Cabana prison. Apparently the power had not yet been restored after the high-voltage towers fell. Everyone following Toad had a flashlight. The corridors were alive with echoing sound, shouts, curses, doors clanging, screams, shots. "Hurryea"...Grafton shouted, and ran toward the shouts. As he suspected, the mob was in the building. As he and Toad rounded-* a corner, their flashlights fell on a solid wall of humanity dragging two uniformed officers. Carmellini shouted. The human wall halted. "This is Ocho Sedanoea"...Carmellini shouted, "Hector's brother. He is here to free Hector." The man dragging a fat officer by the collar of his uniform demanded, "Who are you"..."...Obviously drunk, this man had the commandante's pistol in his hand, but he didn't raise it or point it. The flashlights were partially blinding him, but he could still see the front end of Toad's M-16. "We are here at El Ocho's request."...Carmellini proclaimed loudly. "He has asked for our help to free his brother Hector." The mob moved forward, probably in response to a surging push from the people behind. "Give us the officersea"...Jake said to Carmellini, "and we will bring Hector from his cell."...Carmellini shouted the message in Spanish. The members of the mob didn't like it, but they were facing six rifles in a narrow stone corridor. The people at the head of the mob released the officers and turned to shout at those behind them. The marines grabbed the two officers and pushed them away along the corridor. Carmellini talked earnestly to the officers. "They will lead us thereea"...he told Jake. "Colonel Santana arrived an hour ago. He was with the commandante until just a few minutes ago." "Hurryea"...Jake Grafton urged. "The mob is out of control."...He had drawn the .357 Magnum he wore in a holster around his waist and now had it hi his right hand. "Showtime One Oh Two, Strike, the air force is having trouble confirming the location of all their machines." "Strike, this guy is hanging it out, begging for it, trolling right over the damn city looking for some white hats to zap. Are you gonna cry at the funeral after he kills some of our people?" This comment was of course grossly out of line: Stiff Hardwick was a mere lieutenantan O-3and the decisions in Strike were being made by an officer with the rank of commanderO-5or even captainO-6. He was going to be in big trouble when he got back to the ship, but he didn't care. The primary object of war was to kill the enemy, and by God, the son of a bitch was right there. He'd deal with the peckerheads later. Another minute passed. They were over the heart of Havana now. The oily black slash of Havana Harbor was quite prominent, as were the dozens of fires that now surrounded the walls of the old La Cabana fortress. "This guy is starting a turnea"...Sailor told Stiff, referring of course to the bogey. Carlos Corrado should have been searching the night sky over Havana for the planes he knew were here, but he wasn't. He was only human. He was looking at the red warning light and listening to the buzz that told him that a hostile fighter's radar was illuminating his aircraft. The light and tone had been on for five minutes now. The miracle was that Carlos Corrado was still alive. Five minutes in front of an aggressive American fighter pilot was about six lifetimes ... and still the American hadn't pulled the trigger! Carlos didn't know why, but he suspected the reason had something to do with the fact they were tooling over the rooftops of Havana. Ocho Sedano and the Americans ran through the corridors of La Cabana Prison until they came to a massive steel gate. It was closed but unlocked; they used the commandante's keys to lock it behind them. Then they entered a cellblock full of men screaming to be" freed. Hundreds of arms reached through the bars, trying to reach the Americans. The guards led them to Hector, who was in a cell in a corridor off the main cellblock. "They have no key to the cellea"...Carmellini told Jake. "Use C-4. Blow itea"...the admiral said. Hector reached through the bars and got his hands on Ocho. They hugged while Jake Grafton held the flashlight and Tommy Carmellini set the explosive. "Have you seen Santana"..."...Carmellini asked Hector. "Yes. He was here." "Where is he now?" "He heard you coming and ran." When the plastic explosive blew the lock apart on Hector's cell, Ocho jerked the door open and hugged him fiercely. "I apologize, Hectorea"...he said. "Please forgive me." Jake Grafton dragged them apart. "There is no timeea"...he shouted, and pushed them toward the corridor. The sounds of the mob tearing at the steel bars

barred the way into the cell block could be heard above the shouts of the men in the cells. Toad led his party the other way. Another door, precious seconds wasted while the officers fumbled for a key, then they were through and going up a stairway. More stairs, then along a long, dark corridor lit only by flashlights. As they rounded a turn someone ahead fired a shot at them. The bullet spanged off a wall, and miraculously failed to connect with human flesh: Suddenly sure, Tommy Carmellini told Jake, "It's Santana. You go on. I'll get the bastard." "We don't have time for personal vendettasea"...Jake Grafton snapped. "I'm a civilian, Grafton. I can take care of myself. Go on!" Jake led his party onward. When they came out onto the roof the Osprey's position lights and flashing anticollision light revealed a crowd of at least three hundred people. They completely surrounded the Osprey and helo and the marines with rifles who held them off. The pilots must have shut down the engines due to the large number of people nearby. Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt walked back and forth behind the marines, an im- posing martial figure if ever there was one. Fortunately no one in the crowd seemed to be armed. Jake and Toad forced their way through the crowd. It was Ocho who stepped in front of the crowd and began to speak. "This is my brother Hector, the next president of Cuba." The crowd cheered lustily. "I am El Ocho. I wish to know if you love Cuba?" "Si!" they roared. "Do you believe in Cuba?""..."...SiThat "Will you fight for Cuba?" "Si!" "Will you follow me and put Hector Sedano in the presidential palace?" "Si! Si! Si!" The crowd breathed the word over and over and swarmed around Ocho. "Comeea"...sd Jake Grafton, and pulled Hector toward the Osprey. CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR As Jake Grafton and the others climbed the stairs toward the roof of La Cabana Prison, Tommy Carmellini doused his flashlight and held it in his left hand. He stood in the darkness waiting for his eyes to adjust to the dim light. He had a pistol that the marines aboard ship had given him, a 9-mm, that felt cold and comforting in his grip. He closed his eyes, listened to the cheers and shouts from the roof, waited until he heard the chopper and Osprey get airborne. Finally the corridors of the old fortress grew quiet. Santana was in here someplace. Jake Grafton had his thing and he was hard at it. William Henry Chance had his thing, trying to control biological and chemical weapons in Third World countries, and he had died doing it. Tommy Carmellini's thing was cracking safes. Sure, he was doing it for the CIA now instead of stealing diamonds from rich matrons, but somehow that wasn't enough. There comes a time in a man's life when he begins to tally up 4he score. When Carmellini realized Grafton wasn't going to take the time to step on the cockroach Santana, he knew he had to. He stepped forward now, walking the way Hector had indicated that Santana had gone. Taking his time in the near-total darknessthere was just enough light to see the outline of the corridorwalking, listening, walking, listening again, Tommy Carmellini moved to the end of the corridor and stopped. He could hear metal on metal, as if someone was trying to open a lock. The sound came'from the corridor on the right. Tommy Carmellini bent as low as he could get, eased his head around the corner. Yes, the sound was clearer now. Ever so slowly he edged around the corner, crossed the corridor to the other side, began moving forward into the blackness, toward the sound. The noise stopped. Carmellini froze. Closed his eyes to concentrate on the sound. The pistol was heavy in his hand. The sound began again. Forward, ever so stealthily, moving like a glacier, just flowing slowly, silently, effortlessly.... The man was just ahead. Working on a lock. Probably on one of those steel gates. Again the sound stopped. Carmellini froze, not trusting himself to breathe. The other man was here, he could feel him. But where? Time seemed to stop. Tommy Carmellini held his breath, stood crouched but frozen, knowing that the slightest sound would give away his position. Santana was ... Suddenly Carmellini knew. He was right... There! He pointed the pistol and pulled the trigger. The muzzle flash strobed the darkness, and revealed Santana swinging the butt of his rifle, swinging it at Carmellini's head. He tried to duck but the rifle struck his shoulder and sent him sprawling. He held on to the pistol, triggered two more shots, which came like giant thunderclaps, deafening him with their roar. The flashlight was gone, lost when he fell. His left shoulder was on fire where the rifle butt struck him, his arm numb. He could hear Santana running, shuffling along, the sound fading. He felt for the flashlight with his right hand, couldn't find it, paused and listened and searched some more. There! He picked it up without releasing the pistol. Now he put the pistol between his legs, tried to work the flashlight with his right hand. It was broken. He set it on the floor out of the way. He listened, heard the faintest of sounds, then nothing. Tommy Carmellini slowly got to his feet and began moving back the way he had come, after Santana. "Showtime One Oh Two, Battlestar Strike. You are cleared to engage the bogey with a gun. Weapons free gun only, acknowledge." "Weapons free gun only, ayeea"...sung out Stiff Hardwick, and jammed his throttles forward to the mechanical stop. The engines wound up quickly; Stiff eased the throttles to the left, stroked the afterburners. The big fighter leaped forward and began closing the five-mile gap between the two planes. Carlos Corrado glanced over his left shoulder, for the hundredth time, expecting to see nothing, but this time he saw the plume of flame that was Hardwick's burners. The Yanqui must be right behind me. Enough! He slammed the throttles to the hilt, dropped the left wing and pulled right up to six Gs. The MiGo-29 then showed why it was one of the most maneuverable fighters in the worldit turned on a dime. As it did, Carlos Corrado fought the G and flipped his radar switch to the transmit position. Leveling up after a 180-degree turn, the radar scope came alive ... and there was the Americanclose. Too close! Jesus Christ! Without time to even consider the problem, Carlos Corrado punched off an Aphid missile, which roared off the rail in a blaze of fire straight for the F-14. Sailor Karnow saw the bogey wind into a left turn, and called it to Stiff, who instinctively lowered his right wing to stay in the MiGo's rear quadrant. What Stiff wasn't prepared for was the unbelievable quickness with which the MiGo-29 whipped around and pumped off a missile. The sight of the fiery exhaust of the Aphid missile coming at him from eleven o'clock and the wailing of the ECM in his ears, telling him that he was being painted by a MiGo- 29 pulse-doppler radar, reached Stiff Hardwick's brain at the very same instant. Before Stiff could react in any way, the missile shot over his canopy inches above his head. Fortunately for Stiff and Sailor and their progeny yet unborn,, the Aphid had not flown far enough to arm, so the missile passed harmlessly. "Holy shit!" Sailor shouted into her oxygen mask. Stiff Hardwick hadn't spent the last four years flying fighters for nothinghis instincts were finely honed too. As the Aphid went over his head, he jerked the nose of his fighter toward the closing MiGo, visible only as a bogey symbol on the HUD, and pulled the trigger on the stick. The 20-mm M-61 six-barreled cannon in the nose lit up like a searchlight as a river of fire streaked into the darkness. Carlos Corrado saw the finger of God reaching for him and slammed his stick back, then sideways. The MiGo's nose came up steeply and the right wing dropped in a violent whifferdill that carried it up and out of the way of the fiery stream of cannon shells. Completing the roll, Carlos Corrado pushed the nose of his MiGo downward, toward the city, and let the plane accelerate without afterburners, the light of which would beacon to the American. Or Americans, if there were more than one, which was probable. Carlos pulled out just above the rooftops and thundered across the city. He had lost track of the enemy's location because he could not see him visually or with his radar. He desperately needed his GCI site just now to call the enemy's position, but of course the GCI people had been knocked off the air and were either dead or drunk. Still, the contest appealed to his sporting instincts. He decided to try for one in-parameters missile shot before he called it a night and went looking for a bar. His radar was still on, still looking at nothing. Without further ado, Carlos pulled the stick back and let the MiGo's nose climb. Up past the vertical, G on hard, the MiGo used its fabulous turning rate to fly half of a very tight loop. Upside down with its nose on the horizon, Carlos slammed the stick sideways and rolled upright The F-14 was out to his left, turning toward him. Corrado flipped his switches to select an infrared missile, turned toward the American until he got a tone in his headset, and squeezed it off. Then he killed his radar and turned hard ninety degrees right to exit the fight. "Oh, noea"...Stiff Hardwick swore as he saw the missile coming at him from ten o'clock. He lit his afterburners and dropped the right wing slightly and willed the Tomcat to accelerate, trying to force the missile into an overshoot, while he punched off chaff and flares with a button on his right throttle. The missile tried to make the turn but couldn't. Perhaps the IR seeker in the nose locked onto a flare. In any event, as it flew past the tail of the Tomcat its proximity fuse caused the warhead to detonate, spraying shrapnel into empty air. The MiGo-29 was gone. It had disappeared. "You know, dickwickea"...Sailor Karnow told her pilot, "I think God is really trying to tell us something." Carlos Corrado knew that he had had more than his share of luck this night. Although he was flying a tremendously maneuverable airplane, the electronic detection and coun- termeasures systems were generations behind the F-14 that had followed him around. Why the F-14 had not shot him down he couldn't guess, but he was wise enough to know that luck sorely tried is bound to turn. He decided to put his MiGo on the ground while it was still in one piece. Fortunately there-was an airport nearby, Havana's Jos6 Marti International, right over there in the middle of that vast dark area. Since there was a war on, someone had turned off the runway lights. Corrado pulled off the power, let the fighter slow to gear speed, then snapped the landing gear down. Flaps out, retrim, and swing out for an approach to where the runway ought to be. On final he turned on his-landing light and searched the darkness below. There! Concrete. He squeaked the MiGo on and got on the brakes. He left the landing light on to taxi. "Showtime One Oh Two, the MiGo is landing at Jos6 Marti."...That was the air force controller hi the Sentry AWACS plane. Stiff Hardwick was climbing through five thousand feet at full power when he heard that transmission. Fortunately he had committed a map of the Havana area to memory, so he knew precisely where Jose Marti International lay. He cut the power and lowered the nose. "What in hell do you think you're doing, Stiff"..."...Sailor demanded. "Shut up." "We barely got enough fuel to make the tanker as it is, pea brain. You go swarming around down here for a few more minutes begging that Cuban to give you-the shaft and we'll be swimming home." "I'm gonna get that Cuban son of a bitch. Gonna strafe him on the ground. Gonna kill that bastard deader than last week's beer." Sailor Karnow knew the pilot was serious. Here was a frustrated man if ever she had met one. As the plane dove for the black hole that was Jose' Marti International, she tried to reason with Stiff: "You can't shoot the guy on the ground at a civilian airport. There's no lights down there, you might kill a bunch of civilians!" "There he is! I can see the fucking guy taxiinghe's still got his landing light on! There he is!" Sailor Karnow was losing her patience. "You pull that trigger, Jake Grafton will cut your balls off, you silly son of a bitch!" His Stiff Hardwick knew the jig was up. Sailor was right he hated women who were always right. He reached up and safetied the master arm switch. And kept the Tomcat coming down. Edged the throttles forward as he dropped lower and lower, boresighting that barely moving plane down there with the single landing light shining forward. The needle on the airspeed indicator crept past Mach 1. The radio altimeter deedled, he kept going lower.... "Don't fly into the ground, you idiotff"...Sailor pleaded from the rear cockpit. Thfe fear in her voice probably saved both their lives. Stiff eased back on the stick just a smidgen, an almost microscopic amount, so the F-14 rose another ten feet above the ground as it roared over Carlos Corrado's taxiing MiGo-29 like a giant supersonic missile. The American fighter passed a mere four feet over the MiGo's tail; the shock wave shattered the MiGo's canopy. Then Stiff pulled the stick back in his lap and lit the burners and went rocketing upward like a bat out of hell. "Better get on the horn and get us a tanker, baby, or you're gonna be my date in a life raft tonight." Sailor had the last word. "Honest to God, dickwick, you oughta think about taking up another line of work." Tommy Carmellini wondered if he had managed to put a bullet into Santana. That was a lot to hope for, but still... three shots, and the man no more than five, six feet away? With luck. A man needs luck as he goes through life. Life is timing, and timing is- experience plus luck. Carmellini wondered just how much experience sneaking along dark corridors Santana had had through the years. He hadn't impressed Carmellini as the sneaking type. One never knew, though. He found himself moving slower and slower, listening with his eyes closed caret concentrating. He could hear... Breathing. Corning from somewhere ahead. Definitely breathing. Jake Grafton had Rita circle out over the harbor while he talked to other airplanes he had inbound. After a few minutes, he told her to fly toward the university. Looking through the infrared viewer, he could see that the streets around the university were deserted. Not a car or truck moving, none parked, no people. Alejo Vargas was down there, all right. Jake got out of the copilot's seat and went aft to talk to Hector Sedano, who was sitting beside Lieutenant Colonel Eckhardt. Jake pulled one of the Spanish-speaking marines along to translate. "Do you know of the biological-warfare laboratory in the science building of the university?" No, Hector didn't. Jake took a minute to explain. "My government has sent me to destroy the polio viruses that are in that lab, and the equipment that was used to grow them. Do you have any objection to me doing that?" Hector did not, as long as innocent lives were not lost unnecessarily. Talking loudly over the aircraft's high internal noise, Jake continued while the young marine, a buck sergeant, translated: "I promise you, we will proceed with all due care. The stakes are very high, those viruses must be destroyed. If you will join me in this humanitarian effort representing the new Cuban government, I believe the job can be done with a minimum loss of life." 'Tell me of this laboratoryea"...Hector Sedano demanded. "What you know of it, and how it came to be." The feeling was coming back in Tommy Carmellini's left arm. It hurt like hell now, like someone had tried to carve on his shoulder with a dull knife. Ignore the arm. Listen! He froze. He hadn't realized it, but there were cells on both- sides of the corridor, cells with open doors. Santana must be in one of them. Which one? A sound like a sigh. He heard it! From the left, maybe ten feet. Frozen like a chunk of solid ice, Carmellini didn't move. He continued to breathe, but very shallowly, taking all the time in the world. Minutes passed. How many he couldn't say. He could hear the murmur of the mob somewhere below. No doubt they had turned all the prisoners loose. The other man was being extremely quiet. Extraordinarily so. Carmellini finally began moving, reluctantly, ever so slowly, like the shadow of the sun as it marches across a stone floor. And he made about the same amount of noise. .he was in the cell, feeling his way ... when his left foot touched something that shouldn't be there. Like a cat he reacted, the pistol booming faster than thought. In the muzzle flash he saw that Santana lay stretched on his back on the floor, his eyes open to the ceiling. The bastard was dead. From the cockpit Jake Grafton could see the crowds below on the streets. Rita had the Osprey flying at 2,000 feet, and * Jake could see the swarms of people with his naked eye, without using the infrared viewer, though he used it occasionally to check on the progress of the crowd. Rita swung the Osprey over the university district, and he picked out the science building. He watched the mass of humanity flow into the district, surge along toward the science building. He used the viewer, steadied it carefully and cranked up the magnification. Yes, the knot of humanity at the front of the crowd, that had to be around Ocho. El Ocho, as the Cubans called him. The boy was fearless. This afternoon when Jake explained to Ocho that there was a strong probability that the soldiers would refuse to fire on the civilians, might even disobey their officers if ordered to fire, Ocho merely nodded. Perhaps the ordeal in the ocean had toughened Ocho, or perhaps he had always been impervious to fear. That emotion affected people in an extraordinary variety of ways, Jake knew. Looking through the viewer it was difficult to be sure, but apparently soldiers were joining the crowd with Ocho as he walked along. He wanted to let Hector accompany Ocho, but his better judgment told him no. A single sniper, one frightened soldier, and the last best hope of Cuba might be dead in the street. With the viruses still in that lab, that was a risk Jake Grafton was not yet prepared to take. As he watched, he wished he were with Ocho. That walk must be sublime, he thought. Ocho Sedano knew a great many people because he had spent years accompanying his brother to speeches, sitting in planning sessions, helped him dig holes to hide weapons. Many more people, however, knew Ocho. Every Cuban between eight and eighty knew of the star pitcher who threw the sizzling fastbalis and hit home runs when his turn came to bat. Many people recognized him, shouted to him as he walked along, then decided to shake his hand and join the throng behind him. As the human river turned the corner onto the avenue that led to the university, a knot of soldiers left the shelter of a doorway and came toward Ocho. He didn't stop, kept striding along the center of the street. "Haltff"...the senior officer shouted. He was a major. "You are entering a military area! You can go no farther!" Ocho didn't even slow his pace. The soldiers had to join the crowd to keep from being trampled. "You! Stop these people! This is a secure area, by order of Alejo Vargas.". "We will not stop."...Ocho laughed. "Do you think you can stop the sun from rising?" The soldiers hurried along, trying to talk to Ocho, who refused to slow his pace. "You are El Ocho"..."...one of the younger soldiers asked. "The days of Vargas are over, my friendea"...Ocho explained. "Give away your gun and come along with us." The sheer numbers and weight of the people pushing along frightened the major, who had a pistol in his hand. Even as his subordinates handed their weapons to the nearest people in civilian clothes, he placed himself in front of Ocho, who didn't stop walking, "I order you to stop, Sedanoff"...he shouted, and pointed" the pistol at Ocho's head. "You would make me a martyour, would you"..."...Ocho asked the major, who was trying to match Ocho's stride. "Look around you, man. No one can stop them." The major fired the pistol into the air. His face was drawn and pale, almost bloodless. "Stop or I shoot you down, as God is my witness." "Mi amigo," said Ocho Sedano, "for days at sea I was ready to die; all the fear drained from me. There is none in my heart now. My death will not stop these people: nothing can stop the turning of the earth. Still, if you feel you must kill me, make your peace with God and pull the trigger." Then he smiled. El Ocho was a madman, the major realized. Or a saint. The major wiped at the perspiration on his forehead, and handed Ocho the pistol. Ocho passed the weapon on. He put his arm around the major's shoulders. "Comeea"...he said.-"We will walk to the promised land together." Like a wall of water rushing along a dry arroyo, the human river flowed along the avenue toward the university as airplanes droned through the darkness overhead. In the foyer of the science building, Alejo Vargas heard the airplanes. He looked at the politicians and young soldiers who waited silently behind him, blocking the doors to the stairs and the elevator, and he looked at his aides, who were nervously looking out windows, trying not to fidget. Where was Santana? The man should be here: he was Alej6 Vargas's one loyal friend on this earth. Vargas paced back and forth, stood in the doorway and listened to the airplanes, wondered if the troops he had hidden in the surrounding buildings were loyal, would still fight. Over two thousand heavily armed men were waiting for the Americans. This time the Yanquis would not escape: this time there would be prisoners to parade before the cameras, vanquished foes to kneel at his feet as Cuba cheered. This time ... A car rocketed up to the front of the building and a man leaped out, a uniformed colonel with the "Department of State Security. He ran up the stairs, came running through the door, saw Vargas and ran toward him. "The televisionea"...he said breathlessly. "On the television, they are showing a tape of Fidel." "Yes"..."...sd Vargas, his brows knitting. "Fidel made the tape before he died. He wants Hector Sedano to be the president after him." "What"..."...Vargas didn't believe a word of it. "They run the tape, which takes about six minutes, then run it again, over and over and over." "That's impossibleea"...Vargas said, turning toward the politicians, who had moved closer. "Fidel made no such tape before he died. He wanted to make a tape naming me as his successor, but his-illness prevented it." "They are showing a tape on televisionea"...the colonel insisted. "Fidel says the nation must change, and Hector Sedano is the man to lead that change." "It's a trickff"...Vargas roared. "The Yanqui CIA is playing a trick on us." Every face was openly skeptical. "Fidel is dead! Don't you people understand that"..."...A rising symphony of babbling voices and helicopter noises came through the open door. "What is happening"..."...Vargas demanded, turning in that direction. "Where are the soldiers?" He saw heads climbing the- stairs, many heads, then a mob of people in civilian clothes and army uniforms poured through the doorway, forcing their way in. The room filled rapidly. People in the doorway stood aside for two men who walked through together, one a tall, rangy young man and the other of medium height, wearing a one-piece faded prison jumpsuit. They stopped in front of Vargas. Hector's voice was plainly audible to every person in the room when he said, "Alejo Vargas, I arrest you in the name of the Cuban people for the murder of Raiil Castro."tilde Vargas's hand darted inside his jacket for a pistol, but before he could get it out a dozen hands reached for him, pulled him to the floor, and took the weapon from him. Maximo Sedano spent the night aboard his yacht in Havana Harbor. He heard the planes and the explosions of bombs falling around La Cabana Prison, but he didn't go ashore. He had worked until night fell hunting for the gold that he was sure lay on the floor of Havana Harbor. He found a great deal of junk and trash, but no gold. As the bombs were falling he drank some rum, idly studied the skyline, thought about gold. Thirty-seven tons of gold. My God, what a man could do with a fortune like that! Cars, yachts, women, all the good things hi life. He was filthy from the muck and pollution of the harbor. The water tank on the boat was not large, so he sponged off as best he could and- resolved to take a shower ashore at the first opportunity. The next morning he began diving as soon as the sun came up. Boats came and went and Maximo worked steadily. He changed tanks once. The work was maddening. The most probable location for the gold was the marina anchorage, where Fidel and Che must have spent the nights they were anchored. Here is where they must have dumped the gold overboard! Yet it wasn't on the floor of the harbor. He thought mud and sediment might have covered the ingots, but even when he dug, he could find nothing. He wasn't being systematic enough, he decided as he lay exhausted on the deck of his boat, his broken fingers aching like bad teeth. He knew he couldn't go on today, so he took the dinghy and motored ashore. He had his empty tanks along for the harbormaster to fill. Tired, working one-handed, Maximo took several minutes to get the small boat tied up and the empty air tanks onto the dock. He picked them up and carried them toward the harbormaster's shack. The man was sitting inside reading a newspaper. "Can you fill these"..."...Maximo asked. The harbormaster looked up to see who was asking, then brightened. "Senor Sedano, of course. I am so delighted to hear about your brother. Congratulations." "What?" The look of surprise on his face must have shocked the harbormaster, who held out the newspaper. "Surely you knowea"...he said. "Your brother Hector is the new president of Cuba." Maximo took the paper, sank down into the only empty chair, stared at the headlines. "What a nightff"...sd the harbormaster, beaming like the sun. "History in the making. Hector and El Ocho, what a team!" "Amazing." "And look! The newspaper published a letter from your sister-in-law, Mercedes. Forty years ago Fidel hid the peso gold under the floor of the presidential palace. It's still there, every ounce of it. Sixty tons of gold the nation owns, eh! Isn't that amazing?" The gray U.s. Navy ammo ship anchored in the bay and put a launch into the water. The coxswain brought the small boat around to a gangway. In a few minutes the trill of a bosun's pipe could be heard, then a series of bells over the ship's loudspeaker. A group of officers and sailors in white uniforms came down the gangway and climbed aboard the launch. The town of Antilla, Cuba, lay baking in the sun. The waterfront was lined with fishing craft. The only ships at the pier were two small coasters, about a thousand tons each. The launch maneuvered against the pier and Rear Admiral Jake Grafton stepped ashore. Gil Pascal and Toad Tarkington followed him onto the pier. "That's the warehouse over thereea"...Toad said, and pointed. Jake just nodded. He waited as a knot of Cubans came walking out on the pier toward him. "Where"...ness the translator?" "Right here, sirea"...sd an enlisted man, who stepped forward beside Jake. He too was togged out in his best white uniform. After the usual diplomatic greetings, Jake, Captain Pascal, and the translator went with the Cubans toward the warehouse, leaving Toad alone on the pier. Tarkington strolled along, looking here and there, his arms folded behind his back. He was standing near the head of the pier when he heard a noise. He stepped to the edge, leaned over. A man in a black diving suit covered with muck and slime was dragging his gear out from under the pier into the sun. "I was wondering where you guys wereea"...Toad said conversationally. "Some days you're the pigeon, some days you're the statueea"...the navy SEAL said. "Three days we've been living under here like harbor rats, watching that warehouse. We searched it the first night, Commanderthe warheads were in there. And they're still there; the Cubans haven't taken anything out." "Where's your partner in crime?" "Over on the other side of those coasters. He'll be along in a bit. Think we could get a ride out to the ship? I've been dreaming of a hot shower, a hot meal, and a clean bunk." "I think that can be arranged."...Toad reached down, helped lift the diving gear onto the pier. When the SEAL was standing on the pier beside him, dripping onto the splintered boards, Toad said, "How'd you like your Cuban vacation?" "I want better accommodations for my next visit." As the president of the United States feared, the aftermath of the second Cuban missile crisis, as the press called it, was a political disaster in Washington, with howls of outrage from the press and demands from frightened senators and congressmen for investigations and the resignations of everyone in the executive branch. The president watched General Tater Totten retire from a distance, didn't go to the small Pentagon ceremony, let the White House spinmeisters whisper that Totten was somehow partially responsible for the journey to the brink of the abyss. Sensing that he couldn't win a whisper war, Totten kept his mouth shut and departed with dignity. Amid the impassioned breast-beating and public denunciations, the director of the CIA decided that he too had had enough of Washington. He had a final conversation with the president in the Oval Office after he submitted his resignation but before the White House announced his departure. "Sorry to see you goea"...the president muttered politely, not meaning a word of it. The director nodded knowingly. "Don't know if this congressional investigation can be derailed or notea"...the president said, not willing to look the director in the eye. "A lot of what happened will be classified forever, so I don't really see what they stand to gain by stirring through the ashes." "They'll investigate anywayea"...the director predicted gloomily. "That's what I want to talk to you about. At one of those meetings during the crisis you asked for the name of our top man in Cuba, and I wrote it down for you. I don't know if you ever looked at that name, but it would be absolute disaster if that person's name were revealed to a congressional investigator." "After you wrote it down, I looked at the nameea"...the president said, speaking slowly. "Not at the meeting, but later. Didn't expect to recognize it, but then was amazed that the last name was the same as the priest who was thrown in prison." "Mercedes Sedano was Castro's mistress and an intelligence treasure. She told us of drug deals, Vargas's blackmail files, Fidel's secret bank accounts.... When she wanted the tape made of Fidel naming Hector as his successor, there wasn't time to go through the usual drops and cutouts, so she went directly to the American Interest Section of the Swiss embassy. None of this must come out, Mr. President. If the Cubans find out she was whispering to us, Hector Sedano's government might fall. And she might lose her life." "That sheet of paper no longer existsea"...the president said. "I suggest you destroy the files." A few minutes later as the director was preparing to leave, the president said, "I have never understood spies. Why did that woman betray her country?" The director blinked like an owl. "I don't know that she didea"...he replied, and walked out of the Oval Office for the last time. On a Wednesday morning in November Tommy Carmellini parked his car in a large parking garage in downtown Denver and got his backpack from the trunk. The weather was gorgeous, a sunny, mild day with air so clear the peaks of the Rockies looked close enough to touch. Autumn leaves lay packed in gutters and windrows waiting for tomorrow's wind to blow them around. Carmellini walked two blocks to the Sixteenth Street mall. While he was waiting for a free shuttle bus he bought a copy of the Denver Post from a vending machine. Like so many of the young people, he was dressed in tennis shoes, faded jeans, and a threadbare pullover sweater. An unzipped windbreaker was tied around his waist. A backpack hung over one shoulder. The shuttle bus stopped at the end of every block to let people on and off. Hanging from a strap, Carmellini kept his backpack pressed against the rear window of the bus. At the western end of the mall Carmellini let himself be swept along with the flow of people into the regional bus depot. He found a bus to Boulder, climbed aboard, and dropped the fare into the change box, then eased into a window seat five rows behind the driver. He kept his backpack on his lap. The bus filled quickly. In minutes the driver closed the door and pulled out of the station. Tommy Carmellini opened the newspaper and examined the front page. All U.s. sanctions against travel and commerce with Cuba were lifted, and the U.s. was opening an embassy in Havana. There was a photo of the president of the United States shaking hands with Hector Sedano at a news conference in Washington. Tommy flipped through the paper. On page four he found a short item reporting a Florida grand jury indictment of El Gato, a Cuban exile living in Miami, charging him with selling unnamed equipment to the Cuban government in violation of the laws existing at the time. According to the newspaper, El Gato was the only person indicted. Carmellini folded the paper and tucked it in the seat pocket in front of him. Cuba was long ago and far away. Of course he still read the news and classified summaries, and heard people talking about Cuba and the people he met there. Microsoft and Intel were building big factories in Havana, and Phillip Morris was buying one of the oldest cigar companies for beaucoup bucks. Rear Admiral Jake Grafton was now an assistant to some bigwig in the Pentagon, Commander Toad Tarkington went with him as an aide, and Toad's wife, the newly promoted Commander Rita Moravia, was the exec- utive officer of a fighter squadron. Hector Sedano was doing an enviable job running Cuba, and some fighter pilot nobody ever heard of named Carlos Corrado had been promoted to general and put in charge of the Cuban Air Force. .life goes on. Most of the seats on the bus to Boulder were occupied. The sun coming through the windows and the motion of the bus were very pleasant, and many people dozed. The seat beside Carmellini was empty, so he relaxed las grip on the backpack and closed his eyes. He was awake when the bus crossed Davidson Mesa into Boulder, roaring down the turnpike at seventy-five. He marveled at the upthrust granite slabs of the Flatirons which formed a spectacular backdrop behind the town. As the bus cruised by the university on its way downtown, Tommy Carmellini walked to the door by the driver and waited. He got off at the next stop and stood looking at the red stone buildings of the university as the bus accelerated away in a cloud of diesel exhaust. He had a map in his hip pocket, but he had studied it so much he didn't need to refer to it today. He strolled along, readily recognized the student union, and went from there. The buildings were built all of. a pattern, and with throngs of students coming and going, seemed to proclaim the glory of man's quest for knowledge in the bright November sunshine. Carmellini glanced at his watch a time or two, then strolled along with his hands in his pockets. He found the building he wanted, opened the door, and went in. He took the stairs up to the top floor. The hallway was lined with doors, lots of doors. He walked along, examining them. Each door bore the name of a faculty member, and most had a small card advertising the faculty member's office hours taped to the frosted glass. He found the one he wanted, checked the hours. He was early, by ten minutes. He knocked. No answer. Should he wait here in the hallway, or ... perhaps the library? The hallway was empty, but someone could come along at any moment. Of course the professor might not come at all. Carmellini recalled his own college days: a student could spend weeks trying to waylay a tenured associate professor in his office. Well, if this didn't work he would try something else. Just what, he didn't know. He decided on the library. He turned and started down the hall. He had taken three or disfour steps when disthe door opened behind him and a man in his sixties stuck his head out. "Did you knock?". "Yes." "Got a watch? Can you read? Office hours don't start for ten minutes." "Yes, but" "Oh, come on in." Carmellini carefully closed the door behind him. The office was tiny, merely a cubbyhole with a desk and computer for the professor and one extra chair. Bookshelves filled with books lined both side walls. A shelf under the window behind the professor was piled willy-nilly with papers, manuscripts, files. The glass in the window didn't look as if it had been cleaned in years. "If this is about your thesis, we're going to need more time than I have available today, so" "You're Professor Svenson, right?" "That's right."...The professor had seated himself behind his desk. He looked up into Carmellini's face and adjusted his glasses. His features twisted into a frown. "Your face doesn't... You're ...?" "Your name is Olaf Svenson?" "What do you want?" Tommy Carmellini unzipped the backpack, pulled out the pistol with the silencer. He thumbed off the safety. A look of terror crossed Svenson's face. "The government has no evidenceea"...he said. "They decided not to prosecute. They" Tommy Carmellini shot Olaf Svenson in the center of the forehead from a distance of four feet. Svenson collapsed in his chair, his head tilted back. Carmellini stepped around the desk, put the muzzle of the silencer against the side of the professor's head and pulled the trigger twice more. Two little pops. He bent down, retrieved the spent cartridges that had been ejected from the pistol, pocketed them, then safetied the weapon and returned it to his backpack. He had touched only the doorknob. He extracted a handkerchief from his pocket and wiped the interior knob carefully, then pulled the door open. He pushed the little button to lock the door, then stepped into the hallway and pulled it shut. One hard twist of the cotton handkerchief on the outside knob, then he was walking away down the hallway and no one could ever prove he had been there. Surrounded by young adults strolling, laughing, and visiting with each other on the sun-dappled grass, Tommy Carmellini walked across the campus with his head down, the backpack over his shoulder, thinking of Cuba.